Serve Scale Soar® Thu, 10 Sep 2026 16:52:04 -0400 http://servescalesoar.libsyn.com/website en © 2026 Serve Scale Soar® yes d6869777-eb08-5c96-9d0c-fa91a07952de Brandi Mowles episodic false Serve Scale Soar is the podcast for women building a 1:1 service-based business whether you’re starting a side hustle, replacing your full-time income, or scaling to consistent $10K+ months without burning out or building an agency.


Hosted by Brandi Mowles, a multi-million-dollar service business owner and strategist, this show breaks down what actually works now to attract premium clients, price your services confidently, and build a business that supports your life not the other way around.


Each episode delivers practical, strategy-first conversations 

  • Landing and retaining high-quality 1:1 clients
  • Scaling income without working more hours
  • Pricing, packaging, and positioning your expertise
  • Moving from “doer” to strategic partner
  • Marketing that converts without chasing trends
  • Building predictable revenue with services not launches
  • Navigating side hustle → full-time transitions
  • Creating freedom, flexibility, and sustainability as a woman business owner


You’ll hear honest conversations, real-world strategies, and guest interviews with women who are actively building and scaling service businesses, not hype, not hustle culture, and not overnight success stories.


If you’re a freelancer, consultant, strategist, ad manager, VA, OBM, or service provider who wants to grow smarter, earn more, and build a business that actually fits your life  this podcast is for you.


🎧 New episodes weekly.

]]> Buzzsprout (https://www.buzzsprout.com) Brandi Mowles https://storage.buzzsprout.com/ngavhmksjrc04sudih55lzgcbeib?.jpg Serve Scale Soar® http://servescalesoar.libsyn.com/website From Social Media Manager to Ads Manager: How Katie Went From $2K to $12K Months Working 15 Hours a Week From Social Media Manager to Ads Manager: How Katie Went From $2K to $12K Months Working 15 Hours a Week Katie's best month ever as a social media manager was $10,000. It took 40 hours a week, posting six days a week at specific times for each client, and it almost never happened twice.

Then her clients started cutting costs, and she started getting let go. "It's nothing you did." If that sentence has ever landed in your inbox, y'all, this episode is your sign.

Six months into Strategist Society, Katie has eight ad clients, works about 15 hours a week, and is on track for over $12,000 in September. She is also a homeschooling mom of three boys with a travel baseball schedule. Her life did not get smaller. Her business got smarter.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why Katie lost an entire year to consumption mode after joining Conversions for Clients, and the exact question to ask yourself so you do not do the same thing
  • The messaging fix that took her from 1 conversation per 30 messages to 1 per 5, and the three replies she got the same day she changed it
  • Why it took roughly 90 days of daily touchpoints before her first discovery call, and the 45 to 60 day marketing timeline behind that
  • How she manages eight ad clients in 15 hours a week while homeschooling three boys
  • What actually happens on a business analysis call, and why Katie never felt pressured on it
  • The one daily habit she credits above every strategy for propelling her business forward
  • Why members who Vox me at least once a week 2X to 10X their business

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you already have a service business and what you actually need is accountability, current training, and a room of people scaling to $10,000 months, Strategist Society is probably your place. We track our members' activity every single week, we have the income growth stats, and we have the retention numbers to back it up. Head to thestrategistsociety.com, fill out an application, and if we think you are a good fit we will be in touch to get you on a business analysis call just like Katie's.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag me @brandimowles. Send it to the friend who is drowning in daily posting for clients and does not know there is another way yet.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> Katie's best month ever as a social media manager was $10,000. It took 40 hours a week, posting six days a week at specific times for each client, and it almost never happened twice.

Then her clients started cutting costs, and she started getting let go. "It's nothing you did." If that sentence has ever landed in your inbox, y'all, this episode is your sign.

Six months into Strategist Society, Katie has eight ad clients, works about 15 hours a week, and is on track for over $12,000 in September. She is also a homeschooling mom of three boys with a travel baseball schedule. Her life did not get smaller. Her business got smarter.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why Katie lost an entire year to consumption mode after joining Conversions for Clients, and the exact question to ask yourself so you do not do the same thing
  • The messaging fix that took her from 1 conversation per 30 messages to 1 per 5, and the three replies she got the same day she changed it
  • Why it took roughly 90 days of daily touchpoints before her first discovery call, and the 45 to 60 day marketing timeline behind that
  • How she manages eight ad clients in 15 hours a week while homeschooling three boys
  • What actually happens on a business analysis call, and why Katie never felt pressured on it
  • The one daily habit she credits above every strategy for propelling her business forward
  • Why members who Vox me at least once a week 2X to 10X their business

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you already have a service business and what you actually need is accountability, current training, and a room of people scaling to $10,000 months, Strategist Society is probably your place. We track our members' activity every single week, we have the income growth stats, and we have the retention numbers to back it up. Head to thestrategistsociety.com, fill out an application, and if we think you are a good fit we will be in touch to get you on a business analysis call just like Katie's.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag me @brandimowles. Send it to the friend who is drowning in daily posting for clients and does not know there is another way yet.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> https://brandimowles.com/298 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19753330 Tue, 08 Sep 2026 04:00:00 -0400 2081 social media manager, ads manager, Facebook ads manager, pivot to ads, social media management burnout, service provider business, ad management business, $10K months, student spotlight, homeschool mom business, work from home mom, Strategist Society, Con 298 full false How Much Time Does It Take to Run a Freelance Ad Management Business? How Much Time Does It Take to Run a Freelance Ad Management Business? Have you ever wondered how long it actually takes to run a freelance ad management business?

Maybe you already have one and you are working your little booty off, opening your bank account thinking, “Holy bananas, I am not making enough money for how much I am working.” Maybe you are making good money and feel weird because you are not working enough, so you start inventing work. Or maybe you have not started yet and you are trying to figure out if you even have the hours.

In this episode, Brandi answers the time question with actual numbers. Not “it depends.” Real hours, broken down by stage, plus where those hours belong so you stop pouring time into things that have never landed anyone a client.

In this episode, you will learn:

  • Why four hours a week is enough when you are just starting a freelance ad management business, and how those hours split between education, list building, and marketing minutes
  • The 40 to 60 minute Monday list-of-25 process and why a visual timer keeps it from eating your whole day
  • Why 30 minutes a day of marketing minutes is the one thing that never changes at any stage
  • The four hours per week per client breakdown (1 hour reporting, 1 hour creative, 1 hour copy, 1 hour campaign setup and monitoring) and why that is the ceiling, not the target
  • When your time per client should drop way below four hours, and the red flags that mean you need to fix your process
  • Why onboarding is the most expensive thing in your calendar and how retention is a time strategy
  • How a Strategist Society member is doing $40,000 months working 30 to 35 hours a week, and how Brandi runs a million-dollar-a-year business in under 25

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you already have an ad management business and you are looking for more support and one-on-one coaching from Brandi, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a spot. We will let you know when one opens and hop on a call to find out exactly where you are stuck. That is where you go if you want to make big girl money while getting your clients ridiculously good results and living a freedom-filled life.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles. And if the podcast has given you value, leave a quick review on Apple or drop some stars on Spotify. It is the biggest, kindest gift you can give a podcaster, and I appreciate every single one.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you ever wondered how long it actually takes to run a freelance ad management business?

Maybe you already have one and you are working your little booty off, opening your bank account thinking, “Holy bananas, I am not making enough money for how much I am working.” Maybe you are making good money and feel weird because you are not working enough, so you start inventing work. Or maybe you have not started yet and you are trying to figure out if you even have the hours.

In this episode, Brandi answers the time question with actual numbers. Not “it depends.” Real hours, broken down by stage, plus where those hours belong so you stop pouring time into things that have never landed anyone a client.

In this episode, you will learn:

  • Why four hours a week is enough when you are just starting a freelance ad management business, and how those hours split between education, list building, and marketing minutes
  • The 40 to 60 minute Monday list-of-25 process and why a visual timer keeps it from eating your whole day
  • Why 30 minutes a day of marketing minutes is the one thing that never changes at any stage
  • The four hours per week per client breakdown (1 hour reporting, 1 hour creative, 1 hour copy, 1 hour campaign setup and monitoring) and why that is the ceiling, not the target
  • When your time per client should drop way below four hours, and the red flags that mean you need to fix your process
  • Why onboarding is the most expensive thing in your calendar and how retention is a time strategy
  • How a Strategist Society member is doing $40,000 months working 30 to 35 hours a week, and how Brandi runs a million-dollar-a-year business in under 25

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you already have an ad management business and you are looking for more support and one-on-one coaching from Brandi, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a spot. We will let you know when one opens and hop on a call to find out exactly where you are stuck. That is where you go if you want to make big girl money while getting your clients ridiculously good results and living a freedom-filled life.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles. And if the podcast has given you value, leave a quick review on Apple or drop some stars on Spotify. It is the biggest, kindest gift you can give a podcaster, and I appreciate every single one.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/297 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19711254 Tue, 01 Sep 2026 04:00:00 -0400 820 freelance ad management, ads manager, facebook ads manager, time management, marketing minutes, time audit, service provider, virtual assistant, OBM, work from home mom, scaling a business, 10k months, work less earn more, anti hustle culture, client rete 297 full false She Made $65K in 2 Hours a Day (With a Full-Time Job) | Student Spotlight with Michael Singletary She Made $65K in 2 Hours a Day (With a Full-Time Job) | Student Spotlight with Michael Singletary Michael made $65,000 last year working 15 to 20 hours a week, after she clocked out of her full-time job.

She is not quitting that job. The benefits are good, she loves the work, and I have never once told her she should leave. What she built is a full-time income on part-time hours, and she did it with an ugly proposal and five marketing minutes a day.

In this Student Spotlight, Michael walks through the whole thing: the "expensive jobby" she was running before she learned ads, the exact 45-day mark when clients started booking, the two-hour order of operations she runs every weeknight, and the moment she realized she was underpricing because she kept telling herself "this isn't my money."

If you have been using your job as the reason you cannot start, y'all, this episode takes that excuse right off the table.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • The 45-day marketing minutes rule, and why Michael's first client landed almost exactly on schedule
  • Why five marketing minutes a day beats fifteen (she tried fifteen first, and it did not stick)
  • The exact 4-step order she runs her two hours in, and why most people do it backwards
  • How to plan your week for the RESULT instead of the to-do list
  • Why the ugly proposal and ugly Work With Me page never cost her a single client in two years
  • The reason consuming more information keeps you safe but keeps you broke
  • What it took to raise her prices when her brain kept saying "this isn't my money, it's someone else's"
  • Why referrals are wonderful but are never a strategy (she lived through the dip)

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

Strategist Society is where Michael gets the one-on-one Voxer support, the private podcast, and the strategy feedback that turned her side income into a full-time income. We only accept a few people each month when we have spots, and this quarter is filling up. Head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a call. We will look at your situation, figure out how I can support you, and if it is a fit, I will tell you. If it is not, I will tell you that too. No obligation either way.

Just getting started? Grab the free training at brandimowles.com/100k and learn how to run ads, build systems, and price your services inside Conversions for Clients.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it on your stories, and tag @brandimowles. Send it to the friend who keeps saying she would start a business if she did not have a job. She needs Michael's numbers.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Michael made $65,000 last year working 15 to 20 hours a week, after she clocked out of her full-time job.

She is not quitting that job. The benefits are good, she loves the work, and I have never once told her she should leave. What she built is a full-time income on part-time hours, and she did it with an ugly proposal and five marketing minutes a day.

In this Student Spotlight, Michael walks through the whole thing: the "expensive jobby" she was running before she learned ads, the exact 45-day mark when clients started booking, the two-hour order of operations she runs every weeknight, and the moment she realized she was underpricing because she kept telling herself "this isn't my money."

If you have been using your job as the reason you cannot start, y'all, this episode takes that excuse right off the table.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • The 45-day marketing minutes rule, and why Michael's first client landed almost exactly on schedule
  • Why five marketing minutes a day beats fifteen (she tried fifteen first, and it did not stick)
  • The exact 4-step order she runs her two hours in, and why most people do it backwards
  • How to plan your week for the RESULT instead of the to-do list
  • Why the ugly proposal and ugly Work With Me page never cost her a single client in two years
  • The reason consuming more information keeps you safe but keeps you broke
  • What it took to raise her prices when her brain kept saying "this isn't my money, it's someone else's"
  • Why referrals are wonderful but are never a strategy (she lived through the dip)

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

Strategist Society is where Michael gets the one-on-one Voxer support, the private podcast, and the strategy feedback that turned her side income into a full-time income. We only accept a few people each month when we have spots, and this quarter is filling up. Head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a call. We will look at your situation, figure out how I can support you, and if it is a fit, I will tell you. If it is not, I will tell you that too. No obligation either way.

Just getting started? Grab the free training at brandimowles.com/100k and learn how to run ads, build systems, and price your services inside Conversions for Clients.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it on your stories, and tag @brandimowles. Send it to the friend who keeps saying she would start a business if she did not have a job. She needs Michael's numbers.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/296 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19637973 Tue, 18 Aug 2026 04:00:00 -0400 2167 working full time, side income, full time job business, freelance ad manager, meta ads manager, marketing minutes, client attraction, first client, pricing confidence, raising rates, time management, working moms, service provider business, student spotli 296 full false The Only 3 Things You Need to Focus On to Scale a Service Based Business The Only 3 Things You Need to Focus On to Scale a Service Based Business You are not doing too little. You’re doing too little of the right things.

I work one-on-one with 60 people a week inside Strategist Society, I’ve got over 1,000 people in Conversions For Clients, and across seven years I’ve worked with more than 3,000 freelancers. Same thread every single time: the to-do list is a mile long and most of it doesn’t matter.

The online space is loud. Post daily, be on LinkedIn, no wait, Threads, no wait, Facebook Groups are dead, no wait, they’re not. Holy bananas, is it noisy.

So in this episode I’m cutting through all of it. Three things. That’s the whole list. If it’s not one of these three, mark it off.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • Why only about 20% of your daily activity actually moves your business forward
  • How to run your marketing minutes in 30 minutes a day (and why Parkinson’s Law is the reason it’s taking you two hours)
  • The exact weekly structure: 25 names on Monday, 5 touchpoints a day, one channel only
  • Why the student doing $40,000 months still does her marketing minutes every single day
  • The difference between systems that buy back your time and systems you’re using to procrastinate
  • Which systems matter when you’re brand new (and why your logo isn’t one of them)
  • Why AI is genuinely bad at strategy, and why that makes expert knowledge your moat
  • The 3-question filter to run your to-do list through this week

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

This is exactly what I do with our students inside Strategist Society. I help you see why your to-do list feels so overwhelming, get you focused on what actually matters, walk you through the steps, and I’m there day to day on Voxer. If you want someone who’ll kick you in the butt AND help you grow your revenue, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a call. It’s not a hardcore sales call. I’ll find your biggest gaps, tell you honestly if you’re a fit, and either way you’ll leave with clarity on your next step.


Loved this episode?

Leave a review on Apple or hit those stars on Spotify. That one minute is the best thank-you you can give me for all the free content, y’all. And screenshot this episode, share it to your stories, and tag me @brandimowles.

Now go do the dang thing.




Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> You are not doing too little. You’re doing too little of the right things.

I work one-on-one with 60 people a week inside Strategist Society, I’ve got over 1,000 people in Conversions For Clients, and across seven years I’ve worked with more than 3,000 freelancers. Same thread every single time: the to-do list is a mile long and most of it doesn’t matter.

The online space is loud. Post daily, be on LinkedIn, no wait, Threads, no wait, Facebook Groups are dead, no wait, they’re not. Holy bananas, is it noisy.

So in this episode I’m cutting through all of it. Three things. That’s the whole list. If it’s not one of these three, mark it off.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • Why only about 20% of your daily activity actually moves your business forward
  • How to run your marketing minutes in 30 minutes a day (and why Parkinson’s Law is the reason it’s taking you two hours)
  • The exact weekly structure: 25 names on Monday, 5 touchpoints a day, one channel only
  • Why the student doing $40,000 months still does her marketing minutes every single day
  • The difference between systems that buy back your time and systems you’re using to procrastinate
  • Which systems matter when you’re brand new (and why your logo isn’t one of them)
  • Why AI is genuinely bad at strategy, and why that makes expert knowledge your moat
  • The 3-question filter to run your to-do list through this week

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

This is exactly what I do with our students inside Strategist Society. I help you see why your to-do list feels so overwhelming, get you focused on what actually matters, walk you through the steps, and I’m there day to day on Voxer. If you want someone who’ll kick you in the butt AND help you grow your revenue, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a call. It’s not a hardcore sales call. I’ll find your biggest gaps, tell you honestly if you’re a fit, and either way you’ll leave with clarity on your next step.


Loved this episode?

Leave a review on Apple or hit those stars on Spotify. That one minute is the best thank-you you can give me for all the free content, y’all. And screenshot this episode, share it to your stories, and tag me @brandimowles.

Now go do the dang thing.




Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/295 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19540429 Tue, 04 Aug 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1055 service-based business, scale your business, freelance ad manager, marketing minutes, client outreach, get clients, service provider, productivity for entrepreneurs, business systems, avoid burnout, to-do list, daily marketing habits, Instagram DM strateg 295 full false My 2026 Tech Stack: The Tools I Use to Run a 7-Figure Business My 2026 Tech Stack: The Tools I Use to Run a 7-Figure Business Ever wanted to snoop behind the scenes of a seven-figure business and see exactly what tools keep the whole thing running? Same. Brandi is nosy like that too.

In this episode, she's pulling back the curtain on her full 2026 tech stack, every piece of software she uses to run Serve Scale Soar and all seven of its revenue streams. But here's the honest part: you do not need all of it.

Brandi walks through what she recommends for service providers, what she'd do differently if she could go back, and the three tools she's actively cutting as AI keeps getting better. Grab your coffee and let's do the dang thing.

IN THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

  • The only two all-in-one tools a service provider actually needs (and when to add more)
  • Why Brandi runs 90% of her business inside FG Funnels, and who should skip it
  • How Claude built a full Notion revenue dashboard for her in 15 minutes
  • Why she still recommends Asana over ClickUp and Notion for most freelancers
  • Which AI tools she pays for (only 2) and which she uses on the free plan
  • The 3 tools she's cutting in 2026 and the real reason why
  • Why simplifying your stack matters more than the software bill itself

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:


READY TO SCALE PAST $10K MONTHS?

If you're a one-on-one service provider ready to build big-girl-money months with real support, come see what we're building inside the Strategist Society. It's the room, the community, and the daily voice support that helps you scale without hustling yourself into the ground. Head to thestrategistsociety.com.


LOVED THIS EPISODE?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles so Brandi can hang out with you over there. 

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Ever wanted to snoop behind the scenes of a seven-figure business and see exactly what tools keep the whole thing running? Same. Brandi is nosy like that too.

In this episode, she's pulling back the curtain on her full 2026 tech stack, every piece of software she uses to run Serve Scale Soar and all seven of its revenue streams. But here's the honest part: you do not need all of it.

Brandi walks through what she recommends for service providers, what she'd do differently if she could go back, and the three tools she's actively cutting as AI keeps getting better. Grab your coffee and let's do the dang thing.

IN THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

  • The only two all-in-one tools a service provider actually needs (and when to add more)
  • Why Brandi runs 90% of her business inside FG Funnels, and who should skip it
  • How Claude built a full Notion revenue dashboard for her in 15 minutes
  • Why she still recommends Asana over ClickUp and Notion for most freelancers
  • Which AI tools she pays for (only 2) and which she uses on the free plan
  • The 3 tools she's cutting in 2026 and the real reason why
  • Why simplifying your stack matters more than the software bill itself

MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:


READY TO SCALE PAST $10K MONTHS?

If you're a one-on-one service provider ready to build big-girl-money months with real support, come see what we're building inside the Strategist Society. It's the room, the community, and the daily voice support that helps you scale without hustling yourself into the ground. Head to thestrategistsociety.com.


LOVED THIS EPISODE?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles so Brandi can hang out with you over there. 

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/294 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19534584 Tue, 28 Jul 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1697 tech stack, 2026 tech stack, business tools, service provider tools, HoneyBook, FG Funnels, High Level, Notion, Asana, ClickUp, Claude AI, ChatGPT, AI tools, Descript, Canva, online business, freelancer tools, scaling a service business 294 full false Services Are the Fastest Path to Cash (Samantha’s $500 to $80K Story) Services Are the Fastest Path to Cash (Samantha’s $500 to $80K Story) Let me say it loud for the people in the back. Services are the fastest path to cash, and they always will be. I will die on that hill.

In this episode, I sit down with Samantha Fine, a longtime student and Strategist Society member who has been through every phase of business. She started during the pandemic, shut it down for a dream job at Coca-Cola, got discriminated against for being a mom, had her second baby, and relaunched with one goal: pick her son up from kindergarten every single day.

She spent most of 2024 chasing the passive income dream and made $500. Then she went all in on services and finished 2025 at nearly $80,000, all while working a full-time job for eight months of the year. This is the real math on services versus digital products, and the framework that scales it.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • Why digital products are never as passive as you were sold, and the two things you need before you build one
  • The exact moment services beat a course (and the $500 vs $80K math behind it)
  • The Strategist Trifecta: how to scale past your retainer ceiling without adding hours
  • How Samantha signed a new client almost every month at $3K retainers and a $5K ads intensive
  • Why being willing to ask questions and be vulnerable is the real growth hack
  • The discovery call teardown that taught the whole room where deals get lost
  • Why your business is not your hobby, and the "choose your hard" mindset that changes everything

Mentioned in this episode:


Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you are already doing $3,000 or more with your service business and you want to be in the room with women like Samantha, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a call. We will look at exactly where you are and what your next step is. No million-dollar-agency pressure, just real strategy that fits your real life.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles so I can cheer you on. It helps another service provider find this exact lesson before she wastes a year on the wrong thing.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Let me say it loud for the people in the back. Services are the fastest path to cash, and they always will be. I will die on that hill.

In this episode, I sit down with Samantha Fine, a longtime student and Strategist Society member who has been through every phase of business. She started during the pandemic, shut it down for a dream job at Coca-Cola, got discriminated against for being a mom, had her second baby, and relaunched with one goal: pick her son up from kindergarten every single day.

She spent most of 2024 chasing the passive income dream and made $500. Then she went all in on services and finished 2025 at nearly $80,000, all while working a full-time job for eight months of the year. This is the real math on services versus digital products, and the framework that scales it.

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  • Why digital products are never as passive as you were sold, and the two things you need before you build one
  • The exact moment services beat a course (and the $500 vs $80K math behind it)
  • The Strategist Trifecta: how to scale past your retainer ceiling without adding hours
  • How Samantha signed a new client almost every month at $3K retainers and a $5K ads intensive
  • Why being willing to ask questions and be vulnerable is the real growth hack
  • The discovery call teardown that taught the whole room where deals get lost
  • Why your business is not your hobby, and the "choose your hard" mindset that changes everything

Mentioned in this episode:


Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you are already doing $3,000 or more with your service business and you want to be in the room with women like Samantha, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a call. We will look at exactly where you are and what your next step is. No million-dollar-agency pressure, just real strategy that fits your real life.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles so I can cheer you on. It helps another service provider find this exact lesson before she wastes a year on the wrong thing.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/293 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19488110 Tue, 21 Jul 2026 04:00:00 -0400 2006 services fastest path to cash, service-based business, digital products vs services, passive income, freelance ad manager, ads management, scale a service business, Strategist Society, Strategist Trifecta, done with you offers, retainer clients, work from 293 full true 8 YEARS, 8 LESSONS: WHAT I'D TELL YOU IF YOU WERE SITTING ACROSS FROM ME 8 YEARS, 8 LESSONS: WHAT I'D TELL YOU IF YOU WERE SITTING ACROSS FROM ME Eight years ago this month, I was sitting on my bathroom floor, five months postpartum, crying, googling "legit work from home jobs" so I could pay a bankruptcy attorney and still buy formula and diapers.

That was rock bottom. It was also the decision that changed my entire life.

This week is my eight-year business anniversary, and instead of a "look how far I've come" celebration post, I'm doing something different. I'm pulling you up a chair like we're sitting in my favorite coffee shop and giving you the 8 biggest lessons from 8 years of building this thing. Some are about how you build the business. Some are about how you have to show up. And the last one changes everything.


IN THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

  • Why a boring business is actually the best business (and the coach line that woke me up)
  • The KISS rule that pulled my revenue back up in 60 days after I overcomplicated everything
  • Why one-on-one is your fastest path to cash and a course is your best path to scale (with Samantha's $500 vs $150K story)
  • How I scaled to multiple seven figures with a team of two, working under 25 hours a week
  • The confidence tax you pay for bargain bin clients that no refund can cover
  • The 5 standards of excellence that took us from $350K back to $675K
  • Why a structured schedule is the thing that actually buys you freedom
  • The mindset shift in Lesson 8 that ties all of it together


MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:


READY TO SCALE PAST $10K MONTHS?

If Lessons 3 and 4 lit something up in you and you're ready to scale toward consistent $30K months with a lean team, simple offers, and real structure, that is exactly what we build inside Strategist Society. Come see if it's your room: https://thestrategistsociety.com


LOVED THIS EPISODE?

Take a screenshot, share it to your stories, and tag me @brandimowles so I can celebrate eight years with you. It genuinely helps more service providers find the show.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Eight years ago this month, I was sitting on my bathroom floor, five months postpartum, crying, googling "legit work from home jobs" so I could pay a bankruptcy attorney and still buy formula and diapers.

That was rock bottom. It was also the decision that changed my entire life.

This week is my eight-year business anniversary, and instead of a "look how far I've come" celebration post, I'm doing something different. I'm pulling you up a chair like we're sitting in my favorite coffee shop and giving you the 8 biggest lessons from 8 years of building this thing. Some are about how you build the business. Some are about how you have to show up. And the last one changes everything.


IN THIS EPISODE, YOU'LL LEARN:

  • Why a boring business is actually the best business (and the coach line that woke me up)
  • The KISS rule that pulled my revenue back up in 60 days after I overcomplicated everything
  • Why one-on-one is your fastest path to cash and a course is your best path to scale (with Samantha's $500 vs $150K story)
  • How I scaled to multiple seven figures with a team of two, working under 25 hours a week
  • The confidence tax you pay for bargain bin clients that no refund can cover
  • The 5 standards of excellence that took us from $350K back to $675K
  • Why a structured schedule is the thing that actually buys you freedom
  • The mindset shift in Lesson 8 that ties all of it together


MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE:


READY TO SCALE PAST $10K MONTHS?

If Lessons 3 and 4 lit something up in you and you're ready to scale toward consistent $30K months with a lean team, simple offers, and real structure, that is exactly what we build inside Strategist Society. Come see if it's your room: https://thestrategistsociety.com


LOVED THIS EPISODE?

Take a screenshot, share it to your stories, and tag me @brandimowles so I can celebrate eight years with you. It genuinely helps more service providers find the show.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/292 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19438041 Tue, 07 Jul 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1848 business lessons, service business, ad management, freelancer, scale your business, work from home mom, female entrepreneur, simple business, lean team, raise your rates, champagne clients, standards of excellence, business anniversary, multi six figure, 292 full false How a Homeschool Mom Built a Six-Figure Ad Business in Under 25 Hours a Week How a Homeschool Mom Built a Six-Figure Ad Business in Under 25 Hours a Week Y'all, this one is going to light a fire under you.

Brittney Roberts spent over a decade as a jack-of-all-trades freelancer, strictly hourly, wearing every hat, and after childcare she was making almost nothing. One year she looked at her taxes and saw $18,000. That was the wake-up call.

In this student spotlight, Brittney shares the exact pivot that took her from $18K a year to over six figures as a freelance ad manager, all while moving across the country, homeschooling three energetic boys, and living in temporary housing. This is proof of what's possible when you stop doing everything for everyone and go all in on the right thing.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why being a jack of all trades is quietly keeping you stuck at low income
  • The exact moment Brittney decided to go all in on Meta ads (and why she waited too long to fully pivot)
  • How to reach back out to past clients when you change your services
  • The strategist trifecta: three package types that grow your revenue without more retainer clients
  • How Brittney structures her VIP days into two simple sessions
  • The two-or-three-needle-movers daily habit that protects her time
  • Why working nights and weekends is not the problem (and when it actually is)
  • The Voxer stat that shocked Brandi: members who vox weekly all doubled their business or more

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you're ready to be in the room with women like Brittney, with real community and one-on-one Voxer support behind you, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply. We'll jump on a call and see if it's a fit.

Loved this episode?

Share it with one friend who needs to hear it, and tag @brandimowles so I can see it.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Y'all, this one is going to light a fire under you.

Brittney Roberts spent over a decade as a jack-of-all-trades freelancer, strictly hourly, wearing every hat, and after childcare she was making almost nothing. One year she looked at her taxes and saw $18,000. That was the wake-up call.

In this student spotlight, Brittney shares the exact pivot that took her from $18K a year to over six figures as a freelance ad manager, all while moving across the country, homeschooling three energetic boys, and living in temporary housing. This is proof of what's possible when you stop doing everything for everyone and go all in on the right thing.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why being a jack of all trades is quietly keeping you stuck at low income
  • The exact moment Brittney decided to go all in on Meta ads (and why she waited too long to fully pivot)
  • How to reach back out to past clients when you change your services
  • The strategist trifecta: three package types that grow your revenue without more retainer clients
  • How Brittney structures her VIP days into two simple sessions
  • The two-or-three-needle-movers daily habit that protects her time
  • Why working nights and weekends is not the problem (and when it actually is)
  • The Voxer stat that shocked Brandi: members who vox weekly all doubled their business or more

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you're ready to be in the room with women like Brittney, with real community and one-on-one Voxer support behind you, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply. We'll jump on a call and see if it's a fit.

Loved this episode?

Share it with one friend who needs to hear it, and tag @brandimowles so I can see it.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/291 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19407232 Tue, 30 Jun 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1693 freelance ad manager, six figures, Meta ads, Facebook ads, scale a freelance business, work from home mom, homeschool mom business, strategist society, VIP days, retainer clients, anti hustle culture, service provider, ads management, work life balance 291 full false Halfway Through the Year and Not Hitting Your Goals? Your Mid-Year Reset Halfway Through the Year and Not Hitting Your Goals? Your Mid-Year Reset We are halfway through the year, and holy bananas, where did it go? If your stomach just dropped because you're nowhere near the goal you wrote down in December, stay with me.

You do not toss out the plan you made. You check it.

In this episode, Brandi walks you through the exact mid-year reset she just ran with her Strategist Society members, the one that stops the panic spiraling and replaces it with real data. You'll pull your numbers, find out where you're actually sitting in your business, do the gap math (it's smaller than you think), and walk away with three action steps for the next seven days.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why service providers should plan in 90-day increments instead of 12-month chunks
  • The year-over-year growth number that tells the truth about your business (and why the average business only grows 5 to 10% a year)
  • The car-seat gut check: are you in the driver's seat, passenger seat, back seat, or the trunk?
  • How to close your revenue gap by spreading it over six months instead of panicking over the whole number
  • The brain dump exercise that took Brandi from a $250K year to $1.2M
  • Why "I don't like it" is not a reason to skip what actually works (cold email, cold calling, Upwork, local networking)
  • How to reconnect to your North Star and pick the two life areas to focus on next

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you're sitting here thinking "this is exactly what I needed, but I'll talk myself out of doing it alone," that's exactly what Strategist Society is for. It's the room where we look at your real numbers with you, tell you where to raise your prices, help you brain dump your gap fill, and hold you to the three things you committed to. Built for service providers ready to scale to consistent $10K to $20K months on less than 25 hours a week. Head to https://thestrategistsociety.com.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles. It helps more service providers find the show and it makes my whole day.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> We are halfway through the year, and holy bananas, where did it go? If your stomach just dropped because you're nowhere near the goal you wrote down in December, stay with me.

You do not toss out the plan you made. You check it.

In this episode, Brandi walks you through the exact mid-year reset she just ran with her Strategist Society members, the one that stops the panic spiraling and replaces it with real data. You'll pull your numbers, find out where you're actually sitting in your business, do the gap math (it's smaller than you think), and walk away with three action steps for the next seven days.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why service providers should plan in 90-day increments instead of 12-month chunks
  • The year-over-year growth number that tells the truth about your business (and why the average business only grows 5 to 10% a year)
  • The car-seat gut check: are you in the driver's seat, passenger seat, back seat, or the trunk?
  • How to close your revenue gap by spreading it over six months instead of panicking over the whole number
  • The brain dump exercise that took Brandi from a $250K year to $1.2M
  • Why "I don't like it" is not a reason to skip what actually works (cold email, cold calling, Upwork, local networking)
  • How to reconnect to your North Star and pick the two life areas to focus on next

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If you're sitting here thinking "this is exactly what I needed, but I'll talk myself out of doing it alone," that's exactly what Strategist Society is for. It's the room where we look at your real numbers with you, tell you where to raise your prices, help you brain dump your gap fill, and hold you to the three things you committed to. Built for service providers ready to scale to consistent $10K to $20K months on less than 25 hours a week. Head to https://thestrategistsociety.com.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, share it to your stories, and tag @brandimowles. It helps more service providers find the show and it makes my whole day.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/290 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19372317 Tue, 23 Jun 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1383 mid-year reset, mid year business reset, service provider, service business, scale to 10k months, year over year growth, revenue gap, 90 day planning, business goals, goal setting, anti hustle, virtual assistant, OBM, ads manager, copywriter, funnel build 290 full false £0 to £7,125 in 4 Months: After Lauren Started A Freelance Ad Management Business £0 to £7,125 in 4 Months: After Lauren Started A Freelance Ad Management Business Y'all, this spotlight episode hit different.

Lauren is a Conversions for Clients student who got made redundant in December and gave herself 3 months to make her ad management business work before she'd have to go back to corporate. By April, she was billing £6,125 with four clients, all from four completely different sources.

No fancy website. No massive audience. No "wait until I'm ready" energy. Just decision, deadline, and doing the dang thing.

In this episode, Lauren breaks down her exact numbers month by month, the four channels she used to find her first clients (none of them are Instagram, by the way), how she repackaged her offer to charge £3,000 for a foundational month plus £1,500/month retainer, and the mindset shift that took her from no self-belief to feeling invincible.

If you've been sitting on the fence about starting your service business or you're scared the timing isn't right, this is your sign.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How Lauren scaled from £500 to £7,600 months in her first 4 months of business
  • The 4 client acquisition channels she used (and why you only need 3)
  • How to structure a £3,000 foundational month offer that clients will pay for
  • The exact moment she fired her £500/month client (and why you should too)
  • Why "back against the wall" energy is the best place to start your business
  • The strategist trifecta approach that lets you charge premium without burning out
  • How AI is changing service delivery (and why strategists are irreplaceable)
  • The mindset shift that builds real, lasting confidence
  • What aligned hustle looks like versus the toxic version

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months without burning out?

Inside Strategist Society, I teach the strategist trifecta, the systems, and the offer structure that let you raise your rates and reduce your hours at the same time. If you're ready to stop trading hours for dollars and start building the business Lauren is now building, come hang out with us at thestrategistsociety.com.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, tag @brandimowles, and share it with one service provider who needs to hear Lauren's story. The more we lift each other up, the more women win.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Y'all, this spotlight episode hit different.

Lauren is a Conversions for Clients student who got made redundant in December and gave herself 3 months to make her ad management business work before she'd have to go back to corporate. By April, she was billing £6,125 with four clients, all from four completely different sources.

No fancy website. No massive audience. No "wait until I'm ready" energy. Just decision, deadline, and doing the dang thing.

In this episode, Lauren breaks down her exact numbers month by month, the four channels she used to find her first clients (none of them are Instagram, by the way), how she repackaged her offer to charge £3,000 for a foundational month plus £1,500/month retainer, and the mindset shift that took her from no self-belief to feeling invincible.

If you've been sitting on the fence about starting your service business or you're scared the timing isn't right, this is your sign.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How Lauren scaled from £500 to £7,600 months in her first 4 months of business
  • The 4 client acquisition channels she used (and why you only need 3)
  • How to structure a £3,000 foundational month offer that clients will pay for
  • The exact moment she fired her £500/month client (and why you should too)
  • Why "back against the wall" energy is the best place to start your business
  • The strategist trifecta approach that lets you charge premium without burning out
  • How AI is changing service delivery (and why strategists are irreplaceable)
  • The mindset shift that builds real, lasting confidence
  • What aligned hustle looks like versus the toxic version

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months without burning out?

Inside Strategist Society, I teach the strategist trifecta, the systems, and the offer structure that let you raise your rates and reduce your hours at the same time. If you're ready to stop trading hours for dollars and start building the business Lauren is now building, come hang out with us at thestrategistsociety.com.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, tag @brandimowles, and share it with one service provider who needs to hear Lauren's story. The more we lift each other up, the more women win.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/289 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19340770 Tue, 16 Jun 2026 04:00:00 -0400 2086 ad management business, service provider, scale to 10K months, find first clients, premium pricing, strategist trifecta, ads manager, spotlight story, foundational month, retainer offer, raise your rates, conversions for clients, strategist society, netwo 289 full false How to Work From Home With Kids Home All Summer (Without Dropping the Ball on Your Clients) How to Work From Home With Kids Home All Summer (Without Dropping the Ball on Your Clients) If you're staring at your calendar in June thinking, "Oh my gosh, what am I about to do with the kids home all stinking summer," this episode was created exactly for you.

You do not have to white-knuckle your way through the next eight weeks. You don't have to ghost your clients. You don't have to skip the beach. And you definitely don't have to work from a hotel bathroom at 11pm while your kids are asleep.

There is a way to actually do this. I've coached hundreds of women through it, and I pretty much live on a summer schedule 365 days out of the year. So let's get into it, friend.

In This Episode, You'll Learn:

  • The mindset shift you HAVE to make about summer (this is non-negotiable, and it's the reason most service providers melt down in June)
  • The 4 client conversations you need to have this week (with the exact energy to bring to them)
  • Why "I need to hire someone to cover for me" is the wrong instinct, and what to do instead
  • The Summer Work Bucket List framework: full work weeks, modified weeks, and vacation weeks (and how to map every week of your summer into one of the three)
  • The "power days and pockets" rhythm my Strategist Society members use to run profitable businesses while traveling
  • A real student example: how one of our members handled a Disney cruise with four retainer clients and ads running
  • What to do RIGHT NOW if you didn't pre-plan and your summer is already on fire

Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Strategist Society: thestrategistsociety.com
  • Conversions For Clients: conversionsforclients.com
  • DM me on Instagram: @brandimowles (send the word SUMMER)


Ready to Scale Past $10K Months?

If you're sitting at $3K to $10K months as a service provider and you're tired of trading hours for dollars (especially when summer or any time off destroys your income), Strategist Society is exactly where you need to be. We help you repackage your offers, get in front of champagne clients, raise your prices, and build a business that runs without you babysitting it every time you want a week off. No agency required. Apply at thestrategistsociety.com.


Loved This Episode?

Share it with one friend who's already drowning in summer chaos, and tag me @brandimowles so I can see it. I read every single message and DM.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> If you're staring at your calendar in June thinking, "Oh my gosh, what am I about to do with the kids home all stinking summer," this episode was created exactly for you.

You do not have to white-knuckle your way through the next eight weeks. You don't have to ghost your clients. You don't have to skip the beach. And you definitely don't have to work from a hotel bathroom at 11pm while your kids are asleep.

There is a way to actually do this. I've coached hundreds of women through it, and I pretty much live on a summer schedule 365 days out of the year. So let's get into it, friend.

In This Episode, You'll Learn:

  • The mindset shift you HAVE to make about summer (this is non-negotiable, and it's the reason most service providers melt down in June)
  • The 4 client conversations you need to have this week (with the exact energy to bring to them)
  • Why "I need to hire someone to cover for me" is the wrong instinct, and what to do instead
  • The Summer Work Bucket List framework: full work weeks, modified weeks, and vacation weeks (and how to map every week of your summer into one of the three)
  • The "power days and pockets" rhythm my Strategist Society members use to run profitable businesses while traveling
  • A real student example: how one of our members handled a Disney cruise with four retainer clients and ads running
  • What to do RIGHT NOW if you didn't pre-plan and your summer is already on fire

Mentioned in This Episode:

  • Strategist Society: thestrategistsociety.com
  • Conversions For Clients: conversionsforclients.com
  • DM me on Instagram: @brandimowles (send the word SUMMER)


Ready to Scale Past $10K Months?

If you're sitting at $3K to $10K months as a service provider and you're tired of trading hours for dollars (especially when summer or any time off destroys your income), Strategist Society is exactly where you need to be. We help you repackage your offers, get in front of champagne clients, raise your prices, and build a business that runs without you babysitting it every time you want a week off. No agency required. Apply at thestrategistsociety.com.


Loved This Episode?

Share it with one friend who's already drowning in summer chaos, and tag me @brandimowles so I can see it. I read every single message and DM.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/288 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19299793 Tue, 09 Jun 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1641 work from home mom, summer schedule, service providers, freelancer, virtual assistant, ads manager, summer business, mom entrepreneur, work life balance, business systems, summer vacation, kids at home, retainer clients, scaling a service business, strate 288 full false From 30+ Hourly Clients to ONE $12K Retainer: Mandy's Spotlight From 30+ Hourly Clients to ONE $12K Retainer: Mandy's Spotlight Working nights. Working weekends. Working into the cracks of your life. Tracking every minute for 30+ clients. Watching your effective rate drop every time you get faster at your job.

If that is your current reality, this episode is the mirror you need.

This week on Serve Scale Soar, I sit down with Mandy, a Canadian funnel designer and Strategist Society member, who pulled off one of my favorite kinds of transformations. She went from $10K hourly months (and full-on burnout) to one $12,000/month retainer client, a $19K best month, and a $130K year in 2025, all while working around 30 hours a week. Same brain. New container.

We get into the exact moment it finally clicked for her at Strategist Summit Live, the boring (and consistent) Marketing Minutes strategy that landed her dream client out of a free Facebook Group, and the unexpected champagne client problem nobody warns you about when you finally get your time back.


In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why hourly pricing is a pay cut every time you get better at your craft (and the math behind it)
  • The Strategist Summit moment when one sentence from another member finally cracked Mandy open
  • The exact Marketing Minutes strategy Mandy ran during our 30-day challenge (hint: Facebook Groups are NOT dead)
  • How she pitched and landed a $12K/month retainer from a free Facebook Group post
  • The "champagne client problem" of suddenly having time and not knowing what to do with it
  • Why you should build your retainer floor BEFORE the scalable offer
  • Why Strategist Society works for funnel builders and consultants, not just ad managers
  • What actually moved the needle inside the program (and what Mandy did NOT consume)


Mentioned in this episode:


Ready to scale past $10K months?

Strategist Society is the room where high-level service providers (ad managers, funnel builders, consultants, OBMs, copywriters) scale to $20K, $30K, and $50K months while working under 25 hours a week. If you are ready to drop hourly pricing for good and want a coach in your corner who will quote the bigger number until your nervous system catches up, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply. We will hop on a call, do a full business audit, and figure out if we are a fit.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, tag @brandimowles on Instagram, and share it with one service provider friend who is still stuck on hourly. That is how more women find their way out of the hourly trap.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Working nights. Working weekends. Working into the cracks of your life. Tracking every minute for 30+ clients. Watching your effective rate drop every time you get faster at your job.

If that is your current reality, this episode is the mirror you need.

This week on Serve Scale Soar, I sit down with Mandy, a Canadian funnel designer and Strategist Society member, who pulled off one of my favorite kinds of transformations. She went from $10K hourly months (and full-on burnout) to one $12,000/month retainer client, a $19K best month, and a $130K year in 2025, all while working around 30 hours a week. Same brain. New container.

We get into the exact moment it finally clicked for her at Strategist Summit Live, the boring (and consistent) Marketing Minutes strategy that landed her dream client out of a free Facebook Group, and the unexpected champagne client problem nobody warns you about when you finally get your time back.


In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why hourly pricing is a pay cut every time you get better at your craft (and the math behind it)
  • The Strategist Summit moment when one sentence from another member finally cracked Mandy open
  • The exact Marketing Minutes strategy Mandy ran during our 30-day challenge (hint: Facebook Groups are NOT dead)
  • How she pitched and landed a $12K/month retainer from a free Facebook Group post
  • The "champagne client problem" of suddenly having time and not knowing what to do with it
  • Why you should build your retainer floor BEFORE the scalable offer
  • Why Strategist Society works for funnel builders and consultants, not just ad managers
  • What actually moved the needle inside the program (and what Mandy did NOT consume)


Mentioned in this episode:


Ready to scale past $10K months?

Strategist Society is the room where high-level service providers (ad managers, funnel builders, consultants, OBMs, copywriters) scale to $20K, $30K, and $50K months while working under 25 hours a week. If you are ready to drop hourly pricing for good and want a coach in your corner who will quote the bigger number until your nervous system catches up, head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply. We will hop on a call, do a full business audit, and figure out if we are a fit.

Loved this episode?

Screenshot it, tag @brandimowles on Instagram, and share it with one service provider friend who is still stuck on hourly. That is how more women find their way out of the hourly trap.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19256476 Tue, 02 Jun 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1443 hourly to retainer, service provider, funnel designer, retainer clients, Strategist Society, marketing minutes, Facebook Groups marketing, scale service business, $10K months, package pricing, student spotlight, online business owner, service provider str 287 full false The Hidden Page That's Killing Your Discovery Call Conversion Rate The Hidden Page That's Killing Your Discovery Call Conversion Rate You could be the best closer in the world. You could have your offer dialed in. You could be saying all the right things on every discovery call.

And you're still losing the client.

Because the problem isn't the call. The problem is what's happening before the call. And 99% of service providers, even the ones charging $5K, $10K, $15K a month, are completely missing this one page that could change their entire conversion rate.

In this episode, I'm breaking down what your post-schedule page is, why it works, and why your discovery call conversion rate isn't where it could be without it.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • The 3 places every service business breaks down (and how to know which one is killing your growth)
  • Why your discovery call conversion rate should be between 40% and 60% (and what to do if it's outside that range)
  • The real reason your sales calls are running 30, 45, 50 minutes when they should be 15
  • What a post-schedule page actually is and the 4 jobs it needs to do for you
  • The 3 objections that keep service providers from building this page (and why they're all wrong)
  • How adding this one page increased my own conversion rate by 15%

If you're sitting at under a 40% conversion rate right now, this is the strategy that can change your entire sales process this week.

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If your sales calls are taking forever, you've raised your prices and suddenly can't find clients, or you're hitting a ceiling you can't break through, I want to get my eyes on your business. Apply for a 1:1 call with me at https://thestrategistsociety.com. We'll find your biggest hole in 15-20 minutes, and you'll walk away with total clarity on your next step.

Loved this episode?

Take a screenshot, share it on Instagram Stories, and tag me @brandimowles. It helps more service providers find the show.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> You could be the best closer in the world. You could have your offer dialed in. You could be saying all the right things on every discovery call.

And you're still losing the client.

Because the problem isn't the call. The problem is what's happening before the call. And 99% of service providers, even the ones charging $5K, $10K, $15K a month, are completely missing this one page that could change their entire conversion rate.

In this episode, I'm breaking down what your post-schedule page is, why it works, and why your discovery call conversion rate isn't where it could be without it.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • The 3 places every service business breaks down (and how to know which one is killing your growth)
  • Why your discovery call conversion rate should be between 40% and 60% (and what to do if it's outside that range)
  • The real reason your sales calls are running 30, 45, 50 minutes when they should be 15
  • What a post-schedule page actually is and the 4 jobs it needs to do for you
  • The 3 objections that keep service providers from building this page (and why they're all wrong)
  • How adding this one page increased my own conversion rate by 15%

If you're sitting at under a 40% conversion rate right now, this is the strategy that can change your entire sales process this week.

Mentioned in this episode:

Ready to scale past $10K months?

If your sales calls are taking forever, you've raised your prices and suddenly can't find clients, or you're hitting a ceiling you can't break through, I want to get my eyes on your business. Apply for a 1:1 call with me at https://thestrategistsociety.com. We'll find your biggest hole in 15-20 minutes, and you'll walk away with total clarity on your next step.

Loved this episode?

Take a screenshot, share it on Instagram Stories, and tag me @brandimowles. It helps more service providers find the show.

Now go do the dang thing.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/286 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19193303 Tue, 26 May 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1052 discovery calls, sales calls, conversion rate, service providers, sales strategy, scale service business, online business, female entrepreneur, virtual assistant, OBM, ads manager, copywriter, funnel builder, sales process, lead conversion, post-schedule 286 full false From Pinterest Management to Ad Management: How Natasha Got Her Time Back From Pinterest Management to Ad Management: How Natasha Got Her Time Back What happens when you stop trading endless hours for mediocre results and switch to a service that actually gives you your time back?

In this student spotlight episode, I'm chatting with Natasha, a mom of two from Los Angeles who spent seven years in the online space doing branding, web design, and, most recently, Pinterest management. She was working hours upon hours for clients paying $775 to $997 a month and couldn't even see clear results from her efforts.

Then she joined Conversions for Clients, landed two ad clients within two weeks at $1,000 each, and made her entire investment back before the 45-day mark.

The best part? She went from not being able to track her time because she was always working to spending maybe 10 hours a month on her ad clients. Same money, fraction of the time.


In this episode, we cover:

  • Why Natasha was so frustrated with Pinterest management (and why organic services can burn you out)
  • How she landed her first two ad clients from her existing client base
  • The pricing and contract structure she used to transition clients smoothly
  • What it actually feels like to go from constant work to 10 hours a month
  • Her 90-day goals for phasing out Pinterest and going all in on ads
  • Why ads might be the perfect fit if you have both a creative and analytical brain
  • The unlimited opportunities available when you learn ad management

If you're a service provider spending way too many hours on organic content and not seeing the results you want for your clients, this episode is your sign that there's a better way.


Links Mentioned:

Register for an upcoming workshop: brandimowles.com/100K

Learn more about Conversions for Clients: conversionsforclients.com

DM me on Instagram: instagram.com/brandimowles


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> What happens when you stop trading endless hours for mediocre results and switch to a service that actually gives you your time back?

In this student spotlight episode, I'm chatting with Natasha, a mom of two from Los Angeles who spent seven years in the online space doing branding, web design, and, most recently, Pinterest management. She was working hours upon hours for clients paying $775 to $997 a month and couldn't even see clear results from her efforts.

Then she joined Conversions for Clients, landed two ad clients within two weeks at $1,000 each, and made her entire investment back before the 45-day mark.

The best part? She went from not being able to track her time because she was always working to spending maybe 10 hours a month on her ad clients. Same money, fraction of the time.


In this episode, we cover:

  • Why Natasha was so frustrated with Pinterest management (and why organic services can burn you out)
  • How she landed her first two ad clients from her existing client base
  • The pricing and contract structure she used to transition clients smoothly
  • What it actually feels like to go from constant work to 10 hours a month
  • Her 90-day goals for phasing out Pinterest and going all in on ads
  • Why ads might be the perfect fit if you have both a creative and analytical brain
  • The unlimited opportunities available when you learn ad management

If you're a service provider spending way too many hours on organic content and not seeing the results you want for your clients, this episode is your sign that there's a better way.


Links Mentioned:

Register for an upcoming workshop: brandimowles.com/100K

Learn more about Conversions for Clients: conversionsforclients.com

DM me on Instagram: instagram.com/brandimowles


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/285 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19193184 Tue, 19 May 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1257 Pinterest management, ad management, service provider, Conversions for Clients, student spotlight, meta ads, time freedom, work less make more, transition services, virtual assistant, online business 285 full false 5 Ways Ad Managers Should Be Using AI (But Aren't) 5 Ways Ad Managers Should Be Using AI (But Aren't) Most ad managers are using AI for the basic stuff and completely missing the real opportunities. In this episode, I'm sharing 5 ways I'm actually using AI in my ads business (plus what my Strategist Society members are doing) that save serious time and make you more money.

These aren't your typical "AI tips for marketers." These are practical strategies you can implement this week without being tech-savvy or knowing how to code.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How to create voice guides and customer avatar documents that used to cost $5K (and how to use them as fast action bonuses on sales calls)
  • The AI + Meta reporting hack that took my reporting from 1 hour to 10 minutes
  • How Crystal in Strategist Society sold a $2,500 audit that took her 45 minutes
  • How to use competitor gap analysis to find what everyone else is missing
  • The reverse engineering framework for pulling winning hooks from other industries
  • How to set up automated weekly briefings so you always know what's changing in Meta

Ready to implement these strategies? Grab The Ad Copy Shortcut! for just $27 at brandimowles.com/copy-shortcut

Resources Mentioned:

Connect with me:


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Most ad managers are using AI for the basic stuff and completely missing the real opportunities. In this episode, I'm sharing 5 ways I'm actually using AI in my ads business (plus what my Strategist Society members are doing) that save serious time and make you more money.

These aren't your typical "AI tips for marketers." These are practical strategies you can implement this week without being tech-savvy or knowing how to code.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How to create voice guides and customer avatar documents that used to cost $5K (and how to use them as fast action bonuses on sales calls)
  • The AI + Meta reporting hack that took my reporting from 1 hour to 10 minutes
  • How Crystal in Strategist Society sold a $2,500 audit that took her 45 minutes
  • How to use competitor gap analysis to find what everyone else is missing
  • The reverse engineering framework for pulling winning hooks from other industries
  • How to set up automated weekly briefings so you always know what's changing in Meta

Ready to implement these strategies? Grab The Ad Copy Shortcut! for just $27 at brandimowles.com/copy-shortcut

Resources Mentioned:

Connect with me:


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19101583 Tue, 12 May 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1382 AI for ad managers, ad manager tips, Facebook ads, Meta ads, AI tools, ad reporting, competitor analysis, ad copy, service providers 284 full false From $2,400 Social Media Manager to $9,800 Ad Manager: How One Mom Scaled Her Service Business While Getting Her Kids Off the Bus From $2,400 Social Media Manager to $9,800 Ad Manager: How One Mom Scaled Her Service Business While Getting Her Kids Off the Bus Y'all, this episode is proof that you can be a present mom AND have a thriving business. It's not either/or. It's AND.

Laura found me in the most random way possible (let's just say it involved a Facebook mom group and me getting into it with a troll). When we first met, she was a social media manager running content for five businesses but only getting paid for two clients. She was maxed out at $2,400 a month with zero room to grow.

Fast forward one year, and Laura just hit $9,800 in January. She's transitioned to ad management, she's landing local clients through networking, and she's doing it all while getting her kids off the bus and being present at home.

In this episode, we're breaking down:

  • The moment Laura realized social media management wasn't going to get her where she wanted to go
  • Why she was terrified that making more money would make her a worse mom (and how she got past it)
  • The 60 days where everything changed and her income more than doubled
  • How she's finding clients through local networking, cold emails, and Facebook groups
  • The two skills from Strategist Society that made the biggest difference
  • What she'd tell someone sitting on the fence about investing in themselves

If you're a service provider who feels maxed out, burned out, or stuck at an income ceiling, Laura's story is going to light a fire under you.


Resources Mentioned:

Apply for Strategist Society: https://thestrategistsociety.com

Get started with Conversions for Clients: https://conversionsforclients.com

Connect with me on Instagram: https://instagram.com/brandimowles




Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Y'all, this episode is proof that you can be a present mom AND have a thriving business. It's not either/or. It's AND.

Laura found me in the most random way possible (let's just say it involved a Facebook mom group and me getting into it with a troll). When we first met, she was a social media manager running content for five businesses but only getting paid for two clients. She was maxed out at $2,400 a month with zero room to grow.

Fast forward one year, and Laura just hit $9,800 in January. She's transitioned to ad management, she's landing local clients through networking, and she's doing it all while getting her kids off the bus and being present at home.

In this episode, we're breaking down:

  • The moment Laura realized social media management wasn't going to get her where she wanted to go
  • Why she was terrified that making more money would make her a worse mom (and how she got past it)
  • The 60 days where everything changed and her income more than doubled
  • How she's finding clients through local networking, cold emails, and Facebook groups
  • The two skills from Strategist Society that made the biggest difference
  • What she'd tell someone sitting on the fence about investing in themselves

If you're a service provider who feels maxed out, burned out, or stuck at an income ceiling, Laura's story is going to light a fire under you.


Resources Mentioned:

Apply for Strategist Society: https://thestrategistsociety.com

Get started with Conversions for Clients: https://conversionsforclients.com

Connect with me on Instagram: https://instagram.com/brandimowles




Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/283 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-19028843 Tue, 21 Apr 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1732 social media manager, ads manager, service provider, scaling business, mom entrepreneur, work from home mom, freelance business, ad management, client results, student spotlight, Strategist Society 283 full false Why Your Client Attraction Strategy Isn't Working (You're Fixing the Wrong Thing) Why Your Client Attraction Strategy Isn't Working (You're Fixing the Wrong Thing) How many discovery calls have you had in the last 90 days? If that number is low, your problem isn't your sales call. It's your leads.

In this episode, Brandi shares the exact diagnostic framework she uses with her consulting clients (from $3K months to $40K months) to pinpoint where their pipeline is broken. You'll learn about the three problems every service provider has (leads, conversion, retention), plus the 4C Client Attraction System that maps out your entire client pipeline.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • The three elements of every service business and how to diagnose which one is broken
  • The 4C Client Attraction System: Connect, Conversation, Call, Close
  • Signs that each stage of your pipeline is broken
  • Why most service providers are fixing step four when step one is broken
  • The benchmarks you need to know (how many calls, what conversion rate)
  • Your three action steps to implement this week

Resources mentioned:

If you're tired of the feast or famine rollercoaster, this episode will show you exactly where to focus your energy to build a predictable client pipeline.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> How many discovery calls have you had in the last 90 days? If that number is low, your problem isn't your sales call. It's your leads.

In this episode, Brandi shares the exact diagnostic framework she uses with her consulting clients (from $3K months to $40K months) to pinpoint where their pipeline is broken. You'll learn about the three problems every service provider has (leads, conversion, retention), plus the 4C Client Attraction System that maps out your entire client pipeline.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • The three elements of every service business and how to diagnose which one is broken
  • The 4C Client Attraction System: Connect, Conversation, Call, Close
  • Signs that each stage of your pipeline is broken
  • Why most service providers are fixing step four when step one is broken
  • The benchmarks you need to know (how many calls, what conversion rate)
  • Your three action steps to implement this week

Resources mentioned:

If you're tired of the feast or famine rollercoaster, this episode will show you exactly where to focus your energy to build a predictable client pipeline.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/282 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18994296 Tue, 14 Apr 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1319 client attraction, 4C system, service provider leads, discovery calls, sales call conversion, client pipeline, signing clients, freelancer business, service business strategy, getting more clients 282 full false How Kendra Replaced Her Teacher Salary in Under a Year As a Freelance Ad Manager How Kendra Replaced Her Teacher Salary in Under a Year As a Freelance Ad Manager What happens when a 14-year teacher gets fired and decides to bet on herself instead of going back to the classroom? She builds a $7K/month freelance ad management business in under a year while homeschooling her kids and working 25 hours a week. That's exactly what today's guest, Kendra, did.

In this student spotlight, Kendra shares how she went from zero marketing experience to five clients, all in the educator niche, using nothing but Instagram cold DMs and daily consistency. We're talking real numbers, real strategy, and real talk about what's been hard too.

In this episode, we cover:

  • How Kendra discovered her niche organically and why you don't have to have it figured out before you start
  • The simple cold DM approach she uses to land clients without ever leading with a sales pitch
  • How she manages five clients while homeschooling two kids in about 25 hours a week
  • Why working more hours is NOT the path to more revenue (and what to focus on instead)
  • The Conversions for Clients resource that helped her most when she was starting out
  • Her goal of hitting $20K months this year

If you've been wondering whether this is actually possible for someone starting from scratch, this episode is your proof.

Links and Resources Mentioned:


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> What happens when a 14-year teacher gets fired and decides to bet on herself instead of going back to the classroom? She builds a $7K/month freelance ad management business in under a year while homeschooling her kids and working 25 hours a week. That's exactly what today's guest, Kendra, did.

In this student spotlight, Kendra shares how she went from zero marketing experience to five clients, all in the educator niche, using nothing but Instagram cold DMs and daily consistency. We're talking real numbers, real strategy, and real talk about what's been hard too.

In this episode, we cover:

  • How Kendra discovered her niche organically and why you don't have to have it figured out before you start
  • The simple cold DM approach she uses to land clients without ever leading with a sales pitch
  • How she manages five clients while homeschooling two kids in about 25 hours a week
  • Why working more hours is NOT the path to more revenue (and what to focus on instead)
  • The Conversions for Clients resource that helped her most when she was starting out
  • Her goal of hitting $20K months this year

If you've been wondering whether this is actually possible for someone starting from scratch, this episode is your proof.

Links and Resources Mentioned:


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/281 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18875001 Tue, 07 Apr 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1012 freelance ad manager, ads manager for beginners, work from home mom, homeschool mom business, how to replace your salary freelancing, service provider success story, cold DM strategy, student spotlight 281 full false How to Build a Referral Engine for Your Service Business (Without Making It Your Whole Strategy) How to Build a Referral Engine for Your Service Business (Without Making It Your Whole Strategy) The highest-converting leads you'll ever get aren't coming from Instagram or cold pitching. They're coming from someone your dream client already trusts. And y'all, most service providers are leaving that money on the table every single month.

In this episode, I'm breaking down why referrals are one of the most powerful tools in your client acquisition strategy AND why they cannot be your only strategy. Because if referrals are your whole plan, you've handed the steering wheel of your business to someone else.

Here's what we're covering:

  • Why referrals are a cheat code (and what makes them convert so fast)
  • The real danger of relying on referrals as your only client source
  • The foundation you need before any referral system will actually work
  • The 3 specific moments where referrals happen most naturally
  • Exactly how to ask without feeling pushy or awkward

If you've been coasting on referrals and hoping they keep coming, this episode is your wake-up call. And if you're ready to turn referrals into a real engine that complements your full client acquisition strategy, this one's for you.

Resources mentioned:

DM me "referral" on Instagram: @brandimowles


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> The highest-converting leads you'll ever get aren't coming from Instagram or cold pitching. They're coming from someone your dream client already trusts. And y'all, most service providers are leaving that money on the table every single month.

In this episode, I'm breaking down why referrals are one of the most powerful tools in your client acquisition strategy AND why they cannot be your only strategy. Because if referrals are your whole plan, you've handed the steering wheel of your business to someone else.

Here's what we're covering:

  • Why referrals are a cheat code (and what makes them convert so fast)
  • The real danger of relying on referrals as your only client source
  • The foundation you need before any referral system will actually work
  • The 3 specific moments where referrals happen most naturally
  • Exactly how to ask without feeling pushy or awkward

If you've been coasting on referrals and hoping they keep coming, this episode is your wake-up call. And if you're ready to turn referrals into a real engine that complements your full client acquisition strategy, this one's for you.

Resources mentioned:

DM me "referral" on Instagram: @brandimowles


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/280 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18874800 Tue, 31 Mar 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1061 referral strategy, client acquisition, service providers, how to get referrals, freelance business, grow your business, ad managers, virtual assistants, online business 280 full false From $3K to $15K Months as a Meta Ads Manager and Mom of Four | Emily's Story From $3K to $15K Months as a Meta Ads Manager and Mom of Four | Emily's Story What does it look like to go from working "the night shift," barely sleeping, charging $350 retainers, and pulling in $3K months to hitting nearly $15K in a single month while actually working LESS?

That's exactly what happened for Emily, one of our Strategist Society members and a meta ads manager and mom of four in Texas. In this student spotlight episode, Emily shares her entire journey, from taking any client she could get and undercharging like crazy, to raising her prices, finding aligned clients, and building a business that actually fits her life.

We're getting real about what it looks like to scale a service business as a mom, how the Standards of Excellence changed everything for her, why theme days are a game changer (especially if you have ADHD), and what happens when your biggest business problem becomes having TOO much free time.

If you're a service provider sitting at $3K to $5K months, wondering how to break through to the next level, this episode is for you.


In this episode, you'll hear:

  • How Emily went from $3K months and late nights to nearly $15K while working less
  • Why she ghosted me for a month before joining Strategist Society (and what changed her mind)
  • The pricing shift that changed everything: from $350 retainers to a $3K minimum
  • How the Standards of Excellence became her "lighthouse" during chaotic seasons
  • Why she had her best month ever while being hospitalized AND snowed in
  • How theme days helped her manage ADHD and eliminate context switching
  • The mindset shift that happens when you start making more money while working less
  • Emily's next goal: $20K months as her new normal

Resources mentioned in this episode:


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> What does it look like to go from working "the night shift," barely sleeping, charging $350 retainers, and pulling in $3K months to hitting nearly $15K in a single month while actually working LESS?

That's exactly what happened for Emily, one of our Strategist Society members and a meta ads manager and mom of four in Texas. In this student spotlight episode, Emily shares her entire journey, from taking any client she could get and undercharging like crazy, to raising her prices, finding aligned clients, and building a business that actually fits her life.

We're getting real about what it looks like to scale a service business as a mom, how the Standards of Excellence changed everything for her, why theme days are a game changer (especially if you have ADHD), and what happens when your biggest business problem becomes having TOO much free time.

If you're a service provider sitting at $3K to $5K months, wondering how to break through to the next level, this episode is for you.


In this episode, you'll hear:

  • How Emily went from $3K months and late nights to nearly $15K while working less
  • Why she ghosted me for a month before joining Strategist Society (and what changed her mind)
  • The pricing shift that changed everything: from $350 retainers to a $3K minimum
  • How the Standards of Excellence became her "lighthouse" during chaotic seasons
  • Why she had her best month ever while being hospitalized AND snowed in
  • How theme days helped her manage ADHD and eliminate context switching
  • The mindset shift that happens when you start making more money while working less
  • Emily's next goal: $20K months as her new normal

Resources mentioned in this episode:


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/279 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18816514 Tue, 24 Mar 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1714 279 full false Not All Clients Are Created Equal: The Champagne Client Matrix Not All Clients Are Created Equal: The Champagne Client Matrix What if the reason you're exhausted, underpaid, and starting to resent your business has nothing to do with your services or your strategy and everything to do with who you're working with?

Y'all, today we're diving into the Champagne Client Matrix, one of the most eye-opening frameworks I teach inside my workshops and Strategist Society. After working with over 3,000 service providers, I've noticed that most of us are attracting the same four types of clients and depending on which ones fill your roster, you're either building toward your dream business or burning out fast.

In this episode, I'm walking you through all four client types, how to audit your current roster honestly, and what it's actually costing you to keep the wrong clients around.

In this episode we cover:

  • Why you don't have a pricing problem (and what you actually have instead)
  • The 4 client types in the Champagne Client Matrix: Bargain Bin, Golden Handcuff, Miracle Worker, and Champagne
  • The "confidence tax" that bargain bin clients charge you without you even realizing it
  • Why golden handcuff clients are the hardest to let go and what happens when you finally do
  • The telltale signs you're working with a miracle worker client (hint: you've become their therapist)
  • What makes champagne clients different and how working with them compounds your confidence and income
  • A simple roster audit you can do today to see exactly where you stand
  • Why your messaging is likely the reason champagne clients aren't finding you yet

Resources & Links Mentioned:



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> What if the reason you're exhausted, underpaid, and starting to resent your business has nothing to do with your services or your strategy and everything to do with who you're working with?

Y'all, today we're diving into the Champagne Client Matrix, one of the most eye-opening frameworks I teach inside my workshops and Strategist Society. After working with over 3,000 service providers, I've noticed that most of us are attracting the same four types of clients and depending on which ones fill your roster, you're either building toward your dream business or burning out fast.

In this episode, I'm walking you through all four client types, how to audit your current roster honestly, and what it's actually costing you to keep the wrong clients around.

In this episode we cover:

  • Why you don't have a pricing problem (and what you actually have instead)
  • The 4 client types in the Champagne Client Matrix: Bargain Bin, Golden Handcuff, Miracle Worker, and Champagne
  • The "confidence tax" that bargain bin clients charge you without you even realizing it
  • Why golden handcuff clients are the hardest to let go and what happens when you finally do
  • The telltale signs you're working with a miracle worker client (hint: you've become their therapist)
  • What makes champagne clients different and how working with them compounds your confidence and income
  • A simple roster audit you can do today to see exactly where you stand
  • Why your messaging is likely the reason champagne clients aren't finding you yet

Resources & Links Mentioned:



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/278 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18816169 Tue, 17 Mar 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1154 278 full false How to Use Upwork to Land Premium Clients - With Ashley Kruse How to Use Upwork to Land Premium Clients - With Ashley Kruse I've told people for years to stay off Upwork. I've literally never even logged into the platform. But today's guest, Strategist Society member Ashley Cruz, made me eat my words.

Ashley signed her first high-ticket client on Upwork in just 15 days, and seven months later, she was completely waitlisted. Her cost per client? $45. In this episode, she's breaking down exactly how she finds premium, retainer-based clients on a platform most service providers have written off.


In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why high-ticket clients are actually on Upwork (and why they're not looking for cheap labor)
  • How to pitch retainer rates even when a job posting lists hourly
  • The $45 strategy that turns into $9,200+ in contracts
  • Ashley's 3 steps to get started on Upwork this week
  • Why your Upwork profile should read like a sales page, not a LinkedIn bio

Resources mentioned:


Read the full blog post: https://brandimowles.com/277




Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> I've told people for years to stay off Upwork. I've literally never even logged into the platform. But today's guest, Strategist Society member Ashley Cruz, made me eat my words.

Ashley signed her first high-ticket client on Upwork in just 15 days, and seven months later, she was completely waitlisted. Her cost per client? $45. In this episode, she's breaking down exactly how she finds premium, retainer-based clients on a platform most service providers have written off.


In this episode, you'll learn:

  • Why high-ticket clients are actually on Upwork (and why they're not looking for cheap labor)
  • How to pitch retainer rates even when a job posting lists hourly
  • The $45 strategy that turns into $9,200+ in contracts
  • Ashley's 3 steps to get started on Upwork this week
  • Why your Upwork profile should read like a sales page, not a LinkedIn bio

Resources mentioned:


Read the full blog post: https://brandimowles.com/277




Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/277 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18815893 Tue, 10 Mar 2026 04:00:00 -0400 1319 277 full false 5 Daily Habits That Will Change Your Business (And Your Brain): The Standards of Excellence 5 Daily Habits That Will Change Your Business (And Your Brain): The Standards of Excellence What if the thing standing between you and your best business year has nothing to do with your strategy, your niche, or your packages?

What if it's five simple daily habits that take less than an hour total, and most service providers are skipping them completely?

I ran a 30-day Standards of Excellence Challenge inside Strategist Society at the start of 2026, and y'all, the results completely blew my mind. Students went from zero clients to three clients in 30 days. Others booked their first VIP days. Some revived contracts they thought were dead in the water. And all of it came from five non-negotiable daily habits.

I've been doing these habits for two years. I know the Strategist Society members who do them consistently get the best results. But this was the first time we'd ever run a 30-day challenge around them, and now I'm taking you behind the scenes so you can implement them too.

These are the Standards of Excellence, and today I'm breaking down all five.


In this episode:

  • The episode teaches five simple daily habits (“Standards of Excellence”) that improve mindset, consistency, and business growth.
  • Consistent daily actions matter more than complicated strategies for building a successful business.
  • Daily client conversations and outreach are the primary drivers of predictable revenue growth.
  • Repeating small habits creates identity and mindset shifts that help business owners show up more confidently.
  • Sustainable habits designed for busy service providers produce long-term momentum without burnout.


Resources & Links:



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> What if the thing standing between you and your best business year has nothing to do with your strategy, your niche, or your packages?

What if it's five simple daily habits that take less than an hour total, and most service providers are skipping them completely?

I ran a 30-day Standards of Excellence Challenge inside Strategist Society at the start of 2026, and y'all, the results completely blew my mind. Students went from zero clients to three clients in 30 days. Others booked their first VIP days. Some revived contracts they thought were dead in the water. And all of it came from five non-negotiable daily habits.

I've been doing these habits for two years. I know the Strategist Society members who do them consistently get the best results. But this was the first time we'd ever run a 30-day challenge around them, and now I'm taking you behind the scenes so you can implement them too.

These are the Standards of Excellence, and today I'm breaking down all five.


In this episode:

  • The episode teaches five simple daily habits (“Standards of Excellence”) that improve mindset, consistency, and business growth.
  • Consistent daily actions matter more than complicated strategies for building a successful business.
  • Daily client conversations and outreach are the primary drivers of predictable revenue growth.
  • Repeating small habits creates identity and mindset shifts that help business owners show up more confidently.
  • Sustainable habits designed for busy service providers produce long-term momentum without burnout.


Resources & Links:



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/276 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18756462 Tue, 03 Mar 2026 04:00:00 -0500 1701 276 full false From Corporate Layoff to $226K: How LaShall Built a Thriving Service Business After 50 From Corporate Layoff to $226K: How LaShall Built a Thriving Service Business After 50 What happens when you lose your six-figure corporate job at 50 and decide to build a business from scratch instead of updating your resume?

In this student spotlight, I'm sitting down with LaShall Dodson, who launched Dedicated Virtual Professional Services in March 2024 after a merger acquisition eliminated her Fortune 500 position. In her first year, she made $34,000. By the end of year two? $226,000.

LaShall breaks a LOT of the Brandi rules (she doesn't niche down, she runs a full agency with a team of six, and she manages her clients with manila folders), but she's proof that there's more than one way to build a wildly successful service business.


In this episode, we're talking about:

  • Going from corporate director to service provider and the mindset shifts that come with it
  • Why her first year was slow and the mistake that held her back from landing clients sooner
  • Hitting a $23K month, then dropping back down, and what she did about it
  • How joining Strategist Society helped her close out the year at $226K
  • The real talk on taxes, retirement, and getting your financial house in order as you scale
  • Why she manages 17+ retainer clients with physical folders (and why that's actually okay for now)
  • The simple daily habits that moved the needle more than any fancy strategy
  • Why women sharing their numbers matters more than you think

Whether you're transitioning from corporate, in your first year of business, or trying to break through to consistent $20K+ months, LaShall's story is going to fire you up.


Resources & Links:



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> What happens when you lose your six-figure corporate job at 50 and decide to build a business from scratch instead of updating your resume?

In this student spotlight, I'm sitting down with LaShall Dodson, who launched Dedicated Virtual Professional Services in March 2024 after a merger acquisition eliminated her Fortune 500 position. In her first year, she made $34,000. By the end of year two? $226,000.

LaShall breaks a LOT of the Brandi rules (she doesn't niche down, she runs a full agency with a team of six, and she manages her clients with manila folders), but she's proof that there's more than one way to build a wildly successful service business.


In this episode, we're talking about:

  • Going from corporate director to service provider and the mindset shifts that come with it
  • Why her first year was slow and the mistake that held her back from landing clients sooner
  • Hitting a $23K month, then dropping back down, and what she did about it
  • How joining Strategist Society helped her close out the year at $226K
  • The real talk on taxes, retirement, and getting your financial house in order as you scale
  • Why she manages 17+ retainer clients with physical folders (and why that's actually okay for now)
  • The simple daily habits that moved the needle more than any fancy strategy
  • Why women sharing their numbers matters more than you think

Whether you're transitioning from corporate, in your first year of business, or trying to break through to consistent $20K+ months, LaShall's story is going to fire you up.


Resources & Links:



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/275 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18719256 Tue, 24 Feb 2026 04:00:00 -0500 1997 275 full false How to Build a Six-Figure Service Business with a Small Audience How to Build a Six-Figure Service Business with a Small Audience You know what no one tells you about scaling to multiple six figures? I did it with 400 Instagram followers and a hundred people on my email list. When I hit $1.2 million in one year, I had 4,000 followers on Instagram. Not 40,000. Not 400,000. Just 4,000. My email list was about 8,000 at the time, and we didn't even have a website.

If you've been spinning your wheels trying to grow your Instagram following because you think that's what's gonna get you clients, this is about to set you free from the content hamster wheel. Here's the truth that the online business world doesn't want you to hear: You don't need a huge audience to build a thriving business. You need the right relationships with the right people.

  1. Why a Small Audience Is Not a Revenue Problem: Breaking the myth that you need thousands of followers to build a multiple six-figure service business.
  2. Authority vs. Influence for Service Providers: Understanding why results, positioning, and frameworks matter more than audience size.
  3. Why Referral-Based Marketing Outperforms Cold Outreach: Exploring how warm introductions and trust transfer convert significantly higher than cold traffic.
  4. The Strategic Visibility Framework (One Platform, One Strategy, One Long-Form Channel): Focusing on depth and relationship-building instead of chasing every algorithm.
  5. Becoming Known for One Specific Transformation: Positioning yourself as the go-to expert for one clear outcome to become memorable, referable, and premium.

Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/274

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧The Messaging Shift That Attracts Premium Clients (And stops the tire kickers)

🎧The Four Futures Of Freelancing: Will You Be Irreplaceable or Obsolete in 2026


Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

  • From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
    Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).
  • If you're just starting out and need help building the foundation of your service business, head over to conversionsforclients.com for resources designed for early-stage service providers.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> You know what no one tells you about scaling to multiple six figures? I did it with 400 Instagram followers and a hundred people on my email list. When I hit $1.2 million in one year, I had 4,000 followers on Instagram. Not 40,000. Not 400,000. Just 4,000. My email list was about 8,000 at the time, and we didn't even have a website.

If you've been spinning your wheels trying to grow your Instagram following because you think that's what's gonna get you clients, this is about to set you free from the content hamster wheel. Here's the truth that the online business world doesn't want you to hear: You don't need a huge audience to build a thriving business. You need the right relationships with the right people.

  1. Why a Small Audience Is Not a Revenue Problem: Breaking the myth that you need thousands of followers to build a multiple six-figure service business.
  2. Authority vs. Influence for Service Providers: Understanding why results, positioning, and frameworks matter more than audience size.
  3. Why Referral-Based Marketing Outperforms Cold Outreach: Exploring how warm introductions and trust transfer convert significantly higher than cold traffic.
  4. The Strategic Visibility Framework (One Platform, One Strategy, One Long-Form Channel): Focusing on depth and relationship-building instead of chasing every algorithm.
  5. Becoming Known for One Specific Transformation: Positioning yourself as the go-to expert for one clear outcome to become memorable, referable, and premium.

Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/274

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧The Messaging Shift That Attracts Premium Clients (And stops the tire kickers)

🎧The Four Futures Of Freelancing: Will You Be Irreplaceable or Obsolete in 2026


Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

  • From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
    Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).
  • If you're just starting out and need help building the foundation of your service business, head over to conversionsforclients.com for resources designed for early-stage service providers.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/274 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18689905 Tue, 17 Feb 2026 04:00:00 -0500 1955 274 full false The Imposter Syndrome No One Talks About When Scaling to Premium Clients (And How to Work Through It Anyway) The Imposter Syndrome No One Talks About When Scaling to Premium Clients (And How to Work Through It Anyway) Here's something no one tells you about scaling a service-based business: imposter syndrome doesn't go away when you get better clients. It actually gets worse.

When you're just starting out, you're wondering if you're good enough at your skill. But when you start going after premium clients? Now you're wondering who the heck you are to work with someone more successful than you.

That little mean girl voice in your head will tell you every possible stinking reason why you're not qualified, why you should lower your price, why you should stay in your lane, why you're not prepared or ready enough to take on that client.

Today I'm gonna show you how to take that mean girl voice and tell her to get the heck outta Dodge. Because you are more ready than you think, and the only way you're gonna be able to move into working with better clients is if we fix how we think about ourselves.

  1. Why Imposter Syndrome Gets Worse as You Scale (Especially With Premium Clients): The shift from “am I good enough?” to “who am I to work with someone more successful than me?” and why this version hits differently.
  2. The Lie Behind Premium Client Imposter Syndrome: Debunking the belief that you need to be at the same income or business level as your clients to serve them well.
  3. Imposter Syndrome as a Signal of Growth, Not a Red Flag: Reframing imposter syndrome as proof you’re stretching into your next level, not evidence that you’re unqualified.
  4. 6 Practical Strategies to Work Through Imposter Syndrome (Without Waiting to Feel Ready):  Including collecting evidence, studying dream clients, acting “as if,” separating skill from story, and positioning for where you’re going.
  5. How to Show Up Confidently on Sales Calls With Bigger Clients: Shifting from proving your worth to focusing on solving problems, and reframing the sales call as you interviewing them.

Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/273

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Why You’re Procrastinating (and How to Break the Cycle Today

🎧If You Bet On Yourself, You Can't Lose: Crystal's Journey To Dream Clients


Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

  • From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
    Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).


Want more strategies for scaling your service-based business without the hustle? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles with the word "PREMIUM" and let's chat about your next steps.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Here's something no one tells you about scaling a service-based business: imposter syndrome doesn't go away when you get better clients. It actually gets worse.

When you're just starting out, you're wondering if you're good enough at your skill. But when you start going after premium clients? Now you're wondering who the heck you are to work with someone more successful than you.

That little mean girl voice in your head will tell you every possible stinking reason why you're not qualified, why you should lower your price, why you should stay in your lane, why you're not prepared or ready enough to take on that client.

Today I'm gonna show you how to take that mean girl voice and tell her to get the heck outta Dodge. Because you are more ready than you think, and the only way you're gonna be able to move into working with better clients is if we fix how we think about ourselves.

  1. Why Imposter Syndrome Gets Worse as You Scale (Especially With Premium Clients): The shift from “am I good enough?” to “who am I to work with someone more successful than me?” and why this version hits differently.
  2. The Lie Behind Premium Client Imposter Syndrome: Debunking the belief that you need to be at the same income or business level as your clients to serve them well.
  3. Imposter Syndrome as a Signal of Growth, Not a Red Flag: Reframing imposter syndrome as proof you’re stretching into your next level, not evidence that you’re unqualified.
  4. 6 Practical Strategies to Work Through Imposter Syndrome (Without Waiting to Feel Ready):  Including collecting evidence, studying dream clients, acting “as if,” separating skill from story, and positioning for where you’re going.
  5. How to Show Up Confidently on Sales Calls With Bigger Clients: Shifting from proving your worth to focusing on solving problems, and reframing the sales call as you interviewing them.

Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/273

Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Why You’re Procrastinating (and How to Break the Cycle Today

🎧If You Bet On Yourself, You Can't Lose: Crystal's Journey To Dream Clients


Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

  • From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
    Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).


Want more strategies for scaling your service-based business without the hustle? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles with the word "PREMIUM" and let's chat about your next steps.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/273 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18640896 Tue, 10 Feb 2026 04:00:00 -0500 1354 273 full false The Messaging Shift That Attracts Premium Clients (And Stops the Tire Kickers) The Messaging Shift That Attracts Premium Clients (And Stops the Tire Kickers) You know what's so stinking wild? You're out here with experience, client results, and case studies that would make other people jealous, and you're still attracting clients who need handholding, who question your price, and who ghost you after discovery calls.

I hate to break it to you, but it's not them. It's your messaging.

You're speaking to beginner-level problems when there's a whole world of champagne problems out there waiting for someone like you to solve them. And today, we're gonna fix it.

If you're a service provider (VA, OBM, ads manager, copywriter, funnel builder) who's tired of attracting clients with beginner budgets and beginner problems, this is for you. I'm gonna show you exactly how to shift your messaging to attract premium clients who respect your expertise, make decisions quickly, and pay well.

  1. Beginner Problems vs. Champagne Problems: The distinction between survival-stage clients (uncertain, low budget, testing) and success-stage clients (established, scaling, delegating). Champagne problems are problems of growth, not getting started.
  2. Why Your Messaging Attracts the Wrong Clients: Service providers default to beginner messaging because it feels safer, more familiar, and less vulnerable—often driven by imposter syndrome or playing small.
  3. How Messaging Signals Client Level (and Budget): Language that focuses on “getting started,” affordability, or learning attracts beginners, while messaging that assumes success attracts premium clients who value expertise and delegation.
  4. The Tactical Messaging Shift to Attract Premium Clients: Auditing current messaging, reframing problems to assume success, and using language centered on delegation, ownership, scaling, and premium solutions.
  5. What Changes When You Speak to Champagne Clients: Higher-quality inquiries, shorter sales cycles, easier pricing conversations, faster decisions, and doing higher-level work instead of beginner hand-holding.


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/272


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Mastering Your Message: How To Communicate Your Value To Attract Champagne Clients

🎧Consistent Client Flow with Social Selling: Your Guide to Using DMs to Build Relationships and Book Calls


Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

  • From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
    Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).

Need support?

And DM me on Instagram @brandimowles with the word “CHAMPAGNE” and your biggest takeaway — I read every message. 

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> You know what's so stinking wild? You're out here with experience, client results, and case studies that would make other people jealous, and you're still attracting clients who need handholding, who question your price, and who ghost you after discovery calls.

I hate to break it to you, but it's not them. It's your messaging.

You're speaking to beginner-level problems when there's a whole world of champagne problems out there waiting for someone like you to solve them. And today, we're gonna fix it.

If you're a service provider (VA, OBM, ads manager, copywriter, funnel builder) who's tired of attracting clients with beginner budgets and beginner problems, this is for you. I'm gonna show you exactly how to shift your messaging to attract premium clients who respect your expertise, make decisions quickly, and pay well.

  1. Beginner Problems vs. Champagne Problems: The distinction between survival-stage clients (uncertain, low budget, testing) and success-stage clients (established, scaling, delegating). Champagne problems are problems of growth, not getting started.
  2. Why Your Messaging Attracts the Wrong Clients: Service providers default to beginner messaging because it feels safer, more familiar, and less vulnerable—often driven by imposter syndrome or playing small.
  3. How Messaging Signals Client Level (and Budget): Language that focuses on “getting started,” affordability, or learning attracts beginners, while messaging that assumes success attracts premium clients who value expertise and delegation.
  4. The Tactical Messaging Shift to Attract Premium Clients: Auditing current messaging, reframing problems to assume success, and using language centered on delegation, ownership, scaling, and premium solutions.
  5. What Changes When You Speak to Champagne Clients: Higher-quality inquiries, shorter sales cycles, easier pricing conversations, faster decisions, and doing higher-level work instead of beginner hand-holding.


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/272


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Mastering Your Message: How To Communicate Your Value To Attract Champagne Clients

🎧Consistent Client Flow with Social Selling: Your Guide to Using DMs to Build Relationships and Book Calls


Additional Resources:

Want help making the shift?

  • From Chasing to Chosen is a hands-on workshop that shows you how to position yourself as the go-to expert premium clients seek out — without cold DMs or posting nonstop.
    Grab your spot at brandimowles.com/chasing (live or on-demand, depending on when you’re reading).

Need support?

And DM me on Instagram @brandimowles with the word “CHAMPAGNE” and your biggest takeaway — I read every message. 

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/272 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18573807 Tue, 03 Feb 2026 04:00:00 -0500 938 272 full false The Only 4 Skills That Will Make You Rich (And Why You're Probably Focusing on the Wrong Things) The Only 4 Skills That Will Make You Rich (And Why You're Probably Focusing on the Wrong Things) Stop. Stop trying to learn everything. Stop collecting certifications. Stop feeling like you're not ready because you don't know enough.

Because I'm about to tell you the only four skills that actually matter when it comes to building wealth as a service provider. And if you master these four things, you will never be broke again - no matter if you're a nine-to-fiver, a freelancer, or you want to create your own digital products.

In fact, skill number four is the one that actually puts money in your bank account, and most of you are completely ignoring it.

Here's what I know to be true after working with over 3,000 service providers: You don't need to know everything. You need to know four things. That's it. Just four.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Why most service providers focus on the wrong things - the trap of endless learning instead of mastering high-leverage skills
  2. Persuasive messaging - how to communicate value in a way that attracts premium clients
  3. How the 4 skills work together - messaging, traffic, funnels, and selling as an integrated system
  4. Selling as the skill that actually deposits money - why most people avoid it and how to get good at it through reps
  5. Adding the strategy layer - becoming invaluable by understanding the "why" behind execution, not just doing tasksually the best opportunity for service providers willing to evolve


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/271


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Hourly vs Package Pricing: What Do Clients Really Want?

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.


Additional Resources:

If you’re thinking, “Okay, Brandi, I hear you. I need to make the pivot, but I don’t know how to restructure my offers or reposition myself or add that strategy layer,” that is exactly what we do in Strategist Society. We help you make the transition from doer to strategist. We help you restructure your packages, rewrite your messaging, and step into premium positioning so you can charge premium prices while working less.

Head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a Strategist Success Audit with me. We’ll look at exactly where you are now and map out the pivot you need to make.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Stop. Stop trying to learn everything. Stop collecting certifications. Stop feeling like you're not ready because you don't know enough.

Because I'm about to tell you the only four skills that actually matter when it comes to building wealth as a service provider. And if you master these four things, you will never be broke again - no matter if you're a nine-to-fiver, a freelancer, or you want to create your own digital products.

In fact, skill number four is the one that actually puts money in your bank account, and most of you are completely ignoring it.

Here's what I know to be true after working with over 3,000 service providers: You don't need to know everything. You need to know four things. That's it. Just four.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Why most service providers focus on the wrong things - the trap of endless learning instead of mastering high-leverage skills
  2. Persuasive messaging - how to communicate value in a way that attracts premium clients
  3. How the 4 skills work together - messaging, traffic, funnels, and selling as an integrated system
  4. Selling as the skill that actually deposits money - why most people avoid it and how to get good at it through reps
  5. Adding the strategy layer - becoming invaluable by understanding the "why" behind execution, not just doing tasksually the best opportunity for service providers willing to evolve


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/271


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Hourly vs Package Pricing: What Do Clients Really Want?

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.


Additional Resources:

If you’re thinking, “Okay, Brandi, I hear you. I need to make the pivot, but I don’t know how to restructure my offers or reposition myself or add that strategy layer,” that is exactly what we do in Strategist Society. We help you make the transition from doer to strategist. We help you restructure your packages, rewrite your messaging, and step into premium positioning so you can charge premium prices while working less.

Head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a Strategist Success Audit with me. We’ll look at exactly where you are now and map out the pivot you need to make.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/271 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18573448 Tue, 27 Jan 2026 04:00:00 -0500 1674 271 full false The 5 Services AI Will Replace in 2026 (And How to Pivot Your Business Now) The 5 Services AI Will Replace in 2026 (And How to Pivot Your Business Now) Look, I'm not here to sugarcoat this for you.

AI is replacing service providers left and right in 2026, and if you're offering one of these five services, you could be next.

But before you panic and think this is some doom-and-gloom situation, let me be clear: I'm not here to fear-monger. I'm here to give you a wake-up call so you can pivot NOW instead of getting to the end of 2026 frustrated with your lack of clients, lack of growth, and wondering if you should have even started this business in the first place.

After working with over 3,000 service providers, I've seen this shift happening in real time. I've watched podcast managers get replaced. I've seen copywriters who used to charge $20,000 now struggling to land $2,000 clients. I've watched VAs lose their entire roster because clients figured out ChatGPT can do 80% of what they were paying them for.

The industry is changing, y'all. And we need to change with it.

Here's what we're covering today: the five services getting hit the hardest by AI, real examples of how this is playing out right now, and most importantly, the exact pivot you need to make to stay relevant and charge premium prices.

This might sting a little, but I promise I'm giving you a path forward—not just telling you the sky is falling.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The shift from execution to strategic thinking
  2. The specific pivots needed for the 5 at-risk service categories
  3. Real behind-the-scenes insights from million-dollar businesses
  4. How to add strategy layers for premium pricing
  5. Why this is actually the best opportunity for service providers willing to evolve


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/270


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧The 4 Futures of Freelancing: Will You Be Irreplaceable or Obsolete in 2026?

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.


Additional Resources:

If you’re thinking, “Okay, Brandi, I hear you. I need to make the pivot, but I don’t know how to restructure my offers or reposition myself or add that strategy layer,” that is exactly what we do in Strategist Society. We help you make the transition from doer to strategist. We help you restructure your packages, rewrite your messaging, and step into premium positioning so you can charge premium prices while working less.

Head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a Strategist Success Audit with me. We’ll look at exactly where you are now and map out the pivot you need to make.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Look, I'm not here to sugarcoat this for you.

AI is replacing service providers left and right in 2026, and if you're offering one of these five services, you could be next.

But before you panic and think this is some doom-and-gloom situation, let me be clear: I'm not here to fear-monger. I'm here to give you a wake-up call so you can pivot NOW instead of getting to the end of 2026 frustrated with your lack of clients, lack of growth, and wondering if you should have even started this business in the first place.

After working with over 3,000 service providers, I've seen this shift happening in real time. I've watched podcast managers get replaced. I've seen copywriters who used to charge $20,000 now struggling to land $2,000 clients. I've watched VAs lose their entire roster because clients figured out ChatGPT can do 80% of what they were paying them for.

The industry is changing, y'all. And we need to change with it.

Here's what we're covering today: the five services getting hit the hardest by AI, real examples of how this is playing out right now, and most importantly, the exact pivot you need to make to stay relevant and charge premium prices.

This might sting a little, but I promise I'm giving you a path forward—not just telling you the sky is falling.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The shift from execution to strategic thinking
  2. The specific pivots needed for the 5 at-risk service categories
  3. Real behind-the-scenes insights from million-dollar businesses
  4. How to add strategy layers for premium pricing
  5. Why this is actually the best opportunity for service providers willing to evolve


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/270


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧The 4 Futures of Freelancing: Will You Be Irreplaceable or Obsolete in 2026?

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.


Additional Resources:

If you’re thinking, “Okay, Brandi, I hear you. I need to make the pivot, but I don’t know how to restructure my offers or reposition myself or add that strategy layer,” that is exactly what we do in Strategist Society. We help you make the transition from doer to strategist. We help you restructure your packages, rewrite your messaging, and step into premium positioning so you can charge premium prices while working less.

Head to thestrategistsociety.com and apply for a Strategist Success Audit with me. We’ll look at exactly where you are now and map out the pivot you need to make.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/270 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18494677 Tue, 20 Jan 2026 04:00:00 -0500 1485 270 full false 2026 Prediction: Why "Service Provider" Is Keeping You Broke (And What to Call Yourself Instead) 2026 Prediction: Why "Service Provider" Is Keeping You Broke (And What to Call Yourself Instead) Here's what's about to happen in 2026: While you're over here listing out deliverables and making yourself sound like a Jill of all trades, your competitor just positioned herself as a growth partner and landed a $10K retainer client.

Or they niched down so specifically on the one service they're incredible at that they're charging $4,000-$5,000 per client.

The words "service provider," "virtual assistant," and "freelancer" are about to become a liability in your business. And if you don't make this pivot, you're going to be stuck competing on price while everyone else charges premium rates.

Today, I'm breaking down the biggest shift I'm seeing in our industry and exactly how you can position yourself as a premium growth partner instead of a replaceable task doer.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Why "service provider" positioning keeps you competing on price (AI replacing execution work)
  2. The language shift to position as premium-priced (outcomes vs deliverables)
  3. How to lead discovery calls instead of taking orders (diagnosing real problems)
  4. Adding strategy layers to command higher rates (audit, recommend, roadmap)
  5. Real success stories (like Mandy's transformation from 32 clients to one $12K client).


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/269


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Mastering Your Message: How to Communicate Your Value to Attract Champagne Clients

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.


Additional Resources:


Ready to make this shift, but need help actually implementing it?

If you're thinking, "Yes, I wanna make this shift, but I need someone to look at my messaging, my offers, my pricing, and help me restructure this," this is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

We don't just teach you theory. We help you implement. We rewrite your messaging together. We audit your discovery calls. We help you step into the growth partner identity so you can land those $5K, $10K, $15K clients.

If you're early in your business (under $3K months), start with my free training at conversionsforclients.com.

If you're ready to scale past $5k-10K months, send me a DM on Instagram @brandimowles with the words "Growth Partner," and let's chat about exactly where you are in your business and what's gonna be the biggest needle-mover for you this year.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Here's what's about to happen in 2026: While you're over here listing out deliverables and making yourself sound like a Jill of all trades, your competitor just positioned herself as a growth partner and landed a $10K retainer client.

Or they niched down so specifically on the one service they're incredible at that they're charging $4,000-$5,000 per client.

The words "service provider," "virtual assistant," and "freelancer" are about to become a liability in your business. And if you don't make this pivot, you're going to be stuck competing on price while everyone else charges premium rates.

Today, I'm breaking down the biggest shift I'm seeing in our industry and exactly how you can position yourself as a premium growth partner instead of a replaceable task doer.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Why "service provider" positioning keeps you competing on price (AI replacing execution work)
  2. The language shift to position as premium-priced (outcomes vs deliverables)
  3. How to lead discovery calls instead of taking orders (diagnosing real problems)
  4. Adding strategy layers to command higher rates (audit, recommend, roadmap)
  5. Real success stories (like Mandy's transformation from 32 clients to one $12K client).


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/269


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧Mastering Your Message: How to Communicate Your Value to Attract Champagne Clients

🎧You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers.


Additional Resources:


Ready to make this shift, but need help actually implementing it?

If you're thinking, "Yes, I wanna make this shift, but I need someone to look at my messaging, my offers, my pricing, and help me restructure this," this is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

We don't just teach you theory. We help you implement. We rewrite your messaging together. We audit your discovery calls. We help you step into the growth partner identity so you can land those $5K, $10K, $15K clients.

If you're early in your business (under $3K months), start with my free training at conversionsforclients.com.

If you're ready to scale past $5k-10K months, send me a DM on Instagram @brandimowles with the words "Growth Partner," and let's chat about exactly where you are in your business and what's gonna be the biggest needle-mover for you this year.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/269 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18466546 Tue, 13 Jan 2026 04:00:00 -0500 1136 269 full false The 4 Futures of Freelancing: Will You Be Irreplaceable or Obsolete in 2026? The 4 Futures of Freelancing: Will You Be Irreplaceable or Obsolete in 2026? If you can be replaced with a prompt, your pricing power in 2026 is racing to zero. And here's what no one's really talking about or telling you: it's not that you need to learn more about AI. Yes, that will help you, but it's about becoming the kind of service provider that AI can't replace.

At the end of the day, that's what we need to focus on in 2026, becoming irreplaceable instead of replaceable with a prompt.

Today I'm breaking down the four futures of freelancing, and by the end of this post, you're gonna know exactly which path you're on, and more importantly, which one you need to pivot to before you're replaced by a robot.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. AI Replacing Freelancers: The Future of Freelancing in 2026 — Why some service providers are about to thrive while others get replaced by AI, and what's causing this massive split in the freelance industry.
  2. How to Avoid Being Replaced by AI as a Freelancer — The shift from doer to strategist and why clients are no longer paying for task execution but desperately seeking freelance consultants who can provide leadership and strategy.
  3. The 4 Futures of Freelancing Business Models — A breakdown of the commodity path, the lean specialist route, and the freelance strategist transformation that leads to $20K-$30K months with premium freelance pricing.
  4. How to Charge Premium Prices as a Service Provider — Real example of charging $1,800 for one hour of freelance consulting by getting paid for your brain (not your hands) and using AI tools to handle deliverables.
  5. Becoming an Irreplaceable Freelancer in the Age of AI — Why you can't be replaced by AI when you master the soft skills like emotional intelligence, strategic thinking, and client leadership that freelance services need in 2026.


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/268


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About

🎧 Episode 266: Becoming the AI-Enhanced Ad Strategist

🎧 Episode 267: Become the AI-Enhanced Strategist Clients Can't Replace


Additional Resources:


If you're ready to step into Path 4, into your strategist era, DM me "FUTURE FOUR" on Instagram @brandimowles and let's have a real conversation. A robot will not take over. Me and you will have a real person-to-person conversation about where your business is now and where you wanna go in 2026.


Just Starting Out? We Have a Place for You Too

If you're early on in your journey, we have a place for you too. Go to conversionsforclients.com and join our Confident Ad Manager bootcamp.

We're only doing our bootcamp once this year, so if you wanna learn how to offer a premium service and step into that Future 3 where you have a very strategic skill that cannot be replaced with AI, register now.

I'm gonna teach you how to land clients even if you have no idea how to run an ad and without working for free.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: 

]]> If you can be replaced with a prompt, your pricing power in 2026 is racing to zero. And here's what no one's really talking about or telling you: it's not that you need to learn more about AI. Yes, that will help you, but it's about becoming the kind of service provider that AI can't replace.

At the end of the day, that's what we need to focus on in 2026, becoming irreplaceable instead of replaceable with a prompt.

Today I'm breaking down the four futures of freelancing, and by the end of this post, you're gonna know exactly which path you're on, and more importantly, which one you need to pivot to before you're replaced by a robot.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. AI Replacing Freelancers: The Future of Freelancing in 2026 — Why some service providers are about to thrive while others get replaced by AI, and what's causing this massive split in the freelance industry.
  2. How to Avoid Being Replaced by AI as a Freelancer — The shift from doer to strategist and why clients are no longer paying for task execution but desperately seeking freelance consultants who can provide leadership and strategy.
  3. The 4 Futures of Freelancing Business Models — A breakdown of the commodity path, the lean specialist route, and the freelance strategist transformation that leads to $20K-$30K months with premium freelance pricing.
  4. How to Charge Premium Prices as a Service Provider — Real example of charging $1,800 for one hour of freelance consulting by getting paid for your brain (not your hands) and using AI tools to handle deliverables.
  5. Becoming an Irreplaceable Freelancer in the Age of AI — Why you can't be replaced by AI when you master the soft skills like emotional intelligence, strategic thinking, and client leadership that freelance services need in 2026.


Find the full post at:  https://brandimowles.com/268


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About

🎧 Episode 266: Becoming the AI-Enhanced Ad Strategist

🎧 Episode 267: Become the AI-Enhanced Strategist Clients Can't Replace


Additional Resources:


If you're ready to step into Path 4, into your strategist era, DM me "FUTURE FOUR" on Instagram @brandimowles and let's have a real conversation. A robot will not take over. Me and you will have a real person-to-person conversation about where your business is now and where you wanna go in 2026.


Just Starting Out? We Have a Place for You Too

If you're early on in your journey, we have a place for you too. Go to conversionsforclients.com and join our Confident Ad Manager bootcamp.

We're only doing our bootcamp once this year, so if you wanna learn how to offer a premium service and step into that Future 3 where you have a very strategic skill that cannot be replaced with AI, register now.

I'm gonna teach you how to land clients even if you have no idea how to run an ad and without working for free.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: 

]]> https://brandimowles.com/268 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-18453156 Tue, 06 Jan 2026 04:00:00 -0500 1160 268 full false Become the AI-Enhanced Strategist Clients Can’t Replace Become the AI-Enhanced Strategist Clients Can’t Replace You’re not competing with AI. You’re competing with how people use AI, and more importantly, how they position themselves. In this final episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, Brandi lays out exactly how to become the strategic partner your clients never want to lose.

This isn’t just about prompts and productivity hacks. This is about owning your expertise, leveraging AI to enhance your value, not replace it, and communicating that value clearly with your clients.

If you’ve ever worried AI is coming for your role, this episode will have you walking away knowing:

💥 I’m the strategist, and I’m not going anywhere.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Clients want results, clarity, and leadership, not more tech.
  2. Tools can assist, but only strategists can lead.
  3. When you combine your brain with smart tools, you become irreplaceable.
  4. The ad managers who will thrive are the ones who step up as strategic partners.
  5. The AI era favors experts who can guide, not just generate.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/267


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)
 

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About


🎧 Episode 266: Becoming the AI-Enhanced Ad Strategist


Additional Resources:


🎯 Ready to Become the Irreplaceable Strategist?

If you’re working with clients and ready to step into your strategist era, where you’re booked, banked, and in demand, you belong inside The Strategist Society.

👉 Apply now → www.thestrategistsociety.com


If you’re just getting started, learn how to land your first ad client without working for free:
 👉 www.conversionsforclients.com



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> You’re not competing with AI. You’re competing with how people use AI, and more importantly, how they position themselves. In this final episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, Brandi lays out exactly how to become the strategic partner your clients never want to lose.

This isn’t just about prompts and productivity hacks. This is about owning your expertise, leveraging AI to enhance your value, not replace it, and communicating that value clearly with your clients.

If you’ve ever worried AI is coming for your role, this episode will have you walking away knowing:

💥 I’m the strategist, and I’m not going anywhere.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Clients want results, clarity, and leadership, not more tech.
  2. Tools can assist, but only strategists can lead.
  3. When you combine your brain with smart tools, you become irreplaceable.
  4. The ad managers who will thrive are the ones who step up as strategic partners.
  5. The AI era favors experts who can guide, not just generate.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/267


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)
 

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About


🎧 Episode 266: Becoming the AI-Enhanced Ad Strategist


Additional Resources:


🎯 Ready to Become the Irreplaceable Strategist?

If you’re working with clients and ready to step into your strategist era, where you’re booked, banked, and in demand, you belong inside The Strategist Society.

👉 Apply now → www.thestrategistsociety.com


If you’re just getting started, learn how to land your first ad client without working for free:
 👉 www.conversionsforclients.com



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/267 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17964460 Tue, 07 Oct 2025 04:00:00 -0400 798 267 full false Becoming the AI-Enhanced Ad Strategist Becoming the AI-Enhanced Ad Strategist You’re not getting replaced by AI. But you could get replaced by a strategist who knows how to use it.

In this episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand (Part 3 of 4), Brandi lays out what’s actually changing in ad management and what’s not, plus how to evolve from button pusher to strategic partner, even in an AI-powered world.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. AI is evolving, but so is your opportunity.
  2. Strategic thinkers will rise above button-pushers every time.
  3. There’s room for you but only if you step into strategy.
  4. Clients want results and leadership, not just implementation.
  5. The future isn’t freelance vs. AI, it’s freelancers using AI strategically.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/266


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)
 

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About


Additional Resources:


🎧 Next Steps

Want to stay in demand even as AI evolves?

👉 Apply now to work with Brandi inside The Strategist Society
 → www.thestrategistsociety.com

You’ll learn the exact skills that position you as the go-to strategic partner your clients can’t live without.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> You’re not getting replaced by AI. But you could get replaced by a strategist who knows how to use it.

In this episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand (Part 3 of 4), Brandi lays out what’s actually changing in ad management and what’s not, plus how to evolve from button pusher to strategic partner, even in an AI-powered world.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. AI is evolving, but so is your opportunity.
  2. Strategic thinkers will rise above button-pushers every time.
  3. There’s room for you but only if you step into strategy.
  4. Clients want results and leadership, not just implementation.
  5. The future isn’t freelance vs. AI, it’s freelancers using AI strategically.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/266


Want More Like This? ⬇️

🎧 Episode 264: How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)
 

🎧 Episode 265: The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About


Additional Resources:


🎧 Next Steps

Want to stay in demand even as AI evolves?

👉 Apply now to work with Brandi inside The Strategist Society
 → www.thestrategistsociety.com

You’ll learn the exact skills that position you as the go-to strategic partner your clients can’t live without.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/266 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17925348 Tue, 30 Sep 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1027 266 full true The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About The Dark Side of AI in Digital Marketing: What No One’s Warning You About AI isn’t just your assistant anymore; it’s becoming a voice in the room. But what happens when that voice is confidently wrong?

In this second episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, Brandi Mowles breaks down the hidden dangers of AI tools for freelancers, ad strategists, and digital marketers. From confidently incorrect ChatGPT advice to Meta’s AI-generated ad hype, we’re peeling back the curtain and exposing where real strategists still shine.

If your clients are trusting AI more than you… it’s not a robot problem, it’s a positioning problem.



Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. AI can sound smart but still be wrong. Don’t let it wreck client trust.
  2. Meta’s AI ad tools aren’t replacing you—they’re helping DIYers boost posts.
  3. Strategists win by guiding clients, not just running campaigns.
  4. Communication and positioning will matter more than ever.
  5. You don’t have a robot problem—you have a leadership opportunity.



Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/265


Want More Like This? ⬇️

Click Here To Learn More About How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)


Additional Resources:


🎧 Download the Freebie Brandi Mentioned:

Streamlined Ad Manager Guide
 Use AI like a strategist, not a robot.
→ https://brandiandcompany.com/streamlined

You’ll get:
 ✅ Brandi’s best prompts for reporting & messaging
 ✅ Time-saving AI workflows
 ✅ Tools to scale without hiring a team



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> AI isn’t just your assistant anymore; it’s becoming a voice in the room. But what happens when that voice is confidently wrong?

In this second episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, Brandi Mowles breaks down the hidden dangers of AI tools for freelancers, ad strategists, and digital marketers. From confidently incorrect ChatGPT advice to Meta’s AI-generated ad hype, we’re peeling back the curtain and exposing where real strategists still shine.

If your clients are trusting AI more than you… it’s not a robot problem, it’s a positioning problem.



Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. AI can sound smart but still be wrong. Don’t let it wreck client trust.
  2. Meta’s AI ad tools aren’t replacing you—they’re helping DIYers boost posts.
  3. Strategists win by guiding clients, not just running campaigns.
  4. Communication and positioning will matter more than ever.
  5. You don’t have a robot problem—you have a leadership opportunity.



Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/265


Want More Like This? ⬇️

Click Here To Learn More About How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced)


Additional Resources:


🎧 Download the Freebie Brandi Mentioned:

Streamlined Ad Manager Guide
 Use AI like a strategist, not a robot.
→ https://brandiandcompany.com/streamlined

You’ll get:
 ✅ Brandi’s best prompts for reporting & messaging
 ✅ Time-saving AI workflows
 ✅ Tools to scale without hiring a team



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/265 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17849112 Tue, 16 Sep 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1002 265 full false How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced) How Smart Ad Managers Are Already Using AI (Without Getting Replaced) AI isn’t your enemy. But the strategist who knows how to use it better than you? That’s who you should be watching out for.

AI is everywhere right now. From fear-mongering headlines to overhyped promises of million-dollar prompts, it’s easy to feel like you’re already behind.

But here’s the truth:
AI won’t replace you—unless you ignore it.

In this episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, I’m breaking down exactly how smart freelancers and ad managers are already using AI as their secret weapon—without losing their value or becoming robots.

Let’s dive into how to use AI without losing your edge.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The three “camps” of opinions on AI – fear of replacement, overhyped promises, and total rejection.
  2. How ad managers can strategically use AI – especially in ways that enhance (not replace) their skills.
  3. AI for ad management tasks – copywriting, audience research, ad variations/testing, reporting/analytics, and client SOPs/systems.
  4. What AI should not be used for – strategic decisions (budget, funnel structure, messaging without context, creative direction without tone, sales calls, pitching value).
  5. The importance of human insight – understanding clients’ real-life context, emotions, and unique business needs.
  6. AI as a tool to increase efficiency and profitability – helping ad managers scale without hiring large teams, while still relying on their own expertise and soft skills.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/264

 Want More Like This? ⬇️

Click Here To Learn More About AI in Advertising: What Freelancers Need to Know for 2025


Additional Resources:


🎧 Want the Prompts I Use Every Week?

Download my Streamline AI Guide here:
 👉 brandiandcompany.com/streamlined


You’ll get:

  • My exact prompts for client reporting

  • Copywriting jumpstarts

  • Audience research and more


Then DM me on Instagram (@brandimowles) and tell me your biggest takeaway from this episode—I have a surprise waiting for you 👀



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> AI isn’t your enemy. But the strategist who knows how to use it better than you? That’s who you should be watching out for.

AI is everywhere right now. From fear-mongering headlines to overhyped promises of million-dollar prompts, it’s easy to feel like you’re already behind.

But here’s the truth:
AI won’t replace you—unless you ignore it.

In this episode of The Strategic Ad Manager’s Guide to AI and Staying in Demand, I’m breaking down exactly how smart freelancers and ad managers are already using AI as their secret weapon—without losing their value or becoming robots.

Let’s dive into how to use AI without losing your edge.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The three “camps” of opinions on AI – fear of replacement, overhyped promises, and total rejection.
  2. How ad managers can strategically use AI – especially in ways that enhance (not replace) their skills.
  3. AI for ad management tasks – copywriting, audience research, ad variations/testing, reporting/analytics, and client SOPs/systems.
  4. What AI should not be used for – strategic decisions (budget, funnel structure, messaging without context, creative direction without tone, sales calls, pitching value).
  5. The importance of human insight – understanding clients’ real-life context, emotions, and unique business needs.
  6. AI as a tool to increase efficiency and profitability – helping ad managers scale without hiring large teams, while still relying on their own expertise and soft skills.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/264

 Want More Like This? ⬇️

Click Here To Learn More About AI in Advertising: What Freelancers Need to Know for 2025


Additional Resources:


🎧 Want the Prompts I Use Every Week?

Download my Streamline AI Guide here:
 👉 brandiandcompany.com/streamlined


You’ll get:

  • My exact prompts for client reporting

  • Copywriting jumpstarts

  • Audience research and more


Then DM me on Instagram (@brandimowles) and tell me your biggest takeaway from this episode—I have a surprise waiting for you 👀



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/264 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17753478 Tue, 09 Sep 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1203 264 full false You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers. You Don’t Need A Different Service. You Need Better Offers. Are you stuck at an income plateau and wondering if the only way to grow is to completely switch services?

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, we’re busting one of the biggest myths service providers fall into… Thinking you need to become an ad manager, funnel builder, or offer something totally different to hit your next income level.

Inside The Strategist Society™, I see it all the time. Women come in ready to burn their business down because they think their current service isn’t scalable. But nine times out of ten, it’s not the service that’s the problem, it’s the offer.

Today, we’re diving into how to audit, package, and price your existing services so you can scale without starting over.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Changing services won’t fix broken offers.
  2. A clear outcome sells results, not tasks.
  3. The right packaging can instantly increase perceived value.
  4. Pricing must reflect transformation, not hours.
  5. Better offers let you scale without starting over.
  6. You can double your revenue by repackaging, not pivoting.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/263

 Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STRUCTURE A $5000 VIP DAY: STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE FOR FREELANCE STRATEGISTS


Additional Resources:

Want Support to Grow Without Hiring a Bunch of People?

This is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

You’ll get the coaching, community, and framework to help you scale to $20K+ months—without building an agency and while keeping your time and profit intact.

Apply now at www.thestrategistsociety.com


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Are you stuck at an income plateau and wondering if the only way to grow is to completely switch services?

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, we’re busting one of the biggest myths service providers fall into… Thinking you need to become an ad manager, funnel builder, or offer something totally different to hit your next income level.

Inside The Strategist Society™, I see it all the time. Women come in ready to burn their business down because they think their current service isn’t scalable. But nine times out of ten, it’s not the service that’s the problem, it’s the offer.

Today, we’re diving into how to audit, package, and price your existing services so you can scale without starting over.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Changing services won’t fix broken offers.
  2. A clear outcome sells results, not tasks.
  3. The right packaging can instantly increase perceived value.
  4. Pricing must reflect transformation, not hours.
  5. Better offers let you scale without starting over.
  6. You can double your revenue by repackaging, not pivoting.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/263

 Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STRUCTURE A $5000 VIP DAY: STEP-BY-STEP GUIDE FOR FREELANCE STRATEGISTS


Additional Resources:

Want Support to Grow Without Hiring a Bunch of People?

This is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

You’ll get the coaching, community, and framework to help you scale to $20K+ months—without building an agency and while keeping your time and profit intact.

Apply now at www.thestrategistsociety.com


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/263 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17595354 Tue, 05 Aug 2025 04:00:00 -0400 762 263 full false The Anti-Agency Approach: How to Grow Without Hiring a Bunch of People The Anti-Agency Approach: How to Grow Without Hiring a Bunch of People If you’re a freelancer or service provider who doesn’t want to manage people, build an agency, or work 40+ hours a week, this episode is your permission slip to scale smarter—without adding chaos or headcount.

For the last seven years, I’ve made multiple six figures every single year with 1:1 services—and zero support on the delivery side. No junior team. No agency. Just smart systems, strategic packaging, and simple offers that convert.

In this episode, I’m walking you through the exact framework I teach inside the Strategist Society so you can grow your business without building a soul-sucking agency or trading profit for stress.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. You don’t need an agency to hit $20K+ months.
  2. Profit margins matter more than team size or client count.
  3. Hire for leverage, not delegation.
  4. Systems are the foundation of sustainable growth.
  5. You can scale without burning out or becoming a manager.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/262

 Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO RAISE YOUR RATES WITH YOUR CURRENT CLIENTS WITHOUT LOSING THEM


Additional Resources:

Want Support to Grow Without Hiring a Bunch of People?

This is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

You’ll get the coaching, community, and framework to help you scale to $20K+ months—without building an agency and while keeping your time and profit intact.

Apply now at www.thestrategistsociety.com


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> If you’re a freelancer or service provider who doesn’t want to manage people, build an agency, or work 40+ hours a week, this episode is your permission slip to scale smarter—without adding chaos or headcount.

For the last seven years, I’ve made multiple six figures every single year with 1:1 services—and zero support on the delivery side. No junior team. No agency. Just smart systems, strategic packaging, and simple offers that convert.

In this episode, I’m walking you through the exact framework I teach inside the Strategist Society so you can grow your business without building a soul-sucking agency or trading profit for stress.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. You don’t need an agency to hit $20K+ months.
  2. Profit margins matter more than team size or client count.
  3. Hire for leverage, not delegation.
  4. Systems are the foundation of sustainable growth.
  5. You can scale without burning out or becoming a manager.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/262

 Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO RAISE YOUR RATES WITH YOUR CURRENT CLIENTS WITHOUT LOSING THEM


Additional Resources:

Want Support to Grow Without Hiring a Bunch of People?

This is exactly what we do inside Strategist Society.

You’ll get the coaching, community, and framework to help you scale to $20K+ months—without building an agency and while keeping your time and profit intact.

Apply now at www.thestrategistsociety.com


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/262 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17564814 Tue, 29 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1145 262 full false What to Do When You’ve Outgrown Your Clients (But Feel Guilty About Leaving Them) What to Do When You’ve Outgrown Your Clients (But Feel Guilty About Leaving Them) What happens when your clients are no longer aligned with the business you’ve built, but you feel too guilty to let them go?

This episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast is your guide to navigating that uncomfortable, emotional space of outgrowing your clients (even the ones who were with you from day one). Whether you’re charging more, offering different services, or simply evolving as a business owner, there comes a point when holding onto the wrong clients is hurting you and them.

Today, I’ll walk you through how to know when it’s time to let go, how to do it with integrity, and why it’s one of the smartest leadership moves you can make.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Outgrowing clients is normal and it’s a sign of growth, not failure.
  2. Holding onto misaligned clients out of guilt hurts both you and them.
  3. Letting go with integrity is possible when you follow a clear process.
  4. Audit your client roster regularly to identify who energizes you (and who doesn’t).
  5. You don’t need to over-apologize or justify your decision to evolve.
  6. Every time you let go of the wrong client, you make room for something better.
  7. Leadership means honoring your growth and making bold, aligned decisions.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/261

 Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT HOW TO COMMUNICATE YOUR VALUE TO ATTRACT CHAMPAGNE CLIENTS


Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> What happens when your clients are no longer aligned with the business you’ve built, but you feel too guilty to let them go?

This episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast is your guide to navigating that uncomfortable, emotional space of outgrowing your clients (even the ones who were with you from day one). Whether you’re charging more, offering different services, or simply evolving as a business owner, there comes a point when holding onto the wrong clients is hurting you and them.

Today, I’ll walk you through how to know when it’s time to let go, how to do it with integrity, and why it’s one of the smartest leadership moves you can make.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Outgrowing clients is normal and it’s a sign of growth, not failure.
  2. Holding onto misaligned clients out of guilt hurts both you and them.
  3. Letting go with integrity is possible when you follow a clear process.
  4. Audit your client roster regularly to identify who energizes you (and who doesn’t).
  5. You don’t need to over-apologize or justify your decision to evolve.
  6. Every time you let go of the wrong client, you make room for something better.
  7. Leadership means honoring your growth and making bold, aligned decisions.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/261

 Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT HOW TO COMMUNICATE YOUR VALUE TO ATTRACT CHAMPAGNE CLIENTS


Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/261 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17511240 Tue, 22 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0400 945 261 full false Why You’re Procrastinating (and How to Break the Cycle Today) Why You’re Procrastinating (and How to Break the Cycle Today) In this episode, I break down the real reasons freelancers and service providers procrastinate and how to finally get back into action mode without shame, burnout, or hustle.

Whether you're avoiding proposals, pushing off content creation, or just staring at your to-do list wondering where to start, this episode will help you identify what’s actually holding you back, and give you a four-step plan to break the cycle today.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Use What’s Already Working: Start with your client’s organic posts—they’re mini case studies hiding in plain sight.
  2. Don’t Stay in Your Niche: Creative breakthroughs often come from unrelated industries. Go look.
  3. Stop From-Scratch Syndrome: Your job isn’t to be original. It’s to be strategic.
  4. Build a Swipe System: Your future self will thank you for that Instagram Saved folder.
  5. Analyze, Don’t Copy: Find what works and adapt the structure, not the words.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/260

Loved This Episode? Grab the Free Guide:

👉 Click here to download the Streamlined Ad Manager Guide Inside, you'll get the exact systems Brandi uses to keep client work organized, creative flow high, and procrastination low—so you can finally run your freelance business like a pro.

 

Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT STAYING FOCUSED WITH MY PARKING LOT METHOD


Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In this episode, I break down the real reasons freelancers and service providers procrastinate and how to finally get back into action mode without shame, burnout, or hustle.

Whether you're avoiding proposals, pushing off content creation, or just staring at your to-do list wondering where to start, this episode will help you identify what’s actually holding you back, and give you a four-step plan to break the cycle today.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Use What’s Already Working: Start with your client’s organic posts—they’re mini case studies hiding in plain sight.
  2. Don’t Stay in Your Niche: Creative breakthroughs often come from unrelated industries. Go look.
  3. Stop From-Scratch Syndrome: Your job isn’t to be original. It’s to be strategic.
  4. Build a Swipe System: Your future self will thank you for that Instagram Saved folder.
  5. Analyze, Don’t Copy: Find what works and adapt the structure, not the words.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/260

Loved This Episode? Grab the Free Guide:

👉 Click here to download the Streamlined Ad Manager Guide Inside, you'll get the exact systems Brandi uses to keep client work organized, creative flow high, and procrastination low—so you can finally run your freelance business like a pro.

 

Want More Like This? ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT STAYING FOCUSED WITH MY PARKING LOT METHOD


Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/260 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17463546 Tue, 15 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1081 260 full false Stuck in a Creative Rut? Here’s Where I Actually Go for Ad Inspiration Stuck in a Creative Rut? Here’s Where I Actually Go for Ad Inspiration We’ve all been there, staring at a blinking cursor, out of ideas, and one bad headline away from writing, “Are you a woman over 30 who loves dogs and digital products?” Whether you're burned out from client work or just tired of trying to make “clever” ads happen, this episode is your permission slip to stop reinventing the wheel.

I’m sharing the 3 exact places I go (every time!) to find inspiration for high-converting Meta ads, and spoiler: you already have access to them. If you're stuck in a creative rut, this is how you get out without spending hours on another AI prompt spiral.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Use What’s Already Working: Start with your client’s organic posts—they’re mini case studies hiding in plain sight.
  2. Don’t Stay in Your Niche: Creative breakthroughs often come from unrelated industries. Go look.
  3. Stop From-Scratch Syndrome: Your job isn’t to be original. It’s to be strategic.
  4. Build a Swipe System: Your future self will thank you for that Instagram Saved folder.
  5. Analyze, Don’t Copy: Find what works and adapt the structure, not the words.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/259

FREE RESOURCE: Streamline Your Ad Manager Workflow

Ready to stop winging it with client work and get organized without overwhelm? 👉 Download the Streamlined Ad Manager AI Guide. Brandi shares the exact prompts, templates, and tools she uses to write ads, organize reports, and keep creative ideas flowing.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT AI IN ADVERTISING


Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> We’ve all been there, staring at a blinking cursor, out of ideas, and one bad headline away from writing, “Are you a woman over 30 who loves dogs and digital products?” Whether you're burned out from client work or just tired of trying to make “clever” ads happen, this episode is your permission slip to stop reinventing the wheel.

I’m sharing the 3 exact places I go (every time!) to find inspiration for high-converting Meta ads, and spoiler: you already have access to them. If you're stuck in a creative rut, this is how you get out without spending hours on another AI prompt spiral.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Use What’s Already Working: Start with your client’s organic posts—they’re mini case studies hiding in plain sight.
  2. Don’t Stay in Your Niche: Creative breakthroughs often come from unrelated industries. Go look.
  3. Stop From-Scratch Syndrome: Your job isn’t to be original. It’s to be strategic.
  4. Build a Swipe System: Your future self will thank you for that Instagram Saved folder.
  5. Analyze, Don’t Copy: Find what works and adapt the structure, not the words.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/259

FREE RESOURCE: Streamline Your Ad Manager Workflow

Ready to stop winging it with client work and get organized without overwhelm? 👉 Download the Streamlined Ad Manager AI Guide. Brandi shares the exact prompts, templates, and tools she uses to write ads, organize reports, and keep creative ideas flowing.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT AI IN ADVERTISING


Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/259 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17462909 Tue, 08 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0400 574 259 full false 7 Lessons In 7 Years Building a Multi-Seven-Figure Business 7 Lessons In 7 Years Building a Multi-Seven-Figure Business After seven years of building a business from $0 to multiple seven figures, I’ve learned a lot and not just about marketing or funnels. I’ve learned what really sustains growth, what burns you out, and how to build something that actually fits your life.

In this episode, I’m sharing the seven biggest lessons I’ve learned in the last seven years, lessons about mindset, simplicity, evolution, and chasing your version of success (not someone else’s).

Whether you’re just getting started or wondering if you’re still on the right path, this episode will give you clarity, encouragement, and a few reality checks I wish I’d had earlier.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Define your version of success—or you’ll chase someone else’s and still feel empty.


  2. Your business should evolve as you evolve. If it no longer fits, adjust it.


  3. Simplicity scales. When in doubt, simplify.


  4. Consistency—not luck—is what drives long-term success.


  5. You don’t need a team of 10. You need aligned support, clear goals, and space to grow


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/258

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE 10 LESSONS I LEARNED SCALING TO $1 MILLION

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> After seven years of building a business from $0 to multiple seven figures, I’ve learned a lot and not just about marketing or funnels. I’ve learned what really sustains growth, what burns you out, and how to build something that actually fits your life.

In this episode, I’m sharing the seven biggest lessons I’ve learned in the last seven years, lessons about mindset, simplicity, evolution, and chasing your version of success (not someone else’s).

Whether you’re just getting started or wondering if you’re still on the right path, this episode will give you clarity, encouragement, and a few reality checks I wish I’d had earlier.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Define your version of success—or you’ll chase someone else’s and still feel empty.


  2. Your business should evolve as you evolve. If it no longer fits, adjust it.


  3. Simplicity scales. When in doubt, simplify.


  4. Consistency—not luck—is what drives long-term success.


  5. You don’t need a team of 10. You need aligned support, clear goals, and space to grow


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/258

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE 10 LESSONS I LEARNED SCALING TO $1 MILLION

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> https://brandimowles.com/258 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17398245 Tue, 01 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1818 258 full false So Your Client Wants to Pause… Here’s What to Do So Your Client Wants to Pause… Here’s What to Do So Your Client Wants to Pause… Here’s What to Do How to Handle Pause Requests Without Panicking, Protect Your Income, and Keep Clients in Your Corner.

Nothing shakes a freelancer’s confidence like hearing “We need to pause.” In this episode, I walk you through exactly how to respond, no panic, just practical scripts, mindset shifts, and contract strategies. You’ll learn how to stay calm, use your contract to protect boundaries, and reframe pauses as opportunities to reflect, reset, and rise.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Stay Calm & Ask Quality Questions: Avoid worst-case assumptions—gather facts first.
  2. Contracts Are Your Shield: Always know if you have a pause clause; if not, add one.
  3. Cap Pause Time at 90 Days: Protect your income, pricing, and energy.
  4. Payments Continue During Pause: Keeps cash flow predictable and prevents scramble scenarios.
  5. Reframe Pauses as Opportunities: Use the downtime to refine, pitch, or simply recharge.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/257

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO USE 3 & 6 MONTH CONTRACTS TO RETAIN MORE CLIENTS & INCREASE YOUR REVENUE

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> So Your Client Wants to Pause… Here’s What to Do How to Handle Pause Requests Without Panicking, Protect Your Income, and Keep Clients in Your Corner.

Nothing shakes a freelancer’s confidence like hearing “We need to pause.” In this episode, I walk you through exactly how to respond, no panic, just practical scripts, mindset shifts, and contract strategies. You’ll learn how to stay calm, use your contract to protect boundaries, and reframe pauses as opportunities to reflect, reset, and rise.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Stay Calm & Ask Quality Questions: Avoid worst-case assumptions—gather facts first.
  2. Contracts Are Your Shield: Always know if you have a pause clause; if not, add one.
  3. Cap Pause Time at 90 Days: Protect your income, pricing, and energy.
  4. Payments Continue During Pause: Keeps cash flow predictable and prevents scramble scenarios.
  5. Reframe Pauses as Opportunities: Use the downtime to refine, pitch, or simply recharge.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/257

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO USE 3 & 6 MONTH CONTRACTS TO RETAIN MORE CLIENTS & INCREASE YOUR REVENUE

Additional Resources:

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/257 Buzzsprout-17326526 Tue, 24 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0400 630 257 full false First Impressions That Land Clients: 3 Mistakes You’re Making Without Realizing It First Impressions That Land Clients: 3 Mistakes You’re Making Without Realizing It Your first impression isn’t about how many credentials you list; it’s about making people feel seen, heard, and guided. In this episode, I break down the three biggest mistakes freelancers make that push dream clients away before you even get a chance to shine. 

You’ll learn how to grab and keep your prospect’s attention, lead with unshakable confidence, and make everything about them instead of you, so you can turn every first interaction into a “yes.”

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Capture Full Attention: Require an intake form before calls and lead discovery conversations with a clear structure and thought-provoking questions.
  2. Lead with Unwavering Confidence: Eliminate qualifiers (“I hope,” “I’m new”) and speak as if success is non-negotiable. Practice pitching in front of a mirror until your energy matches your expertise.
  3. Make It About Them, Not You: Use “you” language, repeat their exact pain points, and paint a vivid picture of what life looks like after working with you, so they feel seen, heard, and excited.
  4. Stories Convert: Share concise client success anecdotes in their voice to build instant trust and social proof.
  5. First Impressions Stick: The second they feel heard, seen, and guided, you’re already halfway to “yes.”


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/256

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO MASTER YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS

Additional Resources:

 Episode 251 - LEARN HOW TO COMMUNICATE YOUR VALUE TO ATTRACT CHAMPAGNE CLIENTS

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Your first impression isn’t about how many credentials you list; it’s about making people feel seen, heard, and guided. In this episode, I break down the three biggest mistakes freelancers make that push dream clients away before you even get a chance to shine. 

You’ll learn how to grab and keep your prospect’s attention, lead with unshakable confidence, and make everything about them instead of you, so you can turn every first interaction into a “yes.”

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Capture Full Attention: Require an intake form before calls and lead discovery conversations with a clear structure and thought-provoking questions.
  2. Lead with Unwavering Confidence: Eliminate qualifiers (“I hope,” “I’m new”) and speak as if success is non-negotiable. Practice pitching in front of a mirror until your energy matches your expertise.
  3. Make It About Them, Not You: Use “you” language, repeat their exact pain points, and paint a vivid picture of what life looks like after working with you, so they feel seen, heard, and excited.
  4. Stories Convert: Share concise client success anecdotes in their voice to build instant trust and social proof.
  5. First Impressions Stick: The second they feel heard, seen, and guided, you’re already halfway to “yes.”


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/256

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO MASTER YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS

Additional Resources:

 Episode 251 - LEARN HOW TO COMMUNICATE YOUR VALUE TO ATTRACT CHAMPAGNE CLIENTS

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/256 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17320882 Tue, 17 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1232 256 full false The Truth About Book-a-Call Funnels (No One Talks About This) The Truth About Book-a-Call Funnels (No One Talks About This) Book-a-call funnels are everywhere, promising to fill your calendar with paying clients. But before you spend another dollar on ads, let’s break down what they really entail, who they work for, and when you’re better off focusing elsewhere. In this episode, I walk you through the hidden fees (both in money and time), how pricing plays a crucial role, and three alternatives to consider if you’re not quite ready for a full-on automated discovery-call machine.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Book-a-Call Funnels Require Deep Pockets & System: Unless you’re charging $3K–$5K+ per month, ad costs will eat your profits. Make sure you can onboard new clients seamlessly.
  2. Cold Traffic = More Discovery Calls, More No-Shows, & More Time Spent: If your sales process isn’t “conversion-optimized,” you’ll end up doing more calls that don’t convert.
  3. You Need High-Quality Assets & Pre-Selling: Testimonials, case studies, and a strong nurture sequence are non-negotiable. Without those, cold ads turn into a leak where leads slip through.
  4. Evaluate Your Capacity Before You Scale: If you can’t handle 5–10 new clients next month without breaking your fulfillment, hold off on the funnel. Overpromising leads to underdelivering.
  5. Three Alternatives to Generate High-Paying Clients Right Now: Paid speaking inside established communities, guest podcasting, and leveraging warm list


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/255

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE ONE THING YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS ARE MISSING 

Additional Resources:

Episode 236 - LEARN THE 4 MARKETING MISTAKES THAT ARE COSTING YOU CLIENTS AND CASH

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Book-a-call funnels are everywhere, promising to fill your calendar with paying clients. But before you spend another dollar on ads, let’s break down what they really entail, who they work for, and when you’re better off focusing elsewhere. In this episode, I walk you through the hidden fees (both in money and time), how pricing plays a crucial role, and three alternatives to consider if you’re not quite ready for a full-on automated discovery-call machine.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Book-a-Call Funnels Require Deep Pockets & System: Unless you’re charging $3K–$5K+ per month, ad costs will eat your profits. Make sure you can onboard new clients seamlessly.
  2. Cold Traffic = More Discovery Calls, More No-Shows, & More Time Spent: If your sales process isn’t “conversion-optimized,” you’ll end up doing more calls that don’t convert.
  3. You Need High-Quality Assets & Pre-Selling: Testimonials, case studies, and a strong nurture sequence are non-negotiable. Without those, cold ads turn into a leak where leads slip through.
  4. Evaluate Your Capacity Before You Scale: If you can’t handle 5–10 new clients next month without breaking your fulfillment, hold off on the funnel. Overpromising leads to underdelivering.
  5. Three Alternatives to Generate High-Paying Clients Right Now: Paid speaking inside established communities, guest podcasting, and leveraging warm list


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/255

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE ONE THING YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS ARE MISSING 

Additional Resources:

Episode 236 - LEARN THE 4 MARKETING MISTAKES THAT ARE COSTING YOU CLIENTS AND CASH

Ready to go from $0–$5K+ months without guessing? Apply now for one-on-one mentorship and a community of women doing $10K–$30K months: Apply to The Strategist Society »


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/255 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17283285 Tue, 10 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0400 931 255 full false How to Structure a $5,000 VIP Day: Step-by-Step Guide for Freelance Strategists How to Structure a $5,000 VIP Day: Step-by-Step Guide for Freelance Strategists Freelancers and digital strategists are always looking for smarter ways to serve clients, raise their rates, and avoid burnout from endless “done-for-you” work. If you’ve ever imagined charging $5,000 (or more) for just one day of high-impact strategy, this episode could be your guide.

This week, I’m sharing how I transformed my freelance business by creating profitable VIP Days that highlight my strategic thinking—no more endless to-do lists. Just four focused hours working closely with clients and earning serious income. I’ll walk you through my “Four P” framework so you can start offering premium VIP Days of your own.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The Four P Framework: The structuring of a successful VIP day revolves around four key Ps—Promise, Prep, Provide, and Propel.
  2. Define a Clear Promise: The success of a VIP day starts with a clear, outcome-specific promise that the client will get by the end (e.g., a paid marketing plan ready for their next launch).
  3. Thorough Preparation Is Critical: Ensure you and your client are both prepped before the VIP day. This includes onboarding questionnaires and clear expectations in your contract.
  4. Set Strong Client Expectations: Clearly outline what the day will entail and what’s needed from the client. Doing this can prevent both disappointment and scope creep.
  5. Client Interaction Is Key: Unlike some “behind the scenes” VIP days, strategist VIP days are highly interactive and collaborative with the client present the whole time.
  6. Propel Clients to Their Next Step: At the end of the VIP day, provide a clear plan and next steps, which often leads to additional consulting or implementation work (more revenue for you).
  7. Leverage VIP Days as an Upsell or Lead-In: Many clients will want to hire you for ongoing or done-for-you services after experiencing the value of your VIP day—making this not just a stand-alone offer but a business growth strategy.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/254

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT  VIP DAYS VS. INTENSIVES: HOW TO KNOW WHICH ONE IS RIGHT FOR YOU

Additional Resources:

Ready to start offering high-converting VIP Days in your business? Apply now HERE to join our exclusive mentorship and get access to the live workshop, templates, and tools to start selling and delivering your VIP Day with confidence!


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Freelancers and digital strategists are always looking for smarter ways to serve clients, raise their rates, and avoid burnout from endless “done-for-you” work. If you’ve ever imagined charging $5,000 (or more) for just one day of high-impact strategy, this episode could be your guide.

This week, I’m sharing how I transformed my freelance business by creating profitable VIP Days that highlight my strategic thinking—no more endless to-do lists. Just four focused hours working closely with clients and earning serious income. I’ll walk you through my “Four P” framework so you can start offering premium VIP Days of your own.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The Four P Framework: The structuring of a successful VIP day revolves around four key Ps—Promise, Prep, Provide, and Propel.
  2. Define a Clear Promise: The success of a VIP day starts with a clear, outcome-specific promise that the client will get by the end (e.g., a paid marketing plan ready for their next launch).
  3. Thorough Preparation Is Critical: Ensure you and your client are both prepped before the VIP day. This includes onboarding questionnaires and clear expectations in your contract.
  4. Set Strong Client Expectations: Clearly outline what the day will entail and what’s needed from the client. Doing this can prevent both disappointment and scope creep.
  5. Client Interaction Is Key: Unlike some “behind the scenes” VIP days, strategist VIP days are highly interactive and collaborative with the client present the whole time.
  6. Propel Clients to Their Next Step: At the end of the VIP day, provide a clear plan and next steps, which often leads to additional consulting or implementation work (more revenue for you).
  7. Leverage VIP Days as an Upsell or Lead-In: Many clients will want to hire you for ongoing or done-for-you services after experiencing the value of your VIP day—making this not just a stand-alone offer but a business growth strategy.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/254

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT  VIP DAYS VS. INTENSIVES: HOW TO KNOW WHICH ONE IS RIGHT FOR YOU

Additional Resources:

Ready to start offering high-converting VIP Days in your business? Apply now HERE to join our exclusive mentorship and get access to the live workshop, templates, and tools to start selling and delivering your VIP Day with confidence!


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/254 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17261537 Tue, 03 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0400 945 254 full false The Ultimate Bounce Back: Aligning My Business, Body, and Beliefs The Ultimate Bounce Back: Aligning My Business, Body, and Beliefs Running a business isn’t always smooth sailing—setbacks happen, and they can hit hard. Yet the stories we’re often told—about the “hockey stick” growth, seamless comebacks, and bounce backs that look easy—are lies that society tells us. This week, I’m laying bare the realities behind my two-year journey from major business and life changes to a place of greater alignment and purpose.

Whether you’re facing a dip in business, struggling with life transitions, or just wondering if it’s possible to truly “have it all,” my experience offers not only support for others going through similar things but also a blueprint for rebuilding on your own terms.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Setbacks are not the end: I share about experiencing a 50% revenue drop after having my second child, and how this did not signal failure but a chance to bounce back and realign my business and life.
  2. Structure your business around your life, not the other way around: I emphasize building a business that supports the kind of life you want to live, including time for family, personal health, and joy.
  3. Hard choices lead to better alignment: Making tough decisions, like shutting down my original membership program despite its community and revenue, allowed me to align my business with my values and reduce burnout.
  4. Invest in yourself, even when it’s scary. Remember to embrace financial challenges and view them as growth opportunities.
  5. Support and community matter a lot: Being surrounded by people who are doing big things inspires and helps you get through challenging times.
  6. Small, boring actions beat flashy moves: There is no overnight success. The unsexy, repetitive actions create sustainable results.
  7. You can have both a thriving business and a fulfilling family life: My journey is proof that with clarity, boundaries, and aligned business models, you can be both an engaged parent and a successful entrepreneur.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/253

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW YOU CAN ENJOY SUMMER WITHOUT SACRIFICING YOUR BUSINESS GOALS WITH NICOLE CULVER

Additional Resources:

🎉 Are you ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Register for my free training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Running a business isn’t always smooth sailing—setbacks happen, and they can hit hard. Yet the stories we’re often told—about the “hockey stick” growth, seamless comebacks, and bounce backs that look easy—are lies that society tells us. This week, I’m laying bare the realities behind my two-year journey from major business and life changes to a place of greater alignment and purpose.

Whether you’re facing a dip in business, struggling with life transitions, or just wondering if it’s possible to truly “have it all,” my experience offers not only support for others going through similar things but also a blueprint for rebuilding on your own terms.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Setbacks are not the end: I share about experiencing a 50% revenue drop after having my second child, and how this did not signal failure but a chance to bounce back and realign my business and life.
  2. Structure your business around your life, not the other way around: I emphasize building a business that supports the kind of life you want to live, including time for family, personal health, and joy.
  3. Hard choices lead to better alignment: Making tough decisions, like shutting down my original membership program despite its community and revenue, allowed me to align my business with my values and reduce burnout.
  4. Invest in yourself, even when it’s scary. Remember to embrace financial challenges and view them as growth opportunities.
  5. Support and community matter a lot: Being surrounded by people who are doing big things inspires and helps you get through challenging times.
  6. Small, boring actions beat flashy moves: There is no overnight success. The unsexy, repetitive actions create sustainable results.
  7. You can have both a thriving business and a fulfilling family life: My journey is proof that with clarity, boundaries, and aligned business models, you can be both an engaged parent and a successful entrepreneur.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/253

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW YOU CAN ENJOY SUMMER WITHOUT SACRIFICING YOUR BUSINESS GOALS WITH NICOLE CULVER

Additional Resources:

🎉 Are you ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Register for my free training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/253 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-17044576 Tue, 29 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400 2377 253 full false How to Simplify Your Business with the 4 Pillars of Organization with Shawn Lemon How to Simplify Your Business with the 4 Pillars of Organization with Shawn Lemon Running a business today can feel like you’re trying to keep up with a hundred things at once—files are everywhere, your internet browser is packed with tabs, and your to-do list keeps growing. It’s easy to feel overwhelmed and disorganized. That’s where Shawn Lemon comes in. He’s the founder of The Digital Organizer, and he’s here to share his simple system—the four pillars of organization—to help you clean up the chaos and run your business more smoothly.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The importance of communication, asset management, project/task management, and password organization and why they are essential components of business and life organization.
  2. Project vs. Task Management: Many people confuse projects with tasks. A project encompasses multiple tasks that need to be broken down to avoid overwhelm and to ensure completion.
  3. The importance of focusing on one key task per day (or up to three) to avoid distraction and ensure progress, especially important for those with ADHD.
  4. Keep email for communication, tasks in a project manager, and files in their designated storage system to prevent chaos.
  5. Use simple but effective systems to manage both life and business tasks. Consistency and routine can significantly help in staying organized.
  6. Using overly robust systems (like ClickUp) can lead to procrastination due to their complexity. Choose simpler tools like Asana to stay focused.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/252

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE BEST TOOLS FOR SIMPLIFYING YOUR BUSINESS

Additional Resources:

Shawn is the founder of The Digital Organizer and has spent the last 17 years helping individuals and businesses get better at using their technology. A teacher at heart, Shawn believes the biggest reason people struggle with their tech is because of a lack of understanding of the tools, which isn't surprising because they're constantly changing as technology advances. When not helping businesses operate more efficiently, Shawn loves making pottery, riding motorcycles, and spending time with his wife, Madeline and their 2 year old son, Nico.

Where to find Shawn:

Shawn’s Website: HERE

Facebook: HERE

Instagram: HERE

LinkedIn: HERE

YouTube: HERE

Grab Shawn’s Freebie - HERE


🎉 Are you ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Register for my free training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Running a business today can feel like you’re trying to keep up with a hundred things at once—files are everywhere, your internet browser is packed with tabs, and your to-do list keeps growing. It’s easy to feel overwhelmed and disorganized. That’s where Shawn Lemon comes in. He’s the founder of The Digital Organizer, and he’s here to share his simple system—the four pillars of organization—to help you clean up the chaos and run your business more smoothly.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The importance of communication, asset management, project/task management, and password organization and why they are essential components of business and life organization.
  2. Project vs. Task Management: Many people confuse projects with tasks. A project encompasses multiple tasks that need to be broken down to avoid overwhelm and to ensure completion.
  3. The importance of focusing on one key task per day (or up to three) to avoid distraction and ensure progress, especially important for those with ADHD.
  4. Keep email for communication, tasks in a project manager, and files in their designated storage system to prevent chaos.
  5. Use simple but effective systems to manage both life and business tasks. Consistency and routine can significantly help in staying organized.
  6. Using overly robust systems (like ClickUp) can lead to procrastination due to their complexity. Choose simpler tools like Asana to stay focused.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/252

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE BEST TOOLS FOR SIMPLIFYING YOUR BUSINESS

Additional Resources:

Shawn is the founder of The Digital Organizer and has spent the last 17 years helping individuals and businesses get better at using their technology. A teacher at heart, Shawn believes the biggest reason people struggle with their tech is because of a lack of understanding of the tools, which isn't surprising because they're constantly changing as technology advances. When not helping businesses operate more efficiently, Shawn loves making pottery, riding motorcycles, and spending time with his wife, Madeline and their 2 year old son, Nico.

Where to find Shawn:

Shawn’s Website: HERE

Facebook: HERE

Instagram: HERE

LinkedIn: HERE

YouTube: HERE

Grab Shawn’s Freebie - HERE


🎉 Are you ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Register for my free training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/252 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16985331 Tue, 22 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400 2326 252 full false Mastering Your Message: How to Communicate Your Value to Attract Champagne Clients Mastering Your Message: How to Communicate Your Value to Attract Champagne Clients Good communication is the key to any successful business. But let’s be honest—it can feel really hard to figure out what to say to attract the right clients. This week, I’m sharing how to create a clear message that connects with the kind of clients you really want to work with. I call them “champagne clients”—they’re the ones who truly value what you offer and help your business grow, without needing you to post nonstop, cut your prices, or completely change your brand.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Be clear in your messaging, so people understand what you do and how valuable it is to work with you. If your message isn't clear, you're unlikely to attract the right clients.
  2. Understand your audience - knowing the specific details about who you help allows you to craft a message that truly resonates with the right people.
  3. Instead of focusing on tasks, your messaging should communicate the transformation you provide. Clients are more interested in outcomes than processes.
  4. Developing and naming a unique method or approach will enhance how you communicate your value and can set you apart in the market.
  5. Once your message is clear, it should be consistently communicated across all platforms and interactions, becoming a guiding principle for content creation and client engagement.
  6. Avoid being vague, listing tactics instead of transformations, trying to appeal to everyone, and underselling your strategic abilities.
  7. Use my three-part formula for compelling messaging: identify who you help, what you help them achieve, and how you do it.
  8. Mastering your messaging can serve as an advanced strategy to attract higher-level clients without significantly restructuring your entire business.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/251

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE ONE THING YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS ARE MISSING (THAT'S COSTING YOU CLIENTS)

Additional Resources:

🎉 Ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Join me on April 23 at 12pm ET / 9am PT for a free live training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Good communication is the key to any successful business. But let’s be honest—it can feel really hard to figure out what to say to attract the right clients. This week, I’m sharing how to create a clear message that connects with the kind of clients you really want to work with. I call them “champagne clients”—they’re the ones who truly value what you offer and help your business grow, without needing you to post nonstop, cut your prices, or completely change your brand.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Be clear in your messaging, so people understand what you do and how valuable it is to work with you. If your message isn't clear, you're unlikely to attract the right clients.
  2. Understand your audience - knowing the specific details about who you help allows you to craft a message that truly resonates with the right people.
  3. Instead of focusing on tasks, your messaging should communicate the transformation you provide. Clients are more interested in outcomes than processes.
  4. Developing and naming a unique method or approach will enhance how you communicate your value and can set you apart in the market.
  5. Once your message is clear, it should be consistently communicated across all platforms and interactions, becoming a guiding principle for content creation and client engagement.
  6. Avoid being vague, listing tactics instead of transformations, trying to appeal to everyone, and underselling your strategic abilities.
  7. Use my three-part formula for compelling messaging: identify who you help, what you help them achieve, and how you do it.
  8. Mastering your messaging can serve as an advanced strategy to attract higher-level clients without significantly restructuring your entire business.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/251

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE ONE THING YOUR DISCOVERY CALLS ARE MISSING (THAT'S COSTING YOU CLIENTS)

Additional Resources:

🎉 Ready to hit 100K with just 5 clients a month? Join me on April 23 at 12pm ET / 9am PT for a free live training that breaks down the 3 key elements of building a profitable freelance Meta Ad Management business — no experience needed. You’ll walk away with real strategies to attract high-paying clients, price your services with confidence, and build a business that gives you more freedom and income.
👉 Grab your seat now - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/251 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16955476 Tue, 15 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400 911 251 full false The One Thing Your Discovery Calls Are Missing (That’s Costing You Clients) The One Thing Your Discovery Calls Are Missing (That’s Costing You Clients) When it comes to sales, conversion rates, and how long it takes to turn prospects into paying clients, it can make a big difference in your business. Many freelancers and business owners struggle with potential clients getting stuck in indecision. If that sounds familiar, you’re not alone! This week, I’m sharing a simple yet powerful strategy that completely changed my sales calls and boosted my client conversion rate. I truly believe this small tweak to your discovery calls can make a big impact for you too!

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. If a client needs time to think after a discovery call, schedule a follow-up call within the next two days to maintain momentum
  2. The follow-up call strategy can drastically improve your close rate and reduce the time between initial contact and signing the contract.
  3. This method weeds out those who aren't immediately serious about your service, allowing you to focus on potential clients who have more urgency and also positions you as an expert with a professional process, showcasing confidence in your service offerings.
  4. Keeping a structured approach reduces the feeling of being salesy, as it's more about assisting in the decision-making process. Don’t forget to reiterate the client's goals to remind them of the reasons they wanted to work with you.
  5. By organizing follow-up calls rather than relying on emails, you're likely to get a quicker response, as emails tend to be neglected. It can help cut down instances of ghosting and give you more confidence during sales calls!
  6. The final step of getting a contract signed and an invoice paid during the follow-up call ensures there’s no lingering wait, which helps secure the client's commitment.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/250

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO HOW TO HAVE A 15 MINUTE DISCOVERY CALL THAT CONVERTS LIKE CRAZY

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dig deeper into ways to optimize your sales calls and land higher-paying clients? CLICK HERE to apply to The Strategist Society today to see if you are the right fit and get one-on-one support, community access, and learn to scale your business.

Ready to land more clients in less time? Unlock my FREE 10 STEPS TO A SUCCESSFUL DISCOVERY CALL GUIDE that can help you land more clients on discovery calls in less time >> DOWNLOAD IT HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> When it comes to sales, conversion rates, and how long it takes to turn prospects into paying clients, it can make a big difference in your business. Many freelancers and business owners struggle with potential clients getting stuck in indecision. If that sounds familiar, you’re not alone! This week, I’m sharing a simple yet powerful strategy that completely changed my sales calls and boosted my client conversion rate. I truly believe this small tweak to your discovery calls can make a big impact for you too!

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. If a client needs time to think after a discovery call, schedule a follow-up call within the next two days to maintain momentum
  2. The follow-up call strategy can drastically improve your close rate and reduce the time between initial contact and signing the contract.
  3. This method weeds out those who aren't immediately serious about your service, allowing you to focus on potential clients who have more urgency and also positions you as an expert with a professional process, showcasing confidence in your service offerings.
  4. Keeping a structured approach reduces the feeling of being salesy, as it's more about assisting in the decision-making process. Don’t forget to reiterate the client's goals to remind them of the reasons they wanted to work with you.
  5. By organizing follow-up calls rather than relying on emails, you're likely to get a quicker response, as emails tend to be neglected. It can help cut down instances of ghosting and give you more confidence during sales calls!
  6. The final step of getting a contract signed and an invoice paid during the follow-up call ensures there’s no lingering wait, which helps secure the client's commitment.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/250

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO HOW TO HAVE A 15 MINUTE DISCOVERY CALL THAT CONVERTS LIKE CRAZY

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dig deeper into ways to optimize your sales calls and land higher-paying clients? CLICK HERE to apply to The Strategist Society today to see if you are the right fit and get one-on-one support, community access, and learn to scale your business.

Ready to land more clients in less time? Unlock my FREE 10 STEPS TO A SUCCESSFUL DISCOVERY CALL GUIDE that can help you land more clients on discovery calls in less time >> DOWNLOAD IT HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/250 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16866033 Tue, 08 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400 922 250 full false How to Invest in the Right Course (and Avoid Wasting Money on Disappointing Ones) How to Invest in the Right Course (and Avoid Wasting Money on Disappointing Ones) The world of online courses is bigger than ever, and it’s easy to feel overwhelmed when trying to pick the right one. Many people have spent tons of money on courses that didn’t live up to the hype, making them extra careful about what they buy next. Today, we’ll go over how to find the best programs for you so you can feel confident about where you’re spending your time and money and ensure they align with your specific goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Set Proper Expectations: Define what you expect from a course, and consider if your goals align with what the course offers at your current business stage.
  2. Use a 5-Point Checklist: This helps you assess whether a course is right for you, based on factors like free content, low-ticket products, testimonials, creator experience, and available support.
  3. Valuable Free Content as an Indicator: The quality of free content can reflect the quality of paid content. Look for creators offering substantial value rather than just fluff.
  4. Importance of Low-Ticket Products: Testing a creator's style through low-cost products gives insight into their teaching effectiveness.
  5. Assessing Testimonials and Success Stories: Check for recent and varied success stories that align with the outcomes you're seeking.
  6. Evaluate the Creator's Experience and Testimonials: Learn from individuals actively practicing what they teach and who are immersed in current industry practices. Determine what type of support the course offers and whether it suits your personal learning needs.
  7. Learning from Disappointing Investments: If you've made a poor investment, don't be too hard on yourself. Try to salvage valuable takeaways and use them as learning experiences for future investments.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/249

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN 5 THINGS I DIDN'T DO AS A FREELANCER TO HIT $250K PER YEAR


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to have a 100K Year with only 5 clients per month?! Check out my brand new on-demand training >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW 


Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client for only $37!


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> The world of online courses is bigger than ever, and it’s easy to feel overwhelmed when trying to pick the right one. Many people have spent tons of money on courses that didn’t live up to the hype, making them extra careful about what they buy next. Today, we’ll go over how to find the best programs for you so you can feel confident about where you’re spending your time and money and ensure they align with your specific goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Set Proper Expectations: Define what you expect from a course, and consider if your goals align with what the course offers at your current business stage.
  2. Use a 5-Point Checklist: This helps you assess whether a course is right for you, based on factors like free content, low-ticket products, testimonials, creator experience, and available support.
  3. Valuable Free Content as an Indicator: The quality of free content can reflect the quality of paid content. Look for creators offering substantial value rather than just fluff.
  4. Importance of Low-Ticket Products: Testing a creator's style through low-cost products gives insight into their teaching effectiveness.
  5. Assessing Testimonials and Success Stories: Check for recent and varied success stories that align with the outcomes you're seeking.
  6. Evaluate the Creator's Experience and Testimonials: Learn from individuals actively practicing what they teach and who are immersed in current industry practices. Determine what type of support the course offers and whether it suits your personal learning needs.
  7. Learning from Disappointing Investments: If you've made a poor investment, don't be too hard on yourself. Try to salvage valuable takeaways and use them as learning experiences for future investments.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/249

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN 5 THINGS I DIDN'T DO AS A FREELANCER TO HIT $250K PER YEAR


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to have a 100K Year with only 5 clients per month?! Check out my brand new on-demand training >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW 


Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client for only $37!


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/249 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16793782 Tue, 18 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1476 249 full false Raising Your Rates With Your Current Clients Without Losing Them Raising Your Rates With Your Current Clients Without Losing Them As a service-based business owner, setting the right price for your expertise might seem like an impossible task. While many freelancers might undervalue their services, it's important to periodically assess and adjust pricing to align with your growing expertise and business goals. Let’s explore how you can strategically raise your rates with existing clients without losing them, ensuring that your business not only survives but thrives.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Raising rates can align your pricing with the value and results you deliver to your clients, particularly in ad management where value is easily quantifiable.
  2. Evaluating your existing client contracts is crucial before raising rates, focusing on how long they have been with you and the results they’ve achieved.
  3. Approaching price increases should involve a structured communication plan, possibly including a good, better, best pricing approach.
  4. Price increases should be viewed as a benefit to both the freelancer and the client, allowing for more focused service with fewer clients.
  5. Price anchoring is an effective strategy in communicating new rates, helping clients perceive the value difference.
  6. Facing pushback from clients requires standing firm on your value and being prepared with alternative options or downsells.
  7. Raising rates can prevent burnout for freelancers, aligning your client workload with your financial and business goals.
  8. Incremental rate increases or new contracts with existing clients are ways to achieve better financial stability without completely disrupting your current client relationships.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/248

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO PRICE YOUR AD MANAGEMENT SERVICES


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to step into your Strategist Era?! Apply to our Strategist Society HERE, where you can have more personalized plans, one-on-one support in raising your rate with your current clients, and a close community of other business owners.


DM me on Instagram @brandimowles and tell me how raising your rates is going OR tell me what’s holding you back!


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> As a service-based business owner, setting the right price for your expertise might seem like an impossible task. While many freelancers might undervalue their services, it's important to periodically assess and adjust pricing to align with your growing expertise and business goals. Let’s explore how you can strategically raise your rates with existing clients without losing them, ensuring that your business not only survives but thrives.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Raising rates can align your pricing with the value and results you deliver to your clients, particularly in ad management where value is easily quantifiable.
  2. Evaluating your existing client contracts is crucial before raising rates, focusing on how long they have been with you and the results they’ve achieved.
  3. Approaching price increases should involve a structured communication plan, possibly including a good, better, best pricing approach.
  4. Price increases should be viewed as a benefit to both the freelancer and the client, allowing for more focused service with fewer clients.
  5. Price anchoring is an effective strategy in communicating new rates, helping clients perceive the value difference.
  6. Facing pushback from clients requires standing firm on your value and being prepared with alternative options or downsells.
  7. Raising rates can prevent burnout for freelancers, aligning your client workload with your financial and business goals.
  8. Incremental rate increases or new contracts with existing clients are ways to achieve better financial stability without completely disrupting your current client relationships.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/248

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO PRICE YOUR AD MANAGEMENT SERVICES


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to step into your Strategist Era?! Apply to our Strategist Society HERE, where you can have more personalized plans, one-on-one support in raising your rate with your current clients, and a close community of other business owners.


DM me on Instagram @brandimowles and tell me how raising your rates is going OR tell me what’s holding you back!


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/248 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16748236 Tue, 11 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0400 1341 248 full false Core Setup & Blocked Events Core Setup & Blocked Events As an online business owner, keeping up with the latest changes and updates is essential to staying ahead. For certified ad managers and those working toward certification, maintaining sharp skills and up-to-date knowledge is crucial. Recently, the ad management landscape has evolved, particularly within Meta. In this post, we’ll break down the latest updates—focusing on core setup and blocked events—and offer actionable insights for ad managers working with clients in health, religion, and finance.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Meta's ad management has rapidly evolved in the past two months, specifically affecting health, religion, and finance accounts.
  2. Core setup issues occur at a domain level, impacting URL tracking and potentially blocking domain data from being sent.
  3. If your domain or client's domain is affected, core setups may restrict tracking parameters beyond standard URLs.
  4. New rules have made standard events blocked, hindering the tracking of conversions like leads and purchases, but custom events may serve as a workaround.
  5. Ad managers should observe new policies' developments, stay informed, and adjust their strategies accordingly.
  6. It's essential not to overreact to changes, as past experience with iOS 14 taught that workarounds always emerge.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/247

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO PLAN FORF THE EXPECTED IN YOUR BUSINESS AND LIFE (PART 1)


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Episode 210: Ad Manager to Growth Consultant: Mapping Your Meta Ad Career Path


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> As an online business owner, keeping up with the latest changes and updates is essential to staying ahead. For certified ad managers and those working toward certification, maintaining sharp skills and up-to-date knowledge is crucial. Recently, the ad management landscape has evolved, particularly within Meta. In this post, we’ll break down the latest updates—focusing on core setup and blocked events—and offer actionable insights for ad managers working with clients in health, religion, and finance.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Meta's ad management has rapidly evolved in the past two months, specifically affecting health, religion, and finance accounts.
  2. Core setup issues occur at a domain level, impacting URL tracking and potentially blocking domain data from being sent.
  3. If your domain or client's domain is affected, core setups may restrict tracking parameters beyond standard URLs.
  4. New rules have made standard events blocked, hindering the tracking of conversions like leads and purchases, but custom events may serve as a workaround.
  5. Ad managers should observe new policies' developments, stay informed, and adjust their strategies accordingly.
  6. It's essential not to overreact to changes, as past experience with iOS 14 taught that workarounds always emerge.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/247

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO PLAN FORF THE EXPECTED IN YOUR BUSINESS AND LIFE (PART 1)


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Episode 210: Ad Manager to Growth Consultant: Mapping Your Meta Ad Career Path


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/247 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16697768 Tue, 04 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0500 1161 247 full false Consistent Client Flow with Social Selling: Your Guide to using DMs to build relationships and book calls. Consistent Client Flow with Social Selling: Your Guide to using DMs to build relationships and book calls. In a world where digital interactions and social media are here to stay, social selling has come out as a key strategy for building lasting client relationships. Instagram, previously known solely as a visual platform, has now transformed into a focal point for meaningful business connections. The skill of starting conversations in direct messages (DMs) can result in booked calls and business growth. Let's dive into the steps to mastering social selling on Instagram.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. How to use DMs to build relationships and schedule more discovery calls without being spammy.
  2. The importance of a pre DM strategy, including identifying the type of clients you want to work with and ensuring they are present on Instagram.
  3. Why you should create a list of 100 potential clients to engage with, and make sure you are using hashtags and keywords to identify these accounts.
  4. Optimize your Instagram profile, including bio and content, to address the pain points and desires of your target audience.
  5. Interact with your identified potential clients’ content genuinely before initiating a DM conversation and then use questions over statements in DMs to foster genuine conversation and not come off as spammy.
  6. Why posting consistently on Instagram can transform passive marketing to active relationship building.
  7. Follow-up is so important in turning initial conversations into scheduled calls, and why manual scheduling over using schedulers.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/246

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FIND HIGH-PAYING CLIENTS IN YOUR OWN BACKYARD


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In a world where digital interactions and social media are here to stay, social selling has come out as a key strategy for building lasting client relationships. Instagram, previously known solely as a visual platform, has now transformed into a focal point for meaningful business connections. The skill of starting conversations in direct messages (DMs) can result in booked calls and business growth. Let's dive into the steps to mastering social selling on Instagram.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. How to use DMs to build relationships and schedule more discovery calls without being spammy.
  2. The importance of a pre DM strategy, including identifying the type of clients you want to work with and ensuring they are present on Instagram.
  3. Why you should create a list of 100 potential clients to engage with, and make sure you are using hashtags and keywords to identify these accounts.
  4. Optimize your Instagram profile, including bio and content, to address the pain points and desires of your target audience.
  5. Interact with your identified potential clients’ content genuinely before initiating a DM conversation and then use questions over statements in DMs to foster genuine conversation and not come off as spammy.
  6. Why posting consistently on Instagram can transform passive marketing to active relationship building.
  7. Follow-up is so important in turning initial conversations into scheduled calls, and why manual scheduling over using schedulers.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/246

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FIND HIGH-PAYING CLIENTS IN YOUR OWN BACKYARD


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/246 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16612352 Tue, 18 Feb 2025 04:00:00 -0500 1476 246 full false The Local Advantage: Finding High-Paying Clients in Your Own Backyard The Local Advantage: Finding High-Paying Clients in Your Own Backyard Finding high-paying clients might not require you to venture far beyond your doorstep. Local businesses are often overlooked but have a lot of potential that could benefit your service-based business. Today we are deep diving into how you can leverage the local advantage to grow your clientele while also improving your own community.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Leveraging local businesses to find high-paying clients in your area can be a great option since there are businesses everywhere regardless of your town’s size!
  2. Niching down doesn't always mean local; it can be location-dependent, like HVAC companies, restaurants, etc.
  3. Making a comprehensive list of local businesses is crucial; start with those you frequent and notice within your community.
  4. Consider the "four B's" (buses, benches, brochures, billboards) to identify businesses actively marketing themselves.
  5. Various methods can be used to connect with local businesses: cold calling, cold emails, in-person networking, and asking for referrals.
  6. Local networking groups provide opportunities to build trust more quickly with potential clients.
  7. Facebook groups specific to your area can be gold mines for identifying local business opportunities.
  8. Local clients often establish longer relationships with service providers compared to online businesses, providing more stability.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/245

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ALL ABOUT THE MARKETING MINUTE TRUST LADDER


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Episode 44: Using Local Workshops to Get More Clients with Shannon McKinstrie - LISTEN HERE



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Finding high-paying clients might not require you to venture far beyond your doorstep. Local businesses are often overlooked but have a lot of potential that could benefit your service-based business. Today we are deep diving into how you can leverage the local advantage to grow your clientele while also improving your own community.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Leveraging local businesses to find high-paying clients in your area can be a great option since there are businesses everywhere regardless of your town’s size!
  2. Niching down doesn't always mean local; it can be location-dependent, like HVAC companies, restaurants, etc.
  3. Making a comprehensive list of local businesses is crucial; start with those you frequent and notice within your community.
  4. Consider the "four B's" (buses, benches, brochures, billboards) to identify businesses actively marketing themselves.
  5. Various methods can be used to connect with local businesses: cold calling, cold emails, in-person networking, and asking for referrals.
  6. Local networking groups provide opportunities to build trust more quickly with potential clients.
  7. Facebook groups specific to your area can be gold mines for identifying local business opportunities.
  8. Local clients often establish longer relationships with service providers compared to online businesses, providing more stability.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/245

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ALL ABOUT THE MARKETING MINUTE TRUST LADDER


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Episode 44: Using Local Workshops to Get More Clients with Shannon McKinstrie - LISTEN HERE



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/245 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16577830 Tue, 11 Feb 2025 04:00:00 -0500 1143 245 full false Your Marketing Minute Trust Ladder: Don’t Quit Before You Hit Gold Your Marketing Minute Trust Ladder: Don’t Quit Before You Hit Gold In the journey of building a successful service-based business, this thought holds true regardless of where you are in your business: consistency is key. Whether you're a seasoned freelancer or just starting out, maintaining momentum with intentional marketing efforts is essential for attracting valuable clients. Enter the concept of the Marketing Minute Trust Ladder, a fundamental tool that helps to guide your efforts and keep you persistent through the highs and lows of business growth.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Consistency and momentum are key to achieving results in marketing efforts.
  2. Different levels of the trust ladder determine the number of touchpoints required for landing clients.
  3. Cold calling and cold emailing are at the lowest trust level, requiring larger numbers for potential results.
  4. Cold messaging on social media provides slightly more trust, with the need for fewer contacts than cold calling/emails.
  5. Responding to job opportunities in Facebook Groups has a higher trust level due to community connections.
  6. Live events and networking offer face-to-face interaction, building significant trust and client acquisition potential.
  7. Referrals and upgrading current clients represent the highest trust level, leading to the easiest sales.
  8. Identifying your most effective marketing methods and sticking to the trust ladder can guide you on the amount of time needed for outreach.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/244

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE ART OF COLD CALLING: STRATEGIES THAT WORK WITH ASHLEY MONK


Additional Resources:

Ready to learn the step-by-step process on how to start your business including how to land your first client?! REGISTER HERE for my free training so you can find a way to work from home.

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Check out some of our previous episodes to get started on landing consistent clients below!

The 4 Marketing Mistakes That Are Costing You Clients and Cash - LISTEN HERE

Fast-Track Your Clients: How To Get Quick Decisions Without High Pressure - LISTEN HERE

Standing Out in a Crowded Market: 5 Pitching Strategies to Land Your Dream Clients - LISTEN HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In the journey of building a successful service-based business, this thought holds true regardless of where you are in your business: consistency is key. Whether you're a seasoned freelancer or just starting out, maintaining momentum with intentional marketing efforts is essential for attracting valuable clients. Enter the concept of the Marketing Minute Trust Ladder, a fundamental tool that helps to guide your efforts and keep you persistent through the highs and lows of business growth.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Consistency and momentum are key to achieving results in marketing efforts.
  2. Different levels of the trust ladder determine the number of touchpoints required for landing clients.
  3. Cold calling and cold emailing are at the lowest trust level, requiring larger numbers for potential results.
  4. Cold messaging on social media provides slightly more trust, with the need for fewer contacts than cold calling/emails.
  5. Responding to job opportunities in Facebook Groups has a higher trust level due to community connections.
  6. Live events and networking offer face-to-face interaction, building significant trust and client acquisition potential.
  7. Referrals and upgrading current clients represent the highest trust level, leading to the easiest sales.
  8. Identifying your most effective marketing methods and sticking to the trust ladder can guide you on the amount of time needed for outreach.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/244

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE ART OF COLD CALLING: STRATEGIES THAT WORK WITH ASHLEY MONK


Additional Resources:

Ready to learn the step-by-step process on how to start your business including how to land your first client?! REGISTER HERE for my free training so you can find a way to work from home.

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for Booked & Banked, my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Check out some of our previous episodes to get started on landing consistent clients below!

The 4 Marketing Mistakes That Are Costing You Clients and Cash - LISTEN HERE

Fast-Track Your Clients: How To Get Quick Decisions Without High Pressure - LISTEN HERE

Standing Out in a Crowded Market: 5 Pitching Strategies to Land Your Dream Clients - LISTEN HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/244 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16500856 Tue, 04 Feb 2025 04:00:00 -0500 1389 244 full false Why Moms Make Great Freelance Ad Managers Why Moms Make Great Freelance Ad Managers In today's busy world, freelance ad management has emerged as a successful and powerful career path. While others can excel in this field, moms, in particular, possess a unique set of qualities that make them exceptional ad managers. Today, we are breaking down the reasons why moms are perfectly positioned to thrive in this niche. Specifically, we'll explore these qualities and why moms make great freelance ad managers.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Moms are multitasking masters, natural problem solvers, and excellent communicators - all important skills for the role of ad manager
  2. Moms are detail-oriented when it matters, which is important for managing and optimizing ad data.
  3. Adaptability and resilience are traits that help moms navigate changing ad platform strategies.
  4. Moms are empathetic and client-focused, which helps with strengthening relationships and building trust with clients.
  5. Budget and resource management skills are essential for maximizing ad spend and stretching resources effectively.
  6. Moms excel in both managing time effectively and creating goals, making them capable of running ad campaigns efficiently.
  7. How the desire for freedom and flexibility aligns with the potential career benefits of working as a freelance ad manager and creates a strong work and family life balance.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/243

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO TAKE A LOOK BEHIND THE SCENES AT WHAT AD MANAGERS REALLY DO


Additional Resources:

Ready to learn the step-by-step process on how to start your business including how to land your first client?! REGISTER HERE for my free training so you can find a way to work from home.

Episode with Taylor Infantino: HERE

Episode with Jamie Sampany-Kessie: HERE

Episode with Lindsay Wood: HERE 

Episode with Rachel Greeno: HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In today's busy world, freelance ad management has emerged as a successful and powerful career path. While others can excel in this field, moms, in particular, possess a unique set of qualities that make them exceptional ad managers. Today, we are breaking down the reasons why moms are perfectly positioned to thrive in this niche. Specifically, we'll explore these qualities and why moms make great freelance ad managers.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Moms are multitasking masters, natural problem solvers, and excellent communicators - all important skills for the role of ad manager
  2. Moms are detail-oriented when it matters, which is important for managing and optimizing ad data.
  3. Adaptability and resilience are traits that help moms navigate changing ad platform strategies.
  4. Moms are empathetic and client-focused, which helps with strengthening relationships and building trust with clients.
  5. Budget and resource management skills are essential for maximizing ad spend and stretching resources effectively.
  6. Moms excel in both managing time effectively and creating goals, making them capable of running ad campaigns efficiently.
  7. How the desire for freedom and flexibility aligns with the potential career benefits of working as a freelance ad manager and creates a strong work and family life balance.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/243

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO TAKE A LOOK BEHIND THE SCENES AT WHAT AD MANAGERS REALLY DO


Additional Resources:

Ready to learn the step-by-step process on how to start your business including how to land your first client?! REGISTER HERE for my free training so you can find a way to work from home.

Episode with Taylor Infantino: HERE

Episode with Jamie Sampany-Kessie: HERE

Episode with Lindsay Wood: HERE 

Episode with Rachel Greeno: HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16492658 Tue, 28 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0500 1222 full false AI in Advertising: What Freelancers Need to Know for 2025 AI in Advertising: What Freelancers Need to Know for 2025 In the rapidly changing world of artificial intelligence (AI), freelancing and ad managers are heading in the direction of change. This week, we are discussing the many elements of AI, and how to understand the balance between embracing technological advancements and preserving the human elements in creative work. Let’s dive into how freelancers can effectively incorporate AI into their workflows to better their business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. AI should be used to enhance, not replace, human work, particularly in creative and strategic roles where human intuition and expertise are invaluable.
  2. Verification and cross-checking of AI-generated information are crucial to maintaining accuracy and reliability, just as one would do with news or social media content.
  3. Freelancers and ad managers should embrace AI for productivity and growth, enhancing their skills and adopting roles such as strategists to remain competitive.
  4. The ethical use of AI in content creation and ownership is essential, with an emphasis on maintaining transparency and avoiding overreliance on AI for generating original content.
  5. While automation may replace certain jobs, upskilling and mastering communication can secure roles requiring human input and creativity.
  6. AI is useful in audience mining and identifying sales patterns, assisting marketers in refining target audiences and adapting strategies effectively.
  7. Despite AI's potential to enhance workflows, maintaining a human touch and ensuring originality remain fundamental to attracting and retaining audiences and clients.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/242

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE 3 SERVICES THAT WILL PAY BIG IN 2025


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to ditch the 9-5 and create a business where you can work from home offering a premium signature service that AI can’t replace?? CLICK HERE to learn how.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In the rapidly changing world of artificial intelligence (AI), freelancing and ad managers are heading in the direction of change. This week, we are discussing the many elements of AI, and how to understand the balance between embracing technological advancements and preserving the human elements in creative work. Let’s dive into how freelancers can effectively incorporate AI into their workflows to better their business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. AI should be used to enhance, not replace, human work, particularly in creative and strategic roles where human intuition and expertise are invaluable.
  2. Verification and cross-checking of AI-generated information are crucial to maintaining accuracy and reliability, just as one would do with news or social media content.
  3. Freelancers and ad managers should embrace AI for productivity and growth, enhancing their skills and adopting roles such as strategists to remain competitive.
  4. The ethical use of AI in content creation and ownership is essential, with an emphasis on maintaining transparency and avoiding overreliance on AI for generating original content.
  5. While automation may replace certain jobs, upskilling and mastering communication can secure roles requiring human input and creativity.
  6. AI is useful in audience mining and identifying sales patterns, assisting marketers in refining target audiences and adapting strategies effectively.
  7. Despite AI's potential to enhance workflows, maintaining a human touch and ensuring originality remain fundamental to attracting and retaining audiences and clients.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/242

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE 3 SERVICES THAT WILL PAY BIG IN 2025


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to ditch the 9-5 and create a business where you can work from home offering a premium signature service that AI can’t replace?? CLICK HERE to learn how.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/242 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16445254 Tue, 21 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0500 2015 242 full false 3 Services That Will Pay Big in 2025 3 Services That Will Pay Big in 2025 This year freelancers and service providers will see changes in their businesses. Some services will see huge growth and become great ways to earn more money, while others may slow down because of new technology and changing market needs. Today, we’ll look at which services are expected to be the most profitable and which might see a drop, so you can plan and prepare for what’s ahead. 

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Video content creation and strategy is most likely going to be in high demand due to the popularity of short-form video across platforms like Reels and YouTube Shorts.
  2. Funnel strategy and optimization is very important because it's an area where AI cannot fully replace human insight and creativity.
  3. Social media advertising, particularly on platforms like Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and TikTok, is expected to be one of the highest-paying services as organic growth becomes more challenging.
  4. General virtual assistant (VA) services are projected to decline, as AI tools and global hiring for lower rates replace repetitive tasks VAs typically perform.
  5. Podcast production services are expected to see a decline due to advancements in AI and simplified processes with tools like Descript.
  6. Copywriting services may face challenges as clients increasingly use AI for basic copy needs and shift focus to optimization and strategy.
  7. The importance of including strategy and optimization within your services to maintain value and demand in the future market.
  8. Adding services like video content creation and strategy, funnel strategy and optimization, or social media advertising as add-ons can enhance a freelancer's or service provider's offerings.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/241

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STRATEGICALLY USE VIDEO TO LAND MORE CLIENTS AND SCALE YOUR BUSINESS


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to add social media advertising to your list of services you can offer? Get my free training HERE to see how you can step into the role of social media advertising and hit your goals for 2025!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> This year freelancers and service providers will see changes in their businesses. Some services will see huge growth and become great ways to earn more money, while others may slow down because of new technology and changing market needs. Today, we’ll look at which services are expected to be the most profitable and which might see a drop, so you can plan and prepare for what’s ahead. 

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Video content creation and strategy is most likely going to be in high demand due to the popularity of short-form video across platforms like Reels and YouTube Shorts.
  2. Funnel strategy and optimization is very important because it's an area where AI cannot fully replace human insight and creativity.
  3. Social media advertising, particularly on platforms like Facebook, Instagram, YouTube, and TikTok, is expected to be one of the highest-paying services as organic growth becomes more challenging.
  4. General virtual assistant (VA) services are projected to decline, as AI tools and global hiring for lower rates replace repetitive tasks VAs typically perform.
  5. Podcast production services are expected to see a decline due to advancements in AI and simplified processes with tools like Descript.
  6. Copywriting services may face challenges as clients increasingly use AI for basic copy needs and shift focus to optimization and strategy.
  7. The importance of including strategy and optimization within your services to maintain value and demand in the future market.
  8. Adding services like video content creation and strategy, funnel strategy and optimization, or social media advertising as add-ons can enhance a freelancer's or service provider's offerings.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/241

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STRATEGICALLY USE VIDEO TO LAND MORE CLIENTS AND SCALE YOUR BUSINESS


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to add social media advertising to your list of services you can offer? Get my free training HERE to see how you can step into the role of social media advertising and hit your goals for 2025!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/241 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16403574 Tue, 14 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0500 1702 241 full false Hot Take: Your New Year Goal Is Holding You Back Hot Take: Your New Year Goal Is Holding You Back In the whirlwind excitement of New Year's Eve, it's common to jot down ambitious goals, fueled by the promise of a fresh start. Yet, by February, many find themselves discouraged, feeling like the clock is already ticking against them. This week, we dive into this all-too-familiar pattern and discuss the importance of focusing on realistic goal-setting that keeps you motivated throughout the year. Here's how you can make 2025 your most fulfilling year yet by tweaking the way you think about goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Maintaining excitement about goals throughout the year is crucial to keep making progress and not get disheartened when off-target.
  2. Treating your goals with the same commitment you would have for helping a child succeed in school can prevent early abandonment.
  3. Big yearly goals should act as a "north star" for decision-making, but the primary focus should be on smaller, actionable 90-day goals.
  4. Business growth is not linear; it often involves peaks and troughs, just like academic progress isn't always consistent.
  5. Rather than focusing on monthly revenue targets, focus on actionable tasks like discovery calls or outreach activities.
  6. Understanding your key metrics and conversion rates will help set realistic monthly targets and increase the predictability of income.
  7. Monitoring progress with quarterly reviews can help identify gaps and prompt creative problem-solving.
  8. Enlisting help from coaches or utilizing different strategies can help achieve educational and professional goals more effectively, like the Strategist Society.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/240

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT RAISING YOUR PRICES FOR MASSIVE GROWTH


Additional Resources:

Are you looking for 1:1 support to hit your 2025 goals? CLICK HERE to apply for the Strategist Society, where we can create a custom 90-day plan for your business growth.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In the whirlwind excitement of New Year's Eve, it's common to jot down ambitious goals, fueled by the promise of a fresh start. Yet, by February, many find themselves discouraged, feeling like the clock is already ticking against them. This week, we dive into this all-too-familiar pattern and discuss the importance of focusing on realistic goal-setting that keeps you motivated throughout the year. Here's how you can make 2025 your most fulfilling year yet by tweaking the way you think about goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Maintaining excitement about goals throughout the year is crucial to keep making progress and not get disheartened when off-target.
  2. Treating your goals with the same commitment you would have for helping a child succeed in school can prevent early abandonment.
  3. Big yearly goals should act as a "north star" for decision-making, but the primary focus should be on smaller, actionable 90-day goals.
  4. Business growth is not linear; it often involves peaks and troughs, just like academic progress isn't always consistent.
  5. Rather than focusing on monthly revenue targets, focus on actionable tasks like discovery calls or outreach activities.
  6. Understanding your key metrics and conversion rates will help set realistic monthly targets and increase the predictability of income.
  7. Monitoring progress with quarterly reviews can help identify gaps and prompt creative problem-solving.
  8. Enlisting help from coaches or utilizing different strategies can help achieve educational and professional goals more effectively, like the Strategist Society.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/240

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT RAISING YOUR PRICES FOR MASSIVE GROWTH


Additional Resources:

Are you looking for 1:1 support to hit your 2025 goals? CLICK HERE to apply for the Strategist Society, where we can create a custom 90-day plan for your business growth.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/240 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16271270 Tue, 07 Jan 2025 04:00:00 -0500 1065 240 full false Why Gratitude Should Be Your Top Business Strategy Why Gratitude Should Be Your Top Business Strategy With Thanksgiving right around the corner, we enter the typical time to be thankful, sharing food and cherished moments with loved ones. However, a powerful tool for business success remains often overlooked—gratitude. This week, let’s explore the depths of gratitude, not just as a seasonal ritual, but as a foundational business strategy and lifestyle choice. Below, we dive into how to integrate gratitude into our daily practices, and the significant ripple effects it can create both in business and personal life.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Practicing gratitude can be a powerful business strategy that can improve effectiveness, client relationships, and decision-making.
  2. A 5-minute daily gratitude practice can significantly enhance health and overall well-being, making it more impactful than other daily routines like exercise or marketing efforts.
  3. How tools like a celebration journal to note business wins and things you’re grateful for, can highlight the importance of acknowledging small achievements.
  4. Gratitude can decrease stress and improve mental health, leading to better sleep, reduced depression, and improved cardiovascular health.
  5. Expressing gratitude can enhance your personal and business life by fostering happiness and improving relationships.
  6. Implementing gratitude within business can involve simple actions like sending thank you cards to clients and friends to promote positivity.
  7. Despite challenges, maintaining a gratitude mindset is crucial for handling business challenges and can also help with personal growth and resilience.
  8. The importance of demonstrating gratitude for the opportunities and choices created by my freelancing journey and business choices.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/239

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CREATE THE LIFE YOU WANT - THE STORY BEHIND OUR BIG MOVE AND NEW BEGINNINGS


Additional Resources:

Grab my FREE webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience by mastering the 3 elements for a successful freelance meta ad management business  - CLICK HERE

The Five Minute Journal: Original Daily Gratitude Journal (not affiliated) - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> With Thanksgiving right around the corner, we enter the typical time to be thankful, sharing food and cherished moments with loved ones. However, a powerful tool for business success remains often overlooked—gratitude. This week, let’s explore the depths of gratitude, not just as a seasonal ritual, but as a foundational business strategy and lifestyle choice. Below, we dive into how to integrate gratitude into our daily practices, and the significant ripple effects it can create both in business and personal life.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Practicing gratitude can be a powerful business strategy that can improve effectiveness, client relationships, and decision-making.
  2. A 5-minute daily gratitude practice can significantly enhance health and overall well-being, making it more impactful than other daily routines like exercise or marketing efforts.
  3. How tools like a celebration journal to note business wins and things you’re grateful for, can highlight the importance of acknowledging small achievements.
  4. Gratitude can decrease stress and improve mental health, leading to better sleep, reduced depression, and improved cardiovascular health.
  5. Expressing gratitude can enhance your personal and business life by fostering happiness and improving relationships.
  6. Implementing gratitude within business can involve simple actions like sending thank you cards to clients and friends to promote positivity.
  7. Despite challenges, maintaining a gratitude mindset is crucial for handling business challenges and can also help with personal growth and resilience.
  8. The importance of demonstrating gratitude for the opportunities and choices created by my freelancing journey and business choices.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/239

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CREATE THE LIFE YOU WANT - THE STORY BEHIND OUR BIG MOVE AND NEW BEGINNINGS


Additional Resources:

Grab my FREE webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience by mastering the 3 elements for a successful freelance meta ad management business  - CLICK HERE

The Five Minute Journal: Original Daily Gratitude Journal (not affiliated) - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/239 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16158723 Tue, 26 Nov 2024 04:00:00 -0500 1798 239 full false How This Mom of Three Scaled Her Side Hustle to $4,500 in Just 60 Days While Working A Full Time Job How This Mom of Three Scaled Her Side Hustle to $4,500 in Just 60 Days While Working A Full Time Job This week, we sat down with Taylor Infantino, a driven entrepreneur who successfully transitioned from a director-level corporate role to managing her own business, all while balancing the responsibilities of a full-time job and raising three children. Based just outside Toronto in Guelph, Canada, Taylor’s journey is a reflection of her dedication and strategic thinking, making $4,500 within just 60 days of launching her side hustle.

Taylor has a background in ad strategy and management, and took a leap in a new journey by enrolling in Conversions for Clients, our step-by-step program that not only shows you exactly how to create high-converting Facebook and Instagram ads but also how to create a wow-worthy experience for clients. She found value in the program due to its detailed resources, including bonuses, templates, and ongoing updates that help ad managers at all points of their journey.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Why starting with client acquisition using direct outreach and networking, particularly through Facebook groups, is important as an initial focus for scaling a business.
  2. The importance of overcoming personal self-doubt and how persistence is a key element for success.
  3. How to use effective and simple marketing, like Facebook groups, where freelancers see success consistently when used strategically.
  4. Managing a full-time job, parenting, and starting a business is feasible with structured daily activities and effective time management.
  5. The significance of community support and having a focused strategy is reinforced as central to Taylor's success.
  6. Embracing failure as a necessary step towards growth is a critical mindset shift that supports long-term goals.
  7. Dedicating regular time each day to marketing activities ensures a steady client pipeline and supports sustainable business growth.
  8. Being dedicated to continuing to learn and proactively joining programs to strengthen your business.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/238

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW MAGGIE, A BRAND STRATEGIST, WENT FROM $3,000 TO $7,300 A MONTH IN LESS THAN 30 DAYS BY ELIMINATING THE NOISE

From Laid Off to 5-Figure Months as an OBM with Corinne Blagg -  LISTEN HERE

Turning Messy Action into Success: How Jamie Launched a Thriving Ad Management Business - LISTEN HERE


Additional Resources:

Need help landing your first or next client? CLICK HERE for my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next high-paying client for only $37.

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience.  - CLICK HERE

Conversions for Clients -  CLICK HERE

Follow Taylor on Instagram - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: 

]]> This week, we sat down with Taylor Infantino, a driven entrepreneur who successfully transitioned from a director-level corporate role to managing her own business, all while balancing the responsibilities of a full-time job and raising three children. Based just outside Toronto in Guelph, Canada, Taylor’s journey is a reflection of her dedication and strategic thinking, making $4,500 within just 60 days of launching her side hustle.

Taylor has a background in ad strategy and management, and took a leap in a new journey by enrolling in Conversions for Clients, our step-by-step program that not only shows you exactly how to create high-converting Facebook and Instagram ads but also how to create a wow-worthy experience for clients. She found value in the program due to its detailed resources, including bonuses, templates, and ongoing updates that help ad managers at all points of their journey.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Why starting with client acquisition using direct outreach and networking, particularly through Facebook groups, is important as an initial focus for scaling a business.
  2. The importance of overcoming personal self-doubt and how persistence is a key element for success.
  3. How to use effective and simple marketing, like Facebook groups, where freelancers see success consistently when used strategically.
  4. Managing a full-time job, parenting, and starting a business is feasible with structured daily activities and effective time management.
  5. The significance of community support and having a focused strategy is reinforced as central to Taylor's success.
  6. Embracing failure as a necessary step towards growth is a critical mindset shift that supports long-term goals.
  7. Dedicating regular time each day to marketing activities ensures a steady client pipeline and supports sustainable business growth.
  8. Being dedicated to continuing to learn and proactively joining programs to strengthen your business.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/238

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW MAGGIE, A BRAND STRATEGIST, WENT FROM $3,000 TO $7,300 A MONTH IN LESS THAN 30 DAYS BY ELIMINATING THE NOISE

From Laid Off to 5-Figure Months as an OBM with Corinne Blagg -  LISTEN HERE

Turning Messy Action into Success: How Jamie Launched a Thriving Ad Management Business - LISTEN HERE


Additional Resources:

Need help landing your first or next client? CLICK HERE for my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next high-paying client for only $37.

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience.  - CLICK HERE

Conversions for Clients -  CLICK HERE

Follow Taylor on Instagram - CLICK HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: 

]]> https://brandimowles.com/238 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16084600 Tue, 19 Nov 2024 04:00:00 -0500 2254 238 full false 8 Time-Saving Tips to Build Your Ad Management Business While Working Full Time 8 Time-Saving Tips to Build Your Ad Management Business While Working Full Time Navigating the balance of managing a full-time job while building a successful freelancing business can seem like an impossible task. If that resonates with you, it’s important to remember that managing your time strategically is key. Today, we’ll explore eight tips to streamline your journey toward a thriving side hustle or full-time business, all while keeping your priorities aligned and achieving a balanced lifestyle.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Set clear, realistic expectations for your goals, taking into account your available time and energy.
  2. Prioritize active marketing to consistently attract new clients to sustain and grow your business.
  3. Strengthen time management skills through batching tasks to minimize context switching and increase productivity and incorporate visual timers to be efficient.
  4. Automate your onboarding process to save time and streamline client management.
  5. Implement a project management system to keep track of tasks and responsibilities efficiently.
  6. Prioritize self-care to maintain energy and productivity over the long term.
  7. Conduct regular time audits to identify where time is being spent and find opportunities for improvement.
  8. Focus on offering premium-priced services to make the most of the time you have and reduce the number of clients needed to meet financial goals. One option is ad management!

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/237

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT PASSIVE VS. ACTIVE MARKETING: HOW & WHERE TO MARKET YOUR SERVICES TO LAND A NEW CLIENT IN 30 DAYS


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar HERE to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience.

A Look Inside My Calendar: A Behind-the-Scenes Look at My Weekly Workflow - CLICK HERE 

The Project Management Pivot: Why We Moved Away From ClickUp - CLICK HERE

HoneyBook in a Hurry - CLICK HERE

Wow Factor Onboarding Workshop - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Navigating the balance of managing a full-time job while building a successful freelancing business can seem like an impossible task. If that resonates with you, it’s important to remember that managing your time strategically is key. Today, we’ll explore eight tips to streamline your journey toward a thriving side hustle or full-time business, all while keeping your priorities aligned and achieving a balanced lifestyle.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Set clear, realistic expectations for your goals, taking into account your available time and energy.
  2. Prioritize active marketing to consistently attract new clients to sustain and grow your business.
  3. Strengthen time management skills through batching tasks to minimize context switching and increase productivity and incorporate visual timers to be efficient.
  4. Automate your onboarding process to save time and streamline client management.
  5. Implement a project management system to keep track of tasks and responsibilities efficiently.
  6. Prioritize self-care to maintain energy and productivity over the long term.
  7. Conduct regular time audits to identify where time is being spent and find opportunities for improvement.
  8. Focus on offering premium-priced services to make the most of the time you have and reduce the number of clients needed to meet financial goals. One option is ad management!

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/237

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT PASSIVE VS. ACTIVE MARKETING: HOW & WHERE TO MARKET YOUR SERVICES TO LAND A NEW CLIENT IN 30 DAYS


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar HERE to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month, regardless of ad management experience.

A Look Inside My Calendar: A Behind-the-Scenes Look at My Weekly Workflow - CLICK HERE 

The Project Management Pivot: Why We Moved Away From ClickUp - CLICK HERE

HoneyBook in a Hurry - CLICK HERE

Wow Factor Onboarding Workshop - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/237 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16068414 Tue, 12 Nov 2024 04:00:00 -0500 1379 237 full false The 4 Marketing Mistakes That Are Costing You Clients and Cash The 4 Marketing Mistakes That Are Costing You Clients and Cash Are you feeling like you're stuck on a marketing treadmill, exerting effort but seemingly going nowhere? Whether you're a seasoned freelancer or just getting started in the freelance world, understanding the mistakes in your marketing strategy is crucial to landing more clients. This week, we are unpacking the most common mistakes freelancers often make, and providing actionable steps to help you land more clients with ease.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Acknowledge and identify the marketing mistakes preventing you from landing clients and generating cash.
  2. Ensure you're marketing on the right platform where your ideal clients are active, rather than where you personally prefer to hang out.
  3. Keep track of your outreach numbers as they help take the emotion out of business and show you if your marketing efforts are sufficient.
  4. Active vs. Passive Marketing: Focus 80% of your marketing efforts on active marketing – direct outreach and engagement, rather than passive marketing like posting content and waiting for responses.
  5. Find ways to stand out in the crowded market by being proactive and adding value, such as using video introductions in response to job opportunities.
  6. Use strategies like risk reversal to make yourself more appealing and to differentiate in a saturated market.
  7. Continue to fix identified mistakes to improve your marketing effectiveness, which will help you serve your clients better and ultimately allow business to thrive.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/236

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT THE POWER OF NICHING DOWN: FROM GENERALIST TO SPECIALIST


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Are you feeling like you're stuck on a marketing treadmill, exerting effort but seemingly going nowhere? Whether you're a seasoned freelancer or just getting started in the freelance world, understanding the mistakes in your marketing strategy is crucial to landing more clients. This week, we are unpacking the most common mistakes freelancers often make, and providing actionable steps to help you land more clients with ease.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Acknowledge and identify the marketing mistakes preventing you from landing clients and generating cash.
  2. Ensure you're marketing on the right platform where your ideal clients are active, rather than where you personally prefer to hang out.
  3. Keep track of your outreach numbers as they help take the emotion out of business and show you if your marketing efforts are sufficient.
  4. Active vs. Passive Marketing: Focus 80% of your marketing efforts on active marketing – direct outreach and engagement, rather than passive marketing like posting content and waiting for responses.
  5. Find ways to stand out in the crowded market by being proactive and adding value, such as using video introductions in response to job opportunities.
  6. Use strategies like risk reversal to make yourself more appealing and to differentiate in a saturated market.
  7. Continue to fix identified mistakes to improve your marketing effectiveness, which will help you serve your clients better and ultimately allow business to thrive.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/236

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT THE POWER OF NICHING DOWN: FROM GENERALIST TO SPECIALIST


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to find, pitch, and land high-paying clients? CLICK HERE for my step-by-step process to stand out in your marketing and find your next consistent client.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/236 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-16033652 Tue, 05 Nov 2024 05:00:00 -0500 1004 236 full false Inside My Calendar: A Behind-the-Scenes Look at My Weekly Workflow Inside My Calendar: A Behind-the-Scenes Look at My Weekly Workflow Running a thriving $1,000,000-a-year business in less than 20 hours a week might seem like an impossible challenge. Throw in homeschooling two children and you have a modern conundrum most would shy away from. Yet, I find myself juggling these diverse roles daily. This week, we are discussing the strategies I use in my business to maintain an effective and intentional schedule that prioritizes time over money.  

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The value of time over money and the importance of being intentional with how time is spent.
  2. My current schedule accommodates my roles as a homeschooling mom and business owner, highlighting the need for schedule adaptability as life changes.
  3. Mastering your calendar can lead to more freedom, flexibility, and less stress, and requires learning to say "no" to unnecessary commitments.
  4. Why I don’t use time blocking in my schedule, but I encourage batching days and finding a "magic time" for peak productivity, which for me is between 9:30 AM and 12 PM.
  5. The importance of being clear on goals and priorities helps manage schedule commitments effectively.
  6. Establishing systems, like creating social media content, can streamline processes and free up time.
  7. Join support through our programs, such as "Conversions for Clients" and "Strategist Society," to help optimize your schedule and gain more time for personal time.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/235

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT MANAGING TIME: CONTEXT SWITCHING AND PRODUCTIVITY

CLICK HERE FOR A BEHIND THE SCENES OF MY WORK WEEK: FINDING THE RIGHT SCHEDULE FOR YOU

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CREATE 52 WEEKS OF CONTENT IN LESS THAN 90 MINUTES


Additional Resources:

Have you ever considered running Facebook and Instagram ads as a service? Or do you already, but want to land more high-quality clients? If the answer is, "Yes, that’s me," then make sure you register for my free LIVE bootcamp that is happening now >> CLICK HERE!


Looking for direct support on optimizing your schedule and other helpful strategies to implement in your ad management business? CLICK HERE to join other entrepreneurs and learn more about Conversions for Clients.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Running a thriving $1,000,000-a-year business in less than 20 hours a week might seem like an impossible challenge. Throw in homeschooling two children and you have a modern conundrum most would shy away from. Yet, I find myself juggling these diverse roles daily. This week, we are discussing the strategies I use in my business to maintain an effective and intentional schedule that prioritizes time over money.  

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. The value of time over money and the importance of being intentional with how time is spent.
  2. My current schedule accommodates my roles as a homeschooling mom and business owner, highlighting the need for schedule adaptability as life changes.
  3. Mastering your calendar can lead to more freedom, flexibility, and less stress, and requires learning to say "no" to unnecessary commitments.
  4. Why I don’t use time blocking in my schedule, but I encourage batching days and finding a "magic time" for peak productivity, which for me is between 9:30 AM and 12 PM.
  5. The importance of being clear on goals and priorities helps manage schedule commitments effectively.
  6. Establishing systems, like creating social media content, can streamline processes and free up time.
  7. Join support through our programs, such as "Conversions for Clients" and "Strategist Society," to help optimize your schedule and gain more time for personal time.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/235

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ABOUT MANAGING TIME: CONTEXT SWITCHING AND PRODUCTIVITY

CLICK HERE FOR A BEHIND THE SCENES OF MY WORK WEEK: FINDING THE RIGHT SCHEDULE FOR YOU

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CREATE 52 WEEKS OF CONTENT IN LESS THAN 90 MINUTES


Additional Resources:

Have you ever considered running Facebook and Instagram ads as a service? Or do you already, but want to land more high-quality clients? If the answer is, "Yes, that’s me," then make sure you register for my free LIVE bootcamp that is happening now >> CLICK HERE!


Looking for direct support on optimizing your schedule and other helpful strategies to implement in your ad management business? CLICK HERE to join other entrepreneurs and learn more about Conversions for Clients.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/235 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15905906 Tue, 15 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1154 235 full false Fast-Track Your Clients: How to Get Quick Decisions Without High Pressure Fast-Track Your Clients: How to Get Quick Decisions Without High Pressure In the world of freelance service providers, it's a common scenario: you have a fantastic discovery call with a potential client, only to hear them say, "I need to think about it." Not knowing how to get people to make decisions quickly, without high-pressure tactics, can be a challenge. Today we explore a method that ensures timely decisions and higher conversion rates, all while preserving the client’s comfort.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Decision Fatigue: Understand that decision fatigue is real and affects your clients, making it harder for them to make quick decisions.
  2. Fast Action Bonus: Implement a 48 to 72-hour signing bonus to motivate clients to make quicker decisions without feeling pressured.
  3. Proposal Deadlines: Always include a deadline (e.g., 7 days) on your proposals to create a sense of urgency, but also protect your pricing.
  4. Sales Mindset: Utilize a sales mindset to help clients make quicker decisions by providing incentives like fast action bonuses.
  5. Follow-Up Strategy: Use the fast action bonus as a reason to follow up with potential clients, making follow-up feel natural rather than bothersome.
  6. Simplicity in Bonuses: Offer bonuses that are easy to implement and don't add extra work for you (e.g., ad audits or graphic templates you already use).
  7. Client Interaction: Offer the fast action bonus only to clients who say they need more time, ensuring it’s an extra incentive rather than a default offering.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/234

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN CRYSTAL’S JOURNEY TO FINDING AND LANDING HER DREAM CLIENTS


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month - CLICK HERE!

Ready to use this strategy and see an increase in your conversions? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles to tell me your fast-action bonus in your business!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In the world of freelance service providers, it's a common scenario: you have a fantastic discovery call with a potential client, only to hear them say, "I need to think about it." Not knowing how to get people to make decisions quickly, without high-pressure tactics, can be a challenge. Today we explore a method that ensures timely decisions and higher conversion rates, all while preserving the client’s comfort.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Decision Fatigue: Understand that decision fatigue is real and affects your clients, making it harder for them to make quick decisions.
  2. Fast Action Bonus: Implement a 48 to 72-hour signing bonus to motivate clients to make quicker decisions without feeling pressured.
  3. Proposal Deadlines: Always include a deadline (e.g., 7 days) on your proposals to create a sense of urgency, but also protect your pricing.
  4. Sales Mindset: Utilize a sales mindset to help clients make quicker decisions by providing incentives like fast action bonuses.
  5. Follow-Up Strategy: Use the fast action bonus as a reason to follow up with potential clients, making follow-up feel natural rather than bothersome.
  6. Simplicity in Bonuses: Offer bonuses that are easy to implement and don't add extra work for you (e.g., ad audits or graphic templates you already use).
  7. Client Interaction: Offer the fast action bonus only to clients who say they need more time, ensuring it’s an extra incentive rather than a default offering.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/234

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN CRYSTAL’S JOURNEY TO FINDING AND LANDING HER DREAM CLIENTS


Additional Resources:

Are you looking to make more while working less? Register for my free webinar to learn how to have a 100K year with only 5 clients per month - CLICK HERE!

Ready to use this strategy and see an increase in your conversions? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles to tell me your fast-action bonus in your business!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/234 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15809962 Tue, 08 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0400 985 234 full false If You Bet on Yourself, You Can’t Lose: Crystal’s Journey to Dream Clients If You Bet on Yourself, You Can’t Lose: Crystal’s Journey to Dream Clients This week, we deep dive into Crystal’s story, a dynamic entrepreneur who is a great example of how the power of self-belief and persistence can affect your business. Crystal and I highlight the highs and lows of entrepreneurial life, and the importance of betting on yourself. Here, we discuss key learnings and insights that can propel any aspiring business owner towards success.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Business Reinvention: Crystal's strategy of reinvesting her earnings back into her business initially, believing in long-term growth over short-term gains.
  2. Betting on Yourself: Both Crystal and I highlight the importance of self-belief and trusting gut feelings in making business decisions.
  3. Strategic Patience and Pricing: Understanding the strategic value of fast action bonuses and proactive communication rather than hastily lowering prices.
  4. Handling Challenges: Crystal shares her journey overcoming financial uncertainties and balancing personal milestones with professional growth.
  5. Specialization and Niche Focus: The significance Crystal found in specializing in ads management over general virtual assistant tasks for escaping the overwhelm and achieving business focus.
  6. Community and Support: The vital role of community, mentorship, and continuous learning in Crystal’s business success and overcoming imposter syndrome.
  7. Mindset and Persistence: The critical role of mindset shifts, persistence, and continuously betting on oneself to overcome challenges and achieve success.
  8. Creative Marketing Tactics: Crystal highlights the success of employing new marketing strategies and methods to attract aligned clients after pivotal business decisions.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/233

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STAND OUT IN A CROWDED MARKET: 5 PITCHING STRATEGIES TO LAND YOUR DREAM CLIENT


Additional Resources:

Have you ever considered running Facebook and Instagram ads as a service? Or do you already, but want to land more high-quality clients? If the answer is, "Yes, that’s me," then make sure you register now for my free LIVE bootcamp >> CLICK HERE!


Crystal's Information:

Website - CLICK HERE

Instagram - CLICK HERE

LinkedIn - CLICK HERE

Link to Crystals Freebie --> HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> This week, we deep dive into Crystal’s story, a dynamic entrepreneur who is a great example of how the power of self-belief and persistence can affect your business. Crystal and I highlight the highs and lows of entrepreneurial life, and the importance of betting on yourself. Here, we discuss key learnings and insights that can propel any aspiring business owner towards success.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Business Reinvention: Crystal's strategy of reinvesting her earnings back into her business initially, believing in long-term growth over short-term gains.
  2. Betting on Yourself: Both Crystal and I highlight the importance of self-belief and trusting gut feelings in making business decisions.
  3. Strategic Patience and Pricing: Understanding the strategic value of fast action bonuses and proactive communication rather than hastily lowering prices.
  4. Handling Challenges: Crystal shares her journey overcoming financial uncertainties and balancing personal milestones with professional growth.
  5. Specialization and Niche Focus: The significance Crystal found in specializing in ads management over general virtual assistant tasks for escaping the overwhelm and achieving business focus.
  6. Community and Support: The vital role of community, mentorship, and continuous learning in Crystal’s business success and overcoming imposter syndrome.
  7. Mindset and Persistence: The critical role of mindset shifts, persistence, and continuously betting on oneself to overcome challenges and achieve success.
  8. Creative Marketing Tactics: Crystal highlights the success of employing new marketing strategies and methods to attract aligned clients after pivotal business decisions.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/233

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STAND OUT IN A CROWDED MARKET: 5 PITCHING STRATEGIES TO LAND YOUR DREAM CLIENT


Additional Resources:

Have you ever considered running Facebook and Instagram ads as a service? Or do you already, but want to land more high-quality clients? If the answer is, "Yes, that’s me," then make sure you register now for my free LIVE bootcamp >> CLICK HERE!


Crystal's Information:

Website - CLICK HERE

Instagram - CLICK HERE

LinkedIn - CLICK HERE

Link to Crystals Freebie --> HERE


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/233 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15783562 Tue, 24 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1916 233 full false Lindsay’s Breakthrough - From No Clients in a Year to Rapid Growth in 30 Days Lindsay’s Breakthrough - From No Clients in a Year to Rapid Growth in 30 Days This week, we had the privilege of hearing from Lindsay, a determined and inspiring ad manager who rapidly scaled her business from no clients for an entire year to a booming client load in just 30 days. Her journey is a testament to patience, perseverance, and strategic growth. Here's a look at Lindsay's approach to balancing family life with business, her summer strategy, and the valuable lessons she learned along the way.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Overcoming Fear: Lindsay emphasizes the importance of overcoming initial fears and taking action to achieve business success.

2. Flexibility in Business: Both myself and Lindsay highlight the importance of customizing your business to fit your personal and family needs, emphasizing work-life balance.

3. Value of Community Support: Being part of the Strategist Society provided Lindsay with valuable mentorship, support, and quick communication, contributing significantly to her success.

4. Initial Struggles Are Normal: It's common to face challenges initially, as Lindsay did, but persistence can lead to significant improvements over time.

5. Client Acquisition Through Personal Connections: Lindsay landed her first client through a family friend, demonstrating the importance of leveraging existing relationships.

6. Mindset Shifts: It’s crucial to acknowledge success often comes from a shift in mindset, seeing opportunities where others may see limitations.

7. Effective Time Management: Lindsay uses timers and automation to manage her tasks efficiently, ensuring productivity without overextending work hours.

8. Perseverance and Investment: Investing in the right programs (like Conversions for Clients and Strategist Society) and persevering through challenges are crucial for achieving business goals and growth.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/232

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CHOOSE THE RIGHT AD CLIENTS FOR YOU: BRICK AND MORTAR VS. ONLINE ENTREPRENEURS


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to start and grow an ad management business without burnout or overwhelm? Check out my new on-demand training here >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW 

Looking for a mentorship to excel your business to the next level? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram @brandimowles 


Lindsay’s Information:

Website - CLICK HERE 

Facebook - CLICK HERE

Instagram - CLICK HERE

LinkedIn - CLICK HERE



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> This week, we had the privilege of hearing from Lindsay, a determined and inspiring ad manager who rapidly scaled her business from no clients for an entire year to a booming client load in just 30 days. Her journey is a testament to patience, perseverance, and strategic growth. Here's a look at Lindsay's approach to balancing family life with business, her summer strategy, and the valuable lessons she learned along the way.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Overcoming Fear: Lindsay emphasizes the importance of overcoming initial fears and taking action to achieve business success.

2. Flexibility in Business: Both myself and Lindsay highlight the importance of customizing your business to fit your personal and family needs, emphasizing work-life balance.

3. Value of Community Support: Being part of the Strategist Society provided Lindsay with valuable mentorship, support, and quick communication, contributing significantly to her success.

4. Initial Struggles Are Normal: It's common to face challenges initially, as Lindsay did, but persistence can lead to significant improvements over time.

5. Client Acquisition Through Personal Connections: Lindsay landed her first client through a family friend, demonstrating the importance of leveraging existing relationships.

6. Mindset Shifts: It’s crucial to acknowledge success often comes from a shift in mindset, seeing opportunities where others may see limitations.

7. Effective Time Management: Lindsay uses timers and automation to manage her tasks efficiently, ensuring productivity without overextending work hours.

8. Perseverance and Investment: Investing in the right programs (like Conversions for Clients and Strategist Society) and persevering through challenges are crucial for achieving business goals and growth.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/232

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO CHOOSE THE RIGHT AD CLIENTS FOR YOU: BRICK AND MORTAR VS. ONLINE ENTREPRENEURS


Additional Resources:

Are you ready to start and grow an ad management business without burnout or overwhelm? Check out my new on-demand training here >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW 

Looking for a mentorship to excel your business to the next level? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram @brandimowles 


Lindsay’s Information:

Website - CLICK HERE 

Facebook - CLICK HERE

Instagram - CLICK HERE

LinkedIn - CLICK HERE



Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/232 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15737463 Tue, 17 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1827 232 full false Turning Messy Action into Success: How Jamie Launched a Thriving Ad Management Business Turning Messy Action into Success: How Jamie Launched a Thriving Ad Management Business In a world where starting a business as an ad manager can seem daunting, especially if you lack experience in marketing, it's important to hear success stories from people who have taken messy action and turned it into a thriving business. Jamie Sampany-Kessie's journey serves as a testament to how determination, hard work, and strategic decision-making can pave the way to success. This week, let’s break down Jamie’s journey as a business owner and discuss her experience. It’s our hope to guide other aspiring ad managers and entrepreneurs on their own path to success and do the dang thing.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Regardless of having no prior experience in marketing or running ads, Jamie started her ad management business and learned along the way.

2. Jamie leveraged her previous experience as a stay-at-home mom, recognizing the skills she developed as a project manager in her household and how they align with her business.

3. The need for service-based businesses to charge what they're worth, leveraging their expertise and the value they provide to their clients.

4. How Jamie started charging $1,000 per month from her first client and confidently increased her rates to $1,500 and then $1,500 for her subsequent clients - showing the importance of raising prices as business and expertise develop.

5. The support and resources from the Conversions for Clients program and the community played a significant role in Jamie's ability to take action and succeed in her business.

6. The importance of a mindset shift needed for stay-at-home parents to recognize their project management skills and apply them to starting and growing a business.

7. Jamie showcased the power of referrals, landing her second client through a recommendation and successfully charging a higher rate due to the immediate need and value she provided.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/231

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO RAISE YOUR PRICES FOR MASSIVE GROWTH 


Additional Resources:

Are you looking for a mentor program to help navigate your ad management business and gain support like Jamie? Turn messy action into success and join Conversions for Clients HERE.

Follow Jamie on Instagram - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In a world where starting a business as an ad manager can seem daunting, especially if you lack experience in marketing, it's important to hear success stories from people who have taken messy action and turned it into a thriving business. Jamie Sampany-Kessie's journey serves as a testament to how determination, hard work, and strategic decision-making can pave the way to success. This week, let’s break down Jamie’s journey as a business owner and discuss her experience. It’s our hope to guide other aspiring ad managers and entrepreneurs on their own path to success and do the dang thing.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Regardless of having no prior experience in marketing or running ads, Jamie started her ad management business and learned along the way.

2. Jamie leveraged her previous experience as a stay-at-home mom, recognizing the skills she developed as a project manager in her household and how they align with her business.

3. The need for service-based businesses to charge what they're worth, leveraging their expertise and the value they provide to their clients.

4. How Jamie started charging $1,000 per month from her first client and confidently increased her rates to $1,500 and then $1,500 for her subsequent clients - showing the importance of raising prices as business and expertise develop.

5. The support and resources from the Conversions for Clients program and the community played a significant role in Jamie's ability to take action and succeed in her business.

6. The importance of a mindset shift needed for stay-at-home parents to recognize their project management skills and apply them to starting and growing a business.

7. Jamie showcased the power of referrals, landing her second client through a recommendation and successfully charging a higher rate due to the immediate need and value she provided.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/231

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO RAISE YOUR PRICES FOR MASSIVE GROWTH 


Additional Resources:

Are you looking for a mentor program to help navigate your ad management business and gain support like Jamie? Turn messy action into success and join Conversions for Clients HERE.

Follow Jamie on Instagram - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/231 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15691039 Tue, 10 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1676 231 full false Client-Finding Secrets Revealed: Q&A with Proven Strategies Client-Finding Secrets Revealed: Q&A with Proven Strategies Finding and approaching potential clients can be daunting. The fear of rejection often paralyzes entrepreneurs, preventing them from taking the necessary steps to grow their client base. This week, we break down proven strategies for finding clients. From methods like personalized outreach to the power of rejection, this episode will give freelancers actionable insights to land their first or next client.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Local or online, success requires going where potential clients are and having conversations.

2. Start with broad niches when finding clients, then narrow down as you get to know what works best for you.

3. Personalize outreach without coming across as too aggressive or pushy—maintain a friendly, conversational tone.

4. Research for leads needs to be practical, focused, and time-limited to avoid getting stuck in details.

5. Reaching success in business requires staying determined in discomfort and taking consistent action, regardless of rejection.

6. Cold emails and cold outreach require a numbers game—focus on volume along with personalization.

7. Overcoming the fear of rejection and adopting a proactive mindset is essential for finding and landing clients.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/230

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO EXPLORE THE ART OF COLD CALLING: STRATEGIES THAT WORK WITH ASHLEY MONK


Additional Resources:

Are you looking for an in-depth guide on how to land clients? Join our boot camp where we deep dive into key strategies to help you land your first or next client - CLICK HERE TO REGISTER

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Finding and approaching potential clients can be daunting. The fear of rejection often paralyzes entrepreneurs, preventing them from taking the necessary steps to grow their client base. This week, we break down proven strategies for finding clients. From methods like personalized outreach to the power of rejection, this episode will give freelancers actionable insights to land their first or next client.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Local or online, success requires going where potential clients are and having conversations.

2. Start with broad niches when finding clients, then narrow down as you get to know what works best for you.

3. Personalize outreach without coming across as too aggressive or pushy—maintain a friendly, conversational tone.

4. Research for leads needs to be practical, focused, and time-limited to avoid getting stuck in details.

5. Reaching success in business requires staying determined in discomfort and taking consistent action, regardless of rejection.

6. Cold emails and cold outreach require a numbers game—focus on volume along with personalization.

7. Overcoming the fear of rejection and adopting a proactive mindset is essential for finding and landing clients.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/230

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO EXPLORE THE ART OF COLD CALLING: STRATEGIES THAT WORK WITH ASHLEY MONK


Additional Resources:

Are you looking for an in-depth guide on how to land clients? Join our boot camp where we deep dive into key strategies to help you land your first or next client - CLICK HERE TO REGISTER

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/230 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15657983 Tue, 03 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1633 230 full false The $250K Roadmap: What I’d Do Differently If I Were Starting Over The $250K Roadmap: What I’d Do Differently If I Were Starting Over This week, we are deep diving into "The $250K Roadmap," where I’m sharing insights for 1-on-1 service providers aiming to achieve rapid growth. Drawing from my personal experience of starting over, filing for bankruptcy, and reaching $250k in 1-on-1 services within a year, I’m offering practical strategies to fast-track success. Let’s explore the key takeaways I’ve learned and explore how you can apply these strategies to propel your service-based business forward.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Start with using your name or initials for your business to avoid getting stuck with a brand that doesn't fit.

2. Focus on setting up a "work with me" page and a scheduler using platforms like HoneyBook or Dubsado to efficiently start your business.

3. Quickly obtain 3 clients to build confidence and gather testimonials, leading to faster price increases.

4. Devote 90 days to actively marketing on a chosen platform tailored to your specific audience and track your efforts closely.

5. Optimize one system and create a standard operating procedure (SOP) with each new client, focusing on areas such as onboarding and reporting processes.

6. Focus on setting personal goals and needs, rather than comparing yourself to others or societal standards of success.

7. Find a community, invest in education and coaching, and ask questions to accelerate progress in business.

8. Prioritize financial management in business and aim for about 75%+ profit margins and implement money management from the start.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/229

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ON PASSIVE VS. ACTIVE MARKETING: HOW & WHERE TO LAND A NEW CLIENT IN 30 DAYS

The Art of Cold Calling: Strategies That Work with Ashley Monk - LISTEN NOW

My 3-Phase Onboarding Process to Gain Referrals - LISTEN NOW

Your Top Bookkeeping and Tax Questions Answered with Rebecca Driscoll - LISTEN NOW


Additional Resources:


Work with Me Page Training Workbook - CLICK HERE

WOW Training: Effective Onboarding - CLICK HERE

Honeybook In A Hurry - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> This week, we are deep diving into "The $250K Roadmap," where I’m sharing insights for 1-on-1 service providers aiming to achieve rapid growth. Drawing from my personal experience of starting over, filing for bankruptcy, and reaching $250k in 1-on-1 services within a year, I’m offering practical strategies to fast-track success. Let’s explore the key takeaways I’ve learned and explore how you can apply these strategies to propel your service-based business forward.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Start with using your name or initials for your business to avoid getting stuck with a brand that doesn't fit.

2. Focus on setting up a "work with me" page and a scheduler using platforms like HoneyBook or Dubsado to efficiently start your business.

3. Quickly obtain 3 clients to build confidence and gather testimonials, leading to faster price increases.

4. Devote 90 days to actively marketing on a chosen platform tailored to your specific audience and track your efforts closely.

5. Optimize one system and create a standard operating procedure (SOP) with each new client, focusing on areas such as onboarding and reporting processes.

6. Focus on setting personal goals and needs, rather than comparing yourself to others or societal standards of success.

7. Find a community, invest in education and coaching, and ask questions to accelerate progress in business.

8. Prioritize financial management in business and aim for about 75%+ profit margins and implement money management from the start.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/229

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ON PASSIVE VS. ACTIVE MARKETING: HOW & WHERE TO LAND A NEW CLIENT IN 30 DAYS

The Art of Cold Calling: Strategies That Work with Ashley Monk - LISTEN NOW

My 3-Phase Onboarding Process to Gain Referrals - LISTEN NOW

Your Top Bookkeeping and Tax Questions Answered with Rebecca Driscoll - LISTEN NOW


Additional Resources:


Work with Me Page Training Workbook - CLICK HERE

WOW Training: Effective Onboarding - CLICK HERE

Honeybook In A Hurry - CLICK HERE

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/229 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15625204 Tue, 27 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1858 229 full false Staying in Your Lane: Why Other People's Success Is None of Your Business Staying in Your Lane: Why Other People's Success Is None of Your Business In a world filled with social media highlight reels and the constant need for validation, comparison has become an all too familiar feeling for many in the online business space. However, I truly believe that comparison does more harm than good. This week, we will discuss practical tips for overcoming the comparison game and shifting towards growth and gratitude in your business and life.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Comparison causes emotional imbalance, hindering personal growth and business success.
2. Social media highlights can evoke feelings of guilt and inadequacy, leading to comparison, but unfollowing or muting triggers on social media is okay for protecting mental well-being.
3. Sharing wins and expressing gratitude can combat feelings of envy within peer groups and coaching calls.
4. Comparison triggers often stem from underlying insecurities rather than logical reasons, so identifying where comparison is felt in the body and uncovering the root insecurities can help overcome envy.
5. Moving from comparison to gratitude and growth opens the door to personal and professional progress.
6. The growth game is more rewarding than the comparison game - focus on personal growth and goals.
7. Consider seeking 1 on 1 support and mentorship to navigate comparison and accelerate business growth.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/228

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ON TO HOW TO CREATE THE LIFE YOU WANT WITHIN YOUR BUSINESS

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to start and grow an ad management business without burnout or overwhelm? Check out my brand new on-demand training here >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In a world filled with social media highlight reels and the constant need for validation, comparison has become an all too familiar feeling for many in the online business space. However, I truly believe that comparison does more harm than good. This week, we will discuss practical tips for overcoming the comparison game and shifting towards growth and gratitude in your business and life.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Comparison causes emotional imbalance, hindering personal growth and business success.
2. Social media highlights can evoke feelings of guilt and inadequacy, leading to comparison, but unfollowing or muting triggers on social media is okay for protecting mental well-being.
3. Sharing wins and expressing gratitude can combat feelings of envy within peer groups and coaching calls.
4. Comparison triggers often stem from underlying insecurities rather than logical reasons, so identifying where comparison is felt in the body and uncovering the root insecurities can help overcome envy.
5. Moving from comparison to gratitude and growth opens the door to personal and professional progress.
6. The growth game is more rewarding than the comparison game - focus on personal growth and goals.
7. Consider seeking 1 on 1 support and mentorship to navigate comparison and accelerate business growth.

Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/228

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN MORE ON TO HOW TO CREATE THE LIFE YOU WANT WITHIN YOUR BUSINESS

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to start and grow an ad management business without burnout or overwhelm? Check out my brand new on-demand training here >> CLICK HERE TO WATCH NOW

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/228 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15547766 Tue, 13 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1011 228 full false Mastering Discovery Calls: From Interviewee to Interviewer Mastering Discovery Calls: From Interviewee to Interviewer Have you ever found yourself on a discovery call, only to realize that the potential client has completely taken over the conversation, leaving you feeling like the interviewee rather than the interviewer? You're not alone. As an expert in freelance ad management, I’m sharing my insights on how to command a discovery call and regain control when things don't go as planned.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Setting the tone and agenda of the call early on is essential to maintain control and steer the conversation in the right direction.
  2. Practice and prepare answers for common questions such as results achieved and budget concerns to exude confidence during the call.
  3. Interrupting politely and redirecting the conversation back to the agenda can help regain control if the call starts to go off track.
  4. Repeating the potential client's words and making them feel heard can emotionally connect them to the sales process.
  5. Mastery of discovery calls leads to mastery of money, emphasizing the impact of effective sales techniques on business success.
  6. Confidence in selling is essential, and practicing, seeking advice, and iteratively improving sales approaches are key to building that confidence.
  7. Selling is a service, and effectively selling one's services and solutions can positively impact both the client and the freelancer's business.
  8. The Strategist Society offers opportunities to master sales techniques and elevate the effectiveness of discovery calls for freelancers.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/227

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE 10-STEP FORMULA TO A SUCCESSFUL 15-MINUTE DISCOVERY CALL

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dive deeper into topics like these and receive one-on-one mentorship? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram  @brandimowles where we can chat to see if it’s a good fit for you!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you ever found yourself on a discovery call, only to realize that the potential client has completely taken over the conversation, leaving you feeling like the interviewee rather than the interviewer? You're not alone. As an expert in freelance ad management, I’m sharing my insights on how to command a discovery call and regain control when things don't go as planned.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Setting the tone and agenda of the call early on is essential to maintain control and steer the conversation in the right direction.
  2. Practice and prepare answers for common questions such as results achieved and budget concerns to exude confidence during the call.
  3. Interrupting politely and redirecting the conversation back to the agenda can help regain control if the call starts to go off track.
  4. Repeating the potential client's words and making them feel heard can emotionally connect them to the sales process.
  5. Mastery of discovery calls leads to mastery of money, emphasizing the impact of effective sales techniques on business success.
  6. Confidence in selling is essential, and practicing, seeking advice, and iteratively improving sales approaches are key to building that confidence.
  7. Selling is a service, and effectively selling one's services and solutions can positively impact both the client and the freelancer's business.
  8. The Strategist Society offers opportunities to master sales techniques and elevate the effectiveness of discovery calls for freelancers.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/227

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN THE 10-STEP FORMULA TO A SUCCESSFUL 15-MINUTE DISCOVERY CALL

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dive deeper into topics like these and receive one-on-one mentorship? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram  @brandimowles where we can chat to see if it’s a good fit for you!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/227 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15504972 Tue, 06 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1309 227 full false Leads or Purchases? The Best Ad Strategy for Webinar Campaigns Leads or Purchases? The Best Ad Strategy for Webinar Campaigns Are you torn between picking leads or purchases when it comes to running Meta ad campaigns for webinars? This week, we dive into this dilemma and discuss practical tips for choosing the best objective for your webinar campaigns. Let’s break down the key points and explore the best Meta ad strategies for webinar campaigns.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. The best ad strategy for webinar campaigns, tackling the dilemma of choosing between leads or purchases.

2. I emphasize that the decision between leads and purchases is not a one-size-fits-all scenario but depends on various factors.

3. I discuss starting with a lead campaign as the initial goal is to generate leads, which also tends to be more cost-effective.

4. The duration between sign-up for the webinar and the pitch is a crucial factor in deciding whether to run a purchase campaign.

5. Prioritizing testing the webinar with warm traffic to ensure conversions before shifting focus to ad strategies.

6. Employing troubleshooting metrics to assess the effectiveness of the chosen ad campaign, then considering switching to a purchase campaign if necessary.

7. Exceptions arise for different campaigns, such as campaigns with a tripwire, where a purchase campaign may be more suitable.

8. Understanding the importance of asking questions, going deeper, and thinking strategically to elevate from being an ad manager to an ad strategist.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/226

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE LEARN THE CREATIVE COCKTAIL: BLENDING THE PERFECT AD CREATIVES

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dive deeper into topics like these and receive one-on-one mentorship? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram  @brandimowles where we can chat to see if it’s a good fit for you!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Are you torn between picking leads or purchases when it comes to running Meta ad campaigns for webinars? This week, we dive into this dilemma and discuss practical tips for choosing the best objective for your webinar campaigns. Let’s break down the key points and explore the best Meta ad strategies for webinar campaigns.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. The best ad strategy for webinar campaigns, tackling the dilemma of choosing between leads or purchases.

2. I emphasize that the decision between leads and purchases is not a one-size-fits-all scenario but depends on various factors.

3. I discuss starting with a lead campaign as the initial goal is to generate leads, which also tends to be more cost-effective.

4. The duration between sign-up for the webinar and the pitch is a crucial factor in deciding whether to run a purchase campaign.

5. Prioritizing testing the webinar with warm traffic to ensure conversions before shifting focus to ad strategies.

6. Employing troubleshooting metrics to assess the effectiveness of the chosen ad campaign, then considering switching to a purchase campaign if necessary.

7. Exceptions arise for different campaigns, such as campaigns with a tripwire, where a purchase campaign may be more suitable.

8. Understanding the importance of asking questions, going deeper, and thinking strategically to elevate from being an ad manager to an ad strategist.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/226

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE LEARN THE CREATIVE COCKTAIL: BLENDING THE PERFECT AD CREATIVES

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to dive deeper into topics like these and receive one-on-one mentorship? DM me “STRATEGIST” on Instagram  @brandimowles where we can chat to see if it’s a good fit for you!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/226 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15447010 Tue, 30 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0400 765 226 full false The Secret to Staying Focused: Parking Lot System The Secret to Staying Focused: Parking Lot System As entrepreneurs, it's common to find ourselves flooded with innovative ideas, each one brimming with potential and promise. However, reality often sets in after the initial burst of enthusiasm, leaving us either overwhelmed, burnt out, or struggling to prioritize what truly matters. This week, I’m introducing the concept of a "parking lot system," a powerful technique to avoid overwhelm and hone in on the projects that genuinely matter. If you often find yourself in a whirlwind of ideas and struggle to navigate their implementation, this innovative approach might just be the change you need in your entrepreneurial journey.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. I introduce the "parking lot system" as a solution to the struggle of being an entrepreneur with numerous ideas but not enough time.

2. The system helps cut down overwhelm and lets entrepreneurs focus on projects that truly matter to them.

3. I share how the parking lot system helped me avoid burnout and overwhelm after the birth of my son.

4. The waiting period of 30 days allows ideas to cool down and helps assess if they align with business goals, since all ideas are good but not all need to be implemented immediately.

5. I give practical steps for implementing the parking lot system, such as setting reminders and revisiting ideas after the cooling period.

6. The system keeps situations simple, reminds of what's important, and prevents taking on too many projects, both in business and personal life.

7. I encourage the application of the parking lot system to personal commitments and priorities to avoid overcommitting.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/225

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN 4 THINGS I TRACKED TO SCALE TO SIX FIGURES

Additional Resources:

DM me @brandimowles on Instagram and tell me what you currently use as your system or if you’ll be using the parking lot system!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> As entrepreneurs, it's common to find ourselves flooded with innovative ideas, each one brimming with potential and promise. However, reality often sets in after the initial burst of enthusiasm, leaving us either overwhelmed, burnt out, or struggling to prioritize what truly matters. This week, I’m introducing the concept of a "parking lot system," a powerful technique to avoid overwhelm and hone in on the projects that genuinely matter. If you often find yourself in a whirlwind of ideas and struggle to navigate their implementation, this innovative approach might just be the change you need in your entrepreneurial journey.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. I introduce the "parking lot system" as a solution to the struggle of being an entrepreneur with numerous ideas but not enough time.

2. The system helps cut down overwhelm and lets entrepreneurs focus on projects that truly matter to them.

3. I share how the parking lot system helped me avoid burnout and overwhelm after the birth of my son.

4. The waiting period of 30 days allows ideas to cool down and helps assess if they align with business goals, since all ideas are good but not all need to be implemented immediately.

5. I give practical steps for implementing the parking lot system, such as setting reminders and revisiting ideas after the cooling period.

6. The system keeps situations simple, reminds of what's important, and prevents taking on too many projects, both in business and personal life.

7. I encourage the application of the parking lot system to personal commitments and priorities to avoid overcommitting.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/225

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN 4 THINGS I TRACKED TO SCALE TO SIX FIGURES

Additional Resources:

DM me @brandimowles on Instagram and tell me what you currently use as your system or if you’ll be using the parking lot system!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/225 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15418864 Tue, 23 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0400 915 225 full false Creating the Life You Want- The Story Behind Our Big Move and New Beginnings Creating the Life You Want- The Story Behind Our Big Move and New Beginnings This week, I’m sharing my story of how my husband and I made a big move from Florida to Georgia, embracing new beginnings and creating the life we truly wanted. What began as listing our house in Florida turned into a series of unexpected yet serendipitous events that led us to our dream home in Georgia. Our experience is a testament to the power of intuition, letting go of control, and embracing change wholeheartedly.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Trust the process and have faith in the timing of life changes.

2. Be open to releasing control and letting things happen as they are supposed to.

3. Embrace the journey and enjoy the process of accomplishing your goals.

4. Recognize the signs and synchronicities that guide your decisions.

5. Prioritize communication, intuition, and releasing control in both business and personal life while asking for what you want and putting it out into the universe.

6. Embrace the freedom and opportunities that your business provides and continue to consider new possibilities to remain open to reevaluating life decisions.

7. Trust in your ability to overcome challenges and navigate major life changes.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/224

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE FOR PART 1 ON HOW TO PLAN FOR THE EXPECTED IN YOUR BUSINESS AND LIFE

Additional Resources:

Are you ready for your business to provide freedom, flexibility, and financial stability? DM me @brandimowles on Instagram “NEW BEGINNINGS”!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> This week, I’m sharing my story of how my husband and I made a big move from Florida to Georgia, embracing new beginnings and creating the life we truly wanted. What began as listing our house in Florida turned into a series of unexpected yet serendipitous events that led us to our dream home in Georgia. Our experience is a testament to the power of intuition, letting go of control, and embracing change wholeheartedly.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Trust the process and have faith in the timing of life changes.

2. Be open to releasing control and letting things happen as they are supposed to.

3. Embrace the journey and enjoy the process of accomplishing your goals.

4. Recognize the signs and synchronicities that guide your decisions.

5. Prioritize communication, intuition, and releasing control in both business and personal life while asking for what you want and putting it out into the universe.

6. Embrace the freedom and opportunities that your business provides and continue to consider new possibilities to remain open to reevaluating life decisions.

7. Trust in your ability to overcome challenges and navigate major life changes.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/224

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE FOR PART 1 ON HOW TO PLAN FOR THE EXPECTED IN YOUR BUSINESS AND LIFE

Additional Resources:

Are you ready for your business to provide freedom, flexibility, and financial stability? DM me @brandimowles on Instagram “NEW BEGINNINGS”!

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/224 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15398454 Tue, 16 Jul 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1969 224 full false How to Enjoy Summer Without Sacrificing Your Business Goals with Nicole Culver How to Enjoy Summer Without Sacrificing Your Business Goals with Nicole Culver As summer approaches, many entrepreneurs find themselves dreading the juggling act of running a business while wanting to prioritize family time. However, it doesn't have to be a choice between business success and family memories. Business strategist and mom of three, Nicole Culver, shares her insights on how to set up your summer for success while making time for family and still achieving your business goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Nicole emphasizes the importance of knowing your business numbers and how it helps to find a balance between enjoying life and not being stressed about money during the summer.

2. We highlight the significance of setting up a summer schedule to prioritize family time while still maintaining financial responsibilities.

3. Nicole shares her approach to planning in advance for the summer, including a debrief at the end of the previous summer to identify what worked and what didn't work.

4. The importance of scheduling and making non-negotiable commitments to activities like beach days, lunches with friends, and family time.

5. Nicole introduces the idea of casting a big vision for the summer, breaking it down into manageable steps, and the importance of focusing on one thing at a time in your business.

6. Advice from Nicole to not waste life away, give yourself permission to dream big, and set yourself up for a successful summer as a way to make each summer better than the last.

7. The emphasis on leading by example and not apologizing for creating a summer schedule that allows for both business and family priorities.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/223

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE FOR NICOLE CULVER'S PREVIOUS EPISODE - SIMPLE AND DOABLE ACTION STEPS FOR TAPPING INTO YOUR ENERGY AND FINDING YOUR STRENGTH AS A BUSINESS OWNER 

Additional Resources:
Nicole Culver helps online coaches take quantum leaps in their business with digital products. She is a certified Master NLP coach, hypnotist, and mindset expert who helps coaches amplify their results by combining the right mindset with the perfect-for-them business strategy. Nicole loves to coach her clients and students so they can see beyond their limitations and open up to what’s truly possible for them.

Where to Find Nicole:

Nicole's Website - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Instagram - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Podcast - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Free Business Planner - CLICK HERE


DM Brandi @brandimowles on Instagram “STRATEGIST” to learn more.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> As summer approaches, many entrepreneurs find themselves dreading the juggling act of running a business while wanting to prioritize family time. However, it doesn't have to be a choice between business success and family memories. Business strategist and mom of three, Nicole Culver, shares her insights on how to set up your summer for success while making time for family and still achieving your business goals.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Nicole emphasizes the importance of knowing your business numbers and how it helps to find a balance between enjoying life and not being stressed about money during the summer.

2. We highlight the significance of setting up a summer schedule to prioritize family time while still maintaining financial responsibilities.

3. Nicole shares her approach to planning in advance for the summer, including a debrief at the end of the previous summer to identify what worked and what didn't work.

4. The importance of scheduling and making non-negotiable commitments to activities like beach days, lunches with friends, and family time.

5. Nicole introduces the idea of casting a big vision for the summer, breaking it down into manageable steps, and the importance of focusing on one thing at a time in your business.

6. Advice from Nicole to not waste life away, give yourself permission to dream big, and set yourself up for a successful summer as a way to make each summer better than the last.

7. The emphasis on leading by example and not apologizing for creating a summer schedule that allows for both business and family priorities.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/223

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE FOR NICOLE CULVER'S PREVIOUS EPISODE - SIMPLE AND DOABLE ACTION STEPS FOR TAPPING INTO YOUR ENERGY AND FINDING YOUR STRENGTH AS A BUSINESS OWNER 

Additional Resources:
Nicole Culver helps online coaches take quantum leaps in their business with digital products. She is a certified Master NLP coach, hypnotist, and mindset expert who helps coaches amplify their results by combining the right mindset with the perfect-for-them business strategy. Nicole loves to coach her clients and students so they can see beyond their limitations and open up to what’s truly possible for them.

Where to Find Nicole:

Nicole's Website - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Instagram - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Podcast - CLICK HERE

Nicole's Free Business Planner - CLICK HERE


DM Brandi @brandimowles on Instagram “STRATEGIST” to learn more.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/223 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15273209 Tue, 25 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1459 223 full false Overwhelmed with Onboarding? Try This. Overwhelmed with Onboarding? Try This. Client onboarding is a crucial, yet time-consuming part of being a freelancer or running an ad management business. When multiple clients are coming in simultaneously, it can be overwhelming to handle all the moving pieces. Onboarding brings mixed emotions - the joy of a growing client base and revenue, but also the stress of managing multiple clients at once. This week, I’m presenting a game-changing approach that will revolutionize your onboarding process: the Staggered Onboarding Approach.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Onboarding multiple clients at once can lead to overwhelm, even during successful months.

2. Staggered onboarding can be a game changer for managing client load and minimizing overwhelm.

3. By only onboarding one client per week, professionals can manage their workload effectively, while also establishing a sense of urgency around proposal and invoice submission which can help with client commitment.

4. Staggered onboarding not only reduces overwhelm but also presents the professional as organized and in demand.

5. Planning specific onboarding dates, considering personal schedules and availability is crucial as the goal is to achieve success with fewer hours worked, allowing for a fulfilling personal life.

6. Implementing staggered onboarding will enhance professionalism, resulting in a more successful business.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/222

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO GET MORE REFERRALS AND WOW YOUR CLIENTS

Additional Resources:
DM Brandi @brandimowles on Instagram “society” to learn more.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Client onboarding is a crucial, yet time-consuming part of being a freelancer or running an ad management business. When multiple clients are coming in simultaneously, it can be overwhelming to handle all the moving pieces. Onboarding brings mixed emotions - the joy of a growing client base and revenue, but also the stress of managing multiple clients at once. This week, I’m presenting a game-changing approach that will revolutionize your onboarding process: the Staggered Onboarding Approach.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Onboarding multiple clients at once can lead to overwhelm, even during successful months.

2. Staggered onboarding can be a game changer for managing client load and minimizing overwhelm.

3. By only onboarding one client per week, professionals can manage their workload effectively, while also establishing a sense of urgency around proposal and invoice submission which can help with client commitment.

4. Staggered onboarding not only reduces overwhelm but also presents the professional as organized and in demand.

5. Planning specific onboarding dates, considering personal schedules and availability is crucial as the goal is to achieve success with fewer hours worked, allowing for a fulfilling personal life.

6. Implementing staggered onboarding will enhance professionalism, resulting in a more successful business.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/222

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO GET MORE REFERRALS AND WOW YOUR CLIENTS

Additional Resources:
DM Brandi @brandimowles on Instagram “society” to learn more.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/222 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15247905 Tue, 18 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0400 541 222 full false Turning Overwhelm Into Action In 4 Easy Steps Turning Overwhelm Into Action In 4 Easy Steps Feeling overwhelmed is a common experience for many people, especially those juggling various responsibilities such as parenting, entrepreneurship, and personal goals. This week, I break down a 4-step process to navigate overwhelm and turn it into actionable steps. By following this roadmap, individuals can transform their overwhelm into relief and empowerment, enabling them to make progress in their businesses and personal lives with a clear, structured plan.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Overwhelm can be paralyzing and prevent progress in both personal and professional life.
2. The first step is to identify the specific source of overwhelm in order to address it effectively and then make a conscious decision to move past overwhelm and into action.
3. Breaking down overwhelming tasks into smaller, manageable steps makes progress more achievable.
4. Achieving a quick win, however small, can help to shift the mindset from overwhelmed to empowerment.
5. The process of overcoming overwhelm can be applied to both personal and professional challenges, ultimately leading to faster progress and a more joy-filled life.
6. Creating an action plan helps to alleviate overwhelm by providing clarity on what needs to be done.
7. Implementing the 4-step process consistently can make it second nature over time and can be applied in both personal and business endeavors.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/221

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO GAIN ACTIONABLE STEPS YOU CAN TAKE TO BUILD RESILIENCE AND OVERCOME SETBACK


Additional Resources:
Resource for my ad managers... The Ad Manager Advantage Secret Podcast

In this 10-episode secret podcast, created specifically for Meta ad managers and aspiring ad managers, I'll be sharing insights, stories, and strategies for your business success.

With actionable tips and expert advice, this podcast will provide you with the tools you need to take your ad management business to the next level. CLICK HERE TO SUBSCRIBE TODAY.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Feeling overwhelmed is a common experience for many people, especially those juggling various responsibilities such as parenting, entrepreneurship, and personal goals. This week, I break down a 4-step process to navigate overwhelm and turn it into actionable steps. By following this roadmap, individuals can transform their overwhelm into relief and empowerment, enabling them to make progress in their businesses and personal lives with a clear, structured plan.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Overwhelm can be paralyzing and prevent progress in both personal and professional life.
2. The first step is to identify the specific source of overwhelm in order to address it effectively and then make a conscious decision to move past overwhelm and into action.
3. Breaking down overwhelming tasks into smaller, manageable steps makes progress more achievable.
4. Achieving a quick win, however small, can help to shift the mindset from overwhelmed to empowerment.
5. The process of overcoming overwhelm can be applied to both personal and professional challenges, ultimately leading to faster progress and a more joy-filled life.
6. Creating an action plan helps to alleviate overwhelm by providing clarity on what needs to be done.
7. Implementing the 4-step process consistently can make it second nature over time and can be applied in both personal and business endeavors.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/221

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO GAIN ACTIONABLE STEPS YOU CAN TAKE TO BUILD RESILIENCE AND OVERCOME SETBACK


Additional Resources:
Resource for my ad managers... The Ad Manager Advantage Secret Podcast

In this 10-episode secret podcast, created specifically for Meta ad managers and aspiring ad managers, I'll be sharing insights, stories, and strategies for your business success.

With actionable tips and expert advice, this podcast will provide you with the tools you need to take your ad management business to the next level. CLICK HERE TO SUBSCRIBE TODAY.

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/221 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15208021 Tue, 11 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1114 221 full false Breaking Up With Tracking: When Tracking Turns Toxic Breaking Up With Tracking: When Tracking Turns Toxic In the world of service providers, tracking business data can fall into two extremes: some shy away from numbers and avoid tracking, while others become obsessed and track every little detail. There is a balance when it comes to tracking as a strategic tool without becoming overwhelmed by data. This episode explores the transformation of tracking from a potential trap that keeps one stuck to a tool for propelling a business forward.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Service providers often fall into two categories: either they shy away from numbers and avoid tracking, or they become obsessed with tracking every detail.

2. Effective tracking can maximize efficiency in a business without causing burnout or overwhelm.

3. Over-tracking can lead to spending excessive time on analytics, decision paralysis, feeling overwhelmed, inefficiency, and losing sight of business goals.

4. Key performance indicators (KPIs) that service-based businesses should focus on include revenue goals, number of sales/discovery calls, outreach efforts, and client retention.

5. Regular tracking of KPIs is essential, with outreach and sales call tracking on a weekly basis and client acquisition and revenue tracking on a monthly basis.

6. Personal experience with over-tracking in health-related activities led to burnout and feeling overwhelmed, which can be mirrored in business tracking.

7. It's crucial to identify the right KPIs for a business and implement a focused tracking strategy to avoid burnout and achieve goals, while businesses should also set clear revenue and client acquisition goals to guide the tracking process.

8. A tracking system that is focused, consistent, and centered on the most relevant KPIs, and not filled with excessive data points, is needed to monitor KPIs, with regular reviews scheduled to assess progress and make informed decisions.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/220

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE BEST TOOLS TO SIMPLIFY YOUR BUSINESS


Additional Resources:
Resource for my ad managers... The Ad Manager Advantage Secret Podcast

In this 10-episode secret podcast, created specifically for Meta ad managers and aspiring ad managers, I'll be sharing insights, stories, and strategies for your business success.

With actionable tips and expert advice, this podcast will provide you with the tools you need to take your ad management business to the next level. CLICK HERE TO SUBSCRIBE TODAY


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> In the world of service providers, tracking business data can fall into two extremes: some shy away from numbers and avoid tracking, while others become obsessed and track every little detail. There is a balance when it comes to tracking as a strategic tool without becoming overwhelmed by data. This episode explores the transformation of tracking from a potential trap that keeps one stuck to a tool for propelling a business forward.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Service providers often fall into two categories: either they shy away from numbers and avoid tracking, or they become obsessed with tracking every detail.

2. Effective tracking can maximize efficiency in a business without causing burnout or overwhelm.

3. Over-tracking can lead to spending excessive time on analytics, decision paralysis, feeling overwhelmed, inefficiency, and losing sight of business goals.

4. Key performance indicators (KPIs) that service-based businesses should focus on include revenue goals, number of sales/discovery calls, outreach efforts, and client retention.

5. Regular tracking of KPIs is essential, with outreach and sales call tracking on a weekly basis and client acquisition and revenue tracking on a monthly basis.

6. Personal experience with over-tracking in health-related activities led to burnout and feeling overwhelmed, which can be mirrored in business tracking.

7. It's crucial to identify the right KPIs for a business and implement a focused tracking strategy to avoid burnout and achieve goals, while businesses should also set clear revenue and client acquisition goals to guide the tracking process.

8. A tracking system that is focused, consistent, and centered on the most relevant KPIs, and not filled with excessive data points, is needed to monitor KPIs, with regular reviews scheduled to assess progress and make informed decisions.


Find the full show notes at:  https://brandimowles.com/220

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN ABOUT THE BEST TOOLS TO SIMPLIFY YOUR BUSINESS


Additional Resources:
Resource for my ad managers... The Ad Manager Advantage Secret Podcast

In this 10-episode secret podcast, created specifically for Meta ad managers and aspiring ad managers, I'll be sharing insights, stories, and strategies for your business success.

With actionable tips and expert advice, this podcast will provide you with the tools you need to take your ad management business to the next level. CLICK HERE TO SUBSCRIBE TODAY


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://brandimowles.com/220 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15166430 Tue, 04 Jun 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1436 220 full false Purpose-Driven Packages: How to Design Offers That Sell Purpose-Driven Packages: How to Design Offers That Sell In the competitive landscape of service-based businesses, offering packages that stand out and meet clients' needs is crucial. However, many service providers find themselves stuck in a cycle of constantly tweaking their packages without a clear purpose. Today we are talking all about how to create purposeful service packages that deliver results and drive profitability.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Creating packages with purpose involves focusing on providing everything necessary for client success without overwhelming them.

2. It's important to weed out anything that clients don't actually need in order to be successful, distinguishing between essentials and nice-to-haves.

3. Add-ons such as custom dashboards or funnel audits can increase the value of the package and cater to clients who want a little extra and can also help business owners with decision fatigue..

4. Identifying your "onlyness factor" and showcasing what sets you apart can help make your packages more unique and attractive to potential clients.

5. Avoid constantly adding new items to your packages as a reaction to raising prices; instead, focus on the essential elements for success.

6. For ad managers specifically, a core package should include everything necessary for success and shouldn't change based on whether the client has their own copywriter or graphics person.

7. By creating packages with purpose, you can streamline your business and attract clients more quickly, serve your clients at the highest level and increase your contract rates without offering multiple different packages.

8. We offer a live training for those interested in learning more about setting up a successful ad management business and scaling to 6-figure months with a small number of clients.



Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STAND OUT IN A CROWDED MARKET

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/219 

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to learn more about what it takes to run a successful ad management business? To save your seat for my BRAND NEW LIVE TRAINING on How To Have a 100K Year With Only 5 Clients and discover how to fit 100K in 2024 working with only 5 clients, CLICK HERE. 


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> In the competitive landscape of service-based businesses, offering packages that stand out and meet clients' needs is crucial. However, many service providers find themselves stuck in a cycle of constantly tweaking their packages without a clear purpose. Today we are talking all about how to create purposeful service packages that deliver results and drive profitability.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Creating packages with purpose involves focusing on providing everything necessary for client success without overwhelming them.

2. It's important to weed out anything that clients don't actually need in order to be successful, distinguishing between essentials and nice-to-haves.

3. Add-ons such as custom dashboards or funnel audits can increase the value of the package and cater to clients who want a little extra and can also help business owners with decision fatigue..

4. Identifying your "onlyness factor" and showcasing what sets you apart can help make your packages more unique and attractive to potential clients.

5. Avoid constantly adding new items to your packages as a reaction to raising prices; instead, focus on the essential elements for success.

6. For ad managers specifically, a core package should include everything necessary for success and shouldn't change based on whether the client has their own copywriter or graphics person.

7. By creating packages with purpose, you can streamline your business and attract clients more quickly, serve your clients at the highest level and increase your contract rates without offering multiple different packages.

8. We offer a live training for those interested in learning more about setting up a successful ad management business and scaling to 6-figure months with a small number of clients.



Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO STAND OUT IN A CROWDED MARKET

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/219 

Additional Resources:

Are you ready to learn more about what it takes to run a successful ad management business? To save your seat for my BRAND NEW LIVE TRAINING on How To Have a 100K Year With Only 5 Clients and discover how to fit 100K in 2024 working with only 5 clients, CLICK HERE. 


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://brandimowles.com/219 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15140446 Tue, 28 May 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1000 219 full false The Game-Changing Funnel For Ad Managers and Their Clients The Game-Changing Funnel For Ad Managers and Their Clients In a recent episode of the podcast, we discuss a game-changing strategy for ad managers to elevate their services and provide valuable results for their clients. I emphasize the importance of implementing a money-making funnel, revealing that by doing so, ad managers can charge more, retain clients for longer periods, and make insightful decisions for audience targeting.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. The key to charging more and retaining clients longer as an ad manager is to implement a money-making funnel for clients that generates revenue within 30 days, making you look desirable and valuable to the client.

2. Finding the right audience of buyers rather than just generating cheap leads for clients can help create more sustainable income and create a strong strategy for your clients.

3. It is important to differentiate between money-making funnels and a client's bread-and-butter revenue generators.

4. Ad managers can add value by suggesting or creating low-ticket offers for clients' money-making funnels to cover ad spend and build a list of potential high-ticket buyers.

5. Implementing money-making funnels for clients can increase the ad manager's value, client retention, and business consistency.

6. Ad managers can transition from a technician role to a strategist role by advising and strategizing with clients on money-making funnels and audience targeting.

7. The Strategist Society is a program focused on helping ad managers and digital marketers transition into strategist roles, providing current strategies and support.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LISTEN TO MY READING LIST FOR QUARTER 1

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/218

Additional Resources:
DM Brandi @brandimowles on Instagram “society” to learn more.

To register for my BRAND NEW LIVE TRAINING on How To Have a 100K Year With Only 5 Clients. I’m going to be breaking down how you can hit 100K in 2024 and only work with 5 clients per month as an ad manager (no building an agency required). CLICK HERE to save your seat.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> In a recent episode of the podcast, we discuss a game-changing strategy for ad managers to elevate their services and provide valuable results for their clients. I emphasize the importance of implementing a money-making funnel, revealing that by doing so, ad managers can charge more, retain clients for longer periods, and make insightful decisions for audience targeting.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. The key to charging more and retaining clients longer as an ad manager is to implement a money-making funnel for clients that generates revenue within 30 days, making you look desirable and valuable to the client.

2. Finding the right audience of buyers rather than just generating cheap leads for clients can help create more sustainable income and create a strong strategy for your clients.

3. It is important to differentiate between money-making funnels and a client's bread-and-butter revenue generators.

4. Ad managers can add value by suggesting or creating low-ticket offers for clients' money-making funnels to cover ad spend and build a list of potential high-ticket buyers.

5. Implementing money-making funnels for clients can increase the ad manager's value, client retention, and business consistency.

6. Ad managers can transition from a technician role to a strategist role by advising and strategizing with clients on money-making funnels and audience targeting.

7. The Strategist Society is a program focused on helping ad managers and digital marketers transition into strategist roles, providing current strategies and support.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LISTEN TO MY READING LIST FOR QUARTER 1

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/218

Additional Resources:
DM Brandi @brandimowles on Instagram “society” to learn more.

To register for my BRAND NEW LIVE TRAINING on How To Have a 100K Year With Only 5 Clients. I’m going to be breaking down how you can hit 100K in 2024 and only work with 5 clients per month as an ad manager (no building an agency required). CLICK HERE to save your seat.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://brandimowles.com/218 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-15076576 Tue, 21 May 2024 04:00:00 -0400 956 218 full false From Routine to Results: 5 Non-Negotiables That Deliver From Routine to Results: 5 Non-Negotiables That Deliver Have you ever found yourself looking for small changes that can make a significant impact on your personal life or business? In this week's episode of the podcast, the discussion is centered around the power of incorporating daily non-negotiables that have the potential to transform your life. I share my 5 daily non-negotiables, shedding light on the impact these habits have had on my personal growth, business development, and holistic well-being.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Small daily habits can transform business and personal life.

2. The 5 daily non-negotiables include movement, social media posting, conversations, journaling or meditating, and reading nonfiction.

3. Consistency in these non-negotiables leads to massive impacts.

4. Building habits starts small and grows gradually and can change both business and personal life.

5. It's about a holistic approach to self-care, family, and business.

6. Brandi adapted certain habits to fit her lifestyle and incorporating non-negotiables makes certain aspects a priority.

7. Implementing consistent habits changes the way one shows up for themselves, family, and business.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LISTEN TO MY READING LIST FOR QUARTER 1

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/217 

Additional Resources:
Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell - CLICK HERE FOR MORE INFO.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> Have you ever found yourself looking for small changes that can make a significant impact on your personal life or business? In this week's episode of the podcast, the discussion is centered around the power of incorporating daily non-negotiables that have the potential to transform your life. I share my 5 daily non-negotiables, shedding light on the impact these habits have had on my personal growth, business development, and holistic well-being.

Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Small daily habits can transform business and personal life.

2. The 5 daily non-negotiables include movement, social media posting, conversations, journaling or meditating, and reading nonfiction.

3. Consistency in these non-negotiables leads to massive impacts.

4. Building habits starts small and grows gradually and can change both business and personal life.

5. It's about a holistic approach to self-care, family, and business.

6. Brandi adapted certain habits to fit her lifestyle and incorporating non-negotiables makes certain aspects a priority.

7. Implementing consistent habits changes the way one shows up for themselves, family, and business.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LISTEN TO MY READING LIST FOR QUARTER 1

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/217 

Additional Resources:
Buy Back Your Time by Dan Martell - CLICK HERE FOR MORE INFO.


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> https://brandimowles.com/217 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14993999 Tue, 07 May 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1460 217 full false The Art Of Cold Calling: Strategies That Work With Ashley Monk The Art Of Cold Calling: Strategies That Work With Ashley Monk In a recent episode of the podcast, we chatted with Ashley Monk, CEO of Onya, an online advertising agency, and dove into the art of cold calling and strategies for successful outreach. Ashley's journey from starting her business at $500 per month to now charging over $10,000 per month offers valuable insights and strategies for entrepreneurs looking to master the art of cold calling.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Cold calling and outreach can be effective strategies for growing businesses, and listeners can benefit from the insights shared.
  2. Ashley Monk's journey from starting at $500 per month to now charging over $10,000 per month showcases the possibilities of growth in the industry and the importance of perseverance.
  3. Persistence and resilience, as well as developing a thick skin, are crucial qualities for success in cold calling and outreach in the ad management industry.
  4. Buying lead lists with specific criteria from platforms like Fiverr can be an informed approach to finding potential clients for cold calling.
  5. For every 50 dials made, there may be 2-3 yeses, resulting in a 2-3% conversion rate for obtaining discovery calls, emphasizing the need for consistency and perseverance in cold calling efforts.
  6. Building referral partners and understanding the target niche's preferences and behaviors are key strategies for successful outreach in the ad management industry.
  7. Tailoring communication and appearance to align with the expectations of different verticals is essential for effective outreach, such as being more formal for traditional organizations and more casual for online businesses.
  8. Understanding the target niche and where they spend their time is crucial for reaching them effectively, as the tactics and preferences for outreach can vary by industry.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO WOW YOUR CLIENTS AND GET A FLOOD OF REFERRALS

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/216

Additional Resources:
Join Brandi for a Live Free Training for Ad Managers and Future Ad Managers at http://Brandimowles.com/adtraining

Follow Onya Marketing on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/onyamarketing

Follow Ashley Monk on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/iamashleymonk/

Follow Ashley Monk on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ashleymonk/


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> In a recent episode of the podcast, we chatted with Ashley Monk, CEO of Onya, an online advertising agency, and dove into the art of cold calling and strategies for successful outreach. Ashley's journey from starting her business at $500 per month to now charging over $10,000 per month offers valuable insights and strategies for entrepreneurs looking to master the art of cold calling.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Cold calling and outreach can be effective strategies for growing businesses, and listeners can benefit from the insights shared.
  2. Ashley Monk's journey from starting at $500 per month to now charging over $10,000 per month showcases the possibilities of growth in the industry and the importance of perseverance.
  3. Persistence and resilience, as well as developing a thick skin, are crucial qualities for success in cold calling and outreach in the ad management industry.
  4. Buying lead lists with specific criteria from platforms like Fiverr can be an informed approach to finding potential clients for cold calling.
  5. For every 50 dials made, there may be 2-3 yeses, resulting in a 2-3% conversion rate for obtaining discovery calls, emphasizing the need for consistency and perseverance in cold calling efforts.
  6. Building referral partners and understanding the target niche's preferences and behaviors are key strategies for successful outreach in the ad management industry.
  7. Tailoring communication and appearance to align with the expectations of different verticals is essential for effective outreach, such as being more formal for traditional organizations and more casual for online businesses.
  8. Understanding the target niche and where they spend their time is crucial for reaching them effectively, as the tactics and preferences for outreach can vary by industry.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO WOW YOUR CLIENTS AND GET A FLOOD OF REFERRALS

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/216

Additional Resources:
Join Brandi for a Live Free Training for Ad Managers and Future Ad Managers at http://Brandimowles.com/adtraining

Follow Onya Marketing on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/onyamarketing

Follow Ashley Monk on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/iamashleymonk/

Follow Ashley Monk on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ashleymonk/


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> https://brandimowles.com/216 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14958068 Tue, 30 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0400 2285 216 full false Behind The Scenes Of My Reading List For Quarter 1 Behind The Scenes Of My Reading List For Quarter 1 In the ever-evolving world of entrepreneurship, staying ahead of the game often means seeking knowledge and insights from various sources. To dive deeper into this, I share an in-depth behind-the-scenes look at my reading list for the first quarter of 2024. With a clear goal of doubling my company's revenue from $1,000,000 to $2,000,000, my intentional choice of reading materials reflects both my commitment to personal and business growth.


Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Brandi reads "10x is Easier than 2x" and "Chill and Prosper" by Denise Thomas, preferring the latter for beginner entrepreneurs and its money mindset content.

2. Brandi implements time management strategies from "The Perfect Day Formula" by Craig Ballentine, focusing on marketing and sales in the first 90 minutes and structuring a perfect week schedule.

3. She discusses the benefit of reading 10 pages of nonfiction daily, linking it to business growth, and has shifted to reading using Kindles before bed.

4. "Buy Back Your Time" by Dan Martell impacts Brandi's hiring perspective and time audit strategies, while introducing the concept of a replacement ladder for hiring in business.

5. The importance of investing in people to support programs and achieving success through a sequence is highlighted.

6. Brandi reflects on scheduling her day around her most productive periods of time and discusses the importance of making schedule adjustments to protect that time.

7. Brandi recommends various books for different needs, from hiring to sales, marketing, and understanding human design personalized business ecosystems.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO WOW YOUR CLIENTS AND GET A FLOOD OF REFERRALS

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/215

Additional Resources:
Buy Back Your Time: Dan Martell 

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles




]]> In the ever-evolving world of entrepreneurship, staying ahead of the game often means seeking knowledge and insights from various sources. To dive deeper into this, I share an in-depth behind-the-scenes look at my reading list for the first quarter of 2024. With a clear goal of doubling my company's revenue from $1,000,000 to $2,000,000, my intentional choice of reading materials reflects both my commitment to personal and business growth.


Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Brandi reads "10x is Easier than 2x" and "Chill and Prosper" by Denise Thomas, preferring the latter for beginner entrepreneurs and its money mindset content.

2. Brandi implements time management strategies from "The Perfect Day Formula" by Craig Ballentine, focusing on marketing and sales in the first 90 minutes and structuring a perfect week schedule.

3. She discusses the benefit of reading 10 pages of nonfiction daily, linking it to business growth, and has shifted to reading using Kindles before bed.

4. "Buy Back Your Time" by Dan Martell impacts Brandi's hiring perspective and time audit strategies, while introducing the concept of a replacement ladder for hiring in business.

5. The importance of investing in people to support programs and achieving success through a sequence is highlighted.

6. Brandi reflects on scheduling her day around her most productive periods of time and discusses the importance of making schedule adjustments to protect that time.

7. Brandi recommends various books for different needs, from hiring to sales, marketing, and understanding human design personalized business ecosystems.


Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO STEAL MY 3 PHASE ONBOARDING PROCESS TO WOW YOUR CLIENTS AND GET A FLOOD OF REFERRALS

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/215

Additional Resources:
Buy Back Your Time: Dan Martell 

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles




]]> https://brandimowles.com/215 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14905921 Tue, 23 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1893 215 full false Generalist to Specialist: The Power of Niching Down Generalist to Specialist: The Power of Niching Down In the freelance world, having a game-changing strategy of niching down can greatly impact business growth. Niching down involves narrowing your focus within your business to serve a specific market segment or target audience. In this week’s episode, we discuss how this approach is not only crucial for ad managers but for all freelance professionals in the competitive market. Niching down allows you to provide exceptional value to a specific niche, enabling you to charge higher rates, attract clients more easily, and streamline your systems. This focus aligns with the 3 pillars of success – consistent clients, expert knowledge, and scalable systems.


Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Niching down involves narrowing your focus within your business to serve a specific market segment or target audience, providing exceptional value in that niche.

2. Specializing in a niche allows for higher profits, easier client attraction, and the opportunity to charge more based on the value brought to the table.

3. Niching down is essential for standing out in the competitive freelance market, as clients seek experts rather than generalists.

4. The three-layer deep niche test is a powerful way to narrow down your niche and specialize in a particular area, boosting your competitive advantage.

5. When starting out, it’s beneficial to prioritize either local or online businesses for 90 days to determine which niche aligns best with your interests and goals - listen to your intuition and choose the niche that feels right for you.

6. It's okay to take on clients outside of your niche if they align with your interests and can pay your fee, especially when beginning your freelance business.

7. You have the flexibility to pivot and change your niche at any point, and niching down shouldn't be a reason to delay getting started in your freelance business.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW AND WHEN TO NICHE YOUR SERVICES SO YOU CAN SCALE


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/214

Additional Resources:

CLICK HERE FOR THE 45 PREMIUM SERVICE LIST

CLICK HERE TO REGISTER FOR THE CONFIDENT AD MANAGER TRAINING


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> In the freelance world, having a game-changing strategy of niching down can greatly impact business growth. Niching down involves narrowing your focus within your business to serve a specific market segment or target audience. In this week’s episode, we discuss how this approach is not only crucial for ad managers but for all freelance professionals in the competitive market. Niching down allows you to provide exceptional value to a specific niche, enabling you to charge higher rates, attract clients more easily, and streamline your systems. This focus aligns with the 3 pillars of success – consistent clients, expert knowledge, and scalable systems.


Topics Covered In This Episode:
1. Niching down involves narrowing your focus within your business to serve a specific market segment or target audience, providing exceptional value in that niche.

2. Specializing in a niche allows for higher profits, easier client attraction, and the opportunity to charge more based on the value brought to the table.

3. Niching down is essential for standing out in the competitive freelance market, as clients seek experts rather than generalists.

4. The three-layer deep niche test is a powerful way to narrow down your niche and specialize in a particular area, boosting your competitive advantage.

5. When starting out, it’s beneficial to prioritize either local or online businesses for 90 days to determine which niche aligns best with your interests and goals - listen to your intuition and choose the niche that feels right for you.

6. It's okay to take on clients outside of your niche if they align with your interests and can pay your fee, especially when beginning your freelance business.

7. You have the flexibility to pivot and change your niche at any point, and niching down shouldn't be a reason to delay getting started in your freelance business.

Loved This Episode? Check Out More Here. ⬇️

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW AND WHEN TO NICHE YOUR SERVICES SO YOU CAN SCALE


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/214

Additional Resources:

CLICK HERE FOR THE 45 PREMIUM SERVICE LIST

CLICK HERE TO REGISTER FOR THE CONFIDENT AD MANAGER TRAINING


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://brandimowles.com/214 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14838699 Tue, 16 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1354 214 full false 5 Things I Didn't Do As A Freelancer To Hit $250K Per Year 5 Things I Didn't Do As A Freelancer To Hit $250K Per Year In a world where hustle and the pursuit of "more, more, more" are glorified, it’s important to take an alternative perspective. While I am proud to have gone from earning $30,000 to hitting $250,000 in my first full year as a freelancer, it didn’t come without mistakes along the way. The valuable lessons I learned were not just about what I did, but also about what I intentionally did not do. Here, we’ll cover the five things I didn't do that contributed to my success, and provide actionable steps for hitting revenue goals as a freelancer. 


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Key focus areas for success: attracting consistent clients, becoming an expert in your field, and building scalable systems.
  2. Don't charge by the hour - move away from hourly fees and transition to package pricing for services.
  3. Specialize in one or two services rather than offering a laundry list of services to become known as an expert in your industry.
  4. When considering hiring a team, ensure your business is set up to support them and that you are still profitable.
  5. Focus on sustainable, predictable, and profitable business strategies instead of quick-fix schemes or easy buttons.
  6. Sequence is important in business growth - prioritize the necessary steps for your current stage rather than jumping ahead.
  7. Prioritize consistent clients, expertise in your field, and scalable systems as a freelance business owner to drive success.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/213 


Additional Resources:

45 PREMIUM SERVICE LIST: https://servescalesoar.com/45

Hourly vs. Package Pricing: What Do Clients Really Want?


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> In a world where hustle and the pursuit of "more, more, more" are glorified, it’s important to take an alternative perspective. While I am proud to have gone from earning $30,000 to hitting $250,000 in my first full year as a freelancer, it didn’t come without mistakes along the way. The valuable lessons I learned were not just about what I did, but also about what I intentionally did not do. Here, we’ll cover the five things I didn't do that contributed to my success, and provide actionable steps for hitting revenue goals as a freelancer. 


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Key focus areas for success: attracting consistent clients, becoming an expert in your field, and building scalable systems.
  2. Don't charge by the hour - move away from hourly fees and transition to package pricing for services.
  3. Specialize in one or two services rather than offering a laundry list of services to become known as an expert in your industry.
  4. When considering hiring a team, ensure your business is set up to support them and that you are still profitable.
  5. Focus on sustainable, predictable, and profitable business strategies instead of quick-fix schemes or easy buttons.
  6. Sequence is important in business growth - prioritize the necessary steps for your current stage rather than jumping ahead.
  7. Prioritize consistent clients, expertise in your field, and scalable systems as a freelance business owner to drive success.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/213 


Additional Resources:

45 PREMIUM SERVICE LIST: https://servescalesoar.com/45

Hourly vs. Package Pricing: What Do Clients Really Want?


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://brandimowles.com/213 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14781411 Tue, 09 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1544 213 full false Crafting Your Client Communication Protocol Crafting Your Client Communication Protocol Clear and effective communication is essential for the success of any business, especially when providing 1:1 services. Let’s explore what clear communication looks like and its critical role in creating thriving freelance and ad management businesses. 

Communication breakdowns can lead to misunderstandings and frustrations for both the client and the service provider. To navigate this, we’ll go over a tried and tested communication protocol, aimed at keeping clients satisfied and businesses thriving. This comprehensive guide to crafting your communication protocol will help you establish strong client relationships, boost revenue, and create a successful business.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Effective communication is crucial for thriving in a freelance and ad management business.
  2. Having clear systems and processes for communication is vital for scalability and client satisfaction.
  3. Setting clear expectations from the beginning, such as communication frequency and channels, is essential.
  4. Establishing boundaries and enforcing them is key to maintaining a healthy client-provider relationship.
  5. Being prepared for hard conversations, such as addressing scope creep, late payments, and missed deadlines, is crucial for maintaining professionalism.
  6. Personal growth and continuous learning in communication are essential for building better client relationships.
  7. Putting systems and processes in place for handling hard conversations, such as having default templates for responses, can streamline communication and help maintain professionalism and business integrity.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/212

Additional Resources:

FREE WORKSHOP: CLICK HERE TO REGISTER

Maximizing Efficiency: 5 Essential Processes For Ad Managers

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO BOUNCE BACK AFTER BAD RESULTS


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Clear and effective communication is essential for the success of any business, especially when providing 1:1 services. Let’s explore what clear communication looks like and its critical role in creating thriving freelance and ad management businesses. 

Communication breakdowns can lead to misunderstandings and frustrations for both the client and the service provider. To navigate this, we’ll go over a tried and tested communication protocol, aimed at keeping clients satisfied and businesses thriving. This comprehensive guide to crafting your communication protocol will help you establish strong client relationships, boost revenue, and create a successful business.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Effective communication is crucial for thriving in a freelance and ad management business.
  2. Having clear systems and processes for communication is vital for scalability and client satisfaction.
  3. Setting clear expectations from the beginning, such as communication frequency and channels, is essential.
  4. Establishing boundaries and enforcing them is key to maintaining a healthy client-provider relationship.
  5. Being prepared for hard conversations, such as addressing scope creep, late payments, and missed deadlines, is crucial for maintaining professionalism.
  6. Personal growth and continuous learning in communication are essential for building better client relationships.
  7. Putting systems and processes in place for handling hard conversations, such as having default templates for responses, can streamline communication and help maintain professionalism and business integrity.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/212

Additional Resources:

FREE WORKSHOP: CLICK HERE TO REGISTER

Maximizing Efficiency: 5 Essential Processes For Ad Managers

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO BOUNCE BACK AFTER BAD RESULTS


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/212 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14772349 Tue, 02 Apr 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1206 212 full false The Creative Cocktail: Blending The Perfect Ad Creatives The Creative Cocktail: Blending The Perfect Ad Creatives Are you ready to elevate your ad campaigns from ordinary to extraordinary? Today, we're about to unveil the secrets to crafting the ultimate creative cocktail that will shake up your approach to advertising.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1.  The episode focuses on crafting the perfect "creative cocktail" for ad campaigns to drive results and lower costs.
  2. Emphasizes the significance of incorporating different types of ad creatives such as static images, carousels, and reels for maximum impact.
  3. Considers the need to adapt creatives based on the specific campaign and target audience.
  4. Recommends conducting an ad audit and analyzing organic social performance to identify the best-performing ad creatives.
  5. Underscores the importance of testing different hooks and formats for creatives to find the most effective combinations.
  6. Advises against assuming a specific creative type doesn't work for an ad account, as it may require optimization and testing.
  7. Encourages marketers to lean into what platforms like Meta (formerly Facebook) prioritize and to test creatives at every step of the funnel.
  8. Offers a strategy for setting up a campaign with a mix of carousel, static, and reel creatives, and continuously refining them based on performance.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/211

If you’re ready to become an ad strategist DM on Instagram @brandimowles with the word “creative cocktail” 


Additional Resources:

Reels Ads: Crafting Engaging Video Ads With Or Without Client Participation

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO GO FROM AD MANAGER TO GROWTH CONSULTANT


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Are you ready to elevate your ad campaigns from ordinary to extraordinary? Today, we're about to unveil the secrets to crafting the ultimate creative cocktail that will shake up your approach to advertising.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1.  The episode focuses on crafting the perfect "creative cocktail" for ad campaigns to drive results and lower costs.
  2. Emphasizes the significance of incorporating different types of ad creatives such as static images, carousels, and reels for maximum impact.
  3. Considers the need to adapt creatives based on the specific campaign and target audience.
  4. Recommends conducting an ad audit and analyzing organic social performance to identify the best-performing ad creatives.
  5. Underscores the importance of testing different hooks and formats for creatives to find the most effective combinations.
  6. Advises against assuming a specific creative type doesn't work for an ad account, as it may require optimization and testing.
  7. Encourages marketers to lean into what platforms like Meta (formerly Facebook) prioritize and to test creatives at every step of the funnel.
  8. Offers a strategy for setting up a campaign with a mix of carousel, static, and reel creatives, and continuously refining them based on performance.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/211

If you’re ready to become an ad strategist DM on Instagram @brandimowles with the word “creative cocktail” 


Additional Resources:

Reels Ads: Crafting Engaging Video Ads With Or Without Client Participation

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO GO FROM AD MANAGER TO GROWTH CONSULTANT


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/211 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14741710 Tue, 26 Mar 2024 04:00:00 -0400 1015 211 full false Ad Manager To Growth Consultant: Mapping Your Meta Ad Career Path Ad Manager To Growth Consultant: Mapping Your Meta Ad Career Path As an ad manager, the career path can be a promising journey filled with opportunities for growth and advancement. In this episode, we will cover the various levels of the ad management career path, discussing the skills required, earning potential, and strategies for finding clients. Additionally, we will explore how ad managers can progress to the role of ad strategist and eventually transition into the position of a growth consultant. Let's map out the career path and discover the keys to success in ad management.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Financial goals: Aim to reach $100,000 yearly as an ad manager, which is achievable with 5 clients, and transition to ad strategist to gain a significant pay increase.
  2. Finding clients: Use methods like direct outreach, referrals, and networking events to secure clients, and commit to one method for about 45 days to focus and find your first or next client successfully.
  3. Necessary skills: Develop expertise in Meta ads, hone communication skills, and embrace project management tools, bounce-back ability, and willingness to market services.
  4. Progression to ad strategist: Ensure expert-level knowledge in ads and funnels, bring creative ideas and strategies to the table, and focus on targeting higher-level businesses with more ad spending
  5. Transition to growth consultant: Understand the role and responsibilities of a growth consultant, charging significantly more than ad managers, with earning potential exceeding $250,000 a year by working less than 10 hours per week.
  6. Finding growth consultancy clients: Explore various avenues like speaking at events, masterminds, networking events, and referrals to target higher-level businesses seeking growth consultancy services.
  7. Required attributes: Cultivate expert-level knowledge of digital marketing and advertising, build a strong personal brand and professional network, establish exceptional communication and boundaries, and have the ability to see the big picture
  8. Agency model considerations: Understand that incorporating the agency model at the ad strategist or growth consultant levels requires a certain level of revenue and profit margin to be viable, prompting strategic decision-making for future business growth.


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/210

Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

How To Offer Consulting As A Premium Service In Your Business with Laura Meyer

CLICK HERE FOR A LOOK BEHIND THE SCENES AT WHAT AD MANAGERS REALLY DO


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> As an ad manager, the career path can be a promising journey filled with opportunities for growth and advancement. In this episode, we will cover the various levels of the ad management career path, discussing the skills required, earning potential, and strategies for finding clients. Additionally, we will explore how ad managers can progress to the role of ad strategist and eventually transition into the position of a growth consultant. Let's map out the career path and discover the keys to success in ad management.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

  1. Financial goals: Aim to reach $100,000 yearly as an ad manager, which is achievable with 5 clients, and transition to ad strategist to gain a significant pay increase.
  2. Finding clients: Use methods like direct outreach, referrals, and networking events to secure clients, and commit to one method for about 45 days to focus and find your first or next client successfully.
  3. Necessary skills: Develop expertise in Meta ads, hone communication skills, and embrace project management tools, bounce-back ability, and willingness to market services.
  4. Progression to ad strategist: Ensure expert-level knowledge in ads and funnels, bring creative ideas and strategies to the table, and focus on targeting higher-level businesses with more ad spending
  5. Transition to growth consultant: Understand the role and responsibilities of a growth consultant, charging significantly more than ad managers, with earning potential exceeding $250,000 a year by working less than 10 hours per week.
  6. Finding growth consultancy clients: Explore various avenues like speaking at events, masterminds, networking events, and referrals to target higher-level businesses seeking growth consultancy services.
  7. Required attributes: Cultivate expert-level knowledge of digital marketing and advertising, build a strong personal brand and professional network, establish exceptional communication and boundaries, and have the ability to see the big picture
  8. Agency model considerations: Understand that incorporating the agency model at the ad strategist or growth consultant levels requires a certain level of revenue and profit margin to be viable, prompting strategic decision-making for future business growth.


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/210

Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

How To Offer Consulting As A Premium Service In Your Business with Laura Meyer

CLICK HERE FOR A LOOK BEHIND THE SCENES AT WHAT AD MANAGERS REALLY DO


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/210 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14563999 Tue, 27 Feb 2024 04:00:00 -0500 1752 210 full false The Project Management Pivot: Why We Moved Away From ClickUp The Project Management Pivot: Why We Moved Away From ClickUp Are you constantly on the hunt for the perfect project management software? You’re definitely not alone. Having a good project management tool is necessary for staying organized, ensuring all tasks are completed on time, and maintaining productivity. But with so many options available, the search for the perfect platform can be overwhelming. (Trust me.) And things can become even more overwhelming when your project management system just isn’t working for you anymore. Because if you don’t love your project management system, it’s going to be way harder for you to show up and actually use it.

In this post, we’ll explore the reasons why we moved away from ClickUp, the challenges faced, and the key features that made Asana the chosen platform.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Brandi shares the reasons behind switching from ClickUp after 5 years due to software issues and changes that affected efficiency and ease of navigation.

2. She emphasized that listeners should only consider switching project management software if they are struggling with their current system or if their needs have changed.

3. Brandi discusses trying out different project management tools including Notion, monday.com, and Asana, detailing the pros and cons of each.

4. Attracted by the simplicity and features they required, Brandi and her team ultimately transitioned to Asana, finding it user-friendly and effective for task management.

5. Asana's customizable views, calendar view, automation, and reoccurring task capabilities were key factors in their decision to switch.

6. Brandi appreciates Asana's home dashboard, task views, and team organization, as well as the ability to color-coordinate and link to external folders.

7. She emphasizes the importance of finding a project management system that suits individual needs, is easy to use, and prevents tasks from slipping through the cracks.

8. Brandi encourages listeners to evaluate their current project management needs and use a software consistently to stay organized and efficient in their businesses.


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/209

Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

CLICK HERE TO LEARN 4 EASY SYSTEMS TO GROW YOUR BUSINESS FASTER


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Are you constantly on the hunt for the perfect project management software? You’re definitely not alone. Having a good project management tool is necessary for staying organized, ensuring all tasks are completed on time, and maintaining productivity. But with so many options available, the search for the perfect platform can be overwhelming. (Trust me.) And things can become even more overwhelming when your project management system just isn’t working for you anymore. Because if you don’t love your project management system, it’s going to be way harder for you to show up and actually use it.

In this post, we’ll explore the reasons why we moved away from ClickUp, the challenges faced, and the key features that made Asana the chosen platform.


Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Brandi shares the reasons behind switching from ClickUp after 5 years due to software issues and changes that affected efficiency and ease of navigation.

2. She emphasized that listeners should only consider switching project management software if they are struggling with their current system or if their needs have changed.

3. Brandi discusses trying out different project management tools including Notion, monday.com, and Asana, detailing the pros and cons of each.

4. Attracted by the simplicity and features they required, Brandi and her team ultimately transitioned to Asana, finding it user-friendly and effective for task management.

5. Asana's customizable views, calendar view, automation, and reoccurring task capabilities were key factors in their decision to switch.

6. Brandi appreciates Asana's home dashboard, task views, and team organization, as well as the ability to color-coordinate and link to external folders.

7. She emphasizes the importance of finding a project management system that suits individual needs, is easy to use, and prevents tasks from slipping through the cracks.

8. Brandi encourages listeners to evaluate their current project management needs and use a software consistently to stay organized and efficient in their businesses.


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/209

Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

CLICK HERE TO LEARN 4 EASY SYSTEMS TO GROW YOUR BUSINESS FASTER


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/209 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14519558 Tue, 20 Feb 2024 04:00:00 -0500 998 209 full false A Love Letter To My Business: 6 Reasons Why I’m Crushing On My Business Right Now A Love Letter To My Business: 6 Reasons Why I’m Crushing On My Business Right Now Let’s talk about the importance of embracing gratitude and finding joy in your freelance journey, learning to pause and reflect on the aspects of your business that truly promote happiness and fulfillment. Here, we'll dive deeper into the six aspects of the business that I’m obsessing about, along with tips and insights for cultivating a love affair with your own business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Brandi encourages reflecting on what brings joy and fulfillment in your business

2. She shares 6 aspects of her business that she is currently obsessed with

3. The aspects she loves include clear vision, focusing on one niche, investing in women-run coaching programs, flexibility in schedule, 1 on 1 coaching and consulting, and seeing her students succeed

4. Brandi emphasizes the importance of clear vision and innovative thinking along with the benefits of niching down for business growth 

5. Brandi discusses her experience and shift towards investing in coaching programs run by women

6. She shares her positive outlook on her day-to-day schedule and highlights the importance of embracing flexibility

7. Brandi discusses her success and satisfaction with offering 1 on 1 coaching and consulting services

8. She expresses joy in witnessing the victories of her students, citing examples such as quitting 9 to 5 jobs and achieving client success


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/208

Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FIND YOUR STRENGTH AS A BUSINESS OWNER WITH NICOLE CULVER

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FALL BACK IN LOVE WITH YOUR BUSINESS


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Let’s talk about the importance of embracing gratitude and finding joy in your freelance journey, learning to pause and reflect on the aspects of your business that truly promote happiness and fulfillment. Here, we'll dive deeper into the six aspects of the business that I’m obsessing about, along with tips and insights for cultivating a love affair with your own business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Brandi encourages reflecting on what brings joy and fulfillment in your business

2. She shares 6 aspects of her business that she is currently obsessed with

3. The aspects she loves include clear vision, focusing on one niche, investing in women-run coaching programs, flexibility in schedule, 1 on 1 coaching and consulting, and seeing her students succeed

4. Brandi emphasizes the importance of clear vision and innovative thinking along with the benefits of niching down for business growth 

5. Brandi discusses her experience and shift towards investing in coaching programs run by women

6. She shares her positive outlook on her day-to-day schedule and highlights the importance of embracing flexibility

7. Brandi discusses her success and satisfaction with offering 1 on 1 coaching and consulting services

8. She expresses joy in witnessing the victories of her students, citing examples such as quitting 9 to 5 jobs and achieving client success


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/208

Join Brandi for a 4 Part Live Free training experience for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FIND YOUR STRENGTH AS A BUSINESS OWNER WITH NICOLE CULVER

CLICK HERE TO LEARN HOW TO FALL BACK IN LOVE WITH YOUR BUSINESS


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/208 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14484161 Tue, 13 Feb 2024 04:00:00 -0500 1415 208 full false Maximizing Efficiency: 5 Essential Processes For Ad Managers Maximizing Efficiency: 5 Essential Processes For Ad Managers As an ad manager or freelancer, feeling overwhelmed by the constant demands of managing ad campaigns, sending invoices, and keeping up with client communication is way more common than you think. 

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, we dive into the essential processes that can transform your business, making it more efficient and effective. From client onboarding to professional development and learning schedules, these 5 essential processes will empower you to work smarter, not harder (KISS), and reclaim your time..

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Having processes in place can save time, create predictability, and make an ad management business more effective.

2. Client onboarding is essential, starting from the moment a potential client shows interest and extending to the 1st kickoff call, a process that can take 7 to 30 days and needs to be automated and templatized.

3. Ad campaign planning requires a repeatable full method for planning campaigns, setting up campaigns, and monitoring campaigns, each supported by standard operating procedures (SOPs). Having processes and workflows ensures that nothing is missed, clients get results, and ad managers do not disappoint them.

4. Implementing a reporting system that includes regular monitoring and performance tracking of ad campaigns to provide valuable insights for clients and maintain efficiency.

5. Allocating time for professional development and learning, such as staying up to date with the latest updates, features, and changes on platforms through reading, attending webinars, or participating in online courses.

6. Clear client communication protocols help manage client expectations, keep projects on track, and provide work-life balance by establishing boundaries and response times.



Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/207

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources: 

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> As an ad manager or freelancer, feeling overwhelmed by the constant demands of managing ad campaigns, sending invoices, and keeping up with client communication is way more common than you think. 

In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, we dive into the essential processes that can transform your business, making it more efficient and effective. From client onboarding to professional development and learning schedules, these 5 essential processes will empower you to work smarter, not harder (KISS), and reclaim your time..

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Having processes in place can save time, create predictability, and make an ad management business more effective.

2. Client onboarding is essential, starting from the moment a potential client shows interest and extending to the 1st kickoff call, a process that can take 7 to 30 days and needs to be automated and templatized.

3. Ad campaign planning requires a repeatable full method for planning campaigns, setting up campaigns, and monitoring campaigns, each supported by standard operating procedures (SOPs). Having processes and workflows ensures that nothing is missed, clients get results, and ad managers do not disappoint them.

4. Implementing a reporting system that includes regular monitoring and performance tracking of ad campaigns to provide valuable insights for clients and maintain efficiency.

5. Allocating time for professional development and learning, such as staying up to date with the latest updates, features, and changes on platforms through reading, attending webinars, or participating in online courses.

6. Clear client communication protocols help manage client expectations, keep projects on track, and provide work-life balance by establishing boundaries and response times.



Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/207

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources: 

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/207 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14427473 Tue, 06 Feb 2024 04:00:00 -0500 1216 207 full false Reels Ads: Crafting Engaging Video Ads with or Without Client Participation Reels Ads: Crafting Engaging Video Ads with or Without Client Participation In the digital marketing world, the use of video content has become increasingly vital for businesses looking to engage their audience and capture their attention. With the rise of short, snappy, and engaging content, such as Reels, the game for ad managers and agencies is continually evolving. 

In this week’s episode of the Serve Scale® podcast, we'll explore the importance of Reel ads, how to involve clients in the creative process and strategies for creating effective Reel ads with or without client involvement.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Reels are a powerful tool for advertising, with over 200 billion reels played across Instagram and Facebook every day.

2. Reels are estimated to generate about 10 billion in revenue annually for meta and are a focus for ad managers and agencies.

3. Encouraging client involvement in reel creation involves brainstorming sessions, gathering raw footage, and providing recording tips.

4. When clients resist participating in video creation, ad managers can leverage b-roll and stock footage to create engaging ads without their involvement.

5. Creating reel ads using tools like Canva or outsourcing the editing process can be effective for ad managers.

6. Reel ads require a collaborative effort between ad managers, clients, and possibly outsourced video editors.

7. A strong hook is crucial for reel ads, and messaging matters more than visuals.


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/206

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources: 


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> In the digital marketing world, the use of video content has become increasingly vital for businesses looking to engage their audience and capture their attention. With the rise of short, snappy, and engaging content, such as Reels, the game for ad managers and agencies is continually evolving. 

In this week’s episode of the Serve Scale® podcast, we'll explore the importance of Reel ads, how to involve clients in the creative process and strategies for creating effective Reel ads with or without client involvement.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. Reels are a powerful tool for advertising, with over 200 billion reels played across Instagram and Facebook every day.

2. Reels are estimated to generate about 10 billion in revenue annually for meta and are a focus for ad managers and agencies.

3. Encouraging client involvement in reel creation involves brainstorming sessions, gathering raw footage, and providing recording tips.

4. When clients resist participating in video creation, ad managers can leverage b-roll and stock footage to create engaging ads without their involvement.

5. Creating reel ads using tools like Canva or outsourcing the editing process can be effective for ad managers.

6. Reel ads require a collaborative effort between ad managers, clients, and possibly outsourced video editors.

7. A strong hook is crucial for reel ads, and messaging matters more than visuals.


Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/206

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources: 


Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://brandimowles.com/206 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14372667 Mon, 29 Jan 2024 05:00:00 -0500 1308 206 full false Brick and Mortar vs. Online Entrepreneurs: Choosing the Right Ad Clients For You Brick and Mortar vs. Online Entrepreneurs: Choosing the Right Ad Clients For You In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, host Brandi offers valuable insights for freelance ad managers and ad agencies struggling to decide between serving brick-and-mortar businesses or online entrepreneurs. Brandi shares her expertise in managing client expectations, setting boundaries, and the pros and cons of working with different types of businesses. She also discusses her journey of specializing in serving online course creators and emphasizes the benefits of specialization for business growth. Tune in and decide which type of business is best for you to serve. Will it be local or online?

Topics Covered In This Episode:

- Pros and cons of working with local businesses and online entrepreneurs.

- Experience of specializing in serving online course creators for business growth.

- Challenges and advantages of working with different client types.

- Importance of flexibility and specialization for expertise and growth.

- Unique traits and considerations for local business outreach and marketing.

Tune in to the episode for expert insights on deciding which client is best for you.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/205

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, host Brandi offers valuable insights for freelance ad managers and ad agencies struggling to decide between serving brick-and-mortar businesses or online entrepreneurs. Brandi shares her expertise in managing client expectations, setting boundaries, and the pros and cons of working with different types of businesses. She also discusses her journey of specializing in serving online course creators and emphasizes the benefits of specialization for business growth. Tune in and decide which type of business is best for you to serve. Will it be local or online?

Topics Covered In This Episode:

- Pros and cons of working with local businesses and online entrepreneurs.

- Experience of specializing in serving online course creators for business growth.

- Challenges and advantages of working with different client types.

- Importance of flexibility and specialization for expertise and growth.

- Unique traits and considerations for local business outreach and marketing.

Tune in to the episode for expert insights on deciding which client is best for you.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/205

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://brandimowles.com/205 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14340855 Tue, 23 Jan 2024 05:00:00 -0500 1871 finding clients 205 full false How To Price Your Ad Management Services How To Price Your Ad Management Services  In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, host Brandi Mowles discusses how to price your services as a Meta Ad Manager.  She emphasizes the importance of setting the right prices for ad management to ensure profitability and business growth. Brandi highlights the pitfalls of budget pricing and advises against the "don't pay me until I get results" pricing method. Instead, she presents three effective pricing strategies tailored for ad managers: flat rate fee retainer, package pricing tiered approach, and percentage of ad spend. Let's dive into the practical insights provided in this episode and explore how pricing your services can make or break your freelance media buyer business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  • Importance of pricing in ad management business
  • Strategies for profitable ad management service pricing
  • Expert advice on avoiding ineffective pricing methods

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/204

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]>  In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar® podcast, host Brandi Mowles discusses how to price your services as a Meta Ad Manager.  She emphasizes the importance of setting the right prices for ad management to ensure profitability and business growth. Brandi highlights the pitfalls of budget pricing and advises against the "don't pay me until I get results" pricing method. Instead, she presents three effective pricing strategies tailored for ad managers: flat rate fee retainer, package pricing tiered approach, and percentage of ad spend. Let's dive into the practical insights provided in this episode and explore how pricing your services can make or break your freelance media buyer business.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

  • Importance of pricing in ad management business
  • Strategies for profitable ad management service pricing
  • Expert advice on avoiding ineffective pricing methods

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/204

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://brandimowles.com/204 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14306025 Tue, 16 Jan 2024 05:00:00 -0500 767 pricing 204 full false The One Ad Every Client Needs: Discover the Power of "Billboard" Ads The One Ad Every Client Needs: Discover the Power of "Billboard" Ads In this episode of the ServeScale Soar podcast, host Brandi Mowles discusses the significance of utilizing billboard ads as a key component of a successful ad strategy. Referred to as the "number 1 ad you should be running for every client no matter what industry, niche, or budget," Brandi emphasizes the effectiveness of billboard ads in building brand awareness, fostering audience engagement, and lowering ad costs. Let's dive into the practical insights provided in this episode and explore how incorporating billboard ads can benefit your client's marketing strategy.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. "Billboard ads" are the number 1 ad that should be run for every client, regardless of industry, niche, or budget.

2. The purpose of billboard ads is to increase brand awareness and audience building, with a focus on traditional marketing principles.

3. The ad campaign objective should be engagement, not awareness, to introduce new audiences to the client or their brand.

4. It's recommended to start with a $5 per day per ad set budget for billboard ads.

5. Video content is highly recommended for billboard ads as it helps to build know, like, and trust, and adds value to the audience's feed.

6. Running billboard ads allows for testing of audiences and messaging at a low cost before moving into more significant campaigns or launches.

7. Building on-platform audience activity through billboard ads helps in retargeting and creating lookalike audiences, especially in the current era of decreased data availability through social media platforms.

8. Consistent running of billboard ads 365 days a year can lead to lower ad costs and better ad account performance, in contrast to sporadic ad spending.

9. Billboard ads are focused on long-term growth and brand resilience, rather than short-term gains or immediate results.

10. Implementing a billboard ad strategy can have a significant impact on an account's performance, and it's a recommended action for ad management professionals to take.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/203

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In this episode of the ServeScale Soar podcast, host Brandi Mowles discusses the significance of utilizing billboard ads as a key component of a successful ad strategy. Referred to as the "number 1 ad you should be running for every client no matter what industry, niche, or budget," Brandi emphasizes the effectiveness of billboard ads in building brand awareness, fostering audience engagement, and lowering ad costs. Let's dive into the practical insights provided in this episode and explore how incorporating billboard ads can benefit your client's marketing strategy.

Topics Covered In This Episode:

1. "Billboard ads" are the number 1 ad that should be run for every client, regardless of industry, niche, or budget.

2. The purpose of billboard ads is to increase brand awareness and audience building, with a focus on traditional marketing principles.

3. The ad campaign objective should be engagement, not awareness, to introduce new audiences to the client or their brand.

4. It's recommended to start with a $5 per day per ad set budget for billboard ads.

5. Video content is highly recommended for billboard ads as it helps to build know, like, and trust, and adds value to the audience's feed.

6. Running billboard ads allows for testing of audiences and messaging at a low cost before moving into more significant campaigns or launches.

7. Building on-platform audience activity through billboard ads helps in retargeting and creating lookalike audiences, especially in the current era of decreased data availability through social media platforms.

8. Consistent running of billboard ads 365 days a year can lead to lower ad costs and better ad account performance, in contrast to sporadic ad spending.

9. Billboard ads are focused on long-term growth and brand resilience, rather than short-term gains or immediate results.

10. Implementing a billboard ad strategy can have a significant impact on an account's performance, and it's a recommended action for ad management professionals to take.

Find the full show notes at: https://brandimowles.com/203

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/2024/01/09/billboard-ads/ Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14258956 Tue, 09 Jan 2024 05:00:00 -0500 1298 meta ad tips 203 full false 3 Habits Every Successful Ad Manager Needs 3 Habits Every Successful Ad Manager Needs 3 Habits Every Successful Ad Manager Needs For Success In 2024


In this episode, of the Serve Scale Soar Podcast,Want you to picture this. You're managing ad campaigns. Your clients are raving about you, and your results are through the roof. You're finally able to quit your 9 to 5, be at home with your little ones, maybe pay off that house or other debts, student loans, Going that Disney vacation without putting it on the credit card sounds like a dream. Right? Well, it's not just luck or talent that gets you there. It's about cultivating the right daily habits, and that's what this episode is all about.

Topics Covered In This Episode: 

  • Importance of developing skills for meta ad management
  • Weekly and daily habits for developing skills
  • Importance of effective client communication
  • Managing realistic result expectations
  • Outlining clear and realistic communication expectations in contracts
  • Active marketing efforts for ad managers
  • The significance of making daily connections
  • Getting 1% better every day


Find the full show notes at https://brandimowles.com/202

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> 3 Habits Every Successful Ad Manager Needs For Success In 2024


In this episode, of the Serve Scale Soar Podcast,Want you to picture this. You're managing ad campaigns. Your clients are raving about you, and your results are through the roof. You're finally able to quit your 9 to 5, be at home with your little ones, maybe pay off that house or other debts, student loans, Going that Disney vacation without putting it on the credit card sounds like a dream. Right? Well, it's not just luck or talent that gets you there. It's about cultivating the right daily habits, and that's what this episode is all about.

Topics Covered In This Episode: 

  • Importance of developing skills for meta ad management
  • Weekly and daily habits for developing skills
  • Importance of effective client communication
  • Managing realistic result expectations
  • Outlining clear and realistic communication expectations in contracts
  • Active marketing efforts for ad managers
  • The significance of making daily connections
  • Getting 1% better every day


Find the full show notes at https://brandimowles.com/202

Join Brandi for a Live Free training for ad managers and future ad managers at https://brandimowles.com/adtraining

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/2024/01/02/3-habits-for-ad-managers/ Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-14230838 Tue, 02 Jan 2024 05:00:00 -0500 1789 habits, ad managers 202 full false Unlocking the Path to Financial Freedom: Wealth Through The Decades with Mel Abraham Unlocking the Path to Financial Freedom: Wealth Through The Decades with Mel Abraham Today, we are joined by the incredible Mel Abraham to delve into the fascinating topic of wealth through the decades. From financial strategies in your 30s, 40s, and 50s to the importance of debt management and building a fulfilling life, Mel brings his expertise and unique perspective to the table. 

We'll discover actionable steps to take control of our finances, the power of multiple income streams, and the critical role of saving even small amounts. 

Let's make money management a breeze and create a generational change within our families. Special thanks to Mel Abraham for making this episode possible. It's never too late to start building wealth, so let's seize this opportunity and take that first step toward financial independence.

Topics Covered In This Episode: 

  • Importance of starting with liquidity and having a comfort fund
  • Building an emergency fund
  • Destructive debt vs productive debt
  • Simultaneous debt management and wealth creation
  • Allocating money toward investing
  • Discussing wealth creation in different stages of life
  • Considering disability insurance and life insurance
  • Using tax-advantaged accounts (Roth vs traditional)
  • Tackling procrastination and believing it's not too late to build wealth


Find the full show notes at https://brandimowles.com/201

Join us for Mel's once-a-year training at https://brandimowles.com/mel

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Today, we are joined by the incredible Mel Abraham to delve into the fascinating topic of wealth through the decades. From financial strategies in your 30s, 40s, and 50s to the importance of debt management and building a fulfilling life, Mel brings his expertise and unique perspective to the table. 

We'll discover actionable steps to take control of our finances, the power of multiple income streams, and the critical role of saving even small amounts. 

Let's make money management a breeze and create a generational change within our families. Special thanks to Mel Abraham for making this episode possible. It's never too late to start building wealth, so let's seize this opportunity and take that first step toward financial independence.

Topics Covered In This Episode: 

  • Importance of starting with liquidity and having a comfort fund
  • Building an emergency fund
  • Destructive debt vs productive debt
  • Simultaneous debt management and wealth creation
  • Allocating money toward investing
  • Discussing wealth creation in different stages of life
  • Considering disability insurance and life insurance
  • Using tax-advantaged accounts (Roth vs traditional)
  • Tackling procrastination and believing it's not too late to build wealth


Find the full show notes at https://brandimowles.com/201

Join us for Mel's once-a-year training at https://brandimowles.com/mel

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-13416334 Tue, 22 Aug 2023 04:00:00 -0400 2750 money management 201 full false Toasting 200 Episodes: Top 10 Insights & Highlights from the Serve Scale Soar Podcast Toasting 200 Episodes: Top 10 Insights & Highlights from the Serve Scale Soar Podcast Today, we have a special treat in store for you as we celebrate our 200th episode. Can you believe it? We've come a long way and couldn't have done it without your continued support and engagement.

In this milestone episode, your host, Brandi, reflects on the top 10 most downloaded podcast episodes and shares her biggest takeaways, quotes, and lessons from each episode. 

No matter if you're a freelancer, virtual assistant, online service provider, meta ad manager or course creator this episode has a lesson for you. 

Topics Covered In This Episode: 

  • The importance of selling services and serving the audience
  • Prioritizing happiness over financial revenue
  • Setting boundaries for effective time management
  • Building a supportive community
  • Establishing business structure and implementing systems and processes
  • The importance of aligning with clients who share values and interests
  • Slowing down to speed up
  • Having open conversations with partners about money and goals

Thank you for joining us on this incredible podcasting journey. We're immensely grateful for your support and input.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/200

Additional Resources:

  1. 115: How to Save, Invest and Plan for the Future of Your Finances with Mel Abraham
  2. 130: How To Increase Your Revenue and Find More Clients Using Tiny Offers with Allie Bjerk
  3. 128: Tapping Into Your Creativity, Making Genuine Connections, and Niching Down with Amanda Scott
  4. 134: 10 Premium Services You Can Offer In 2022
  5. 136: From $2K to $16K Months in Less Than a Year with Samantha Fine
  6. 125: How To Create A Conversion Story To Increase Sales with Colin Boyd
  7. 122: 10 Lessons I Learned Scaling to $1 Million: Best Of 2021
  8. 124: Should You Start a Podcast? with Stephanie Judice
  9. 133: Finding Time To Do It All
  10. 126: 10 Lessons Learned in 2021


Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Today, we have a special treat in store for you as we celebrate our 200th episode. Can you believe it? We've come a long way and couldn't have done it without your continued support and engagement.

In this milestone episode, your host, Brandi, reflects on the top 10 most downloaded podcast episodes and shares her biggest takeaways, quotes, and lessons from each episode. 

No matter if you're a freelancer, virtual assistant, online service provider, meta ad manager or course creator this episode has a lesson for you. 

Topics Covered In This Episode: 

  • The importance of selling services and serving the audience
  • Prioritizing happiness over financial revenue
  • Setting boundaries for effective time management
  • Building a supportive community
  • Establishing business structure and implementing systems and processes
  • The importance of aligning with clients who share values and interests
  • Slowing down to speed up
  • Having open conversations with partners about money and goals

Thank you for joining us on this incredible podcasting journey. We're immensely grateful for your support and input.

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/200

Additional Resources:

  1. 115: How to Save, Invest and Plan for the Future of Your Finances with Mel Abraham
  2. 130: How To Increase Your Revenue and Find More Clients Using Tiny Offers with Allie Bjerk
  3. 128: Tapping Into Your Creativity, Making Genuine Connections, and Niching Down with Amanda Scott
  4. 134: 10 Premium Services You Can Offer In 2022
  5. 136: From $2K to $16K Months in Less Than a Year with Samantha Fine
  6. 125: How To Create A Conversion Story To Increase Sales with Colin Boyd
  7. 122: 10 Lessons I Learned Scaling to $1 Million: Best Of 2021
  8. 124: Should You Start a Podcast? with Stephanie Judice
  9. 133: Finding Time To Do It All
  10. 126: 10 Lessons Learned in 2021


Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/podcast Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-13364744 Tue, 08 Aug 2023 05:00:00 -0400 2388 online business tips and strategies 200 full false The Invisible Time Thief: Context Switching and Productivity The Invisible Time Thief: Context Switching and Productivity On this episode of Brandi Mowles, discusses the invisible time thief known as context switching and how it impacts productivity. She highlights the importance of consolidating and organizing tools, as well as creating batch days for tasks to improve efficiency. Brandi advocates for eliminating unessential tasks and focusing on important ones. Brandi also shares strategies for reducing context switching, such as using tools like Dubsado, HoneyBook, and ClickUp to streamline processes. 

Brandi provides valuable insights on reclaiming time and achieving success. Listeners are encouraged to share their own tips and takeaways from the episode. Tune in to this episode to learn how to conquer context switching and reclaim your time.

Topics covered in this episode include:

  •  Importance of consolidating and organizing tools
  • Creating batch days for tasks to improve efficiency
  •  Eliminating unessential tasks and focusing on important ones
  • Negative impact of context switching
  • Strategies for maintaining focus and productivity
  • Identifying moments of multitasking or context switching
  • Disruption of deep work and flow caused by context switching

Tune in to this episode now to discover how you can boost your productivity and reclaim your time. Don't forget to share your thoughts and takeaways!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/199

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> On this episode of Brandi Mowles, discusses the invisible time thief known as context switching and how it impacts productivity. She highlights the importance of consolidating and organizing tools, as well as creating batch days for tasks to improve efficiency. Brandi advocates for eliminating unessential tasks and focusing on important ones. Brandi also shares strategies for reducing context switching, such as using tools like Dubsado, HoneyBook, and ClickUp to streamline processes. 

Brandi provides valuable insights on reclaiming time and achieving success. Listeners are encouraged to share their own tips and takeaways from the episode. Tune in to this episode to learn how to conquer context switching and reclaim your time.

Topics covered in this episode include:

  •  Importance of consolidating and organizing tools
  • Creating batch days for tasks to improve efficiency
  •  Eliminating unessential tasks and focusing on important ones
  • Negative impact of context switching
  • Strategies for maintaining focus and productivity
  • Identifying moments of multitasking or context switching
  • Disruption of deep work and flow caused by context switching

Tune in to this episode now to discover how you can boost your productivity and reclaim your time. Don't forget to share your thoughts and takeaways!

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/199

Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://brandimowles.com/podcast Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-13280974 Tue, 25 Jul 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1016 productivity, time management 199 full false How To Become A Launch Manager or Launch Tech Specialist with Tasha Booth How To Become A Launch Manager or Launch Tech Specialist with Tasha Booth There’s nothing that I love more than talking about ways that you can make more money with a premium-price service! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Tasha Booth to talk about not one, but two premium services you can offer that you may not have heard of before!


Tasha Booth is an agency owner, coach, and podcaster. She is the Founder & CEO of The Launch Guild - a full-service launch support agency working with established coaches and course creators with Course & Podcast Launches. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • The difference between launch managers and launch tech specialists
  • What launch managers are actually responsible for
  • The skills you need to be a launch tech specialist
  • Where people find their launch management or launch tech specialist clients
  • The price range you can charge for these services


This conversation with Tasha is value-packed for anyone considering a new premium-priced service. Make sure to tune in! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/198


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Tasha’s website: https://www.tashabooth.com/

Follow The Launch Guild on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thelaunchguild

Follow Tasha on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thetashabooth

Follow The Launch Guild on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thelaunchguild/

Follow Tasha on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thetashabooth/

Get the 5 Steps To Eliminating Team Management Overwhelm: https://products.tashabooth.com/team-training?r_done=1

Listen to the previous episode with Tasha: https://brandimowles.com/2020/09/22/income-plateaus-with-tasha-booth/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> There’s nothing that I love more than talking about ways that you can make more money with a premium-price service! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Tasha Booth to talk about not one, but two premium services you can offer that you may not have heard of before!


Tasha Booth is an agency owner, coach, and podcaster. She is the Founder & CEO of The Launch Guild - a full-service launch support agency working with established coaches and course creators with Course & Podcast Launches. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • The difference between launch managers and launch tech specialists
  • What launch managers are actually responsible for
  • The skills you need to be a launch tech specialist
  • Where people find their launch management or launch tech specialist clients
  • The price range you can charge for these services


This conversation with Tasha is value-packed for anyone considering a new premium-priced service. Make sure to tune in! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/198


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Tasha’s website: https://www.tashabooth.com/

Follow The Launch Guild on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thelaunchguild

Follow Tasha on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/thetashabooth

Follow The Launch Guild on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thelaunchguild/

Follow Tasha on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/thetashabooth/

Get the 5 Steps To Eliminating Team Management Overwhelm: https://products.tashabooth.com/team-training?r_done=1

Listen to the previous episode with Tasha: https://brandimowles.com/2020/09/22/income-plateaus-with-tasha-booth/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/198 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-13033293 Tue, 11 Jul 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1898 198 full false Building Resilience and Overcoming Setbacks Building Resilience and Overcoming Setbacks Let’s talk about building resilience and overcoming setbacks. 


Now before you hit skip to go to the next episode because you don’t want to learn about your mindset, you just want actionable tips, stay with me!  This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is no different than the rest. I'm giving you some concrete, actionable steps you can take to build resilience and overcome setbacks, because let's be real, we all have them as entrepreneurs.


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What it really means to be resilient in your business
  • Some common freelancer setbacks that we all experience eventually
  • How I learned about resilience the hard way
  • Why we need to embrace failure and learn from mistakes
  • How we can cultivate a positive mindset when we experience setbacks
  • The power of a network of support to turn to when you are having a hard time
  • Keeping our long-term vision and goals in mind to get through the setbacks


Resilience is one of the most important qualities you can have as a freelancer or entrepreneur, so make sure to tune in to learn how to become more resilient despite setbacks or failures! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/197


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Let’s talk about building resilience and overcoming setbacks. 


Now before you hit skip to go to the next episode because you don’t want to learn about your mindset, you just want actionable tips, stay with me!  This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is no different than the rest. I'm giving you some concrete, actionable steps you can take to build resilience and overcome setbacks, because let's be real, we all have them as entrepreneurs.


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What it really means to be resilient in your business
  • Some common freelancer setbacks that we all experience eventually
  • How I learned about resilience the hard way
  • Why we need to embrace failure and learn from mistakes
  • How we can cultivate a positive mindset when we experience setbacks
  • The power of a network of support to turn to when you are having a hard time
  • Keeping our long-term vision and goals in mind to get through the setbacks


Resilience is one of the most important qualities you can have as a freelancer or entrepreneur, so make sure to tune in to learn how to become more resilient despite setbacks or failures! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/197


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/197 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-13011739 Tue, 27 Jun 2023 05:00:00 -0400 2028 197 full false Standing Out in a Crowded Market: 5 Pitching Strategies to Land Your Dream Clients Standing Out in a Crowded Market: 5 Pitching Strategies to Land Your Dream Clients Have you ever wondered how you can stand out in a crowd? 


Maybe you're brand new, or maybe you've been doing this for a while and you're just not getting all the discovery calls you want. It usually comes down to standing out in a crowd because let's be real- it is a crowded market! In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®,  I'm diving into five ways you can stand out in your pitches so you can land more clients. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • Why the market for freelancers is so competitive and what it means for you
  • Why niching down actually makes you more desirable to clients 
  • How to craft a compelling and personalized pitch for your potential clients
  • Why social proof and testimonials are such game changers for your pitches
  • My favorite ways to get creative with pitches 
  • What freelancers are getting wrong when it comes to pitching


These tips are guaranteed to put you apart from the rest, so make sure to tune in!


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/196


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the episode about pricing your services: www.brandimowles.com/158

Listen to the episode about how to have a 15-minute discovery call: www.brandimowles.com/149

Listen to the episode about why your title doesn’t matter: www.brandimowles.com/188

Listen to the episode about social proof and testimonials: www.brandimowles.com/172

Listen to the episode about how to use video for personalized pitches: www.brandimowles.com/139


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you ever wondered how you can stand out in a crowd? 


Maybe you're brand new, or maybe you've been doing this for a while and you're just not getting all the discovery calls you want. It usually comes down to standing out in a crowd because let's be real- it is a crowded market! In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®,  I'm diving into five ways you can stand out in your pitches so you can land more clients. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • Why the market for freelancers is so competitive and what it means for you
  • Why niching down actually makes you more desirable to clients 
  • How to craft a compelling and personalized pitch for your potential clients
  • Why social proof and testimonials are such game changers for your pitches
  • My favorite ways to get creative with pitches 
  • What freelancers are getting wrong when it comes to pitching


These tips are guaranteed to put you apart from the rest, so make sure to tune in!


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/196


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the episode about pricing your services: www.brandimowles.com/158

Listen to the episode about how to have a 15-minute discovery call: www.brandimowles.com/149

Listen to the episode about why your title doesn’t matter: www.brandimowles.com/188

Listen to the episode about social proof and testimonials: www.brandimowles.com/172

Listen to the episode about how to use video for personalized pitches: www.brandimowles.com/139


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/196 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12967658 Tue, 06 Jun 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1479 196 full false 4 Secrets to Maximize Your Time and Productivity 4 Secrets to Maximize Your Time and Productivity I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming! 


In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it. 


The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done. 


It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do! 


Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program. 


If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/195


Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming! 


In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it. 


The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done. 


It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do! 


Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program. 


If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/195


Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/195 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12876351 Tue, 23 May 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1506 195 full false Insider Tips for Starting and Growing Your Ad Management Business Insider Tips for Starting and Growing Your Ad Management Business Have you been thinking about becoming an ad manager? Are you already one but you want to update your services?


In this episode, I am joined by 11 Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing an ad management business!


You are going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold. 


If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free four-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high-quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. Register at www.confidentadmanager.com.


Tune in, hear these amazing tips, and join us inside the Facebook group! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/194


Resources Mentioned:

www.confidentadmanager.com


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook


]]> Have you been thinking about becoming an ad manager? Are you already one but you want to update your services?


In this episode, I am joined by 11 Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing an ad management business!


You are going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold. 


If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free four-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high-quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. Register at www.confidentadmanager.com.


Tune in, hear these amazing tips, and join us inside the Facebook group! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/194


Resources Mentioned:

www.confidentadmanager.com


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/194 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12786569 Tue, 16 May 2023 05:00:00 -0400 952 194 full false How To Confidently Charge Premium Prices With Merel Kriegsman How To Confidently Charge Premium Prices With Merel Kriegsman Ready to talk about premium prices?


This is one of my favorite topics and in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, it takes a little bit of a twist in the best possible way. I sat down with Merel Kriegsman to talk about charging premium pricing so that you can provide for your family and not have to worry about if you can pay the bills. 


Merel Kriegsman, Women's Wealth Advocate, is dedicated to helping you become the wealthiest woman in your lineage. A former cleaning lady turned self-made Millionaire Matriarch, she believes that the most powerful thing we can do for our children is to become unapologetic female leaders who fearlessly demand what they're worth AND GET IT.


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What your price point should feel like 
  • What to do if you feel stuck in your pricing 
  • Why your positioning matters when it comes to pricing
  • Setting boundaries and expectations so that you stay in charge
  • Advocating for ourselves in our business and lives


Charging premium pricing can be a game-changer for your business and life. Tune in to learn more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/193


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Merel’s website: https://merelkriegsman.com

Follow Merel on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/merelkriegsman

Follow Merel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/merelkriegsman/

Follow Merel on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@merelkriegsman6401

Connect with Merel on LinkedIn: https://ca.linkedin.com/in/merelkriegsman



Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Ready to talk about premium prices?


This is one of my favorite topics and in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, it takes a little bit of a twist in the best possible way. I sat down with Merel Kriegsman to talk about charging premium pricing so that you can provide for your family and not have to worry about if you can pay the bills. 


Merel Kriegsman, Women's Wealth Advocate, is dedicated to helping you become the wealthiest woman in your lineage. A former cleaning lady turned self-made Millionaire Matriarch, she believes that the most powerful thing we can do for our children is to become unapologetic female leaders who fearlessly demand what they're worth AND GET IT.


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What your price point should feel like 
  • What to do if you feel stuck in your pricing 
  • Why your positioning matters when it comes to pricing
  • Setting boundaries and expectations so that you stay in charge
  • Advocating for ourselves in our business and lives


Charging premium pricing can be a game-changer for your business and life. Tune in to learn more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/193


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Merel’s website: https://merelkriegsman.com

Follow Merel on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/merelkriegsman

Follow Merel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/merelkriegsman/

Follow Merel on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@merelkriegsman6401

Connect with Merel on LinkedIn: https://ca.linkedin.com/in/merelkriegsman



Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/193 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12714279 Tue, 09 May 2023 05:00:00 -0400 2170 193 full false 5 Things Meta Ad Managers Should Never Do 5 Things Meta Ad Managers Should Never Do Let’s talk about Meta Ads. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing the five things you shouldn’t do as a Facebook and Instagram ads manager. These are the things that I have seen ad managers do that are actually a big no-no. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • The mistake to avoid when pricing your services
  • What the risk reversal method is and how to use it
  • Setting expectations with clients
  • Who pays for ads when you’re an ad manager
  • Who should own the ad account and how to set it up
  • What to do when things don’t go well


Tune in to learn what these five things are so you can become a better ad manager!  


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/192


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversionsforclients.com


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Let’s talk about Meta Ads. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing the five things you shouldn’t do as a Facebook and Instagram ads manager. These are the things that I have seen ad managers do that are actually a big no-no. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • The mistake to avoid when pricing your services
  • What the risk reversal method is and how to use it
  • Setting expectations with clients
  • Who pays for ads when you’re an ad manager
  • Who should own the ad account and how to set it up
  • What to do when things don’t go well


Tune in to learn what these five things are so you can become a better ad manager!  


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/192


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversionsforclients.com


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/192 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12677218 Tue, 02 May 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1095 192 full false Attract New Clients Using SEO with Mariah Magazine Attract New Clients Using SEO with Mariah Magazine Have you ever thought about using SEO to find more clients? 


I haven’t talked about this on the podcast before so I’m so excited to be diving into it in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®. I sat down with a special guest, Mariah Magazine, to talk about how you can get started finding new clients using the power of SEO. 


Mariah is an award-winning SEO & Visibility Strategist for online business owners over at MariahMagazine.com. She’s a firm believer that showing up on Google and marketing your business doesn’t have to be as difficult & overwhelming as everyone makes it.


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What SEO actually is
  • The difference between SEO and Google ads
  • Whether it matters if you’re the first page of Google or not
  • Who Google SEO is for
  • Why SEO keywords matter
  • How SEO helps you own your genius
  • The best way to get started with SEO


SEO is a passive marketing strategy that you don’t want to miss out on so make sure to tune in! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/191


Resources Mentioned:

Get Mariah’s SEO Roadmap: https://www.mariahmagazine.com/seo-roadmap/

Check out her SEO Sprints: https://www.mariahmagazine.com/seo-sprints/

Follow Mariah on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mariahmagazineco/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you ever thought about using SEO to find more clients? 


I haven’t talked about this on the podcast before so I’m so excited to be diving into it in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®. I sat down with a special guest, Mariah Magazine, to talk about how you can get started finding new clients using the power of SEO. 


Mariah is an award-winning SEO & Visibility Strategist for online business owners over at MariahMagazine.com. She’s a firm believer that showing up on Google and marketing your business doesn’t have to be as difficult & overwhelming as everyone makes it.


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What SEO actually is
  • The difference between SEO and Google ads
  • Whether it matters if you’re the first page of Google or not
  • Who Google SEO is for
  • Why SEO keywords matter
  • How SEO helps you own your genius
  • The best way to get started with SEO


SEO is a passive marketing strategy that you don’t want to miss out on so make sure to tune in! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/191


Resources Mentioned:

Get Mariah’s SEO Roadmap: https://www.mariahmagazine.com/seo-roadmap/

Check out her SEO Sprints: https://www.mariahmagazine.com/seo-sprints/

Follow Mariah on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/mariahmagazineco/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/191 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12639094 Tue, 25 Apr 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1839 191 full false How to Plan For The Expected in Your Business and Life (Part 3) How to Plan For The Expected in Your Business and Life (Part 3) Ready to learn more about planning for the expected in your business and life? 


For the last nine months, we have been doing a four-part series all about planning for the expected in your business and life. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are diving into part 3. I’ve been sharing how you can plan for something in your life that you know is coming up so that your business is still set up for success when you need to step away. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • Asking for help is a good thing
  • Unexpected things will pop up no matter how much you prepare
  • How to deal with the fear of losing your business
  • Practice sessions are great for preparing for an extended leave
  • Why you need to leave white space in your calendar


I learned a lot during this series and I want to help you avoid the mistakes I made. Tune in to learn more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/190


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to Part 1: https://brandimowles.com/2022/11/01/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-1/

Listen to Part 2: https://brandimowles.com/2023/02/07/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-2/

]]> Ready to learn more about planning for the expected in your business and life? 


For the last nine months, we have been doing a four-part series all about planning for the expected in your business and life. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are diving into part 3. I’ve been sharing how you can plan for something in your life that you know is coming up so that your business is still set up for success when you need to step away. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • Asking for help is a good thing
  • Unexpected things will pop up no matter how much you prepare
  • How to deal with the fear of losing your business
  • Practice sessions are great for preparing for an extended leave
  • Why you need to leave white space in your calendar


I learned a lot during this series and I want to help you avoid the mistakes I made. Tune in to learn more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/190


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to Part 1: https://brandimowles.com/2022/11/01/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-1/

Listen to Part 2: https://brandimowles.com/2023/02/07/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-2/

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/190 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12610058 Tue, 18 Apr 2023 05:00:00 -0400 961 190 full false How To Utilize LinkedIn Effectively to Land More Discovery Calls with Your Ideal Clients with Scott Aaron How To Utilize LinkedIn Effectively to Land More Discovery Calls with Your Ideal Clients with Scott Aaron If you know me, you know one of my favorite topics is LinkedIn! 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Scott Aaron, a LinkedIn expert, to talk about how you can strategically use LinkedIn to land more clients for your service-based business. 


Scott is an internationally acclaimed and award-winning online marketer, 3x best-selling author, top podcaster, and speaker, Scott Aaron, is the go-to specialist when it comes to converting traffic, establishing connections, generating leads, creating sales, and building personal brands all using LinkedIn.


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What the four layers of LinkedIn are
  • The importance of optimizing your profile for your ideal client
  • Tips for using Power Partners on LinkedIn
  • Why you need to be strategic with your connections 
  • Scott’s three-step process to creating a message people will respond to
  • Tips for how to share content on this platform
  • How to get started with LinkedIn


LinkedIn is such a good way to grow your business if you utilize it right. Tune in to learn more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/189


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Scott’s website: www.scottaaron.net

Get Scott’s free guide to the Perfect LinkedIn Profile: https://networkacademy.kartra.com/page/OptimizeLinkedin?fbclid=IwAR12B9sfyv5r0zqM0vnG0dCSew15jXcT7gjQW-zoYM1o_lAfXu4dquZu0p4

Follow Scott on Instagram: www.instagram.com/scottaaronlinkedin

Connect with Scott on LinkedIn: ​​https://www.linkedin.com/in/scottaaroncoach/

Tune in to Scott’s podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/networking-and-marketing-made-simple/id1441674842


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> If you know me, you know one of my favorite topics is LinkedIn! 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Scott Aaron, a LinkedIn expert, to talk about how you can strategically use LinkedIn to land more clients for your service-based business. 


Scott is an internationally acclaimed and award-winning online marketer, 3x best-selling author, top podcaster, and speaker, Scott Aaron, is the go-to specialist when it comes to converting traffic, establishing connections, generating leads, creating sales, and building personal brands all using LinkedIn.


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What the four layers of LinkedIn are
  • The importance of optimizing your profile for your ideal client
  • Tips for using Power Partners on LinkedIn
  • Why you need to be strategic with your connections 
  • Scott’s three-step process to creating a message people will respond to
  • Tips for how to share content on this platform
  • How to get started with LinkedIn


LinkedIn is such a good way to grow your business if you utilize it right. Tune in to learn more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/189


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Scott’s website: www.scottaaron.net

Get Scott’s free guide to the Perfect LinkedIn Profile: https://networkacademy.kartra.com/page/OptimizeLinkedin?fbclid=IwAR12B9sfyv5r0zqM0vnG0dCSew15jXcT7gjQW-zoYM1o_lAfXu4dquZu0p4

Follow Scott on Instagram: www.instagram.com/scottaaronlinkedin

Connect with Scott on LinkedIn: ​​https://www.linkedin.com/in/scottaaroncoach/

Tune in to Scott’s podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/networking-and-marketing-made-simple/id1441674842


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/189 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12509990 Tue, 11 Apr 2023 05:00:00 -0400 2111 189 full false What You Do Matters More Than What You Call Yourself What You Do Matters More Than What You Call Yourself If you’re someone who overthinks what to call yourself in business, I have good news for you: it doesn’t really matter!


A lot of people spend so much time coming up with a fancy name or title when they’re starting their virtual business, and they end up boxing themselves into a corner without realizing it. I want to help you avoid making the same mistake. 


In this episode, I’m taking you through what really matters, and it’s not what you call yourself. Instead, we’re focusing on things like how you describe yourself and how you solve your clients’ problems. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What happens when you get hung up on your title
  • How to find more opportunities that are the right fit for you 
  • Why your niche is more important than your title
  • They key to describing yourself and your services in a more powerful way
  • Four ways to communicate your value to clients 


What you do has a lot more value than what you call yourself. Tune in to find out how to start getting more opportunities by making this one small shift. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/188


Resources Mentioned:

Free Workshop: servescalesoar.com/10k

Episode 186: Community Manager: One of the Hottest Services You Can Offer that Not Enough People Are Doing with Shana Lynn: www.brandimowles.com/186 

Episode 172: 4 Types of Social Proof That Can Help You Land More Premium Clients: www.brandimowles.com/172 


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> If you’re someone who overthinks what to call yourself in business, I have good news for you: it doesn’t really matter!


A lot of people spend so much time coming up with a fancy name or title when they’re starting their virtual business, and they end up boxing themselves into a corner without realizing it. I want to help you avoid making the same mistake. 


In this episode, I’m taking you through what really matters, and it’s not what you call yourself. Instead, we’re focusing on things like how you describe yourself and how you solve your clients’ problems. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • What happens when you get hung up on your title
  • How to find more opportunities that are the right fit for you 
  • Why your niche is more important than your title
  • They key to describing yourself and your services in a more powerful way
  • Four ways to communicate your value to clients 


What you do has a lot more value than what you call yourself. Tune in to find out how to start getting more opportunities by making this one small shift. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/188


Resources Mentioned:

Free Workshop: servescalesoar.com/10k

Episode 186: Community Manager: One of the Hottest Services You Can Offer that Not Enough People Are Doing with Shana Lynn: www.brandimowles.com/186 

Episode 172: 4 Types of Social Proof That Can Help You Land More Premium Clients: www.brandimowles.com/172 


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/188 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12551053 Tue, 04 Apr 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1463 188 full false How to Spring Clean Your Business in 5 Easy Steps How to Spring Clean Your Business in 5 Easy Steps Are you ready to do some spring cleaning?

I am not talking about spring cleaning your home. I am actually going over five different ways that you can do this with your business in this episode!


I think it is SO important to pause to compare where you are this year versus last year, and now is a great time to do that.


From automating systems to updating pricing and more, I am giving you some steps and tools that you can use to spring clean your business this year.


I am doing these things in my business right now, and I encourage you to do this right alongside me!


Full show notes available at www.brandimowles.com/187


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you ready to do some spring cleaning?

I am not talking about spring cleaning your home. I am actually going over five different ways that you can do this with your business in this episode!


I think it is SO important to pause to compare where you are this year versus last year, and now is a great time to do that.


From automating systems to updating pricing and more, I am giving you some steps and tools that you can use to spring clean your business this year.


I am doing these things in my business right now, and I encourage you to do this right alongside me!


Full show notes available at www.brandimowles.com/187


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> http://www.servescalesoar.com/187 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12440495 Tue, 28 Mar 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1015 187 full false Community Manager: One of the Hottest Services You Can Offer that Not Enough People Are Doing with Shana Lynn Community Manager: One of the Hottest Services You Can Offer that Not Enough People Are Doing with Shana Lynn Want to learn about a service that is going to be one of the most in-demand services that you can offer in 2023? It’s also one that you can charge top dollar for. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with my good friend, Shana, to talk all about becoming a community manager, what it is, and so much more. Community managers are so much more than virtual assistants. They can be a game changer, especially for high-ticket programs. 


Shana is the community strategist behind many of the 7 & 8-figure brands you love. With more than a decade of experience, she’s been speaking about online communities since 2008. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • The relationships you can build as a community manager
  • The role of a community manager and how it’s different from a VA 
  • The ROIs that a community manager can provide
  • Qualities of a good community manager


Tune in to learn more about community managers and why you should consider offering this service this year! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/186


Resources Mentioned:

Become a community manager: https://brandiandcompany--shanalynn.thrivecart.com/cultivate-course/

Visit Shana’s website: https://www.shanalynn.com/

Check out Shana’s podcast: https://www.shanalynn.com/podcast

Follow Shana on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/shanaspeaks/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Want to learn about a service that is going to be one of the most in-demand services that you can offer in 2023? It’s also one that you can charge top dollar for. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with my good friend, Shana, to talk all about becoming a community manager, what it is, and so much more. Community managers are so much more than virtual assistants. They can be a game changer, especially for high-ticket programs. 


Shana is the community strategist behind many of the 7 & 8-figure brands you love. With more than a decade of experience, she’s been speaking about online communities since 2008. 


Topics covered in this episode include:

  • The relationships you can build as a community manager
  • The role of a community manager and how it’s different from a VA 
  • The ROIs that a community manager can provide
  • Qualities of a good community manager


Tune in to learn more about community managers and why you should consider offering this service this year! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/186


Resources Mentioned:

Become a community manager: https://brandiandcompany--shanalynn.thrivecart.com/cultivate-course/

Visit Shana’s website: https://www.shanalynn.com/

Check out Shana’s podcast: https://www.shanalynn.com/podcast

Follow Shana on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/shanaspeaks/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/186 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12387369 Tue, 21 Mar 2023 05:00:00 -0400 2708 186 full false 8 Things To Track As A Freelancer To Increase Your Income and Free Up More Time 8 Things To Track As A Freelancer To Increase Your Income and Free Up More Time Do you know what you should be tracking as a freelancer or online service provider? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing 8 things you need to be tracking in your business as a freelancer or online service provider. You may find that some of the things you are tracking in your business currently are completely unnecessary. You may also find that you aren’t tracking things that you really should be, especially if you’re looking to grow and scale. 


Topics covered in this episode include:


  • Why knowing your numbers is so important
  • The top three financial numbers you need to track
  • What your action numbers are and why they’re important
  • The good-to-know numbers that will help your business 


You don’t need a whole list of things to track, you just need these 8 things. Tune in to learn what they are and how to get started! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/185


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to episode 181: https://brandimowles.com/2023/02/14/the-proven-method-to-fall-back-in-love-with-your-business/

Check out my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Do you know what you should be tracking as a freelancer or online service provider? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing 8 things you need to be tracking in your business as a freelancer or online service provider. You may find that some of the things you are tracking in your business currently are completely unnecessary. You may also find that you aren’t tracking things that you really should be, especially if you’re looking to grow and scale. 


Topics covered in this episode include:


  • Why knowing your numbers is so important
  • The top three financial numbers you need to track
  • What your action numbers are and why they’re important
  • The good-to-know numbers that will help your business 


You don’t need a whole list of things to track, you just need these 8 things. Tune in to learn what they are and how to get started! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/185


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to episode 181: https://brandimowles.com/2023/02/14/the-proven-method-to-fall-back-in-love-with-your-business/

Check out my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/185 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12339802 Tue, 14 Mar 2023 05:00:00 -0400 1195 185 full false Scaling With Subcontracting: How Tricia Prues Grew Her Ad Management Business So She Could RV Full Time Scaling With Subcontracting: How Tricia Prues Grew Her Ad Management Business So She Could RV Full Time Have you ever thought about subcontracting to scale your business? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Tricia Prues, a Serve Scale Soar® member and Conversions for Clients student, to talk about the unique route she has taken in her business. She embraced non-traditional paths to success by tapping into the power of subcontracting to scale her business faster.


Tricia Prues is a marketing and advertising strategist. She dedicates her work to helping other small businesses and entrepreneurs succeed by building brand awareness and generating leads through Facebook and Instagram advertising.


Topics covered in this episode include:


  • Why she decided to start offering Facebook and Instagram ads
  • How she was able to work through her fears 
  • The benefits of having an accountability group
  • Tricia’s experience with subcontracting 


Tricia’s story is so inspiring and you’re not going to want to miss it. Make sure to tune in! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/184


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist

Listen to the episode about what ad managers do: http://www.brandimowles.com/176

Listen to the episode about social proof: http://www.brandimowles.com/172

Connect with Tricia on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/triciaprues/

Connect with Tricia on Instagram: https://instagram.com/triciaprues

Connect with Tricia on LinkedIn: https://linkedin.com/in/tricia-prues


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you ever thought about subcontracting to scale your business? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Tricia Prues, a Serve Scale Soar® member and Conversions for Clients student, to talk about the unique route she has taken in her business. She embraced non-traditional paths to success by tapping into the power of subcontracting to scale her business faster.


Tricia Prues is a marketing and advertising strategist. She dedicates her work to helping other small businesses and entrepreneurs succeed by building brand awareness and generating leads through Facebook and Instagram advertising.


Topics covered in this episode include:


  • Why she decided to start offering Facebook and Instagram ads
  • How she was able to work through her fears 
  • The benefits of having an accountability group
  • Tricia’s experience with subcontracting 


Tricia’s story is so inspiring and you’re not going to want to miss it. Make sure to tune in! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/184


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist

Listen to the episode about what ad managers do: http://www.brandimowles.com/176

Listen to the episode about social proof: http://www.brandimowles.com/172

Connect with Tricia on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/triciaprues/

Connect with Tricia on Instagram: https://instagram.com/triciaprues

Connect with Tricia on LinkedIn: https://linkedin.com/in/tricia-prues


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/184 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12339431 Tue, 07 Mar 2023 05:00:00 -0500 1834 184 full false How To Spot Red Flag Clients Before You Sign Them How To Spot Red Flag Clients Before You Sign Them We all know that there are red flags to watch for when signing clients, but sometimes we miss those red flags until after we start working with them because we're blinded by landing a new client.


In today's episode of Serve Scale Soar®,  I'm breaking down what red flags you should be looking for before actually taking on a client. I have seen this so many times with the people in my membership. They take on a client that quickly became very problematic. They weren’t able to get the results that they wanted and they ended up very unhappy. 


When we looked back at the beginning, there were usually red flags right from the start that they didn’t recognize at the time. 


So in this episode, I’m sharing 9 red flags that you can look for before you take on a client. Trust me, it is so much easier to say no to a client than trying to deal or fire them after you take them on. 


If you're ready to find the warning signs of a red flag-type client, then make sure to tune in! 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/183


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> We all know that there are red flags to watch for when signing clients, but sometimes we miss those red flags until after we start working with them because we're blinded by landing a new client.


In today's episode of Serve Scale Soar®,  I'm breaking down what red flags you should be looking for before actually taking on a client. I have seen this so many times with the people in my membership. They take on a client that quickly became very problematic. They weren’t able to get the results that they wanted and they ended up very unhappy. 


When we looked back at the beginning, there were usually red flags right from the start that they didn’t recognize at the time. 


So in this episode, I’m sharing 9 red flags that you can look for before you take on a client. Trust me, it is so much easier to say no to a client than trying to deal or fire them after you take them on. 


If you're ready to find the warning signs of a red flag-type client, then make sure to tune in! 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/183


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/183 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12244679 Tue, 28 Feb 2023 05:00:00 -0500 1540 183 full false Tap Into The Power Of YouTube For Yourself & Clients with Sean Cannel Tap Into The Power Of YouTube For Yourself & Clients with Sean Cannel Are you ready to go down the YouTube rabbit hole? 


This is one of my favorite places to be so I’m so excited to dive into it in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®! I sat down to chat with Sean Cannel to talk about if you should be using YouTube as a service provider and the impact that you can have on your business by offering YouTube management services. 


If you like project management, want to offer a premium service, and be able to find clients, this episode is for you. 


Sean Cannell is the CEO of Think Media and co-founder of Video Influencers. He is a YouTuber, international speaker, one of today’s leading online video experts, and the world’s most-watched YouTube strategist.


Tune in to find out how you can tap into the power of YouTube for yourself and your clients! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/182


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Sean’s book: https://www.amazon.com/YouTube-Secrets-Ultimate-Following-Influencer/dp/1544511817/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1HAYE01A83RLC&keywords=youtube+secrets&qid=1666293750&qu=eyJxc2MiOiIyLjQ2IiwicXNhIjoiMi4xNCIsInFzcCI6IjIuMjEifQ%3D%3D&sprefix=youtube+secr%2Caps%2C132&sr=8-

Check out Sean’s course– https://brandimowles.com/thinkmedia

Learn more about using affiliate marketing as a freelancer:  https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/01/how-to-use-affiliate-marketing-as-a-service-provider/

Follow Sean on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/seancannell/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Are you ready to go down the YouTube rabbit hole? 


This is one of my favorite places to be so I’m so excited to dive into it in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®! I sat down to chat with Sean Cannel to talk about if you should be using YouTube as a service provider and the impact that you can have on your business by offering YouTube management services. 


If you like project management, want to offer a premium service, and be able to find clients, this episode is for you. 


Sean Cannell is the CEO of Think Media and co-founder of Video Influencers. He is a YouTuber, international speaker, one of today’s leading online video experts, and the world’s most-watched YouTube strategist.


Tune in to find out how you can tap into the power of YouTube for yourself and your clients! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/182


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Sean’s book: https://www.amazon.com/YouTube-Secrets-Ultimate-Following-Influencer/dp/1544511817/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1HAYE01A83RLC&keywords=youtube+secrets&qid=1666293750&qu=eyJxc2MiOiIyLjQ2IiwicXNhIjoiMi4xNCIsInFzcCI6IjIuMjEifQ%3D%3D&sprefix=youtube+secr%2Caps%2C132&sr=8-

Check out Sean’s course– https://brandimowles.com/thinkmedia

Learn more about using affiliate marketing as a freelancer:  https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/01/how-to-use-affiliate-marketing-as-a-service-provider/

Follow Sean on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/seancannell/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/182 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12205113 Tue, 21 Feb 2023 05:00:00 -0500 2712 182 full false The Proven Method to Fall Back In Love With Your Business The Proven Method to Fall Back In Love With Your Business Have you ever had that feeling that you’ve fallen out of love with your business? It’s not what it was when you started.  You don’t have the same passion and work can start to feel like a chore.


In this special Valentine’s Day episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m helping you reignite that spark and fall back in love with your business! I’m sharing a proven step-by-step path that you can take to fall back in love with it. 


Entrepreneurship is an emotional roller coaster that we put ourselves through. It’s something we have to work on to keep that spark lit. It’s natural to fall out of love with it sometimes, but that doesn’t mean we can’t get back to that passion. 


So what do we do when we find ourselves in the rut of not loving it anymore? I’m sharing the three most common things that entrepreneurs tell me and the framework that you can use to overcome them. 


The beauty of entrepreneurship is you get to love what you do. Tune in to hear my best tips for making it happen! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/181


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Have you ever had that feeling that you’ve fallen out of love with your business? It’s not what it was when you started.  You don’t have the same passion and work can start to feel like a chore.


In this special Valentine’s Day episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m helping you reignite that spark and fall back in love with your business! I’m sharing a proven step-by-step path that you can take to fall back in love with it. 


Entrepreneurship is an emotional roller coaster that we put ourselves through. It’s something we have to work on to keep that spark lit. It’s natural to fall out of love with it sometimes, but that doesn’t mean we can’t get back to that passion. 


So what do we do when we find ourselves in the rut of not loving it anymore? I’m sharing the three most common things that entrepreneurs tell me and the framework that you can use to overcome them. 


The beauty of entrepreneurship is you get to love what you do. Tune in to hear my best tips for making it happen! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/181


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/181 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12196397 Tue, 14 Feb 2023 05:00:00 -0500 1334 181 full false How To Plan For The Expected in Your Business and Life (Part 2) How To Plan For The Expected in Your Business and Life (Part 2) Let’s talk some more about planning for the expected! 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing part two of a four-part series where I’m diving into the topic of preparing for the expected in our business and our lives. For me, that means I’m preparing for a baby. For some of you, that may mean preparing for summer break or taking a vacation. 


No matter what it is, there are things that we likely have on our calendar that we know about, which means we can plan ahead for them so that we are fully prepared and we don’t have to worry about our business falling apart. 


There are some things that I am doing now to set myself up for the business that I want when the baby comes and I’m back in work mode. When you have things like this coming up, it’s the perfect time to decide if your business is where you want it to be. 


Tune in to this episode to learn more about what I have been doing in preparation for my baby arriving this year and how I’m setting my business up for success when I come back. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/180


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to part 1: ​​https://brandimowles.com/2022/11/01/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-1/

]]> Let’s talk some more about planning for the expected! 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing part two of a four-part series where I’m diving into the topic of preparing for the expected in our business and our lives. For me, that means I’m preparing for a baby. For some of you, that may mean preparing for summer break or taking a vacation. 


No matter what it is, there are things that we likely have on our calendar that we know about, which means we can plan ahead for them so that we are fully prepared and we don’t have to worry about our business falling apart. 


There are some things that I am doing now to set myself up for the business that I want when the baby comes and I’m back in work mode. When you have things like this coming up, it’s the perfect time to decide if your business is where you want it to be. 


Tune in to this episode to learn more about what I have been doing in preparation for my baby arriving this year and how I’m setting my business up for success when I come back. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/180


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to part 1: ​​https://brandimowles.com/2022/11/01/how-to-plan-for-the-expected-in-your-business-and-life-part-1/

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/180 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12147112 Tue, 07 Feb 2023 05:00:00 -0500 887 180 full false From $0 to $8k in 4 Months While Working Full Time and Raising 4 Kids with Rucheli Berry From $0 to $8k in 4 Months While Working Full Time and Raising 4 Kids with Rucheli Berry Wondering if you can build a successful service-based business on the side of your 9-5? It’s totally possible! 


This may be one of my favorite episodes of Serve Scale Soar® ever. I’m sharing my conversation with Rucheli Berry who is working a full-time job and also pulling in $8K months after being in business for only 4 months. 


Rucheli found fast success because she knew she didn’t have to reinvent the wheel. She joined Serve Scale Soar® and started following my proven plan by taking one step at a time. She did this while working full-time and taking care of four kids. She is such an inspiration! 


Rucheli Berry is a Wife, Mom x4, Coffee Lover, Consciousness Seeker, and Software Engineer turned Tech Expert for Spiritual Entrepreneurs. 


Now she's helping spiritual coaches, healers, creatives, and change-makers ditch the tech headaches and overwhelm so they can start and scale businesses that make the world a better place. 



Tune in to learn more about how Rucheli grew her brand-new business fast and how you can too. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/179


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rucheli’s website: https://www.rucheli.com

Follow Rucheli on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/rucheliberry

Join Rucheli’s Facebook group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/simplespiritualsystems

Follow Rucheli on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/rucheliberry

Check out my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Wondering if you can build a successful service-based business on the side of your 9-5? It’s totally possible! 


This may be one of my favorite episodes of Serve Scale Soar® ever. I’m sharing my conversation with Rucheli Berry who is working a full-time job and also pulling in $8K months after being in business for only 4 months. 


Rucheli found fast success because she knew she didn’t have to reinvent the wheel. She joined Serve Scale Soar® and started following my proven plan by taking one step at a time. She did this while working full-time and taking care of four kids. She is such an inspiration! 


Rucheli Berry is a Wife, Mom x4, Coffee Lover, Consciousness Seeker, and Software Engineer turned Tech Expert for Spiritual Entrepreneurs. 


Now she's helping spiritual coaches, healers, creatives, and change-makers ditch the tech headaches and overwhelm so they can start and scale businesses that make the world a better place. 



Tune in to learn more about how Rucheli grew her brand-new business fast and how you can too. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/179


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rucheli’s website: https://www.rucheli.com

Follow Rucheli on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/rucheliberry

Join Rucheli’s Facebook group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/simplespiritualsystems

Follow Rucheli on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/rucheliberry

Check out my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/179 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12072320 Tue, 31 Jan 2023 05:00:00 -0500 1432 179 full false The 10 Most Sought-After Services of 2023 The 10 Most Sought-After Services of 2023 Wondering how you can up-level your services this year? 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m playing the role of a fortune teller and sharing my predictions for the most sought-after services in 2023. Given that I’m not actually a fortune teller, these are just my predictions based on the things that people are asking me for when it comes to service providers, what the people in my mastermind are doing, and my observations about what’s going on in the market. 


This doesn’t mean that these are the only services that are going to be popular or that you should only jump on one of these. There are still tons of services that you can offer like OBMS or COOs, etc. Those will still be there. These are just the top ten that I’m seeing based on the way the market is moving. 


If you’re offering any of these services, you’re going to be in high demand. And the best part about them is that they are premium services which means you can offer them at premium prices. They will give your business and income a serious level-up and you’ll be highly sought after. 


Tune in to learn more about what these services are and why I anticipate that they will be so popular in 2023. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/178


Resources Mentioned:

Get a copy of 45 premium services you can offer: https://servescalesoar.com/45

Listen to my episode with Anna Powers: www.brandimowles.com/163

Listen to my episode with Jennifer Grayeb: www.brandimowles.com/141



Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Wondering how you can up-level your services this year? 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m playing the role of a fortune teller and sharing my predictions for the most sought-after services in 2023. Given that I’m not actually a fortune teller, these are just my predictions based on the things that people are asking me for when it comes to service providers, what the people in my mastermind are doing, and my observations about what’s going on in the market. 


This doesn’t mean that these are the only services that are going to be popular or that you should only jump on one of these. There are still tons of services that you can offer like OBMS or COOs, etc. Those will still be there. These are just the top ten that I’m seeing based on the way the market is moving. 


If you’re offering any of these services, you’re going to be in high demand. And the best part about them is that they are premium services which means you can offer them at premium prices. They will give your business and income a serious level-up and you’ll be highly sought after. 


Tune in to learn more about what these services are and why I anticipate that they will be so popular in 2023. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/178


Resources Mentioned:

Get a copy of 45 premium services you can offer: https://servescalesoar.com/45

Listen to my episode with Anna Powers: www.brandimowles.com/163

Listen to my episode with Jennifer Grayeb: www.brandimowles.com/141



Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/178 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12035052 Tue, 24 Jan 2023 05:00:00 -0500 1401 178 full false Your Top Bookkeeping and Tax Questions Answered with Rebecca Driscoll Your Top Bookkeeping and Tax Questions Answered with Rebecca Driscoll Are you ready for tax season? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking about the super sexy topic of taxes. Now, that may not sound exciting but don’t leave me yet! We are digging into some of the most commonly asked questions I get about bookkeeping and taxes. This episode could potentially save you tons of money! 


Joining me in this tax talk is Rebecca Driscoll from Conscious Accounting. She is my own accountant and she is here to tell us how we can prepare for tax season. There are a lot of misconceptions around taxes including when to file, LLC and S-Corp, and so much more, and Rebecca is here to help us understand everything we need to know. 


Rebecca is a certified public accountant with a Masters of Accountancy from the University of South Florida. She founded Conscious Accounting in 2016 and has enjoyed watching Conscious Accounting grow over the years. 


Tune in to learn more about estimated quarterly tax payments, the chances of getting audited, the importance of bookkeeping, and so much more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/177


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rebecca’s website: https://conscious-accounting.com/

Follow Rebecca on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/consciousaccounting/?hl=en

Check out The Small Business Builder: https://conscious-accounting.com/the-small-business-builder

]]> Are you ready for tax season? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking about the super sexy topic of taxes. Now, that may not sound exciting but don’t leave me yet! We are digging into some of the most commonly asked questions I get about bookkeeping and taxes. This episode could potentially save you tons of money! 


Joining me in this tax talk is Rebecca Driscoll from Conscious Accounting. She is my own accountant and she is here to tell us how we can prepare for tax season. There are a lot of misconceptions around taxes including when to file, LLC and S-Corp, and so much more, and Rebecca is here to help us understand everything we need to know. 


Rebecca is a certified public accountant with a Masters of Accountancy from the University of South Florida. She founded Conscious Accounting in 2016 and has enjoyed watching Conscious Accounting grow over the years. 


Tune in to learn more about estimated quarterly tax payments, the chances of getting audited, the importance of bookkeeping, and so much more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/177


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rebecca’s website: https://conscious-accounting.com/

Follow Rebecca on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/consciousaccounting/?hl=en

Check out The Small Business Builder: https://conscious-accounting.com/the-small-business-builder

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/177 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-12010378 Tue, 17 Jan 2023 05:00:00 -0500 3538 177 full false A Look Behind the Scenes at What Ad Managers Really Do A Look Behind the Scenes at What Ad Managers Really Do Have you ever thought about becoming an ad manager? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into the topic to show you what ad managers really do, so if you are an ad manager or considering becoming one, this episode is for you. Even if you never thought about becoming an ad manager, hear me out—this episode might change your mind. 


Ad managers have many different roles. While they do run Facebook and Instagram ads, that is only one of six roles that ads managers have. So I’m breaking down each of these roles and explaining if you need to do them, if you can outsource them, and what to do if you’re not good at those things. Then you can decide if ad management is right for you.  


Each of these skills are learnable and I teach them inside my Conversions for Clients program. I have had many students that were intimidated at first that are now thriving ads managers.


Tune in to learn more about these roles, why they’re important, and how to know if becoming a Facebook or Instagram ads manager is the right move for you. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/176


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversions for Clients: www.conversionsforclients.com


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you ever thought about becoming an ad manager? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into the topic to show you what ad managers really do, so if you are an ad manager or considering becoming one, this episode is for you. Even if you never thought about becoming an ad manager, hear me out—this episode might change your mind. 


Ad managers have many different roles. While they do run Facebook and Instagram ads, that is only one of six roles that ads managers have. So I’m breaking down each of these roles and explaining if you need to do them, if you can outsource them, and what to do if you’re not good at those things. Then you can decide if ad management is right for you.  


Each of these skills are learnable and I teach them inside my Conversions for Clients program. I have had many students that were intimidated at first that are now thriving ads managers.


Tune in to learn more about these roles, why they’re important, and how to know if becoming a Facebook or Instagram ads manager is the right move for you. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/176


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Conversions for Clients: www.conversionsforclients.com


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/176 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11973945 Tue, 10 Jan 2023 05:00:00 -0500 938 176 full false From Corporate To a Thriving Meta Ads Management Business with Becky G. Mariano From Corporate To a Thriving Meta Ads Management Business with Becky G. Mariano Have you ever considered becoming a Facebook and Instagram ads manager? This episode is for you! Even if you aren’t offering this service, there are some golden nuggets in this episode you won’t want to miss. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Conversions for Clients students, Becky. She’s a Facebook and Instagram ads manager and I am so excited to share her story with you today. She came from a corporate background and never saw herself in entrepreneurship. She discovered Meta ads management and now has a thriving business. 


Becky G. Mariano is a Facebook and Instagram Ad Strategist helping local and online businesses and entrepreneurs increase their reach and revenue through hyper-targeted digital advertising.


When Becky joined Conversions for Clients, she already had some experience. She joined the program so that she could expand her skills and better serve her new clients. She also found a supportive community that has helped to get the support she needs as she grows. 


Becky’s story is so inspiring and I think you’re going to love her advice and transparency. Tune in to learn more about Becky’s business, data analytics, the importance of getting referrals, and so much more.  


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/175


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Becky’s website: https://mariano-media.com/

Follow Becky on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marianomediasocial/

Connect with Becky on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/beckygmariano/

Check out the course on Google Data Studio – https://brandimowles.com/data

Learn more about Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist




Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you ever considered becoming a Facebook and Instagram ads manager? This episode is for you! Even if you aren’t offering this service, there are some golden nuggets in this episode you won’t want to miss. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Conversions for Clients students, Becky. She’s a Facebook and Instagram ads manager and I am so excited to share her story with you today. She came from a corporate background and never saw herself in entrepreneurship. She discovered Meta ads management and now has a thriving business. 


Becky G. Mariano is a Facebook and Instagram Ad Strategist helping local and online businesses and entrepreneurs increase their reach and revenue through hyper-targeted digital advertising.


When Becky joined Conversions for Clients, she already had some experience. She joined the program so that she could expand her skills and better serve her new clients. She also found a supportive community that has helped to get the support she needs as she grows. 


Becky’s story is so inspiring and I think you’re going to love her advice and transparency. Tune in to learn more about Becky’s business, data analytics, the importance of getting referrals, and so much more.  


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/175


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Becky’s website: https://mariano-media.com/

Follow Becky on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/marianomediasocial/

Connect with Becky on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/beckygmariano/

Check out the course on Google Data Studio – https://brandimowles.com/data

Learn more about Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist




Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/175 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11921409 Tue, 03 Jan 2023 05:00:00 -0500 2520 175 full false Best of 2022: Finding Time To Do It All Best of 2022: Finding Time To Do It All I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming! 


In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it. 


The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done. 


It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do! 


Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program. 


If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all! 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/174


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming! 


In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it. 


The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done. 


It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do! 


Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program. 


If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all! 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/174


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/174 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11919291 Tue, 27 Dec 2022 05:00:00 -0500 1506 174 full false Five Lessons Learned From My First Black Friday Promotion Five Lessons Learned From My First Black Friday Promotion Did you do a Black Friday promotion this year? 

Now that it has come and gone, I am ready to share my numbers with you and share the five lessons that I learned in the process. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing all of the details of how it went and what I will do differently or the same next year. 

So if you have been wondering if Black Friday is something you should implement in 2023 or if you just love hearing the juicy details of a launch, this episode is for you. 


It’s been a couple of weeks since I ran this sale and I now have all of my numbers, debriefs, and thoughts together about it all and I’m ready to chat! 

I’m not a fan of discounting services or my main offers because I know that the price is right and the people who purchase are already getting an incredible deal. This year, however, I decided to take a course on running a Black Friday sale and I ran a sale on some of my new low-ticket offers so that I could donate some profits to help those impacted by the hurricane.

Join me as I share what I did to prepare, how these offers performed during the promotion, lessons learned on my first Black Friday sale, and what I would change for next year. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/173


Resources Mentioned:

Episode 130: How To Increase Your Revenue and Find More Clients Using Tiny Offers with Allie Bjerk:  https://brandimowles.com/130


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> Did you do a Black Friday promotion this year? 

Now that it has come and gone, I am ready to share my numbers with you and share the five lessons that I learned in the process. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing all of the details of how it went and what I will do differently or the same next year. 

So if you have been wondering if Black Friday is something you should implement in 2023 or if you just love hearing the juicy details of a launch, this episode is for you. 


It’s been a couple of weeks since I ran this sale and I now have all of my numbers, debriefs, and thoughts together about it all and I’m ready to chat! 

I’m not a fan of discounting services or my main offers because I know that the price is right and the people who purchase are already getting an incredible deal. This year, however, I decided to take a course on running a Black Friday sale and I ran a sale on some of my new low-ticket offers so that I could donate some profits to help those impacted by the hurricane.

Join me as I share what I did to prepare, how these offers performed during the promotion, lessons learned on my first Black Friday sale, and what I would change for next year. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/173


Resources Mentioned:

Episode 130: How To Increase Your Revenue and Find More Clients Using Tiny Offers with Allie Bjerk:  https://brandimowles.com/130


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/173 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11877873 Tue, 20 Dec 2022 05:00:00 -0500 2346 173 full false 4 Types of Social Proof That Can Help You Land More Premium Clients 4 Types of Social Proof That Can Help You Land More Premium Clients What the heck is social proof? And how can we use it in our one-on-one service-based business? 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into this topic and sharing the different types of social proof that you can add to your business so that you can land more clients that actually pay your premium prices. 


If you don’t know what social proof is, it’s a psychological phenomenon where people assume the actions of others in an attempt to reflect correct behavior for a given situation. 


People want to take the actions that other people have taken because they want to get the same results those people had. It’s incredibly effective and it can be used in your one-on-one freelance business. 


There are four main types of social proof that you can use in your business. I’m sharing what they are, the best way to use them, and who it’s for. 


How much potential revenue have you been missing out on? I have a feeling it’s a lot if you’re not utilizing social proof. Tune in to this episode to learn ways to get and utilize social proof in your business so that you can start signing more high-ticket clients. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/172


Resources Mentioned:

Get my social proof resource: https://servescalesoar.com/socialproof

Link to live showcase testimonial: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AFof_F_wFGI

Listen to the episode with Angie Trueblood: https://podcasts.apple.com/ie/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> What the heck is social proof? And how can we use it in our one-on-one service-based business? 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into this topic and sharing the different types of social proof that you can add to your business so that you can land more clients that actually pay your premium prices. 


If you don’t know what social proof is, it’s a psychological phenomenon where people assume the actions of others in an attempt to reflect correct behavior for a given situation. 


People want to take the actions that other people have taken because they want to get the same results those people had. It’s incredibly effective and it can be used in your one-on-one freelance business. 


There are four main types of social proof that you can use in your business. I’m sharing what they are, the best way to use them, and who it’s for. 


How much potential revenue have you been missing out on? I have a feeling it’s a lot if you’re not utilizing social proof. Tune in to this episode to learn ways to get and utilize social proof in your business so that you can start signing more high-ticket clients. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/172


Resources Mentioned:

Get my social proof resource: https://servescalesoar.com/socialproof

Link to live showcase testimonial: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AFof_F_wFGI

Listen to the episode with Angie Trueblood: https://podcasts.apple.com/ie/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/172 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11818559 Tue, 13 Dec 2022 05:00:00 -0500 1698 172 full false How To Make Calculated Risks In Your Business for Increased Success with Lauren Golden How To Make Calculated Risks In Your Business for Increased Success with Lauren Golden Are you afraid of taking risks in your business? 


It can be scary to take risks, especially in your business. However, sometimes calculated risks are exactly what you need to break free of your comfort zone and reach your full potential. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Lauren Golden to talk about how you can start taking calculated risks in your business. 


Lauren Golden is an award-winning entrepreneur, best-selling author, speaker, and coach whose mission is to help one million women take their next step of courageous action. 


From overwhelmed mom with loads of personal debt to a multi-million-dollar lifestyle entrepreneur, Lauren’s own transparency and resilience has inspired women worldwide and helped them pursue a totally awesome life, one step at a time.

 

As founder and CEO of The Free Mama, Lauren has developed programs that have transformed the lives of tens of thousands of women in dozens of countries across 5 continents, and altered the trajectory of how moms balance family and work. 


She is a dynamic and sought-after speaker who shares her strategies to make big, bold shifts in life and business, making her a popular choice for events, sharing the stage with the likes of Tony Robbins, Russell Brunson, and Trent Shelton. 


Lauren has so much amazing advice to share on this topic. Make sure to tune in to learn more about the benefits of being a risk-taker, why you have to take risks if you want to reach your potential, and how to get started taking calculated risks. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/171


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Lauren’s website: https://www.laurengolden.com/

Follow Lauren on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/LaurenGoldenFreeMama/

Join Lauren’s Facebook group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/thefreemamamovement/

Follow Lauren on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/LaurenGoldenfreemama

Follow Lauren on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/laurengoldenfreemama/

Connect with Lauren on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laurengoldenfreemama/

Listen to Laura’s episode: www.brandimowles.com/152


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Are you afraid of taking risks in your business? 


It can be scary to take risks, especially in your business. However, sometimes calculated risks are exactly what you need to break free of your comfort zone and reach your full potential. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Lauren Golden to talk about how you can start taking calculated risks in your business. 


Lauren Golden is an award-winning entrepreneur, best-selling author, speaker, and coach whose mission is to help one million women take their next step of courageous action. 


From overwhelmed mom with loads of personal debt to a multi-million-dollar lifestyle entrepreneur, Lauren’s own transparency and resilience has inspired women worldwide and helped them pursue a totally awesome life, one step at a time.

 

As founder and CEO of The Free Mama, Lauren has developed programs that have transformed the lives of tens of thousands of women in dozens of countries across 5 continents, and altered the trajectory of how moms balance family and work. 


She is a dynamic and sought-after speaker who shares her strategies to make big, bold shifts in life and business, making her a popular choice for events, sharing the stage with the likes of Tony Robbins, Russell Brunson, and Trent Shelton. 


Lauren has so much amazing advice to share on this topic. Make sure to tune in to learn more about the benefits of being a risk-taker, why you have to take risks if you want to reach your potential, and how to get started taking calculated risks. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/171


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Lauren’s website: https://www.laurengolden.com/

Follow Lauren on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/LaurenGoldenFreeMama/

Join Lauren’s Facebook group: https://www.facebook.com/groups/thefreemamamovement/

Follow Lauren on YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/c/LaurenGoldenfreemama

Follow Lauren on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/laurengoldenfreemama/

Connect with Lauren on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laurengoldenfreemama/

Listen to Laura’s episode: www.brandimowles.com/152


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/171 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11775967 Tue, 06 Dec 2022 05:00:00 -0500 2263 171 full false {Replay} Key Steps to Planning Your 2022 Action Plan {Replay} Key Steps to Planning Your 2022 Action Plan Let’s “keep it simple sweetie” while we plan for next year. What do you think?

I plan to use my “KISS” philosophy while I plan for next year because it is incredibly impactful, it gets results and it’s not overwhelming.


I am walking you through that philosophy in this episode along with the three main things that I focus on that move the needle forward in my business.


I have some scary and amazing goals that I am sharing with you as well throughout the episode.


I know listening to this will help you prepare for next year and start dreaming big about the things that you want to happen in your life and in your business next year.


I know that if you believe in yourself and in your goals, you will reach them. I have experienced this firsthand, so tune in to learn my philosophy and what I think you should focus on going into next year.


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/170


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Let’s “keep it simple sweetie” while we plan for next year. What do you think?

I plan to use my “KISS” philosophy while I plan for next year because it is incredibly impactful, it gets results and it’s not overwhelming.


I am walking you through that philosophy in this episode along with the three main things that I focus on that move the needle forward in my business.


I have some scary and amazing goals that I am sharing with you as well throughout the episode.


I know listening to this will help you prepare for next year and start dreaming big about the things that you want to happen in your life and in your business next year.


I know that if you believe in yourself and in your goals, you will reach them. I have experienced this firsthand, so tune in to learn my philosophy and what I think you should focus on going into next year.


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/170


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/170 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11733057 Tue, 29 Nov 2022 05:00:00 -0500 1645 170 full false Growing Your Service-Based Business as a New Mom with Rachel Greeno Growing Your Service-Based Business as a New Mom with Rachel Greeno Are you running a business as a new mom? 

It can be overwhelming to try to juggle being a mom and a service-based business owner, but it’s totally possible! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am doing an entrepreneur spotlight with Rachel Greeno, a Conversions for Clients student and Serve Scale Soar® member.


She’s a Facebook ad manager and she’s here to share her experience with taking maternity leave, running a business as a new mom, what it’s like to lose all of your clients and have to start over, and so much more.


Rachel is a Funnel Strategist who pivoted from a career in corporate PR to building a boutique social media marketing agency. She founded Lamplighter Marketing in 2017 and for the first 4 years, she struggled through all the growing pains associated with going from solopreneur to an agency. 


She now has an AMAZING team of seasoned strategists and managers who help her B2C eCommerce, home services, health & wellness, and alcoholic beverage clients with cross-platform ads and organic management. 


Tune in to learn how Rachel grew her business as a new mom and how you can too! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/169


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rachel’s website: https://lamplightermarketing.com

Connect with Rachel on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rachelgreeno/

Follow Rachel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lamplightermarketing/

Follow Rachel on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@lamplightermarketing


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Are you running a business as a new mom? 

It can be overwhelming to try to juggle being a mom and a service-based business owner, but it’s totally possible! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am doing an entrepreneur spotlight with Rachel Greeno, a Conversions for Clients student and Serve Scale Soar® member.


She’s a Facebook ad manager and she’s here to share her experience with taking maternity leave, running a business as a new mom, what it’s like to lose all of your clients and have to start over, and so much more.


Rachel is a Funnel Strategist who pivoted from a career in corporate PR to building a boutique social media marketing agency. She founded Lamplighter Marketing in 2017 and for the first 4 years, she struggled through all the growing pains associated with going from solopreneur to an agency. 


She now has an AMAZING team of seasoned strategists and managers who help her B2C eCommerce, home services, health & wellness, and alcoholic beverage clients with cross-platform ads and organic management. 


Tune in to learn how Rachel grew her business as a new mom and how you can too! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/169


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Rachel’s website: https://lamplightermarketing.com

Connect with Rachel on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rachelgreeno/

Follow Rachel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lamplightermarketing/

Follow Rachel on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@lamplightermarketing


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/169 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11700467 Tue, 22 Nov 2022 05:00:00 -0500 1836 169 full false Honeybook Vs. Dubsado: What You Need to Know Before You Choose Your CRM Honeybook Vs. Dubsado: What You Need to Know Before You Choose Your CRM Should you be using Honeybook in your business or Dubsado? 


People are constantly asking me which one is best, and honestly, either one of them is a great choice—I have used them both and think they’re both amazing products. But there are a few factors you may want to consider before you decide.


Consider this episode of Serve Scale Soar® the battle of the CRMs! I’m diving into both systems,  breaking them down, talking about their pricing and features, and I am also sharing what my Serve Scale Soar® members think. 


If you aren’t familliar, CRMs are a place for you to house your client information. They can be used for contracts, invoices, proposals, and your email communications, so essentially, they help you manage your clients in a simple, streamlined, and automated way. 


Tune in to learn about the differences between these two softwares, their pricing information, and how to know what’s right for you so that you can automate your business and start saving tons of time. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/168


Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for Dubsado: http://brandimowles.com/dubsado 

Sign up for Honeybook: http://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Check out Delighted with Dubsado: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/dubsado

Check out Honeybook in a Hurry: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/honeybook


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Should you be using Honeybook in your business or Dubsado? 


People are constantly asking me which one is best, and honestly, either one of them is a great choice—I have used them both and think they’re both amazing products. But there are a few factors you may want to consider before you decide.


Consider this episode of Serve Scale Soar® the battle of the CRMs! I’m diving into both systems,  breaking them down, talking about their pricing and features, and I am also sharing what my Serve Scale Soar® members think. 


If you aren’t familliar, CRMs are a place for you to house your client information. They can be used for contracts, invoices, proposals, and your email communications, so essentially, they help you manage your clients in a simple, streamlined, and automated way. 


Tune in to learn about the differences between these two softwares, their pricing information, and how to know what’s right for you so that you can automate your business and start saving tons of time. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/168


Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for Dubsado: http://brandimowles.com/dubsado 

Sign up for Honeybook: http://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Check out Delighted with Dubsado: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/dubsado

Check out Honeybook in a Hurry: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/honeybook


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/168 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11657843 Tue, 15 Nov 2022 05:00:00 -0500 1320 168 full false VIP Days Vs. Intensives: How To Know Which One Is Right For You VIP Days Vs. Intensives: How To Know Which One Is Right For You Have you heard of VIP Days or Intensives? If so, do you know what the difference even is? Don’t worry, I’m here to answer all of your questions! 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing what the difference between these two offers is, how to know if they’re right for you, and how you can add them to your business. 


In my business, I consider intensives to be paid discovery calls. They are quick and offer my clients a ton of strategy and value. Alternatively, VIP Days are more of a VIP experience with tons of implementation. 


Both offers have pros and cons. They have different time commitments, strategies, and price points, but they can both be a great way to increase your business revenue. And you can offer them both if it works for your business!


Tune in to learn more about what these two types of offers are and how to decide which one you should start implementing into your business. You’ll learn about the strategies, onboarding process, commitment, and expectations for each one, so you don’t want to miss this episode! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/167


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to my episode with Amanda Scott: www.brandimowles.com/128

Listen to my episode with Jordan Gill: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/

Listen to my hourly vs. package pricing episode: www.brandimowles.com/158

Get my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you heard of VIP Days or Intensives? If so, do you know what the difference even is? Don’t worry, I’m here to answer all of your questions! 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing what the difference between these two offers is, how to know if they’re right for you, and how you can add them to your business. 


In my business, I consider intensives to be paid discovery calls. They are quick and offer my clients a ton of strategy and value. Alternatively, VIP Days are more of a VIP experience with tons of implementation. 


Both offers have pros and cons. They have different time commitments, strategies, and price points, but they can both be a great way to increase your business revenue. And you can offer them both if it works for your business!


Tune in to learn more about what these two types of offers are and how to decide which one you should start implementing into your business. You’ll learn about the strategies, onboarding process, commitment, and expectations for each one, so you don’t want to miss this episode! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/167


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to my episode with Amanda Scott: www.brandimowles.com/128

Listen to my episode with Jordan Gill: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/

Listen to my hourly vs. package pricing episode: www.brandimowles.com/158

Get my free training: https://servescalesoar.com/10k


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/167 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11626368 Tue, 08 Nov 2022 05:00:00 -0500 1557 167 full false How To Plan For The Expected In Your Business and Life (Part 1) How To Plan For The Expected In Your Business and Life (Part 1) In the business world, we are always being told that we should be planning for the unexpected. And while I 100% believe that, I think it’s also very important to plan and prepare for the expected. 

For so many of us, there are things that come up throughout the year that we are expecting to come up, and yet we wait until the last minute to plan for it, or worst case scenario, we don’t plan for it at all. 

Whether it’s your kids coming home for summer break, vacations, or pregnancy like me, these are things that we can anticipate and plan for ahead of time so that it’s not overwhelming or stressful when it does happen. 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m beginning a series where I share my best tips for planning for those expected things that come up in your business so that you are fully prepared and your business doesn’t suffer. When you have systems and plans in place, things are so much easier! This also makes it easier to deal when the unexpected happens. 

Tune in to part one in the four-part series where I will walk you through how I am preparing for the expected in my business and how you can too. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/166


Resources Mentioned:

Check out our free resources: http://brandimowles.com


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> In the business world, we are always being told that we should be planning for the unexpected. And while I 100% believe that, I think it’s also very important to plan and prepare for the expected. 

For so many of us, there are things that come up throughout the year that we are expecting to come up, and yet we wait until the last minute to plan for it, or worst case scenario, we don’t plan for it at all. 

Whether it’s your kids coming home for summer break, vacations, or pregnancy like me, these are things that we can anticipate and plan for ahead of time so that it’s not overwhelming or stressful when it does happen. 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m beginning a series where I share my best tips for planning for those expected things that come up in your business so that you are fully prepared and your business doesn’t suffer. When you have systems and plans in place, things are so much easier! This also makes it easier to deal when the unexpected happens. 

Tune in to part one in the four-part series where I will walk you through how I am preparing for the expected in my business and how you can too. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/166


Resources Mentioned:

Check out our free resources: http://brandimowles.com


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/166 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11540607 Tue, 01 Nov 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1159 166 full false $500 Months to 5-Figure Months as a Single Mom with Natalie Anne Martin $500 Months to 5-Figure Months as a Single Mom with Natalie Anne Martin Are you looking for some serious inspiration? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Natalie, one of my Conversions for Clients students, to talk about how she went from making $500 a month as a VA to having consistent five-figure months in one year as a single mom. 


Natalie Anne Martin is a Facebook Ad Strategist and single mom. After 10+ years of bartending, she decided to start working online to be able to spend more time with her daughter and also earn enough to support them both on her own. 


She found her passion for Facebook Ads when she entered the online space as a high-ticket affiliate marketer and quickly pivoted to launch her own business helping other online entrepreneurs scale their businesses and create more passive income with Facebook Ads. 


Within 1.5 years, she has scaled her business to start generating consistent 5-figure months and loves that she's able to help other moms gain more time for their kids with the services she provides.


Tune in to learn more about Natalie's journey from VA to Facebook ads strategist as a single mom who completely transformed her life in just one year. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/165


Resources Mentioned:

Follow Natalie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/natalieanneads/

Visit Natalie’s website: https://www.natalieanneads.com/

Get on the waitlist for Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist

Check out Natalie’s free ads checklist: https://www.natalieanneads.com/free-ads-checklist

Episode 62: How Hollie Lowes Went From Broke Backpacker to a High-Income World Traveler: https://brandimowles.com/2020/10/27/world-traveler/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Are you looking for some serious inspiration? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Natalie, one of my Conversions for Clients students, to talk about how she went from making $500 a month as a VA to having consistent five-figure months in one year as a single mom. 


Natalie Anne Martin is a Facebook Ad Strategist and single mom. After 10+ years of bartending, she decided to start working online to be able to spend more time with her daughter and also earn enough to support them both on her own. 


She found her passion for Facebook Ads when she entered the online space as a high-ticket affiliate marketer and quickly pivoted to launch her own business helping other online entrepreneurs scale their businesses and create more passive income with Facebook Ads. 


Within 1.5 years, she has scaled her business to start generating consistent 5-figure months and loves that she's able to help other moms gain more time for their kids with the services she provides.


Tune in to learn more about Natalie's journey from VA to Facebook ads strategist as a single mom who completely transformed her life in just one year. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/165


Resources Mentioned:

Follow Natalie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/natalieanneads/

Visit Natalie’s website: https://www.natalieanneads.com/

Get on the waitlist for Conversions for Clients: https://brandimowles.com/cfc-waitlist

Check out Natalie’s free ads checklist: https://www.natalieanneads.com/free-ads-checklist

Episode 62: How Hollie Lowes Went From Broke Backpacker to a High-Income World Traveler: https://brandimowles.com/2020/10/27/world-traveler/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors, or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> https://www.brandimowles.com/165 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11503012 Tue, 25 Oct 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1820 165 full false The Best Tools For Simplifying Your Business The Best Tools For Simplifying Your Business If you’re anything like me, you love a good software. I am the queen of finding the best software, but we do try to keep it as simple as possible. If you know me, you know my motto is “keep it simple, sweetie” and that was the whole goal this year. Simplicity. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing the 14 tools that I use for my business that we are loving in 2022. The more that we can automate our business, the more time we can get back and the less of a team we need. 


My business grew fast, and with that amount of growth in that amount of time, we had to upgrade our systems because the ones we had just didn’t work anymore. So we have been on a mission to get our tech stack perfected. 


We went back to the basics to simplify and streamline as much as possible. The software I’m sharing worked for us, but they may not work for you. Just because I love it and it works for my business doesn’t mean that you have to try it too. It’s all about finding what’s right for your business. 


Tune in to find out the 14 top tools, why we love them, how we use them, and who I think they would be right for. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/164


Resources Mentioned:

Slack: https://slack.com

Zoom: https://zoom.us

Google: https://workspace.google.com

Showit: https://showit.co

Convertkit: https://convertkit.com

Clickup: http://Brandimowles.com/clickup

Dubsado: http://brandimowles.com/dubsado

Searchie: http://brandimowles.com/searchie

Xperiencify: https://xperiencify.com

Thrivecart: http://brandimowles.com/thrivecart

Handwrytten: https://www.handwrytten.com

Canva: https://brandimowles.com/canva

AddEvent: https://www.addevent.com/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com

Honeybook: http://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Kajabi: http://brandimowles.com/kajabi


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> If you’re anything like me, you love a good software. I am the queen of finding the best software, but we do try to keep it as simple as possible. If you know me, you know my motto is “keep it simple, sweetie” and that was the whole goal this year. Simplicity. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing the 14 tools that I use for my business that we are loving in 2022. The more that we can automate our business, the more time we can get back and the less of a team we need. 


My business grew fast, and with that amount of growth in that amount of time, we had to upgrade our systems because the ones we had just didn’t work anymore. So we have been on a mission to get our tech stack perfected. 


We went back to the basics to simplify and streamline as much as possible. The software I’m sharing worked for us, but they may not work for you. Just because I love it and it works for my business doesn’t mean that you have to try it too. It’s all about finding what’s right for your business. 


Tune in to find out the 14 top tools, why we love them, how we use them, and who I think they would be right for. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/164


Resources Mentioned:

Slack: https://slack.com

Zoom: https://zoom.us

Google: https://workspace.google.com

Showit: https://showit.co

Convertkit: https://convertkit.com

Clickup: http://Brandimowles.com/clickup

Dubsado: http://brandimowles.com/dubsado

Searchie: http://brandimowles.com/searchie

Xperiencify: https://xperiencify.com

Thrivecart: http://brandimowles.com/thrivecart

Handwrytten: https://www.handwrytten.com

Canva: https://brandimowles.com/canva

AddEvent: https://www.addevent.com/

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com

Honeybook: http://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Kajabi: http://brandimowles.com/kajabi


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/164 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11487943 Tue, 18 Oct 2022 05:00:00 -0400 2089 164 full false How To Start Offering A Premium Service with Conversion Copywriting with Anna Powers How To Start Offering A Premium Service with Conversion Copywriting with Anna Powers Are you ready to start offering a premium service but you don’t want to go the ads or funnel-building route?


Many people know what copywriting is, but conversion copywriting is a premium service that not enough people are tapping into. This service can give your business a major upgrade. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Anna Powers to talk about what conversion copywriting is, why it’s a premium service, and how to know if it’s right for you. Even if you’re not a copywriter, stick with me. We talk about a lot of things like pricing strategies, tips for handling clients, and other amazing tips for your business. 


Anna Powers is a Conversion Copywriter and Online Business Mentor who helps her clients get paid to write copy through her Clickworthy Copywriting Certification™. 


A former civil litigator, Anna now uses her background of analysis and strategy to support 7- and 8-figure business owners with their messaging and to train and certify copywriters so they can build thriving online businesses. Past clients' results include a $4.4 million launch, quadrupling email open rates, and doubling annual revenue.


As a conversion copywriter, your job is to create words that sell. You’re building a relationship that can then move people from one place into a more helpful place where they're going to be more likely to get the results that they want. 


Tune in to learn more about this service and how you can become a conversion copywriter! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/163


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Anna’s website: https://www.saraannapowers.com/

Follow Anna on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/saraannapowers

Follow Anna on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/saraannapowers

Get Anna’s FREE Guide to the Business of Copywriting: https://annapowers.lpages.co/guide/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Are you ready to start offering a premium service but you don’t want to go the ads or funnel-building route?


Many people know what copywriting is, but conversion copywriting is a premium service that not enough people are tapping into. This service can give your business a major upgrade. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Anna Powers to talk about what conversion copywriting is, why it’s a premium service, and how to know if it’s right for you. Even if you’re not a copywriter, stick with me. We talk about a lot of things like pricing strategies, tips for handling clients, and other amazing tips for your business. 


Anna Powers is a Conversion Copywriter and Online Business Mentor who helps her clients get paid to write copy through her Clickworthy Copywriting Certification™. 


A former civil litigator, Anna now uses her background of analysis and strategy to support 7- and 8-figure business owners with their messaging and to train and certify copywriters so they can build thriving online businesses. Past clients' results include a $4.4 million launch, quadrupling email open rates, and doubling annual revenue.


As a conversion copywriter, your job is to create words that sell. You’re building a relationship that can then move people from one place into a more helpful place where they're going to be more likely to get the results that they want. 


Tune in to learn more about this service and how you can become a conversion copywriter! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/163


Resources Mentioned:

Check out Anna’s website: https://www.saraannapowers.com/

Follow Anna on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/saraannapowers

Follow Anna on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/saraannapowers

Get Anna’s FREE Guide to the Business of Copywriting: https://annapowers.lpages.co/guide/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/163 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11464020 Tue, 11 Oct 2022 05:00:00 -0400 2314 163 full false It’s Easier Than You Think: How to Use Digital Products to Take Your Business Income to the Next Level with Monica Froese It’s Easier Than You Think: How to Use Digital Products to Take Your Business Income to the Next Level with Monica Froese Have you ever wondered about adding a Shopify store to your website to increase your income? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Monica Froese to talk about how to easily increase your income with a Shopify store. 


If you have no interest in creating a course or membership or anything like that, stay with us! I truly believe this is a great way to add a few extra hundred or thousand dollars to your account every month without having to actually create anything new. 


Monica is a digital product coach for women business owners and host of the popular podcast, Empowered Business. She has an MBA degree in finance and marketing and runs two brands Redefining Mom, a site for helping women find their identity outside of motherhood, and Empowered Business, where she empowers women to create financial independence through building 6-figure digital product businesses. 


She spent 11 years working for a Fortune 100 company running multi-million dollar marketing campaigns with large brands like Microsoft and HP. Now she provides online marketing education to small businesses that are looking to build a profitable revenue stream through digital products through her online programs and podcast.


There is so much potential with digital products, and if you already have an email list, you could be leaving money on the table by not starting your shop. Tune in to learn more about how to do it! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/162


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Monica’s website: https://monicafroese.com/sss

Follow Monica on Facebook: https://facebook.com/monicanfroese

Follow Monica on Instagram: https://instagram.com/monica.froese

Connect with Monica on LinkedIn: https://linkedin.com/in/monicafroese


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Have you ever wondered about adding a Shopify store to your website to increase your income? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Monica Froese to talk about how to easily increase your income with a Shopify store. 


If you have no interest in creating a course or membership or anything like that, stay with us! I truly believe this is a great way to add a few extra hundred or thousand dollars to your account every month without having to actually create anything new. 


Monica is a digital product coach for women business owners and host of the popular podcast, Empowered Business. She has an MBA degree in finance and marketing and runs two brands Redefining Mom, a site for helping women find their identity outside of motherhood, and Empowered Business, where she empowers women to create financial independence through building 6-figure digital product businesses. 


She spent 11 years working for a Fortune 100 company running multi-million dollar marketing campaigns with large brands like Microsoft and HP. Now she provides online marketing education to small businesses that are looking to build a profitable revenue stream through digital products through her online programs and podcast.


There is so much potential with digital products, and if you already have an email list, you could be leaving money on the table by not starting your shop. Tune in to learn more about how to do it! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/162


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Monica’s website: https://monicafroese.com/sss

Follow Monica on Facebook: https://facebook.com/monicanfroese

Follow Monica on Instagram: https://instagram.com/monica.froese

Connect with Monica on LinkedIn: https://linkedin.com/in/monicafroese


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/162 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11402263 Tue, 04 Oct 2022 05:00:00 -0400 2733 162 full false Increasing Your Visibility and Authority with Lisa Richards Increasing Your Visibility and Authority with Lisa Richards How visible is your business? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking all about how to get visible. I sat down with Lisa Richards, a PR guest expert to talk you through the Ladder of Visibility. We’re not just talking about podcast guesting, getting featured on Forbes, writing blog posts, or getting on YouTube. We’re actually talking about all of it and what order you can do it in. 


Lisa Simone Richards is a PR & Visibility Strategist for online coaches who want to get seen everywhere. Through her free workshops, masterclasses, and mentorship program, she gives you the insider secrets on how to get exposure and reach more people without spinning on social media or wasting more money on Facebook ads.


Her clients learn the lather-rinse-repeat formula for more visibility which makes them more sales. They go from invisible to in-demand getting interviewed on top podcasts, partnering with big names in their industry and building their authority expert status getting featured on major media like FOX, NBC, Forbes, Inc., and more.


Tune in to learn more from Lisa about earned media, the Ladder of Visibility, how to find podcasts to be a guest on, and so much more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/161


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Lisa’s website: www.lisasimonerichards.com

Join The Build Your Authority Online Facebook group: www.facebook.com/groups/buildyourauthorityonline

Download the Perfect Podcast Pitch Template: www.theperfectpodcastpitch.com

The 3 Types of Traffic For Your Business and How To Determine Which One’s Right For You: https://brandimowles.com/137

How to Pitch Yourself on Podcasts to Get More Clients with Angie Trueblood: https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/22/angie-trueblood/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> How visible is your business? 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking all about how to get visible. I sat down with Lisa Richards, a PR guest expert to talk you through the Ladder of Visibility. We’re not just talking about podcast guesting, getting featured on Forbes, writing blog posts, or getting on YouTube. We’re actually talking about all of it and what order you can do it in. 


Lisa Simone Richards is a PR & Visibility Strategist for online coaches who want to get seen everywhere. Through her free workshops, masterclasses, and mentorship program, she gives you the insider secrets on how to get exposure and reach more people without spinning on social media or wasting more money on Facebook ads.


Her clients learn the lather-rinse-repeat formula for more visibility which makes them more sales. They go from invisible to in-demand getting interviewed on top podcasts, partnering with big names in their industry and building their authority expert status getting featured on major media like FOX, NBC, Forbes, Inc., and more.


Tune in to learn more from Lisa about earned media, the Ladder of Visibility, how to find podcasts to be a guest on, and so much more! 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/161


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Lisa’s website: www.lisasimonerichards.com

Join The Build Your Authority Online Facebook group: www.facebook.com/groups/buildyourauthorityonline

Download the Perfect Podcast Pitch Template: www.theperfectpodcastpitch.com

The 3 Types of Traffic For Your Business and How To Determine Which One’s Right For You: https://brandimowles.com/137

How to Pitch Yourself on Podcasts to Get More Clients with Angie Trueblood: https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/22/angie-trueblood/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/161 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11336279 Tue, 27 Sep 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1916 161 full false Don’t Send Another Contract Without These 4 Things Don’t Send Another Contract Without These 4 Things “What does your contract say?” 


If you’re a member of Serve Scale soar®, you’ve probably heard me say this before. As service providers, issues will come up—whether it’s late payments, clients canceling their contracts, or even scope creep, but how you have to handle it will always come down to your contract. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into the four things you need to have in your contract to protect yourself and your business. So many people forget these crucial pieces, but including them makes life so much easier.


With freelancers, virtual assistants, or service providers, the chances of getting sued are so incredibly small because if there were damages or a dispute about your work, the value is probably so low that it would actually cost more to go to court than just to forget the whole situation to begin with.


Does that mean you can never be sued? No! People could be sued for anything, but your risk in this profession is lower. However, I 100% believe that everyone should have a contract. What I love about contracts is that many times, it handles the conflicts for you. You can always refer back to it when issues with clients come up.


Tune in to learn how you can uplevel your contracts and make uncomfortable client situations easier to handle. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/160


Resources Mentioned:

Join us inside of Serve Scale Soar®: ​​https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> “What does your contract say?” 


If you’re a member of Serve Scale soar®, you’ve probably heard me say this before. As service providers, issues will come up—whether it’s late payments, clients canceling their contracts, or even scope creep, but how you have to handle it will always come down to your contract. 


In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving into the four things you need to have in your contract to protect yourself and your business. So many people forget these crucial pieces, but including them makes life so much easier.


With freelancers, virtual assistants, or service providers, the chances of getting sued are so incredibly small because if there were damages or a dispute about your work, the value is probably so low that it would actually cost more to go to court than just to forget the whole situation to begin with.


Does that mean you can never be sued? No! People could be sued for anything, but your risk in this profession is lower. However, I 100% believe that everyone should have a contract. What I love about contracts is that many times, it handles the conflicts for you. You can always refer back to it when issues with clients come up.


Tune in to learn how you can uplevel your contracts and make uncomfortable client situations easier to handle. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/160


Resources Mentioned:

Join us inside of Serve Scale Soar®: ​​https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/160 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11308719 Tue, 20 Sep 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1098 160 full false A 3-Year Anniversary Celebration: Building Strong Relationships with Clients with Stephanie Judice A 3-Year Anniversary Celebration: Building Strong Relationships with Clients with Stephanie Judice This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is a super special one because we are celebrating our 3-year anniversary! 


To celebrate, I have a special guest joining me today. Stephanie Judice is my podcast producer, and she is joining us today to talk about her podcast management business, how she works, client retention, and so much more. 


This podcast episode isn’t just for podcast managers! It has useful tips and information for any service provider. Stephanie has so much knowledge to share, so I am so excited she joined us.


Stephanie is the CEO of a podcast production agency that works primarily with female coaches, consultants, and course creators to help them launch their podcasts and provide ongoing management services.  With a knack for project management, organization, and design, Stephanie found her calling when one of her VA clients wanted to start a podcast.  Thanks to google and YouTube, Stephanie started her biz from home and has grown into a small agency that now serves clients across the US! 


Make sure to tune in to learn more about Stephanie's secrets to client retention, referrals,  the systems that increase her success, and so much more. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/159


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Stephanie’s website: www.stephaniejudice.com

Follow Stephanie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stephaniejudice


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is a super special one because we are celebrating our 3-year anniversary! 


To celebrate, I have a special guest joining me today. Stephanie Judice is my podcast producer, and she is joining us today to talk about her podcast management business, how she works, client retention, and so much more. 


This podcast episode isn’t just for podcast managers! It has useful tips and information for any service provider. Stephanie has so much knowledge to share, so I am so excited she joined us.


Stephanie is the CEO of a podcast production agency that works primarily with female coaches, consultants, and course creators to help them launch their podcasts and provide ongoing management services.  With a knack for project management, organization, and design, Stephanie found her calling when one of her VA clients wanted to start a podcast.  Thanks to google and YouTube, Stephanie started her biz from home and has grown into a small agency that now serves clients across the US! 


Make sure to tune in to learn more about Stephanie's secrets to client retention, referrals,  the systems that increase her success, and so much more. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/159


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Stephanie’s website: www.stephaniejudice.com

Follow Stephanie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/stephaniejudice


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/159 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11286888 Tue, 13 Sep 2022 05:00:00 -0400 3110 159 full false Hourly vs. Package Pricing: What Do Clients Really Want? Hourly vs. Package Pricing: What Do Clients Really Want? “Don’t clients want hourly, and not cookie cutter packages?”


This is a question I see asked a lot, so in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving in to answer it because there’s a lot to unpack here. 


Are there clients that want hourly? Absolutely. Are there clients that want packages? 100%. Are there clients that think they want hourly but end up going with packages? You bet. 


It’s really up to you how you price your services, however, there are differences in the way most clients see you based on if you are hourly or package pricing. Hourly clients tend to treat you as an “employee” instead of a business owner or contractor. You’re also more likely to see things like scope creep with hourly clients which is definitely something to consider when you decide on pricing your services. 


So what do you do? It’s all about how you deliver the information during your discovery call. You are delivering a transformation with your packages, and sometimes, clients don’t realize that until you explain it. By showing them the benefits of package pricing, many clients are okay with purchasing a package. 


Tune in to hear more about the pros and cons of packages vs. hourly pricing, what clients are looking for, and how to communicate with clients who may be reluctant for packages so that you can systemize and scale with simplicity.


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/158


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the Discovery Call episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/07/05/15-minute-discovery-call/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> “Don’t clients want hourly, and not cookie cutter packages?”


This is a question I see asked a lot, so in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m diving in to answer it because there’s a lot to unpack here. 


Are there clients that want hourly? Absolutely. Are there clients that want packages? 100%. Are there clients that think they want hourly but end up going with packages? You bet. 


It’s really up to you how you price your services, however, there are differences in the way most clients see you based on if you are hourly or package pricing. Hourly clients tend to treat you as an “employee” instead of a business owner or contractor. You’re also more likely to see things like scope creep with hourly clients which is definitely something to consider when you decide on pricing your services. 


So what do you do? It’s all about how you deliver the information during your discovery call. You are delivering a transformation with your packages, and sometimes, clients don’t realize that until you explain it. By showing them the benefits of package pricing, many clients are okay with purchasing a package. 


Tune in to hear more about the pros and cons of packages vs. hourly pricing, what clients are looking for, and how to communicate with clients who may be reluctant for packages so that you can systemize and scale with simplicity.


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/158


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the Discovery Call episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/07/05/15-minute-discovery-call/


Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/158 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11246943 Tue, 06 Sep 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1122 158 full false Scale with Simplicity™: The Foundation of Scaling Your Business to $10K Months Consistently Scale with Simplicity™: The Foundation of Scaling Your Business to $10K Months Consistently Are you ready to scale your business? 


As service providers, it can be hard to scale because you only have so much time in a day. The idea of scaling to $10K months can feel so out of reach, but it doesn’t have to be! There are ways you can scale your business with or without a team. 


In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am talking all about how to scale with simplicity in your service-based business. This is one of my favorite topics and today I’m sharing my four-part framework on how to make it happen. 


I teach this information in my 10K training and we go deep into this topic inside of Serve Scale Soar®. I am so excited to share it with you here today as well. I’ve helped over 100 entrepreneurs hit six figures by using this framework. It is totally possible for you too! 


It’s all about those foundational pieces. Sometimes you need to head back to the roadmap and focus on moving the needle instead of letting shiny object syndrome get the best of you. 


This is the framework that I use in my own business today and I constantly revisit it. Whether you’re just starting out or making five-figure months, it works no matter where you are in your business. 


Tune in to hear my tips for packaging your services, setting up systems, increasing your marketing minutes, elevating your brand, and scaling your business. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/157


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the Onboarding Clients episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/12/29/onboarding-process/

Get 50% off Honeybook for one year: brandimowles.com/honeybook

Sign up for Dubsado: brandimowles.com/dubsado

Listen to the Active Vs. Passive Marketing episode: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/passive-vs-active-marketing-how-where-to-market-your/id1477998650?i=1000465256759

Listen to the Discovery Call episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/07/05/15-minute-discovery-call/

Listen to the VIP Day episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/



Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> Are you ready to scale your business? 


As service providers, it can be hard to scale because you only have so much time in a day. The idea of scaling to $10K months can feel so out of reach, but it doesn’t have to be! There are ways you can scale your business with or without a team. 


In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am talking all about how to scale with simplicity in your service-based business. This is one of my favorite topics and today I’m sharing my four-part framework on how to make it happen. 


I teach this information in my 10K training and we go deep into this topic inside of Serve Scale Soar®. I am so excited to share it with you here today as well. I’ve helped over 100 entrepreneurs hit six figures by using this framework. It is totally possible for you too! 


It’s all about those foundational pieces. Sometimes you need to head back to the roadmap and focus on moving the needle instead of letting shiny object syndrome get the best of you. 


This is the framework that I use in my own business today and I constantly revisit it. Whether you’re just starting out or making five-figure months, it works no matter where you are in your business. 


Tune in to hear my tips for packaging your services, setting up systems, increasing your marketing minutes, elevating your brand, and scaling your business. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/157


Resources Mentioned:

Listen to the Onboarding Clients episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/12/29/onboarding-process/

Get 50% off Honeybook for one year: brandimowles.com/honeybook

Sign up for Dubsado: brandimowles.com/dubsado

Listen to the Active Vs. Passive Marketing episode: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/passive-vs-active-marketing-how-where-to-market-your/id1477998650?i=1000465256759

Listen to the Discovery Call episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/07/05/15-minute-discovery-call/

Listen to the VIP Day episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/



Additional Resources:

Ready to scale to consistent 10k months without growing a team, hiring contractors or creating a course? Then it’s time for you to Scale with Simplicity®.  Find out more >> https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/157 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11200863 Tue, 30 Aug 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1245 157 full false How to Attract High-Paying Clients On LinkedIn: A Fan Favorite Replay How to Attract High-Paying Clients On LinkedIn: A Fan Favorite Replay Is your ideal client hanging out on LinkedIn? Do you think that you’re even using LinkedIn to the fullest?


In this episode, we are bringing back a fan favorite and we’re chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it. 


I am covering the 3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin, how to make sure your profile is optimized, why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile, how to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients and so much more.


LinkedIn is one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less. 


If you want to know the trick to that, tune in to this episode because I am teaching you how you can do the same.


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/156



Resources Mentioned:

Temi Transcription: https://www.temi.com

Get my FREE video tutorial: https://brandimowles.com/linkedin


Additional Resources:

Learn More About Serve Scale Soar https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Is your ideal client hanging out on LinkedIn? Do you think that you’re even using LinkedIn to the fullest?


In this episode, we are bringing back a fan favorite and we’re chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it. 


I am covering the 3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin, how to make sure your profile is optimized, why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile, how to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients and so much more.


LinkedIn is one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less. 


If you want to know the trick to that, tune in to this episode because I am teaching you how you can do the same.


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/156



Resources Mentioned:

Temi Transcription: https://www.temi.com

Get my FREE video tutorial: https://brandimowles.com/linkedin


Additional Resources:

Learn More About Serve Scale Soar https://brandimowles.com/join-serve-scale-soar

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/156 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11158750 Tue, 23 Aug 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1228 156 full false Finding Success In A Micro-Niche and Multiple Streams of Revenue with Jenna Quentin Finding Success In A Micro-Niche and Multiple Streams of Revenue with Jenna Quentin Are you wondering if you can have a successful business with a super niche market? 


I have heard from so many people that they can’t niche down because they will lose out on so many clients, but that’s really not the case at all. You can actually grow your business so much more if you do niche down. 


In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Beta to Biggie students, Jenna Quentin, to talk about how she is rocking it with a super niche market. She also shares how she uses in-person events to land clients and students and how she structured her membership. 


After years as a freelance writer and journalist, Jenna combined her love of natural health with writing skills to found Adjust Your Media. Serving chiropractors exclusively, she helps clients increase their impact through content creation and storytelling. 


Whether she’s coaching clients to DIY or managing their blogs and social media accounts, Jenna is dedicated to sharing health from the inside out. Jenna lives a slightly chaotic fairytale with her French firefighter husband and their 4 kids. 


Whether you’re a service provider or course creator, you will love Jenna’s story. She has so much valuable insight into thinking outside the box when it comes to business, pivoting, mindset shifts, and so much more. Tune in to hear her story! 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/155


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Jenna’s website: https://www.jennaquentin.com

Follow Jenna on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/adjustyourmedia/

Episode 127: How To Use A Leveraged Program To Scale Your Services www.brandimowles.com/127


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> Are you wondering if you can have a successful business with a super niche market? 


I have heard from so many people that they can’t niche down because they will lose out on so many clients, but that’s really not the case at all. You can actually grow your business so much more if you do niche down. 


In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Beta to Biggie students, Jenna Quentin, to talk about how she is rocking it with a super niche market. She also shares how she uses in-person events to land clients and students and how she structured her membership. 


After years as a freelance writer and journalist, Jenna combined her love of natural health with writing skills to found Adjust Your Media. Serving chiropractors exclusively, she helps clients increase their impact through content creation and storytelling. 


Whether she’s coaching clients to DIY or managing their blogs and social media accounts, Jenna is dedicated to sharing health from the inside out. Jenna lives a slightly chaotic fairytale with her French firefighter husband and their 4 kids. 


Whether you’re a service provider or course creator, you will love Jenna’s story. She has so much valuable insight into thinking outside the box when it comes to business, pivoting, mindset shifts, and so much more. Tune in to hear her story! 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/155


Resources Mentioned:

Visit Jenna’s website: https://www.jennaquentin.com

Follow Jenna on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/adjustyourmedia/

Episode 127: How To Use A Leveraged Program To Scale Your Services www.brandimowles.com/127


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/155 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11084484 Tue, 16 Aug 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1850 155 full false 32 Lessons in 32 Years: A Special Birthday Episode 32 Lessons in 32 Years: A Special Birthday Episode It’s my birthday! And to celebrate, I created this special episode of the podcast for you where I’m sharing 32 lessons that I have learned in 32 years. Most of them are business related, but I am sharing some personal lessons too. 


I am a firm believer that birthdays are so important and they should be celebrated! So this is my way of doing that. I have learned a lot over the years and I have grown so much both personally and in business. 


These tips are a culmination of what I have learned and want to share with others. They include valuable lessons on things like why you should lead with love, the importance of simplicity, how to dust yourself off and try again, and so much more. 


It all comes down to being true to yourself, following your gut, and trusting that things are going to happen when they are meant to. Don’t rush your timeline, things will happen at just the right time. 


I share so many more tips and life lessons just like these on the show. If you’re ready to celebrate with me and learn my 32 lessons, make sure to tune into this special episode. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/154


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> It’s my birthday! And to celebrate, I created this special episode of the podcast for you where I’m sharing 32 lessons that I have learned in 32 years. Most of them are business related, but I am sharing some personal lessons too. 


I am a firm believer that birthdays are so important and they should be celebrated! So this is my way of doing that. I have learned a lot over the years and I have grown so much both personally and in business. 


These tips are a culmination of what I have learned and want to share with others. They include valuable lessons on things like why you should lead with love, the importance of simplicity, how to dust yourself off and try again, and so much more. 


It all comes down to being true to yourself, following your gut, and trusting that things are going to happen when they are meant to. Don’t rush your timeline, things will happen at just the right time. 


I share so many more tips and life lessons just like these on the show. If you’re ready to celebrate with me and learn my 32 lessons, make sure to tune into this special episode. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/154


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany



]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/154 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11070749 Tue, 09 Aug 2022 05:00:00 -0400 2908 154 full false How to Handle Tough Situations with Clients and Things You Can Do to Avoid Them All Together How to Handle Tough Situations with Clients and Things You Can Do to Avoid Them All Together What do you do when a client is unhappy with the services you provided or when a client is coming to you after being unhappy with another service provider? 


This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is all about client struggles. We all have them, but what do you do? When we have clients that want something specific, it’s really important that we set clear expectations for them right away. 


It takes open and honest communication, realistic expectations, and boundaries to ensure a great client relationship. It helps you build trust and really impress your clients so they want to work with you forever. 


You will have struggles with clients, and you’ll have clients that have had struggles with other service providers. The important thing to remember is that there are things that we can do to fix the issues and wow them so that they build their trust back in service providers. 


Tune in to hear my best tips for dealing with difficult client relationships and preventing them with honest expectations about what results can be achieved. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/153


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> What do you do when a client is unhappy with the services you provided or when a client is coming to you after being unhappy with another service provider? 


This episode of Serve Scale Soar® is all about client struggles. We all have them, but what do you do? When we have clients that want something specific, it’s really important that we set clear expectations for them right away. 


It takes open and honest communication, realistic expectations, and boundaries to ensure a great client relationship. It helps you build trust and really impress your clients so they want to work with you forever. 


You will have struggles with clients, and you’ll have clients that have had struggles with other service providers. The important thing to remember is that there are things that we can do to fix the issues and wow them so that they build their trust back in service providers. 


Tune in to hear my best tips for dealing with difficult client relationships and preventing them with honest expectations about what results can be achieved. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/153


Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/153 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-11038239 Tue, 02 Aug 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1077 153 full false How to Offer Consulting as a Premium Service in Your Business with Laura Meyer How to Offer Consulting as a Premium Service in Your Business with Laura Meyer Have you ever wanted to become a consultant? 


Inside of Serve Scale Soar®, we have what’s called the Scale With Simplicity System, and it has four pillars on how you can really scale your service-based business. The last one is to elevate your business, your services, and your brand. We talk about the ways to scale and one of the ways we talk about is to offer a premium service. 


Consulting actually never even crossed my mind until recently, so in today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m chatting with Laura Meyer to talk all about how to grow your business by becoming a consultant. 


Laura Meyer is an expert of experts—helping the country's top thought leaders, influencers, and mission-driven entrepreneurs create profit growth, effective marketing, and brand strategy from their zones of genius. 


As a serial entrepreneur who has spent 15 years scaling multiple six and seven-figure online and offline companies, she helps high-impact women create brands that make a difference in the world. Laura is also the co-founder of the Advance Women's Expert Network with her business partner Kelly Roach, where over 300 women come together to grow their own personal expert brand in order to catapult themselves into a category of one through community, connection, and co-collaboration.


Becoming a consultant is such an amazing opportunity for one-on-one service providers. Make sure to tune in to learn more about why this is such a great way to create an extra revenue stream or scale your business. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/152


Resources Mentioned:

Get Access to the 3 Types of Consulting Packages That High-End Clients Love to Buy:  https://joypreneur.lpages.co/consulting-packages/

Visit Laura’s website: https://laurameyer.consulting/

Follow Laura on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lauraemeyer/?hl=en

Connect with Laura on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laura-novak



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Have you ever wanted to become a consultant? 


Inside of Serve Scale Soar®, we have what’s called the Scale With Simplicity System, and it has four pillars on how you can really scale your service-based business. The last one is to elevate your business, your services, and your brand. We talk about the ways to scale and one of the ways we talk about is to offer a premium service. 


Consulting actually never even crossed my mind until recently, so in today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m chatting with Laura Meyer to talk all about how to grow your business by becoming a consultant. 


Laura Meyer is an expert of experts—helping the country's top thought leaders, influencers, and mission-driven entrepreneurs create profit growth, effective marketing, and brand strategy from their zones of genius. 


As a serial entrepreneur who has spent 15 years scaling multiple six and seven-figure online and offline companies, she helps high-impact women create brands that make a difference in the world. Laura is also the co-founder of the Advance Women's Expert Network with her business partner Kelly Roach, where over 300 women come together to grow their own personal expert brand in order to catapult themselves into a category of one through community, connection, and co-collaboration.


Becoming a consultant is such an amazing opportunity for one-on-one service providers. Make sure to tune in to learn more about why this is such a great way to create an extra revenue stream or scale your business. 


Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/152


Resources Mentioned:

Get Access to the 3 Types of Consulting Packages That High-End Clients Love to Buy:  https://joypreneur.lpages.co/consulting-packages/

Visit Laura’s website: https://laurameyer.consulting/

Follow Laura on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/lauraemeyer/?hl=en

Connect with Laura on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/laura-novak



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/152 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-10966074 Tue, 26 Jul 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1458 152 full false The Four Paths To Scaling Your Business: How to Determine What’s Best for You The Four Paths To Scaling Your Business: How to Determine What’s Best for You What is your scaling path? 


As service providers, we have so many options when it comes to scaling. There’s raising prices, getting a premium service, adding an intensive, growing a team, or even creating a digital product. But how do you know which option is right for you? 


In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m breaking down the most common scaling paths and discussing the pros and cons of each one so that you can decide which one is best for you. 


By the end of this episode, you’ll have a clear path about which one is right for your goals, not what everyone else is telling you to do from a marketing angle. 


There’s always so many ideas and paths to success swirling around that it can get overwhelming to know what to focus on, but what’s really important is that you find what works for you. Just because something worked for one business owner, doesn’t mean it will work for another. 


There is no one right way to do anything in business. You can choose more than one of these scaling paths if you want, just take them one at a time. Your opportunities for scaling are limitless! 


Tune in to hear the top 4 scaling paths (plus a bonus path!) so that you can decide which path to success is right for you. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/151


Resources Mentioned:

VIP Days episode with Jordan Gill: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/

Affiliate Marketing as a Service Provider podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/01/how-to-use-affiliate-marketing-as-a-service-provider/

Leveraged Program podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/06/21/what-type-of-leveraged-program-is-right-for-you/

How Kate Ahl Grew Her Agnecy podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2021/06/08/how-kate-ahl-grew-her-agency-and-became-the-go-to-pinterest-expert/

Podcast Agency episode with Stephanie Judice: https://brandimowles.com/2022/01/11/should-you-start-a-podcast-with-stephanie-judice/

Hiring Tips episode with Julie Calcote: https://brandimowles.com/2022/05/03/hiring-success-when-to-hire-what-to-delegate-and-how-to-find-the-right-person-with-julie-calcote/



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> What is your scaling path? 


As service providers, we have so many options when it comes to scaling. There’s raising prices, getting a premium service, adding an intensive, growing a team, or even creating a digital product. But how do you know which option is right for you? 


In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m breaking down the most common scaling paths and discussing the pros and cons of each one so that you can decide which one is best for you. 


By the end of this episode, you’ll have a clear path about which one is right for your goals, not what everyone else is telling you to do from a marketing angle. 


There’s always so many ideas and paths to success swirling around that it can get overwhelming to know what to focus on, but what’s really important is that you find what works for you. Just because something worked for one business owner, doesn’t mean it will work for another. 


There is no one right way to do anything in business. You can choose more than one of these scaling paths if you want, just take them one at a time. Your opportunities for scaling are limitless! 


Tune in to hear the top 4 scaling paths (plus a bonus path!) so that you can decide which path to success is right for you. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/151


Resources Mentioned:

VIP Days episode with Jordan Gill: https://brandimowles.com/2020/08/11/scale-your-business-using-vip-days/

Affiliate Marketing as a Service Provider podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2019/10/01/how-to-use-affiliate-marketing-as-a-service-provider/

Leveraged Program podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/06/21/what-type-of-leveraged-program-is-right-for-you/

How Kate Ahl Grew Her Agnecy podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2021/06/08/how-kate-ahl-grew-her-agency-and-became-the-go-to-pinterest-expert/

Podcast Agency episode with Stephanie Judice: https://brandimowles.com/2022/01/11/should-you-start-a-podcast-with-stephanie-judice/

Hiring Tips episode with Julie Calcote: https://brandimowles.com/2022/05/03/hiring-success-when-to-hire-what-to-delegate-and-how-to-find-the-right-person-with-julie-calcote/



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/151 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-10946199 Tue, 19 Jul 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1802 151 full false Niching Down, Charging Premium to Start, and Dreaming Big With Merel Pyhala Niching Down, Charging Premium to Start, and Dreaming Big With Merel Pyhala Are you scared of niching down in your business? 


In the online business world, we hear this constantly: the riches are in the niches. But it can be hard to do because you feel like if you niche down, you’ll be missing out on so much business because you’ll drastically cut down on your audience. However, by niching down, you really can grow your business so much more and so much faster. 


In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Beta to Biggie members, Merel Pyhala, to talk about how choosing to serve a super niched audience propelled her business into a huge success. 


Merel Pyhala is a photographer of weddings in the summer and an Online Business Coach year-round. She used to be a multi-passionate entrepreneur, but she found her jam in helping other people build their online programs. 


Merel’s audience is specifically Dutch people who want to start an online program. Do you know the population of Holland? It’s not that large! However, Merel is experiencing massive success in her online business. 


You’ll find your people if you show up and start serving them. That’s what Merel did. She’s a dreamer and an action taker. She found her niche with Dutch people and grew her business fast because she wasn’t afraid to dive in and charge what she’s worth, even at the beginning. Tune in to learn how she did it and how you can too. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/150



Resources Mentioned:

Check out Merel’s website: https://www.thebusinessadventure.com/

Follow Merel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/merelpyhala/

Sign up for my free training: https://betatobiggie.com/million



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> Are you scared of niching down in your business? 


In the online business world, we hear this constantly: the riches are in the niches. But it can be hard to do because you feel like if you niche down, you’ll be missing out on so much business because you’ll drastically cut down on your audience. However, by niching down, you really can grow your business so much more and so much faster. 


In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my Beta to Biggie members, Merel Pyhala, to talk about how choosing to serve a super niched audience propelled her business into a huge success. 


Merel Pyhala is a photographer of weddings in the summer and an Online Business Coach year-round. She used to be a multi-passionate entrepreneur, but she found her jam in helping other people build their online programs. 


Merel’s audience is specifically Dutch people who want to start an online program. Do you know the population of Holland? It’s not that large! However, Merel is experiencing massive success in her online business. 


You’ll find your people if you show up and start serving them. That’s what Merel did. She’s a dreamer and an action taker. She found her niche with Dutch people and grew her business fast because she wasn’t afraid to dive in and charge what she’s worth, even at the beginning. Tune in to learn how she did it and how you can too. 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/150



Resources Mentioned:

Check out Merel’s website: https://www.thebusinessadventure.com/

Follow Merel on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/merelpyhala/

Sign up for my free training: https://betatobiggie.com/million



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany


]]> http://www.brandimowles.com/150 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-10917507 Tue, 12 Jul 2022 05:00:00 -0400 1590 150 full false How to Have A 15-Minute Discovery Call That Converts Like Crazy How to Have A 15-Minute Discovery Call That Converts Like Crazy Have you ever wanted to just nail a discovery call?

 

Discovery calls are an important part of being a service provider. It’s how we meet with our potential clients and find out if we are a good fit for their needs and vice versa. When we have discovery calls, we all want to land the client, but how can you ensure that happens most of the time? 

 

In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am breaking down the 10 step formula to holding not only a successful discovery call but a 15-minute discovery call. I know that sounds impossible, but it isn’t! I teach it in my Serve Scale Soar® membership and people share their testimonials all of the time.

 

Usually, if discovery calls are longer than that, it’s because there is a breakdown somewhere. And a lot of times, it comes down to us trying to prove our worth and why that client should hire us. You should never have to prove your value to anyone on a discovery call! They are intended for both of you to decide if you’re a good fit. If you are finding that the potential client is making you feel like you’re not worth the investment, you’re probably not a good fit for each other. 

 

With this 10 step formula, you’ll learn how to keep your discovery calls short and to the point in a way that is effective and doesn’t leave you proving your worth. Clients will get a chance to meet you, learn about how you work, and what they can get if they work with you. It works like a charm. 

 

Tune in to learn the steps so you can start nailing your discovery calls! 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/149

 

Resources Mentioned:

Get the FREE Discovery Call resource: https://servescalesoar.com/discovery

Listen to the Onboarding podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/12/29/onboarding-process/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Have you ever wanted to just nail a discovery call?

 

Discovery calls are an important part of being a service provider. It’s how we meet with our potential clients and find out if we are a good fit for their needs and vice versa. When we have discovery calls, we all want to land the client, but how can you ensure that happens most of the time? 

 

In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am breaking down the 10 step formula to holding not only a successful discovery call but a 15-minute discovery call. I know that sounds impossible, but it isn’t! I teach it in my Serve Scale Soar® membership and people share their testimonials all of the time.

 

Usually, if discovery calls are longer than that, it’s because there is a breakdown somewhere. And a lot of times, it comes down to us trying to prove our worth and why that client should hire us. You should never have to prove your value to anyone on a discovery call! They are intended for both of you to decide if you’re a good fit. If you are finding that the potential client is making you feel like you’re not worth the investment, you’re probably not a good fit for each other. 

 

With this 10 step formula, you’ll learn how to keep your discovery calls short and to the point in a way that is effective and doesn’t leave you proving your worth. Clients will get a chance to meet you, learn about how you work, and what they can get if they work with you. It works like a charm. 

 

Tune in to learn the steps so you can start nailing your discovery calls! 



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/149

 

Resources Mentioned:

Get the FREE Discovery Call resource: https://servescalesoar.com/discovery

Listen to the Onboarding podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2020/12/29/onboarding-process/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: http://servescalesoar.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> https://www.brandimowles.com/149 Brandi Mowles Buzzsprout-10916606 Tue, 05 Jul 2022 15:00:00 -0400 1344 149 full false Messaging Matters: Why You Need To Focus On Your Audience First, Not Your Offer with Brittany McBean Messaging Matters: Why You Need To Focus On Your Audience First, Not Your Offer with Brittany McBean Are you thinking about launching your beta offer?

 

I have an amazing, heated conversation for you all today in this week’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®. I had intended to dive into the topic of beta offers with my guest Brittany McBean, but it turned into so much more than that. We talk about building an audience, nailing your messaging, meeting your audience where they are, and more. 

 

Brittany McBean is a launch strategist & conversion copywriter who specializes in anti-sleazy, ethical, high-converting copy for online course creators & educators. 

 

She believes that Black lives matter now and always, marketing needs to help, not harm, and that it's our responsibility to use our platforms to build up, magnify, and support historically and systemically marginalized people.

 

Through her research-based strategy and copy, she helps industry leaders like Rick Mulready, Brandi Mowles, and Lattice Hudson run multi 6 & 7-figure launches and funnels through clear messaging and ethical marketing practices. 

 

She'll talk just to hear herself talk, but you'll get the least nonsense out of her if you want to talk about ethical marketing, launch strategy, her journey with infertility & mental health, and open adoption. She also believes in the Oxford comma and will fight you on it.

 

The sky is the limit when we can meet people where they are with your messaging. Tune in to this episode to learn how to do it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/148

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Brittany's website: www.brittanymcbean.com

Check out her YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/brittanymcbean

Follow Brittany on Instagram: www.instagram.com/brittanylmcbean

Get FREE Research Templates: https://brittanymcbean.com/research

Join Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/


 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram:

]]> Are you thinking about launching your beta offer?

 

I have an amazing, heated conversation for you all today in this week’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®. I had intended to dive into the topic of beta offers with my guest Brittany McBean, but it turned into so much more than that. We talk about building an audience, nailing your messaging, meeting your audience where they are, and more. 

 

Brittany McBean is a launch strategist & conversion copywriter who specializes in anti-sleazy, ethical, high-converting copy for online course creators & educators. 

 

She believes that Black lives matter now and always, marketing needs to help, not harm, and that it's our responsibility to use our platforms to build up, magnify, and support historically and systemically marginalized people.

 

Through her research-based strategy and copy, she helps industry leaders like Rick Mulready, Brandi Mowles, and Lattice Hudson run multi 6 & 7-figure launches and funnels through clear messaging and ethical marketing practices. 

 

She'll talk just to hear herself talk, but you'll get the least nonsense out of her if you want to talk about ethical marketing, launch strategy, her journey with infertility & mental health, and open adoption. She also believes in the Oxford comma and will fight you on it.

 

The sky is the limit when we can meet people where they are with your messaging. Tune in to this episode to learn how to do it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/148

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Brittany's website: www.brittanymcbean.com

Check out her YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/brittanymcbean

Follow Brittany on Instagram: www.instagram.com/brittanylmcbean

Get FREE Research Templates: https://brittanymcbean.com/research

Join Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/


 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram:

]]> Brandi Mowles 915dfaa1-6a12-457e-afbd-081e190c7dc6 Tue, 28 Jun 2022 05:00:25 -0400 2855 148 full false What Type Of Leveraged Program Is Right For You? What Type Of Leveraged Program Is Right For You? Are you interested in creating a leveraged program but not sure what type is best for you? 

 

When it comes to leveraged programs, you can choose from courses, memberships, group coaching, low ticket offers, and more. But how do you choose one? There are so many factors that go into each one and it’s important that you understand what you’re getting yourself into before you begin.

 

If you aren’t sure what to choose, you’re in the right place. In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing how you can choose a leveraged program that is perfect for business. 

 

If you don’t know me, you probably don’t know that I am actually obsessed with helping people create offers. This is what I do daily inside of Beta to Biggie with my members. The moment it clicks with them, I can see it in their eyes and it just lights me up! 

 

The truth is, just because you provide one service, that doesn’t mean that’s all you can offer. A leveraged program is a perfect way to increase your revenue. 

 

A leveraged program is something that is scalable to the masses, and it can look different for everyone. With a leveraged program, you just do the work one time, and it serves a ton of people. 

 

Tune in to learn more about the benefits of a leveraged program and the pros and cons of each type so that you can choose the one that's right for you. 


 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/147

 

Resources Mentioned:

Workshop: How To Create An Offer That Sells Like Hotcakes and Lights You Up: https://betatobiggie.com/HotCakes

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Are you interested in creating a leveraged program but not sure what type is best for you? 

 

When it comes to leveraged programs, you can choose from courses, memberships, group coaching, low ticket offers, and more. But how do you choose one? There are so many factors that go into each one and it’s important that you understand what you’re getting yourself into before you begin.

 

If you aren’t sure what to choose, you’re in the right place. In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I’m sharing how you can choose a leveraged program that is perfect for business. 

 

If you don’t know me, you probably don’t know that I am actually obsessed with helping people create offers. This is what I do daily inside of Beta to Biggie with my members. The moment it clicks with them, I can see it in their eyes and it just lights me up! 

 

The truth is, just because you provide one service, that doesn’t mean that’s all you can offer. A leveraged program is a perfect way to increase your revenue. 

 

A leveraged program is something that is scalable to the masses, and it can look different for everyone. With a leveraged program, you just do the work one time, and it serves a ton of people. 

 

Tune in to learn more about the benefits of a leveraged program and the pros and cons of each type so that you can choose the one that's right for you. 


 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/147

 

Resources Mentioned:

Workshop: How To Create An Offer That Sells Like Hotcakes and Lights You Up: https://betatobiggie.com/HotCakes

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles d08dbd68-badc-4878-9a71-eaaef18fd700 Tue, 21 Jun 2022 05:00:42 -0400 1449 147 full false How To Build A Binge-Worthy Brand Using Brand Strategy with Nikki Arensman How To Build A Binge-Worthy Brand Using Brand Strategy with Nikki Arensman Let’s talk about brand strategy! 

 

If you have ever wondered what brand strategy is or why you even need it in your business, this episode is for you. Brand strategy is so much more than a cool logo and matching colors! There are actually 13 pillars of brand strategy and in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Nikki Arensman to tell you all about it. 

 

Nikki Arensman is a Brand Designer & Strategist and the host of The Business of Branding Podcast. Nikki helps female service providers & creatives build a binge-worthy brand while staying true to YOU. 

 

Nikki is a Creator of Brand Identity Breakthrough – DFY Branding Kit that allows service providers to stand out online in an ethical way while not spending thousands on their branding! 

 

She also is a soon-to-be mother of 2, and she is the Former Founder & CEO of a nearly million-dollar women's activewear line, JIVA Active, that started with only a $300 investment! Whether working with a 1:1 client, coaching in her courses, or speaking on stage, Nikki aims to help her audience realize that they have expertise and uniqueness that, if tapped into, can give them access to standing out, being seen, and selling more.

 

I know it can be overwhelming to hear that there are 13 pillars to your brand strategy, but don’t let that scare you. You just have to show up and start.

 

Tune in to hear more about these pillars and how you can get started creating a brand that will help your business stand out in the crowd.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/146

 

Resources Mentioned:

Get the Brand Identity Breakthrough: https://bib.nikkiarensman.com/

How Binge-Worthy Is Your Brand? Free quiz: https://quiz.tryinteract.com/#/614cb0e49db8040018f96af3

Follow Nikki on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nikkiarensman/

Visit Nikki’s website: https://www.nikkiarensman.com/

Listen to The Business of Branding Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-of-branding/id1415260941


 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: 

]]> Let’s talk about brand strategy! 

 

If you have ever wondered what brand strategy is or why you even need it in your business, this episode is for you. Brand strategy is so much more than a cool logo and matching colors! There are actually 13 pillars of brand strategy and in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Nikki Arensman to tell you all about it. 

 

Nikki Arensman is a Brand Designer & Strategist and the host of The Business of Branding Podcast. Nikki helps female service providers & creatives build a binge-worthy brand while staying true to YOU. 

 

Nikki is a Creator of Brand Identity Breakthrough – DFY Branding Kit that allows service providers to stand out online in an ethical way while not spending thousands on their branding! 

 

She also is a soon-to-be mother of 2, and she is the Former Founder & CEO of a nearly million-dollar women's activewear line, JIVA Active, that started with only a $300 investment! Whether working with a 1:1 client, coaching in her courses, or speaking on stage, Nikki aims to help her audience realize that they have expertise and uniqueness that, if tapped into, can give them access to standing out, being seen, and selling more.

 

I know it can be overwhelming to hear that there are 13 pillars to your brand strategy, but don’t let that scare you. You just have to show up and start.

 

Tune in to hear more about these pillars and how you can get started creating a brand that will help your business stand out in the crowd.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/146

 

Resources Mentioned:

Get the Brand Identity Breakthrough: https://bib.nikkiarensman.com/

How Binge-Worthy Is Your Brand? Free quiz: https://quiz.tryinteract.com/#/614cb0e49db8040018f96af3

Follow Nikki on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/nikkiarensman/

Visit Nikki’s website: https://www.nikkiarensman.com/

Listen to The Business of Branding Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-business-of-branding/id1415260941


 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: 

]]> Brandi Mowles 00cb1ab6-95dc-44ab-9ce3-f73fcedcbd10 Tue, 14 Jun 2022 05:00:09 -0400 2319 146 full false 145: Using 6 Week Working Cycles in Your Business 145: Using 6 Week Working Cycles in Your Business We all love to plan and make big goals for ourselves and our businesses. That’s part of being an entrepreneur! But did you know that a lot of us are doing it wrong? Many of us are setting ourselves up for failure and we don’t even know it. 

 

Not planning well will lead to not hitting goals, and when we consistently don’t hit our goals, it can cause us to feel discouraged and tempted to give up. So in this week’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am breaking down the one strategy that we implemented to change the game. We are getting more done, we’re creating more wins, and we are actually excited to work because we are hitting our goals. 

 

For many of us, planning looks like this: you plan out your goals for the whole year, then you break it down into quarters, and go from there. Those quarters contain 90 days, and for an entrepreneur, that is a lifetime. So much can happen in that time! Let’s be honest, we can get a little squirrelly with our goals and jump from one thing to the next and the next thing you know, you have a bunch of unfinished projects and goals. This type of goal setting will put you on the fast track to frustration, burnout, and the desire to quit, but it doesn’t have to be that way! Let’s change the narrative on how we plan our goals. 

 

This simple change in how you plan out your goals will lead to more and more wins. When we are winning in our business, we are more likely to stick it out! I want that longevity and sense of accomplishment for you. 

 

If you’re ready to plan better and win more, this episode is for you!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/145

 

Resources Mentioned:

Delighted With Dubsado: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/dubsado

Honeybook In A Hurry:  https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/honeybook

Apply For A Biggie Brainstorm Session: Betatobiggie.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook:

]]> We all love to plan and make big goals for ourselves and our businesses. That’s part of being an entrepreneur! But did you know that a lot of us are doing it wrong? Many of us are setting ourselves up for failure and we don’t even know it. 

 

Not planning well will lead to not hitting goals, and when we consistently don’t hit our goals, it can cause us to feel discouraged and tempted to give up. So in this week’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am breaking down the one strategy that we implemented to change the game. We are getting more done, we’re creating more wins, and we are actually excited to work because we are hitting our goals. 

 

For many of us, planning looks like this: you plan out your goals for the whole year, then you break it down into quarters, and go from there. Those quarters contain 90 days, and for an entrepreneur, that is a lifetime. So much can happen in that time! Let’s be honest, we can get a little squirrelly with our goals and jump from one thing to the next and the next thing you know, you have a bunch of unfinished projects and goals. This type of goal setting will put you on the fast track to frustration, burnout, and the desire to quit, but it doesn’t have to be that way! Let’s change the narrative on how we plan our goals. 

 

This simple change in how you plan out your goals will lead to more and more wins. When we are winning in our business, we are more likely to stick it out! I want that longevity and sense of accomplishment for you. 

 

If you’re ready to plan better and win more, this episode is for you!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/145

 

Resources Mentioned:

Delighted With Dubsado: https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/dubsado

Honeybook In A Hurry:  https://www.brandimowlestraining.com/honeybook

Apply For A Biggie Brainstorm Session: Betatobiggie.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook:

]]> Brandi Mowles 765ed399-925c-4cb6-9a2b-3e122726d928 Tue, 07 Jun 2022 05:00:52 -0400 908 145 false 144: Scaling Your Business: How Kelcie Michels Scaled Her Social Media Management Business to Six Figures and How You Can Too 144: Scaling Your Business: How Kelcie Michels Scaled Her Social Media Management Business to Six Figures and How You Can Too Are you worried that your business isn’t scalable? 

 

Many service providers get stuck in the thought that they can’t scale their business because their particular service doesn’t allow them to. Well, I am here to tell you that isn’t true! Some simple mindset shifts and tweaks in your business will get you headed in the right direction. 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my students, Kelcie Michels, to talk about how she scaled her organic social media management business to over $9K months without ever offering ads. 

 

Kelcie Michels is the owner of Kel Cee + Co. She was born and raised in the Midwest and currently lives in the land of 10,000 lakes - Minnesota! She’s a wife, mother, and lover of any documentary she can watch on Netflix. 

 

It’s a common belief that you have to offer ads as a social media manager if you want to make six figures, but Kelcie is proof that this isn’t the case. Kelcie set up her packages in a way that works for her and allows her clients to customize their packages based on their specific needs. By doing this she is able to give them the consistency and social media presence they need to grow their business. 

 

This combined with strategic systems is what makes Kelcie’s service a must-have for her clients while allowing her to run her business in a way that brings her joy and lights her up. 

 

Make sure to tune in to learn more about how she did it and how you can too!



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/144

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Kelcie’s website: https://www.kelceeandco.com/

Follow Kelcie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/kelceeandco/

Connect with Kelcie on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/kelceeandco

Episode 133: Finding Time To Do It All: https://brandimowles.com/2022/03/15/finding-time-to-do-it-all/




Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: ht

]]> Are you worried that your business isn’t scalable? 

 

Many service providers get stuck in the thought that they can’t scale their business because their particular service doesn’t allow them to. Well, I am here to tell you that isn’t true! Some simple mindset shifts and tweaks in your business will get you headed in the right direction. 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my students, Kelcie Michels, to talk about how she scaled her organic social media management business to over $9K months without ever offering ads. 

 

Kelcie Michels is the owner of Kel Cee + Co. She was born and raised in the Midwest and currently lives in the land of 10,000 lakes - Minnesota! She’s a wife, mother, and lover of any documentary she can watch on Netflix. 

 

It’s a common belief that you have to offer ads as a social media manager if you want to make six figures, but Kelcie is proof that this isn’t the case. Kelcie set up her packages in a way that works for her and allows her clients to customize their packages based on their specific needs. By doing this she is able to give them the consistency and social media presence they need to grow their business. 

 

This combined with strategic systems is what makes Kelcie’s service a must-have for her clients while allowing her to run her business in a way that brings her joy and lights her up. 

 

Make sure to tune in to learn more about how she did it and how you can too!



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/144

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Kelcie’s website: https://www.kelceeandco.com/

Follow Kelcie on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/kelceeandco/

Connect with Kelcie on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/kelceeandco

Episode 133: Finding Time To Do It All: https://brandimowles.com/2022/03/15/finding-time-to-do-it-all/




Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: ht

]]> Brandi Mowles 79e6213e-9363-4cc0-9b8c-ad2cbea82861 Tue, 31 May 2022 05:00:08 -0400 1663 144 false 143: Behind The Scenes Of My Work Week: How to Find The Right Work Schedule For You 143: Behind The Scenes Of My Work Week: How to Find The Right Work Schedule For You I have gotten many requests lately from people wanting to know what I do behind the scenes on a day-to-day basis, so in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am taking you behind the scenes of an average workweek, how I spend my time, and where my focus is. Hopefully, you’ll be able to get some pointers on how to structure your days to get the results you’re looking for in your business. 

 

Something to keep in mind though is that we are entrepreneurs, and that means our weeks are never typical! Our weeks will probably look very different depending on our unique business needs. What works for me might not work for you, and that’s okay. 

 

I personally love batching my days, working in 50-minute increments, and making sure the things on my schedule are aligned with how I’m feeling energetically that day. Some people love time-blocking and sticking to a particular schedule. 

 

Something I am learning at this point in my life is that I just have to be flexible with what my days look like. I do have a structure in terms of batching, but I don’t do time-blocking stuff because it just doesn’t work for me. Batching gives me the flexibility and consistency that I need. 

 

Tune in to hear more about my schedule and learn some of my tips for making the perfect workweek. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/143

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> I have gotten many requests lately from people wanting to know what I do behind the scenes on a day-to-day basis, so in this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am taking you behind the scenes of an average workweek, how I spend my time, and where my focus is. Hopefully, you’ll be able to get some pointers on how to structure your days to get the results you’re looking for in your business. 

 

Something to keep in mind though is that we are entrepreneurs, and that means our weeks are never typical! Our weeks will probably look very different depending on our unique business needs. What works for me might not work for you, and that’s okay. 

 

I personally love batching my days, working in 50-minute increments, and making sure the things on my schedule are aligned with how I’m feeling energetically that day. Some people love time-blocking and sticking to a particular schedule. 

 

Something I am learning at this point in my life is that I just have to be flexible with what my days look like. I do have a structure in terms of batching, but I don’t do time-blocking stuff because it just doesn’t work for me. Batching gives me the flexibility and consistency that I need. 

 

Tune in to hear more about my schedule and learn some of my tips for making the perfect workweek. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/143

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles ec9ed1e9-f38e-43f9-b3b6-db931130531a Tue, 24 May 2022 05:00:14 -0400 1010 143 false 142: The Difference Between Open and Closed Enrollment and How To Decide What’s Right For You 142: The Difference Between Open and Closed Enrollment and How To Decide What’s Right For You Do you know the difference between open and closed enrollment for courses or programs? 

 

Many people will suggest that it should be closed, but there is no one best way to do anything! It totally depends on your circumstances, offers, and audience. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are digging into what open and closed enrollment is and how to decide what is right for your business. 

 

I am also sharing a third option that no one is talking about that helped this business grow to over 1 million dollars!

 

Now if you don’t have a course, membership, or a leveraged program, don’t jump ship yet! This also works if you are only working with one-on-one clients. This may be a good episode for a strategy to get to your clients. Also, you never know when that course/membership/leveraged program bug may bite.

 

In this episode, I am showing you all of the possibilities and options you have because it doesn’t have to be an “A” or “B” conversation, it can be a “C, D, E, or F” conversation because when we know what our options are, we can find a model that fits best for our business. 

 

Thinking outside the box with your strategy and doing things your own way might be just what your business needs to finally reach its growth potential, so make sure to tune in to hear all about the different enrollment types and how to decide which one is right for you! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/142

 

Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Do you know the difference between open and closed enrollment for courses or programs? 

 

Many people will suggest that it should be closed, but there is no one best way to do anything! It totally depends on your circumstances, offers, and audience. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are digging into what open and closed enrollment is and how to decide what is right for your business. 

 

I am also sharing a third option that no one is talking about that helped this business grow to over 1 million dollars!

 

Now if you don’t have a course, membership, or a leveraged program, don’t jump ship yet! This also works if you are only working with one-on-one clients. This may be a good episode for a strategy to get to your clients. Also, you never know when that course/membership/leveraged program bug may bite.

 

In this episode, I am showing you all of the possibilities and options you have because it doesn’t have to be an “A” or “B” conversation, it can be a “C, D, E, or F” conversation because when we know what our options are, we can find a model that fits best for our business. 

 

Thinking outside the box with your strategy and doing things your own way might be just what your business needs to finally reach its growth potential, so make sure to tune in to hear all about the different enrollment types and how to decide which one is right for you! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/142

 

Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles c5b588df-8f89-400d-a197-9dcae597ed0a Tue, 17 May 2022 05:00:33 -0400 1237 142 false 141: How to Level Up Your Services By Offering Data Analytics with Jennifer Grayeb 141: How to Level Up Your Services By Offering Data Analytics with Jennifer Grayeb We are nerding out over analytics in this episode of Serve Scale Soar® and talking about how you can use data to start offering a premium service. 

 

No matter if you’re a podcast manager, VA, course creator, or any other service provider, this applies to your business. 

 

I’m not going to lie, I geek out over numbers!  I think they are one of the most magical things in our business and not enough women are looking at them! So in this episode, I am so excited to talk with Jennifer Grayeb to talk about all things numbers and analytics. 

 

Jennifer is the CEO of The Nimble Co., a consulting group focused on helping online business owners better understand their numbers so they can make data-driven and profit-generating marketing decisions. 

 

In 2019, she left her senior strategy role at a Fortune 5 company where she had 5 roles in just 7 years. While in that role, in just 2 years she built a productivity blog that reached over 2 million page views per year, which she went on to sell. 

 

She's been mentioned in 3 books and is a regular contributor to Newsweek.com as a member of their business expert panel.  In every role she’s had or every company she’s owned, one thing has been consistent: she leverages data to achieve success as quickly as possible. Now, she helps her students and clients use data to remove the guesswork from their businesses so that they can be more profitable.

 

Offering data analytics can really uplevel your business. It’s such an up-and-coming skill for service providers to have, and it is something that business owners really need! 

 

Tune in to learn more about why this skill is so important, how it can take your services to the next level, and the tools you need in order to do it. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/141

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Jennifer’s program: https://brandimowles.com/data

Visit Jennifer’s website: https://thenimbleco.com

Follow Jennifer on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jennifergrayeb/

Grab the free Metrics Generator: https://thenimbleco.com/brandi




Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/pod

]]> We are nerding out over analytics in this episode of Serve Scale Soar® and talking about how you can use data to start offering a premium service. 

 

No matter if you’re a podcast manager, VA, course creator, or any other service provider, this applies to your business. 

 

I’m not going to lie, I geek out over numbers!  I think they are one of the most magical things in our business and not enough women are looking at them! So in this episode, I am so excited to talk with Jennifer Grayeb to talk about all things numbers and analytics. 

 

Jennifer is the CEO of The Nimble Co., a consulting group focused on helping online business owners better understand their numbers so they can make data-driven and profit-generating marketing decisions. 

 

In 2019, she left her senior strategy role at a Fortune 5 company where she had 5 roles in just 7 years. While in that role, in just 2 years she built a productivity blog that reached over 2 million page views per year, which she went on to sell. 

 

She's been mentioned in 3 books and is a regular contributor to Newsweek.com as a member of their business expert panel.  In every role she’s had or every company she’s owned, one thing has been consistent: she leverages data to achieve success as quickly as possible. Now, she helps her students and clients use data to remove the guesswork from their businesses so that they can be more profitable.

 

Offering data analytics can really uplevel your business. It’s such an up-and-coming skill for service providers to have, and it is something that business owners really need! 

 

Tune in to learn more about why this skill is so important, how it can take your services to the next level, and the tools you need in order to do it. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/141

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Jennifer’s program: https://brandimowles.com/data

Visit Jennifer’s website: https://thenimbleco.com

Follow Jennifer on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/jennifergrayeb/

Grab the free Metrics Generator: https://thenimbleco.com/brandi




Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/pod

]]> Brandi Mowles 70ca8fbc-c8d0-43e7-a59e-678a3fcf4341 Tue, 10 May 2022 05:00:03 -0400 2189 141 false 140: Hiring Success: When to Hire, What to Delegate and How to Find the Right Person with Julie Calcote 140: Hiring Success: When to Hire, What to Delegate and How to Find the Right Person with Julie Calcote Let’s talk about hiring! 

 

Despite what you may think, I don’t hate hiring. I think it’s really great if it’s done at the right time. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am joined by Julie Calcote, one of the OG members inside of Serve Scale Soar®, to talk about how to know when it’s time to hire someone for your business and her best tips to do it. 

 

Julie is an Online Business Manager and Creative Business Strategist from Anchorage, Alaska. After working in the legal sector for almost a decade, Julie took the plunge into the online space in 2018. Now, her happy place is partnering with and coaching 6 and 7-figure entrepreneurs who have big ideas but who need the support, systems, and team to simplify and shine.

 

In my time as a business owner, I have seen a lot of people rushing to hire someone before they’re really ready because that’s what they were told they should do by other business owners. You don’t have to worry about how others run their business! Your business needs are unique, so your journey will be unique. Julie is here to help make sure that you know how to determine if hiring someone is really the right choice for you. 

 

When it’s time to hire, it’s important that you take the time to find the right person for your needs so that it doesn’t add any more stress to your life. Make sure to tune in to learn more about hiring from Julie. She shares tips for finding the right person, conducting time studies, deciding what to delegate, roadblocks to hiring, mistakes business owners make, and so much more. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/140

 

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Julie’s website: https://www.juliecalcote.com/

Follow Julie on Instagram: www.instagram.com/juliecalcoteobm/

Get the Daydream to Dream Team Starter Kit: https://julietraining.com/starterkit

Finding the Time To Do It All podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/03/15/finding-time-to-do-it-all/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

]]> Let’s talk about hiring! 

 

Despite what you may think, I don’t hate hiring. I think it’s really great if it’s done at the right time. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am joined by Julie Calcote, one of the OG members inside of Serve Scale Soar®, to talk about how to know when it’s time to hire someone for your business and her best tips to do it. 

 

Julie is an Online Business Manager and Creative Business Strategist from Anchorage, Alaska. After working in the legal sector for almost a decade, Julie took the plunge into the online space in 2018. Now, her happy place is partnering with and coaching 6 and 7-figure entrepreneurs who have big ideas but who need the support, systems, and team to simplify and shine.

 

In my time as a business owner, I have seen a lot of people rushing to hire someone before they’re really ready because that’s what they were told they should do by other business owners. You don’t have to worry about how others run their business! Your business needs are unique, so your journey will be unique. Julie is here to help make sure that you know how to determine if hiring someone is really the right choice for you. 

 

When it’s time to hire, it’s important that you take the time to find the right person for your needs so that it doesn’t add any more stress to your life. Make sure to tune in to learn more about hiring from Julie. She shares tips for finding the right person, conducting time studies, deciding what to delegate, roadblocks to hiring, mistakes business owners make, and so much more. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/140

 

Resources Mentioned:

Visit Julie’s website: https://www.juliecalcote.com/

Follow Julie on Instagram: www.instagram.com/juliecalcoteobm/

Get the Daydream to Dream Team Starter Kit: https://julietraining.com/starterkit

Finding the Time To Do It All podcast episode: https://brandimowles.com/2022/03/15/finding-time-to-do-it-all/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

]]> Brandi Mowles 200e7a73-000f-4702-bbd1-b2e7eee69209 Tue, 03 May 2022 05:00:59 -0400 3174 140 false 139: How to Strategically Use Video to Land More Clients and Scale Your Business 139: How to Strategically Use Video to Land More Clients and Scale Your Business Are you using video in your business?   

 

You may be thinking that there’s no way this is going to happen. When most people hear me talk about using video in their business, they want to run the other way… but stay with me! 

 

By using video, I don’t mean dancing around on Reels or TikTok. You don’t need to do that if you don’t want to! There are other ways you can get in front of the camera and stand out. If you can muster up the courage, you can land more clients with this method. In fact, it can help you get your business booked out! 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am sharing three actionable tips for landing clients by using video. This method is my trick for growing my business so quickly. 

 

Even if it makes you uncomfortable, when you see the results, it’s going to become a regular part of your routine, I promise. So many business owners are scared to use video, so by using it in your business, you are setting yourself apart from the crowd of service providers. With your video, you catch client attention and shine.

 

The results of using this method to land more one-on-one clients speak for themselves. Tune in to learn my top three ways to start using video to reach all of your business and income goals. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/139

 

Resources Mentioned:

Learn how to get more one-on-one clients: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

 

]]> Are you using video in your business?   

 

You may be thinking that there’s no way this is going to happen. When most people hear me talk about using video in their business, they want to run the other way… but stay with me! 

 

By using video, I don’t mean dancing around on Reels or TikTok. You don’t need to do that if you don’t want to! There are other ways you can get in front of the camera and stand out. If you can muster up the courage, you can land more clients with this method. In fact, it can help you get your business booked out! 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am sharing three actionable tips for landing clients by using video. This method is my trick for growing my business so quickly. 

 

Even if it makes you uncomfortable, when you see the results, it’s going to become a regular part of your routine, I promise. So many business owners are scared to use video, so by using it in your business, you are setting yourself apart from the crowd of service providers. With your video, you catch client attention and shine.

 

The results of using this method to land more one-on-one clients speak for themselves. Tune in to learn my top three ways to start using video to reach all of your business and income goals. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/139

 

Resources Mentioned:

Learn how to get more one-on-one clients: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

 

]]> Brandi Mowles af743f06-58ec-4e74-b408-27c6c8b9517a Tue, 26 Apr 2022 05:00:30 -0400 891 139 false 138: Finding your Ideal Audience, Niching Down, and Failing Forward with Sita Kelly 138: Finding your Ideal Audience, Niching Down, and Failing Forward with Sita Kelly Have you ever wanted to start a business in a super niche topic? 

 

When getting started, many people are scared to focus on just one audience. They worry that it won’t bring in enough business, but it is actually great for businesses to niche down! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am chatting with one of my Beta to Biggie members, Sita Kelly, who created a successful business serving a very niched-down audience. 

 

Sita has a degree in Religious Studies from The University of California, Santa Barbara. She spent 14 years as a nun at the Vedanta Society, studying Hindu philosophy and practicing meditation. When she first heard about resistance stretching, it struck her as something she knew to be true: your body is a map of your mind.

 

You can heal and empower yourself by stretching and transforming your fascia. When you stretch in the way that her method, The Bendable Body Method, teaches, it’s like a meditation for your body. Sita has 9 years of experience as a Flexibility Trainer, she loves helping people new to her method incorporate it quickly and with ease. She also loves being a business owner and the freedom and potential it offers. 

 

Sita wasn’t afraid to get specific. She learned how to find her ideal audience, research them, get to know their pain points, and really speak their language. This brought on a huge amount of raving fans to her business!

 

Make sure to tune in to hear more about how Sita found success with a leveraged program and how you can too! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/138

 

Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for the free stretch class: https://bendablebody.com/free-zoom-class-recording-fb/

Check out Bendable Body: https://bendablebody.com/

Follow Bendable Body on Instagram: ​​https://www.instagram.com/bendablebody/

Follow Bendable Body on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bendablebody/

Check out Bendable Body on Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/BendableBody

Apply for Beta to Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast:

]]> Have you ever wanted to start a business in a super niche topic? 

 

When getting started, many people are scared to focus on just one audience. They worry that it won’t bring in enough business, but it is actually great for businesses to niche down! In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am chatting with one of my Beta to Biggie members, Sita Kelly, who created a successful business serving a very niched-down audience. 

 

Sita has a degree in Religious Studies from The University of California, Santa Barbara. She spent 14 years as a nun at the Vedanta Society, studying Hindu philosophy and practicing meditation. When she first heard about resistance stretching, it struck her as something she knew to be true: your body is a map of your mind.

 

You can heal and empower yourself by stretching and transforming your fascia. When you stretch in the way that her method, The Bendable Body Method, teaches, it’s like a meditation for your body. Sita has 9 years of experience as a Flexibility Trainer, she loves helping people new to her method incorporate it quickly and with ease. She also loves being a business owner and the freedom and potential it offers. 

 

Sita wasn’t afraid to get specific. She learned how to find her ideal audience, research them, get to know their pain points, and really speak their language. This brought on a huge amount of raving fans to her business!

 

Make sure to tune in to hear more about how Sita found success with a leveraged program and how you can too! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/138

 

Resources Mentioned:

Sign up for the free stretch class: https://bendablebody.com/free-zoom-class-recording-fb/

Check out Bendable Body: https://bendablebody.com/

Follow Bendable Body on Instagram: ​​https://www.instagram.com/bendablebody/

Follow Bendable Body on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/bendablebody/

Check out Bendable Body on Youtube: https://www.youtube.com/c/BendableBody

Apply for Beta to Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast:

]]> Brandi Mowles 74eeb762-9d30-45fa-a9ca-83c074700aa0 Tue, 19 Apr 2022 05:00:30 -0400 1808 138 false 137: The 3 Types of Traffic For Your Business and How To Determine Which One’s Right For You 137: The 3 Types of Traffic For Your Business and How To Determine Which One’s Right For You Let’s talk about traffic. 

 

We all know how important traffic is to our business. We need it to succeed! In the online space, there are three different types of traffic that you can tap into. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am going to be breaking down the different types of traffic and telling you which ones are right for who and at what stage of business. 

 

As many of you know, I started my business as a Facebook Ads Manager, so the topic of traffic for your business has always been near and dear to my heart. Most people think that the only way to grow your online business is through organic or paid ads, and lately, with all of the IOS changes, the social media ads game has drastically changed, and people are trying to figure out their next steps. 

 

It is more important than ever to make sure that your time is spent on the traffic source that works best for you and your unique circumstances. Some people will benefit the most from organic traffic. Some will need to tap into paid ads to get the results they are looking for. Some people will grow their business by utilizing the power of borrowed traffic. 

 

Whether you are a service provider, coach, or a course creator, there is something valuable for you inside this episode. Make sure to tune in! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/137

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out my programs: https://brandimowles.com/learn-with-me

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Let’s talk about traffic. 

 

We all know how important traffic is to our business. We need it to succeed! In the online space, there are three different types of traffic that you can tap into. In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am going to be breaking down the different types of traffic and telling you which ones are right for who and at what stage of business. 

 

As many of you know, I started my business as a Facebook Ads Manager, so the topic of traffic for your business has always been near and dear to my heart. Most people think that the only way to grow your online business is through organic or paid ads, and lately, with all of the IOS changes, the social media ads game has drastically changed, and people are trying to figure out their next steps. 

 

It is more important than ever to make sure that your time is spent on the traffic source that works best for you and your unique circumstances. Some people will benefit the most from organic traffic. Some will need to tap into paid ads to get the results they are looking for. Some people will grow their business by utilizing the power of borrowed traffic. 

 

Whether you are a service provider, coach, or a course creator, there is something valuable for you inside this episode. Make sure to tune in! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/137

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out my programs: https://brandimowles.com/learn-with-me

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles b65df4f3-ab2c-4d50-b5bb-9ddb0b49f117 Tue, 12 Apr 2022 05:00:06 -0400 1480 137 false 136: From $2K to $16K Months in Less Than a Year with Samantha Fine 136: From $2K to $16K Months in Less Than a Year with Samantha Fine Sometimes, our biggest struggles end up being the push we need to get where we want to go in life. 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my students, Samantha Fine, to talk about how she grew her digital marketing business from $2K months to over $16K months in less than a year despite having some serious struggles along the way. 

 

Samantha is a mom, wife, digital marketing strategist, and FB/IG Ads expert. She spent 12+ years working in digital marketing at various brands and agencies, working on some big names in the grocery, CPG, and retail industries. 

 

After struggling to find her place in a corporate environment following the birth of her son, she decided to take her career into her own hands and start her business, NineSixteen Media, where she uses her marketing expertise to support the growth of other mom-owned businesses. 

 

She believes that all moms deserve to have successful, fulfilling careers/businesses AND be moms - we shouldn’t have to choose. She provides social media advertising and funnel strategy solutions to mom-owned businesses in the fitness industry or with courses, memberships, or coaching programs. She offers solutions for those just getting started to those who are ready to scale and take marketing off their plate.

 

Samantha’s story is so inspiring. She pushed through and focused on her mindset when things got hard and now her business is thriving and more successful than ever. Make sure you tune in to hear how she did it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/136

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/

Visit the NineSixteen Media website: www.ninesixteenmedia.com

Follow NineSixteen Media on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/ninesixteenmedia/

Follow NinSixteen Media on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/NineSixteenMedia



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi o

]]> Sometimes, our biggest struggles end up being the push we need to get where we want to go in life. 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with one of my students, Samantha Fine, to talk about how she grew her digital marketing business from $2K months to over $16K months in less than a year despite having some serious struggles along the way. 

 

Samantha is a mom, wife, digital marketing strategist, and FB/IG Ads expert. She spent 12+ years working in digital marketing at various brands and agencies, working on some big names in the grocery, CPG, and retail industries. 

 

After struggling to find her place in a corporate environment following the birth of her son, she decided to take her career into her own hands and start her business, NineSixteen Media, where she uses her marketing expertise to support the growth of other mom-owned businesses. 

 

She believes that all moms deserve to have successful, fulfilling careers/businesses AND be moms - we shouldn’t have to choose. She provides social media advertising and funnel strategy solutions to mom-owned businesses in the fitness industry or with courses, memberships, or coaching programs. She offers solutions for those just getting started to those who are ready to scale and take marketing off their plate.

 

Samantha’s story is so inspiring. She pushed through and focused on her mindset when things got hard and now her business is thriving and more successful than ever. Make sure you tune in to hear how she did it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/136

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Beta To Biggie: https://betatobiggie.com/

Visit the NineSixteen Media website: www.ninesixteenmedia.com

Follow NineSixteen Media on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/ninesixteenmedia/

Follow NinSixteen Media on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/NineSixteenMedia



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi o

]]> Brandi Mowles 00039fb6-f34a-4976-aded-27fb4588460f Tue, 05 Apr 2022 05:00:26 -0400 1935 136 false 135: From Bankruptcy To Building Our Dream Home 135: From Bankruptcy To Building Our Dream Home This episode is one of the hardest episodes I have ever recorded because not many people know this story. I am sharing my story about how three years ago, we filed for bankruptcy. 

 

Bankruptcy is a lonely position to be in. There’s a lot of shame attached to it, and there's a lot of money mindset shifting that has to go on. If you have ever been in the position where debt collectors are calling and you just can’t get ahead,  I know that it is such a lonely place because no one wants to talk about it or how to get out of it. It’s such a shameful thing in our society. 

 

I finally decided to share my story with a friend who then revealed that she had experienced the exact same thing. We had both been carrying around the weight of this experience alone because we were too ashamed to share. With that said, I really want to open up the conversation and talk about this topic because the more we talk about it, the less taboo it is and the more financially secure people can be.

 

No matter what your situation is right now, there will be takeaways for you in this episode. Tune in to hear more about why I filed for bankruptcy, how it impacted our lives and friendships, why we need more money transparency, and the importance of not letting money or business difficulties defeat you. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/135

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> This episode is one of the hardest episodes I have ever recorded because not many people know this story. I am sharing my story about how three years ago, we filed for bankruptcy. 

 

Bankruptcy is a lonely position to be in. There’s a lot of shame attached to it, and there's a lot of money mindset shifting that has to go on. If you have ever been in the position where debt collectors are calling and you just can’t get ahead,  I know that it is such a lonely place because no one wants to talk about it or how to get out of it. It’s such a shameful thing in our society. 

 

I finally decided to share my story with a friend who then revealed that she had experienced the exact same thing. We had both been carrying around the weight of this experience alone because we were too ashamed to share. With that said, I really want to open up the conversation and talk about this topic because the more we talk about it, the less taboo it is and the more financially secure people can be.

 

No matter what your situation is right now, there will be takeaways for you in this episode. Tune in to hear more about why I filed for bankruptcy, how it impacted our lives and friendships, why we need more money transparency, and the importance of not letting money or business difficulties defeat you. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/135

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles 64966919-8593-47cb-b852-4e4c9b3308f6 Tue, 29 Mar 2022 05:00:16 -0400 2657 135 false 134: 10 Premium Services You Can Offer In 2022 134: 10 Premium Services You Can Offer In 2022 Let’s talk about premium services! 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am sharing some of the best premium services you can offer this year. No matter if you are already a service provider or you are just getting started, these are the services that I see being massive as the year goes on. I see business owners ask about these services all the time.  It’s not an extensive list, but it is the top 10. 

 

With the Great Resignation, more and more professionals and businesses are going online. That means these services are in huge demand! People are in desperate search of service providers and they are ready to pay you for your expertise. 

 

It’s time to stop calling yourself a virtual assistant. People hear that and think of low-dollar amounts. Offering these premium services will take you and your business to the next level professionally and financially. 

 

No matter what service you are offering, it is totally possible to scale your business to whatever income goal you want this year. You just need to understand the value of what you’re offering and charge your clients accordingly. 

 

Make sure to tune into this value-packed episode to learn more about what services are in huge demand, why they are so popular, and tips for scaling your business, so you can make 2022 the year you hit your financial goals! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/134

 

Resources Mentioned:

DM me on Instagram for the full guide: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Let’s talk about premium services! 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I am sharing some of the best premium services you can offer this year. No matter if you are already a service provider or you are just getting started, these are the services that I see being massive as the year goes on. I see business owners ask about these services all the time.  It’s not an extensive list, but it is the top 10. 

 

With the Great Resignation, more and more professionals and businesses are going online. That means these services are in huge demand! People are in desperate search of service providers and they are ready to pay you for your expertise. 

 

It’s time to stop calling yourself a virtual assistant. People hear that and think of low-dollar amounts. Offering these premium services will take you and your business to the next level professionally and financially. 

 

No matter what service you are offering, it is totally possible to scale your business to whatever income goal you want this year. You just need to understand the value of what you’re offering and charge your clients accordingly. 

 

Make sure to tune into this value-packed episode to learn more about what services are in huge demand, why they are so popular, and tips for scaling your business, so you can make 2022 the year you hit your financial goals! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/134

 

Resources Mentioned:

DM me on Instagram for the full guide: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles 0673c84f-9be9-4e14-97a6-05ecb5b61e5c Tue, 22 Mar 2022 05:00:55 -0400 1345 134 false 133: Finding Time To Do It All 133: Finding Time To Do It All I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming! 

 

In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it. 

 

The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done. 

 

It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do! 

 

Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program. 

 

If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/133

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> I know I’m not alone in feeling like there is never enough time in a day to get everything done on my to-do list. This is a common feeling for most entrepreneurs, and it can be overwhelming! 

 

In this week's episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are going to be talking about how to get all the stuff done and finding the time to do it. 

 

The key is to look at your time differently. It has worked for me, it has worked for many seven-figure entrepreneurs, and it has worked for people just getting started. No matter where you are on your journey, if you follow these four tips, you will find more time to get stuff done. 

 

It doesn’t matter if you are single, married, or a mom. No matter what your situation is, we all have the same amount of time in a day and honestly, that’s pretty empowering if you think about it! It’s how we use that time that differs so much. Don’t use your situation as an excuse to not do the things you need to do! 

 

Tune in to hear my tactical advice for making the most of your time and getting everything done. These tips are the things I have used to build my business as well as help the students inside of my program. 

 

If you implement these tips, you will be able to accomplish your goals! Just go into it with an open mind and make the shift. Make sure you tune in to hear them all! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/133

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team: https://www.learnwithbrandi.com/10k

Follow the Podcast: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/serve-scale-soar/id1477998650

Follow Brandi on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Brandiandcompany

]]> Brandi Mowles 2b1db1d9-9952-414f-8bf3-48d953feb80d Tue, 15 Mar 2022 06:00:56 -0400 1506 133 false 132: From Nurse To Leveraged Program Creator: How Janine Kelbach Used Her Healthcare Experience to Grow A Successful Business 132: From Nurse To Leveraged Program Creator: How Janine Kelbach Used Her Healthcare Experience to Grow A Successful Business Successful service providers come from all different industries!

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Janine Kelbach to talk about how she went from being a nurse to a nurse writer agency to a leveraged program creator. Janine is the perfect example of taking your existing knowledge and using it to grow a niched-down service-based business. 

 

Like so many of us, she was a mom just trying to figure out how she could start a business that she could do from home while she took care of her kids. As we know, providing a service is truly the best path to generating cash flow quickly.

 

After building her service-based business, she joined Beta to Biggie where she learned how to create a leveraged program to help others launch their own freelance writing business. We worked together on her webinar, ads strategy, and evergreen offers, and together we turned her very first launch into a huge success. 

 

Janine Kelbach, BSN RNC-OB, is a wife, mom of 2 boys (and 2 Great Danes), educator, and author of the book, Entreprenurse: 30+ Nurses Turn Into Business Owners and Share Their Secrets to Success. 

 

She has been a Freelance Health Content Writer since 2013 and is the CEO of Write RN. She hosts The Savvy Scribe Podcast and owns SavvyNurseWriter.com. Her team of RN writers help healthcare companies with their content and social needs.

 

Tune in to hear more about Janine’s inspiring story, some practical tips on time management, and why you need to just get started. This episode is packed with valuable information and inspiration. You don’t want to miss it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/132

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Beta To Biggie

Check out the 7 Day Nurse to Writer Challenge

Savvy Nurse Writer

Follow Savvy Nurse Writer on Instagram

Connect with Janine on LinkedIn

Join the Savvy Nurse Writer Community

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

]]> Successful service providers come from all different industries!

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Janine Kelbach to talk about how she went from being a nurse to a nurse writer agency to a leveraged program creator. Janine is the perfect example of taking your existing knowledge and using it to grow a niched-down service-based business. 

 

Like so many of us, she was a mom just trying to figure out how she could start a business that she could do from home while she took care of her kids. As we know, providing a service is truly the best path to generating cash flow quickly.

 

After building her service-based business, she joined Beta to Biggie where she learned how to create a leveraged program to help others launch their own freelance writing business. We worked together on her webinar, ads strategy, and evergreen offers, and together we turned her very first launch into a huge success. 

 

Janine Kelbach, BSN RNC-OB, is a wife, mom of 2 boys (and 2 Great Danes), educator, and author of the book, Entreprenurse: 30+ Nurses Turn Into Business Owners and Share Their Secrets to Success. 

 

She has been a Freelance Health Content Writer since 2013 and is the CEO of Write RN. She hosts The Savvy Scribe Podcast and owns SavvyNurseWriter.com. Her team of RN writers help healthcare companies with their content and social needs.

 

Tune in to hear more about Janine’s inspiring story, some practical tips on time management, and why you need to just get started. This episode is packed with valuable information and inspiration. You don’t want to miss it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/132

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Beta To Biggie

Check out the 7 Day Nurse to Writer Challenge

Savvy Nurse Writer

Follow Savvy Nurse Writer on Instagram

Connect with Janine on LinkedIn

Join the Savvy Nurse Writer Community

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

]]> Brandi Mowles 03c4553a-c66e-4e9a-b2cb-b74edb3ca021 Tue, 08 Mar 2022 05:00:25 -0500 1960 132 false 131: Top Tips for Rocking Your Brand Photography Shoot with Christina Jones 131: Top Tips for Rocking Your Brand Photography Shoot with Christina Jones Let’s talk about brand photos! 

 

This may be something you have been avoiding for a long time or it may be something that’s on your to-do list. Wherever you fall on that spectrum, this episode of Serve Scale Soar® is one you don’t want to miss. 

 

Having high-quality brand photos can take your business to the next level and help you attract the type of clients that you want to work with. It also makes creating promotional materials or graphics for your business a breeze because you have a ton of gorgeous photos ready to go. 

 

To tell you more about it, I brought in my brand photographer Christina Jones. She is an extremely talented photographer who is a pro at working with businesses. She has a wealth of experience and tips for how to rock your brand photography session, so she is here to share it all with us.

 

Christina Jones is a Florida-based business lifestyle photographer. She helps female creatives and entrepreneurs create scroll-stopping imagery so they can attract their target audience and build the brand and business of their dreams! She is also the founder of ColorJoy Stock, a stock photo, video, and design membership for diverse women. 

 

Tune in to learn more about how to find the right photographer for you, what questions to ask, what to look for in your contract, how to dress for your shoot, and even some tips for getting more comfortable in front of the camera. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/131

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Christina’s website

Follow Christina on Instagram

Follow Color Joy Stock on Instagram

Download the Brand Story Shot List template

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Let’s talk about brand photos! 

 

This may be something you have been avoiding for a long time or it may be something that’s on your to-do list. Wherever you fall on that spectrum, this episode of Serve Scale Soar® is one you don’t want to miss. 

 

Having high-quality brand photos can take your business to the next level and help you attract the type of clients that you want to work with. It also makes creating promotional materials or graphics for your business a breeze because you have a ton of gorgeous photos ready to go. 

 

To tell you more about it, I brought in my brand photographer Christina Jones. She is an extremely talented photographer who is a pro at working with businesses. She has a wealth of experience and tips for how to rock your brand photography session, so she is here to share it all with us.

 

Christina Jones is a Florida-based business lifestyle photographer. She helps female creatives and entrepreneurs create scroll-stopping imagery so they can attract their target audience and build the brand and business of their dreams! She is also the founder of ColorJoy Stock, a stock photo, video, and design membership for diverse women. 

 

Tune in to learn more about how to find the right photographer for you, what questions to ask, what to look for in your contract, how to dress for your shoot, and even some tips for getting more comfortable in front of the camera. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/131

 

Resources Mentioned:

Check out Christina’s website

Follow Christina on Instagram

Follow Color Joy Stock on Instagram

Download the Brand Story Shot List template

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 86a1ac95-3b45-48e3-bd2f-ab008c6ee113 Tue, 01 Mar 2022 05:00:00 -0500 2648 131 false 130: How To Increase Your Revenue and Find More Clients Using Tiny Offers with Allie Bjerk 130: How To Increase Your Revenue and Find More Clients Using Tiny Offers with Allie Bjerk Have you heard of a Tiny Offer®?

 

If you aren’t sure what that is, it’s a low-priced offer that is typically less than $50. It is sometimes referred to as a self-liquidating offer.  It takes your customers through a sequence of other offers. Creating a successful funnel with these types of offers isn’t always easy, but don’t give up! It’s worth your effort and consistency. 

 

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Allie Bjerk to talk about everything you need to know to create your first Tiny Offer®. Allie has a ton of experience with creating these offers and finding an ad strategy and system that works, and she is here today to help you do the same. 

 

Allie Bjerk is a visibility strategist, coach, and consultant. Allie has helped hundreds of business owners create the visibility strategies and marketing plans behind growing super-profitable businesses for balanced and prosperous lives. As a funnel expert, Allie has taken her marketing agency experience and used it to lead entrepreneurs towards their goals through her transformational programs focusing on tiny offer strategies. In addition, her utilization of digital products results in entrepreneurs making money while simultaneously growing their business and following. 

 

Tune in to learn more about what a Tiny Offer® is, who they are for, creating the perfect ad strategy for your offer, and the mindset behind launching your funnel. This episode has so much useful information, you don’t want to miss it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/130

 

Resources Mentioned:

Tiny Offer® Toolkit Bundle

Follow Allie on Instagram

Visit Allie’s website

Follow Allie On Facebook

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you heard of a Tiny Offer®?

 

If you aren’t sure what that is, it’s a low-priced offer that is typically less than $50. It is sometimes referred to as a self-liquidating offer.  It takes your customers through a sequence of other offers. Creating a successful funnel with these types of offers isn’t always easy, but don’t give up! It’s worth your effort and consistency. 

 

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar®, I sat down with Allie Bjerk to talk about everything you need to know to create your first Tiny Offer®. Allie has a ton of experience with creating these offers and finding an ad strategy and system that works, and she is here today to help you do the same. 

 

Allie Bjerk is a visibility strategist, coach, and consultant. Allie has helped hundreds of business owners create the visibility strategies and marketing plans behind growing super-profitable businesses for balanced and prosperous lives. As a funnel expert, Allie has taken her marketing agency experience and used it to lead entrepreneurs towards their goals through her transformational programs focusing on tiny offer strategies. In addition, her utilization of digital products results in entrepreneurs making money while simultaneously growing their business and following. 

 

Tune in to learn more about what a Tiny Offer® is, who they are for, creating the perfect ad strategy for your offer, and the mindset behind launching your funnel. This episode has so much useful information, you don’t want to miss it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/130

 

Resources Mentioned:

Tiny Offer® Toolkit Bundle

Follow Allie on Instagram

Visit Allie’s website

Follow Allie On Facebook

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles d7cba475-3c1a-4a00-a138-887e046a0aa9 Tue, 22 Feb 2022 05:00:45 -0500 2409 130 false 129: What's Your Pricing Persona? 129: What's Your Pricing Persona? What’s your pricing persona? 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking all about your pricing persona identifier. I have worked with thousands of service providers in my career. I have seen how they have priced their services and have noticed that they all generally fall into one of five categories. 

 

So today I am going to be sharing what these five categories are, how to move to the next level, or even how to jump from the bottom straight to the top. No matter which category you fall into, just know that I have been there! The first step: being aware of where you are so that you can move forward. 

 

The worst thing that can happen as you’re growing your business is getting maxed out on your time and effort before you have reached your income goals. I have found that there really is a sweet spot with pricing for service providers and I am sharing it all with you today. 

 

Tune in to learn about the five pricing personas, the benefits of each, the downfalls of each, and how to move to the next level. You’ll learn how to price your services in a way that feels good for you and gets you the pay you deserve. 

 

I am also providing some tools and resources to help you achieve your business goals so you don’t want to miss this episode! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/129

 

Resources Mentioned:

Free On Demand Training

Pricing Calculator

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> What’s your pricing persona? 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar®, we are talking all about your pricing persona identifier. I have worked with thousands of service providers in my career. I have seen how they have priced their services and have noticed that they all generally fall into one of five categories. 

 

So today I am going to be sharing what these five categories are, how to move to the next level, or even how to jump from the bottom straight to the top. No matter which category you fall into, just know that I have been there! The first step: being aware of where you are so that you can move forward. 

 

The worst thing that can happen as you’re growing your business is getting maxed out on your time and effort before you have reached your income goals. I have found that there really is a sweet spot with pricing for service providers and I am sharing it all with you today. 

 

Tune in to learn about the five pricing personas, the benefits of each, the downfalls of each, and how to move to the next level. You’ll learn how to price your services in a way that feels good for you and gets you the pay you deserve. 

 

I am also providing some tools and resources to help you achieve your business goals so you don’t want to miss this episode! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/129

 

Resources Mentioned:

Free On Demand Training

Pricing Calculator

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 54f73637-04da-4c68-a6a6-e5affa0723cb Tue, 15 Feb 2022 05:00:51 -0500 902 129 false 128: Tapping Into Your Creativity, Making Genuine Connections, and Niching Down with Amanda Scott 128: Tapping Into Your Creativity, Making Genuine Connections, and Niching Down with Amanda Scott Are you ready for some serious inspiration? 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar, I brought on one of my students, Amanda Scott, to talk about how she scaled her web design business and now gets referrals left and right. In web design, you need a consistent stream of clients coming in to scale. It takes hard work and determination, but Amanda put in the work and made it happen. 

 

Amanda works with busy, creative women who are ready to stop wasting so much time, money, and effort and finally have a brand and website they can feel confident in. She gives them the tools to look and feel totally confident with their brand and websites because she’s strategically built them from the ground up.

 

As a Showit design partner with a BFA in Graphic Design, over ten years of design experience under her belt, and six years of experience designing websites for corporate companies, she has the knowledge and expertise to create a bullet-proof plan for marketing her client’s businesses with confidence.

 

Amanda is a true inspiration. She recognized the power of niching down in her services and making genuine connections with potential clients instead of being salesy. Because of this, she was able to grow her business tremendously and become a verified designer on Showit. 

 

Tune in to hear more about Amanda’s tips for finding clients on Instagram using genuine connections, the steps she took to become a verified designer on Showit, the power of niching down, and how to tap into your creativity. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/128

 

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/2019/10/22/angie-trueblood

amandascottdesignco.com

instagram.com/amandascottdesignco

facebook.com/amandascottdesignco

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you ready for some serious inspiration? 

 

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar, I brought on one of my students, Amanda Scott, to talk about how she scaled her web design business and now gets referrals left and right. In web design, you need a consistent stream of clients coming in to scale. It takes hard work and determination, but Amanda put in the work and made it happen. 

 

Amanda works with busy, creative women who are ready to stop wasting so much time, money, and effort and finally have a brand and website they can feel confident in. She gives them the tools to look and feel totally confident with their brand and websites because she’s strategically built them from the ground up.

 

As a Showit design partner with a BFA in Graphic Design, over ten years of design experience under her belt, and six years of experience designing websites for corporate companies, she has the knowledge and expertise to create a bullet-proof plan for marketing her client’s businesses with confidence.

 

Amanda is a true inspiration. She recognized the power of niching down in her services and making genuine connections with potential clients instead of being salesy. Because of this, she was able to grow her business tremendously and become a verified designer on Showit. 

 

Tune in to hear more about Amanda’s tips for finding clients on Instagram using genuine connections, the steps she took to become a verified designer on Showit, the power of niching down, and how to tap into your creativity. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/128

 

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/2019/10/22/angie-trueblood

amandascottdesignco.com

instagram.com/amandascottdesignco

facebook.com/amandascottdesignco

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles b7ccd1ad-4b02-4c0b-989e-854908fafdab Tue, 08 Feb 2022 05:00:36 -0500 1899 128 false 127: How To Use A Leveraged Program To Scale Your 1:1 Services 127: How To Use A Leveraged Program To Scale Your 1:1 Services Let’s talk about mass marketing!   

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar, I am sharing how you can use a leveraged program to scale your one-on-one services and how my Beta to Biggie students are doing just that. 

 

Marketing is the foundation of your business if you want to consistently grow. Whether it’s through referrals, active marketing, or passive marketing, it is essential as service providers for finding our clients and keeping our pipelines full. 

 

For my students inside the Beta to Biggie program, creating a leveraged program is actually scaling their one-on-one services. I know what you may be thinking- marketing for a program and marketing for one on one services is a little different, but I am talking about how you can use one to grow the other. 

 

I love this method for scaling a service based business. Your income doesn’t have to be limited by the amount of time you have to dedicate to clients. Creating a program not only brings you new clients, but it increases your revenue without increasing your workload. 

 

Tune in to hear how the customer journey looks for a leveraged program and why creating a DIY program for clients that can’t afford your services is a great way to increase your income, free up your time, and create multiple sources of revenue.

 

Don’t miss this episode! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/127

 

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Let’s talk about mass marketing!   

In this episode of Serve Scale Soar, I am sharing how you can use a leveraged program to scale your one-on-one services and how my Beta to Biggie students are doing just that. 

 

Marketing is the foundation of your business if you want to consistently grow. Whether it’s through referrals, active marketing, or passive marketing, it is essential as service providers for finding our clients and keeping our pipelines full. 

 

For my students inside the Beta to Biggie program, creating a leveraged program is actually scaling their one-on-one services. I know what you may be thinking- marketing for a program and marketing for one on one services is a little different, but I am talking about how you can use one to grow the other. 

 

I love this method for scaling a service based business. Your income doesn’t have to be limited by the amount of time you have to dedicate to clients. Creating a program not only brings you new clients, but it increases your revenue without increasing your workload. 

 

Tune in to hear how the customer journey looks for a leveraged program and why creating a DIY program for clients that can’t afford your services is a great way to increase your income, free up your time, and create multiple sources of revenue.

 

Don’t miss this episode! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/127

 

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 4961cba2-f187-43c6-81e2-65afaef93148 Tue, 01 Feb 2022 05:00:22 -0500 1072 127 false 126: 10 Lessons Learned in 2021 126: 10 Lessons Learned in 2021 2021 was a bit of a doozy! Are you right there with me?

 

I definitely felt a different energy in 2021 than I have ever felt before, and I can see now how it set me up and prepared me to move forward in 2022 in business and life. 

 

With that said, I am sharing the top ten things I learned throughout the year in this episode of Serve Scale Soar. 

 

To give you a sneak peek into some of the lessons I am diving into, I learned that there are some things about business that I just don’t know yet. I had to take a look at myself and realize that I was going into learning situations and assuming that I already knew it all. It was a wake-up call to learn that I will not grow if I don’t go into these situations with an “empty cup” so that I can gain the knowledge that others are sharing with me. 

 

In all honesty, I expected more growth in 2021 but looking back, I know I wasn’t ready for that growth yet. I needed to grow in my personal life and learn to understand and love myself so that I could find more happiness. 

 

Tune in to hear more about these lessons and so much more in this episode. It is full of advice about business and life, so you don’t want to miss it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/126

 

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> 2021 was a bit of a doozy! Are you right there with me?

 

I definitely felt a different energy in 2021 than I have ever felt before, and I can see now how it set me up and prepared me to move forward in 2022 in business and life. 

 

With that said, I am sharing the top ten things I learned throughout the year in this episode of Serve Scale Soar. 

 

To give you a sneak peek into some of the lessons I am diving into, I learned that there are some things about business that I just don’t know yet. I had to take a look at myself and realize that I was going into learning situations and assuming that I already knew it all. It was a wake-up call to learn that I will not grow if I don’t go into these situations with an “empty cup” so that I can gain the knowledge that others are sharing with me. 

 

In all honesty, I expected more growth in 2021 but looking back, I know I wasn’t ready for that growth yet. I needed to grow in my personal life and learn to understand and love myself so that I could find more happiness. 

 

Tune in to hear more about these lessons and so much more in this episode. It is full of advice about business and life, so you don’t want to miss it! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/126

 

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles f27d0a0c-523e-4bb0-b4ad-28faf7c2aa58 Tue, 25 Jan 2022 05:00:00 -0500 1898 126 false 125: How To Create A Conversion Story To Increase Sales with Colin Boyd 125: How To Create A Conversion Story To Increase Sales with Colin Boyd Have you ever wanted to sell online using a virtual stage? 

 

People get nervous when it comes to selling to potential customers because it feels… icky. It’s an essential part of business, yet people are downright afraid of it sometimes. 

 

If this is how you feel, I am here to tell you that it doesn’t have to be that way! Utilizing a virtual stage can be a very powerful and effective method for increasing your sales. 

 

It’s all about taking your audience on a journey and showing how you are the 2.0 version of who they want to be. Explain to them how you started and how you ended up where you are now. It’s called a signature story and today’s guest on Serve Scale Soar, Colin Boyd, is here to tell us all about it. 

 

Colin helps experts, course creators, and coaches to speak confidently on stage to sell… without coming across pushy or sales-y. He’s obsessed with creating step-by-step strategies that anyone can follow to become both confident and powerful at speaking and selling on a live stage, webinar, and video. 

 

As a keynote speaker for over 10 years, he brings a depth of experience that few have to entertain and also move an audience to action. He’s best known for Sell From Stage Academy™ which is the leading program for growing your business through speaking. He lives in Newport Beach California with his amazing wife and two little kids.

 

Colin is truly an expert on telling a story that will capture and immerse your audience and entice them to purchase from you in a way that is authentic and effortless. 

 

Make sure to tune in to learn more about how you can create your own unique conversion story today. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/125

 

Resources Mentioned:

colinboyd.co

www.instagram.com/colinboyd

www.facebook.com/colinboydglobal

Sell from the Stage Academy

Sell With Story Guide

www.expertedgepodcast.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

]]> Have you ever wanted to sell online using a virtual stage? 

 

People get nervous when it comes to selling to potential customers because it feels… icky. It’s an essential part of business, yet people are downright afraid of it sometimes. 

 

If this is how you feel, I am here to tell you that it doesn’t have to be that way! Utilizing a virtual stage can be a very powerful and effective method for increasing your sales. 

 

It’s all about taking your audience on a journey and showing how you are the 2.0 version of who they want to be. Explain to them how you started and how you ended up where you are now. It’s called a signature story and today’s guest on Serve Scale Soar, Colin Boyd, is here to tell us all about it. 

 

Colin helps experts, course creators, and coaches to speak confidently on stage to sell… without coming across pushy or sales-y. He’s obsessed with creating step-by-step strategies that anyone can follow to become both confident and powerful at speaking and selling on a live stage, webinar, and video. 

 

As a keynote speaker for over 10 years, he brings a depth of experience that few have to entertain and also move an audience to action. He’s best known for Sell From Stage Academy™ which is the leading program for growing your business through speaking. He lives in Newport Beach California with his amazing wife and two little kids.

 

Colin is truly an expert on telling a story that will capture and immerse your audience and entice them to purchase from you in a way that is authentic and effortless. 

 

Make sure to tune in to learn more about how you can create your own unique conversion story today. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/125

 

Resources Mentioned:

colinboyd.co

www.instagram.com/colinboyd

www.facebook.com/colinboydglobal

Sell from the Stage Academy

Sell With Story Guide

www.expertedgepodcast.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

]]> Brandi Mowles 44dcb40e-4582-4261-8cec-3003230d58be Tue, 18 Jan 2022 05:00:00 -0500 1862 125 false 124: Should You Start a Podcast? with Stephanie Judice 124: Should You Start a Podcast? with Stephanie Judice Is starting a podcast something you have been thinking about doing? Do you think it might be something you want to do in the future?

 

My podcast manager, Stephanie Judice, is joining me in this episode to talk all about podcasting! This episode was highly requested by our community, so I'm super excited to have this conversation with Stephanie. 

 

Stephanie is the CEO of a podcast production agency that works primarily with female coaches, consultants, and course creators to help them launch their podcast and provides ongoing management services.  

 

Stephanie and her team work behind the scenes to make sure their client's podcasts are released into the world every week without a hitch, saving their clients time (and frustration!) while helping them to connect with their audience and establish themselves as the expert in their fields.  She believes that podcasting is one of the best ways coaches and consultants can showcase their expertise and bring in new clients and customers to their business.

 

We are getting into all of the most common questions when it comes to podcasting: who should start a podcast, when is the best time to start one, what goes into it, and finally, how to know if it is right for your business.

 

Even if podcasting is not on your radar right now, tune in because it might be in the future!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/124

 

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

www.stephaniejudice.com

www.instagram.com/stephaniejudice

www.facebook.com/stephaniejudicepodcastmanagement

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Is starting a podcast something you have been thinking about doing? Do you think it might be something you want to do in the future?

 

My podcast manager, Stephanie Judice, is joining me in this episode to talk all about podcasting! This episode was highly requested by our community, so I'm super excited to have this conversation with Stephanie. 

 

Stephanie is the CEO of a podcast production agency that works primarily with female coaches, consultants, and course creators to help them launch their podcast and provides ongoing management services.  

 

Stephanie and her team work behind the scenes to make sure their client's podcasts are released into the world every week without a hitch, saving their clients time (and frustration!) while helping them to connect with their audience and establish themselves as the expert in their fields.  She believes that podcasting is one of the best ways coaches and consultants can showcase their expertise and bring in new clients and customers to their business.

 

We are getting into all of the most common questions when it comes to podcasting: who should start a podcast, when is the best time to start one, what goes into it, and finally, how to know if it is right for your business.

 

Even if podcasting is not on your radar right now, tune in because it might be in the future!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/124

 

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

www.stephaniejudice.com

www.instagram.com/stephaniejudice

www.facebook.com/stephaniejudicepodcastmanagement

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles f5f9c1a7-0aff-4fa1-904e-20a180badf55 Tue, 11 Jan 2022 05:00:00 -0500 2261 124 false 123: 52 Weeks Of Content In Less Than 90 Minutes 123: 52 Weeks Of Content In Less Than 90 Minutes Do you fly by the seat of your pants when it comes to content creation or do you plan your content out strategically and far in advance?

 

Personally, I like to batch work and plan out my content way ahead of time!

 

I did this recently during one of our Beta to Biggie calls, and I ended up planning 52 weeks of content ideas in less than 90 minutes! Can you believe that?!

 

In this episode, I am sharing the exact process I used to do it. Whether you have a leverage program or you're a one-on-one service provider, the process that I am sharing will help you do the very same thing.

 

I promise you that planning your content will make your life so much easier and will benefit your business in the long run.

 

If you’re constantly stuck brainstorming content or you just want to get it out of the way all at once, listen in to this episode. I’ve got you covered!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/123

 

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you fly by the seat of your pants when it comes to content creation or do you plan your content out strategically and far in advance?

 

Personally, I like to batch work and plan out my content way ahead of time!

 

I did this recently during one of our Beta to Biggie calls, and I ended up planning 52 weeks of content ideas in less than 90 minutes! Can you believe that?!

 

In this episode, I am sharing the exact process I used to do it. Whether you have a leverage program or you're a one-on-one service provider, the process that I am sharing will help you do the very same thing.

 

I promise you that planning your content will make your life so much easier and will benefit your business in the long run.

 

If you’re constantly stuck brainstorming content or you just want to get it out of the way all at once, listen in to this episode. I’ve got you covered!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/123

 

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 688d4acc-5d25-4c25-b571-b416342fc3c1 Tue, 04 Jan 2022 05:00:00 -0500 749 123 false 122: 10 Lessons I Learned Scaling to $1 Million: Best Of 2021 122: 10 Lessons I Learned Scaling to $1 Million: Best Of 2021 Do you want to scale your business? I bet you do!

 

In this replay episode, I’m teaching you the 10 things I learned while scaling to $1 million in 2020. This is such an informative and reflective episode which is why I wanted to replay it! 

 

This episode originally aired as episode 74, so if you have already heard it, I recommend listening again because I know you will get more value from it the second time through! If you haven’t heard it, I know you will love this episode all about the lessons I learned while scaling to $1 million.

 

Now, here's the deal. If you’re thinking, “Brandi, I’m not even to six figures yet, a million is not on my radar, this episode isn’t for me,” don’t tune out! 

 

You will be able to take a lot of the lessons from this episode and apply them to your business right now. This will help you avoid some of the same mistakes I made along the way. 

 

If you’re ready to scale, listen closely!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/122

 

Resources Mentioned:

Episode 4: 4 Lessons I Learned Scaling to Six Figures in 10 Months 

Episode 72: November Income Report and My Exciting Announcement! 

www.conversionsforclients.com 

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you want to scale your business? I bet you do!

 

In this replay episode, I’m teaching you the 10 things I learned while scaling to $1 million in 2020. This is such an informative and reflective episode which is why I wanted to replay it! 

 

This episode originally aired as episode 74, so if you have already heard it, I recommend listening again because I know you will get more value from it the second time through! If you haven’t heard it, I know you will love this episode all about the lessons I learned while scaling to $1 million.

 

Now, here's the deal. If you’re thinking, “Brandi, I’m not even to six figures yet, a million is not on my radar, this episode isn’t for me,” don’t tune out! 

 

You will be able to take a lot of the lessons from this episode and apply them to your business right now. This will help you avoid some of the same mistakes I made along the way. 

 

If you’re ready to scale, listen closely!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/122

 

Resources Mentioned:

Episode 4: 4 Lessons I Learned Scaling to Six Figures in 10 Months 

Episode 72: November Income Report and My Exciting Announcement! 

www.conversionsforclients.com 

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 9666927b-0842-4698-a50f-4d71fd32944c Tue, 28 Dec 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1934 122 false 121: (Best of 2021) Celebrating the 100th Episode of the Podcast with 100 Questions! 121: (Best of 2021) Celebrating the 100th Episode of the Podcast with 100 Questions! As we wrap up 2021, I am bringing back two of the most downloaded episodes of the year as special replays!  Today’s “Best of 2021” episode is a replay of Episode 100. 

This was such a fun episode to record and I had so much positive feedback and so many of you reaching out afterward.  

In case you missed this special episode the first time, be sure to tune in! 

 

We thought it would be fun to turn the tables, so Stephanie Judice, the podcast producer of Serve Scale Soar since the very beginning, is asking ME 100 questions for the 100th episode!

 

We are chatting about all things marriage and family, what running a business really looks like, and of course, what's to come for my business.



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/121

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> As we wrap up 2021, I am bringing back two of the most downloaded episodes of the year as special replays!  Today’s “Best of 2021” episode is a replay of Episode 100. 

This was such a fun episode to record and I had so much positive feedback and so many of you reaching out afterward.  

In case you missed this special episode the first time, be sure to tune in! 

 

We thought it would be fun to turn the tables, so Stephanie Judice, the podcast producer of Serve Scale Soar since the very beginning, is asking ME 100 questions for the 100th episode!

 

We are chatting about all things marriage and family, what running a business really looks like, and of course, what's to come for my business.



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/121

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 2130f049-dac0-47f1-97f7-890aab903a37 Tue, 21 Dec 2021 05:00:00 -0500 3533 121 false 120: Why Patience and Consistency is the Real Key to Business Success with Melany Tenore 120: Why Patience and Consistency is the Real Key to Business Success with Melany Tenore Are you consistent in your business? 

 

As an entrepreneur, it can be so frustrating when we put so much time and effort into our new business just to find that it’s not paying off right away. It is the reason so many give up! 

 

The real key to success in business is patience and consistency. Most successful businesses do not see a huge profit for a while after getting started. You have to stay focused and be consistent in your efforts. 

 

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar, I sat down with Melany Tenore to learn how she got started in her business and now makes $7k per month. 

 

Melany is a business coach and a (self-proclaimed) system sorceress. She works with women entrepreneurs who are just starting out and helps them make a plan - and then take action! 

 

The other pillar of her business is working with small businesses that have experienced success and are seeing the amazing effects of their action.

 

These business owners are often starting to feel overwhelmed by daily tasks and trying to keep everything straight! They've heard about systems like Trello, Asana, ClickUp...but never find the time to pick one and make it work for them. This is where Melany works her magic and gives them back hours in their week to do what they LOVE.

 

Tune in to hear her best tips for cold pitching, using Facebook groups to find clients, and how she found success during a pandemic. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/120

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.copyetc.com

https://www.instagram.com/copy.etc/

https://www.facebook.com/Copy.consulting.coaching

https://view.flodesk.com/pages/6144b040337f1c2aacf51df6

https://www.linkedin.com/in/melany-tenore-169a192/

https://www.brandimowles.com/honeybook

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you consistent in your business? 

 

As an entrepreneur, it can be so frustrating when we put so much time and effort into our new business just to find that it’s not paying off right away. It is the reason so many give up! 

 

The real key to success in business is patience and consistency. Most successful businesses do not see a huge profit for a while after getting started. You have to stay focused and be consistent in your efforts. 

 

In today’s episode of Serve Scale Soar, I sat down with Melany Tenore to learn how she got started in her business and now makes $7k per month. 

 

Melany is a business coach and a (self-proclaimed) system sorceress. She works with women entrepreneurs who are just starting out and helps them make a plan - and then take action! 

 

The other pillar of her business is working with small businesses that have experienced success and are seeing the amazing effects of their action.

 

These business owners are often starting to feel overwhelmed by daily tasks and trying to keep everything straight! They've heard about systems like Trello, Asana, ClickUp...but never find the time to pick one and make it work for them. This is where Melany works her magic and gives them back hours in their week to do what they LOVE.

 

Tune in to hear her best tips for cold pitching, using Facebook groups to find clients, and how she found success during a pandemic. 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/120

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.copyetc.com

https://www.instagram.com/copy.etc/

https://www.facebook.com/Copy.consulting.coaching

https://view.flodesk.com/pages/6144b040337f1c2aacf51df6

https://www.linkedin.com/in/melany-tenore-169a192/

https://www.brandimowles.com/honeybook

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 737a6c80-da23-40ee-97f6-d3062a2a6ff8 Tue, 14 Dec 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1750 120 false 119: 11 Tools I’m Loving in 2021 119: 11 Tools I’m Loving in 2021 I totally nerd out over software!

 

In this episode, I am covering 11 of my favorite software that I used in 2021 because I love them so much I can’t just keep them to myself! I have to share what they are and how they have transformed my business.

 

These tools are saving us tens of thousands of dollars in payroll costs because I am able to use a lot of them in place of having a massive team. Isn’t that awesome?

 

You might have heard of some of these already, but if not, I am getting into the details of them all plus sharing special discounts you can use.

 

Tune in to learn what software I use and what I think you should be using too whether you are a course creator, coach, service provider, or something similar!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/119

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://brandimowles.com/clickup

https://brandimowles.com/kajabi

https://brandimowles.com/zoom

https://brandimowles.com/searchie

https://brandimowles.com/canva

https://brandimowles.com/helpscout

https://brandimowles.com/activecampaign

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> I totally nerd out over software!

 

In this episode, I am covering 11 of my favorite software that I used in 2021 because I love them so much I can’t just keep them to myself! I have to share what they are and how they have transformed my business.

 

These tools are saving us tens of thousands of dollars in payroll costs because I am able to use a lot of them in place of having a massive team. Isn’t that awesome?

 

You might have heard of some of these already, but if not, I am getting into the details of them all plus sharing special discounts you can use.

 

Tune in to learn what software I use and what I think you should be using too whether you are a course creator, coach, service provider, or something similar!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/119

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://brandimowles.com/clickup

https://brandimowles.com/kajabi

https://brandimowles.com/zoom

https://brandimowles.com/searchie

https://brandimowles.com/canva

https://brandimowles.com/helpscout

https://brandimowles.com/activecampaign

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles ecf6abad-da8d-4479-91f2-53df4e25d4a4 Tue, 07 Dec 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1598 119 false 118: Strategic Marketing and Relationship Building Using a Capsule Podcast with Betsy Wallace 118: Strategic Marketing and Relationship Building Using a Capsule Podcast with Betsy Wallace Have you ever heard of a Capsule Podcast?

 

A capsule podcast is a six-episode podcast miniseries that aligns with your business and your marketing, so you get all the benefits of a podcast without the overwhelm of a weekly show.

 

Betsy Wallace, my guest in this episode and the founder of Capsule Podcast, is joining me to talk all about that and how capsule podcasts can strategically build a mutually beneficial relationship between you and your customers and clients.

 

Betsy Wallace is the founder of Capsule Podcast, where she serves small businesses and brands who want to grow through podcasting. Through her innovative Capsule Podcast framework, Betsy teaches authors, bloggers, and coaches how to produce a strategic, six-episode miniseries that provides all the benefits of podcasting with a fraction of the work. She has produced Capsule Podcasts for a diverse range of clients including a cookbook subscription service, a wellness psychotherapist, and a luxury handwoven goods e-commerce site. 

 

Betsy is also the co-host, producer, and editor for the Dinner Sisters podcast, a weekly cooking show launched in 2018, that has been downloaded 350K times and averages 13K downloads/month. She’s interviewed New York Times Bestselling cookbook authors, James Beard award-winning chefs, recorded on location with chefs and food writers in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains and in Rome, Italy.  She has an MBA from the University of Wisconsin and lives in Atlanta, GA with her husband, three kids, and two dogs. 

 

Betsy is teaching us how to use a podcast to deliver outstanding value to our audiences so that we can achieve our business goals. If this sounds good to you, press play and listen closely!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/118

 

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

www.capsulepodcast.com

instagram.com/capsulepodcast

facebook.com/capsulepodcastmedia

www.capsulepodcast.com/six

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever heard of a Capsule Podcast?

 

A capsule podcast is a six-episode podcast miniseries that aligns with your business and your marketing, so you get all the benefits of a podcast without the overwhelm of a weekly show.

 

Betsy Wallace, my guest in this episode and the founder of Capsule Podcast, is joining me to talk all about that and how capsule podcasts can strategically build a mutually beneficial relationship between you and your customers and clients.

 

Betsy Wallace is the founder of Capsule Podcast, where she serves small businesses and brands who want to grow through podcasting. Through her innovative Capsule Podcast framework, Betsy teaches authors, bloggers, and coaches how to produce a strategic, six-episode miniseries that provides all the benefits of podcasting with a fraction of the work. She has produced Capsule Podcasts for a diverse range of clients including a cookbook subscription service, a wellness psychotherapist, and a luxury handwoven goods e-commerce site. 

 

Betsy is also the co-host, producer, and editor for the Dinner Sisters podcast, a weekly cooking show launched in 2018, that has been downloaded 350K times and averages 13K downloads/month. She’s interviewed New York Times Bestselling cookbook authors, James Beard award-winning chefs, recorded on location with chefs and food writers in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains and in Rome, Italy.  She has an MBA from the University of Wisconsin and lives in Atlanta, GA with her husband, three kids, and two dogs. 

 

Betsy is teaching us how to use a podcast to deliver outstanding value to our audiences so that we can achieve our business goals. If this sounds good to you, press play and listen closely!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/118

 

Resources Mentioned:

betatobiggie.com

www.capsulepodcast.com

instagram.com/capsulepodcast

facebook.com/capsulepodcastmedia

www.capsulepodcast.com/six

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 0e11e622-2124-4a98-917d-6bd8b31bdc1e Tue, 30 Nov 2021 05:00:00 -0500 2768 118 false 117: Key Steps to Planning Your 2022 Action Plan 117: Key Steps to Planning Your 2022 Action Plan Let’s “keep it simple sweetie” while we plan for 2022. What do you think?

 

I plan to use my “KISS” philosophy while I plan for next year because it is incredibly impactful, it gets results and it’s not overwhelming.

 

I am walking you through that philosophy in this episode along with the three main things that I focus on that move the needle forward in my business.

 

I have some scary and amazing goals that I am sharing with you as well throughout the episode.

 

I know listening to this will help you prepare for next year and start dreaming big about the things that you want to happen in your life and in your business in 2022.

 

If you believe in yourself and in your goals, you will reach them. I have experienced this firsthand, so tune in to learn my philosophy and what I think you should focus on going into 2022.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/117

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Let’s “keep it simple sweetie” while we plan for 2022. What do you think?

 

I plan to use my “KISS” philosophy while I plan for next year because it is incredibly impactful, it gets results and it’s not overwhelming.

 

I am walking you through that philosophy in this episode along with the three main things that I focus on that move the needle forward in my business.

 

I have some scary and amazing goals that I am sharing with you as well throughout the episode.

 

I know listening to this will help you prepare for next year and start dreaming big about the things that you want to happen in your life and in your business in 2022.

 

If you believe in yourself and in your goals, you will reach them. I have experienced this firsthand, so tune in to learn my philosophy and what I think you should focus on going into 2022.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/117

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 8f1bb039-6bc7-466c-9676-5afb2e7a0925 Tue, 23 Nov 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1645 117 false 116: How to Take Big Leaps as a Mother and a Business Owner with Michelle Pontvert 116: How to Take Big Leaps as a Mother and a Business Owner with Michelle Pontvert Are you a mother AND a business owner? Those are two very, very big jobs! As a mother and business owner myself, I know how difficult it can be.

 

In this episode,  I am having an amazing conversation with my friend and Serve Scale Soar member, Michelle Pontvert. 

 

Michelle is a branding and website designer supporting her fellow Moms / Mums on a mission to scale up their service-based businesses without burnout so they can spend more time with their families and do what they love.

 

We are tackling some really deep conversations around being a mom and a business owner, how to surround yourself with the right people, how to create more white space in our businesses, and how to take big leaps when you want big things in life.

 

This is a packed episode that I know every business owner will get value from, so even if you’re not a mother, tune in because Michelle is sharing endless tips and advice for any business owner that is looking to scale their business without burnout.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/116

 

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

www.michellepontvert.com

www.instagram.com/michellepontvert

www.facebook.com/michelle.pontvert

www.linkedin.com/in/michelle-pontvert/

https://www.michellepontvert.com/converts

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you a mother AND a business owner? Those are two very, very big jobs! As a mother and business owner myself, I know how difficult it can be.

 

In this episode,  I am having an amazing conversation with my friend and Serve Scale Soar member, Michelle Pontvert. 

 

Michelle is a branding and website designer supporting her fellow Moms / Mums on a mission to scale up their service-based businesses without burnout so they can spend more time with their families and do what they love.

 

We are tackling some really deep conversations around being a mom and a business owner, how to surround yourself with the right people, how to create more white space in our businesses, and how to take big leaps when you want big things in life.

 

This is a packed episode that I know every business owner will get value from, so even if you’re not a mother, tune in because Michelle is sharing endless tips and advice for any business owner that is looking to scale their business without burnout.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/116

 

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

www.michellepontvert.com

www.instagram.com/michellepontvert

www.facebook.com/michelle.pontvert

www.linkedin.com/in/michelle-pontvert/

https://www.michellepontvert.com/converts

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles fd8c2fad-9d27-49ba-9420-049f61e2b5b7 Tue, 16 Nov 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1487 116 false 115: How to Save, Invest and Plan for the Future of Your Finances with Mel Abraham 115: How to Save, Invest and Plan for the Future of Your Finances with Mel Abraham In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we are talking about one of my favorite topics that is not talked about enough - money and more specifically, wealth creation.

 

I love shedding more light on understanding and creating our futures, so that is what this episode is focusing on with my guest, Mel Abraham. Mel is the first male I have ever interviewed on the podcast, and I am really excited to have him speak to us on this topic because he is the perfect person for it.

 

Mel is a CPA by education but an entrepreneur by exhilaration, and Author of the #1 Bestseller, The Entrepreneur's Solution: The Modern Millionaire's Path to More Profit, Fans & Freedom. He’s the founder of Thoughtpreneur TM Academy & Business Breakthrough Academy where he helps entrepreneurs bring their businesses to the world and build the lifestyle that they want.

 

After finding a cancerous tumor in his bladder larger than a baseball in June 2019 and successfully conquering it within 18 months, Mel began to openly teach his The Affluence Blueprint TM because his cancer journey spotlighted the immediate and urgent need for entrepreneurs to find “financial liberation” and peace of mind. Mel is a committed advocate for the entrepreneurial way and provides real education to real entrepreneurs for creating a real life!

 

We get into building wealth versus keeping wealth, how we observe and interpret conversations around money, investing inside of your business and outside of it and so much more.

 

You’re going to love this informational episode with Mel, so tune in!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/115

 

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

MelAbraham.com

TheMoneyPlanWorkshop.com

Facebook - MelAbraham.com/bizpage

Instagram (melabraham9) - MelAbraham.com/ig/ 

YouTube - MelAbraham.com/tube/ 

Podcast - TheAffluentEntrepreneurShow.com 

Twitter - MelAbraham.com/Twitter/  

LinkedIn - MelAbraham.com/Linked/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forge

]]> In this episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we are talking about one of my favorite topics that is not talked about enough - money and more specifically, wealth creation.

 

I love shedding more light on understanding and creating our futures, so that is what this episode is focusing on with my guest, Mel Abraham. Mel is the first male I have ever interviewed on the podcast, and I am really excited to have him speak to us on this topic because he is the perfect person for it.

 

Mel is a CPA by education but an entrepreneur by exhilaration, and Author of the #1 Bestseller, The Entrepreneur's Solution: The Modern Millionaire's Path to More Profit, Fans & Freedom. He’s the founder of Thoughtpreneur TM Academy & Business Breakthrough Academy where he helps entrepreneurs bring their businesses to the world and build the lifestyle that they want.

 

After finding a cancerous tumor in his bladder larger than a baseball in June 2019 and successfully conquering it within 18 months, Mel began to openly teach his The Affluence Blueprint TM because his cancer journey spotlighted the immediate and urgent need for entrepreneurs to find “financial liberation” and peace of mind. Mel is a committed advocate for the entrepreneurial way and provides real education to real entrepreneurs for creating a real life!

 

We get into building wealth versus keeping wealth, how we observe and interpret conversations around money, investing inside of your business and outside of it and so much more.

 

You’re going to love this informational episode with Mel, so tune in!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/115

 

Resources Mentioned:

Betatobiggie.com

MelAbraham.com

TheMoneyPlanWorkshop.com

Facebook - MelAbraham.com/bizpage

Instagram (melabraham9) - MelAbraham.com/ig/ 

YouTube - MelAbraham.com/tube/ 

Podcast - TheAffluentEntrepreneurShow.com 

Twitter - MelAbraham.com/Twitter/  

LinkedIn - MelAbraham.com/Linked/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forge

]]> Brandi Mowles 40cdcfb7-f20b-433b-baf6-e81f92e80858 Tue, 09 Nov 2021 05:00:00 -0500 3012 115 false 114: Working With Clients During The Holidays 114: Working With Clients During The Holidays How the heck do you get through the holidays when you work with clients? 

 

We are diving into this in this episode for all of you that are service providers, course creators, or those of you that have memberships!

 

Trust me when I say that it is never too soon to start preparing for a busy holiday season. It is approaching SO quickly this year! 2021 is going to be over before we know it, and I think it is so important that we plan ahead so we can move through the busiest time of year with ease and confidence.

 

With that said, I am walking you through a few steps that you can take to prepare for working with clients during holidays. These steps can also apply to any holiday throughout the year, so keep that in mind too! 

 

From marking your days off ahead of time to planning your marketing strategy through the end of the year and into the beginning of the year, you will finish this episode feeling confident that you can get everything done and enjoy your time off too.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/114



Resources Mentioned:

DM me on Instagram @brandimowles

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> How the heck do you get through the holidays when you work with clients? 

 

We are diving into this in this episode for all of you that are service providers, course creators, or those of you that have memberships!

 

Trust me when I say that it is never too soon to start preparing for a busy holiday season. It is approaching SO quickly this year! 2021 is going to be over before we know it, and I think it is so important that we plan ahead so we can move through the busiest time of year with ease and confidence.

 

With that said, I am walking you through a few steps that you can take to prepare for working with clients during holidays. These steps can also apply to any holiday throughout the year, so keep that in mind too! 

 

From marking your days off ahead of time to planning your marketing strategy through the end of the year and into the beginning of the year, you will finish this episode feeling confident that you can get everything done and enjoy your time off too.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/114



Resources Mentioned:

DM me on Instagram @brandimowles

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles b6662a19-7fbe-4191-bded-5fda1c979489 Tue, 02 Nov 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1117 114 false 113: Strategies for Scaling to $12k Months On Your Own Terms with Teah Hopper 113: Strategies for Scaling to $12k Months On Your Own Terms with Teah Hopper I am so excited because I have one of our amazing members of Serve Scale Soar on the podcast to tell us all about her journey to over $12,000 months as a social media strategist!

 

That’s right! Teah Hopper is joining me to talk all about how she did this plus how she defines success on her own terms, how she has designed a business that lights her up, and how she has created a business that allows her more time all without a team.

 

Teah is a social media strategist that helps businesses and entrepreneurs discover their unique story and simplify their social media through a strategic approach so that they can find joy in social media again, get their time back, and live the life they desire. 

 

I am always SO inspired and motivated during these conversations because it truly amazes me how members of Serve Scale Soar innovate their businesses and create success.

 

I know you are going to love the energy in this episode and also the tactical and practical information that Teah is sharing on how you could set your business up in the same way.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/113

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.teahhopper.com

https://www.facebook.com/teahhopperconsulting

https://www.instagram.com/teahhopper

https://www.linkedin.com/in/teahhopper

https://www.teahhopper.com/content-map

http://servescalesoar.com/free

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> I am so excited because I have one of our amazing members of Serve Scale Soar on the podcast to tell us all about her journey to over $12,000 months as a social media strategist!

 

That’s right! Teah Hopper is joining me to talk all about how she did this plus how she defines success on her own terms, how she has designed a business that lights her up, and how she has created a business that allows her more time all without a team.

 

Teah is a social media strategist that helps businesses and entrepreneurs discover their unique story and simplify their social media through a strategic approach so that they can find joy in social media again, get their time back, and live the life they desire. 

 

I am always SO inspired and motivated during these conversations because it truly amazes me how members of Serve Scale Soar innovate their businesses and create success.

 

I know you are going to love the energy in this episode and also the tactical and practical information that Teah is sharing on how you could set your business up in the same way.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/113

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.teahhopper.com

https://www.facebook.com/teahhopperconsulting

https://www.instagram.com/teahhopper

https://www.linkedin.com/in/teahhopper

https://www.teahhopper.com/content-map

http://servescalesoar.com/free

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles e1b68005-c49e-4828-a950-7507526d5561 Tue, 26 Oct 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1849 113 false 112: Simple and Doable Action Steps For Tapping Into Your Energy and Finding Your Strength as a Business Owner with Nicole Culver 112: Simple and Doable Action Steps For Tapping Into Your Energy and Finding Your Strength as a Business Owner with Nicole Culver How do you tap into your energy? Do you realize how important it is not only in your business but in your life to protect your energy? This is how we are able to show up as the best versions of ourselves! 

 

In this episode, I am joined by Nicole Culver who is an expert in helping entrepreneurs (especially mom entrepreneurs) with this!

 

Nicole Culver helps online coaches take quantum leaps in their business with digital products. She is a certified Master NLP coach, hypnotist, and mindset expert who helps coaches amplify their results by combining the right mindset with the perfect-for-them business strategy. Nicole loves to coach her clients and students so they can see beyond their limitations and open up to what's truly possible for them.

 

We are chatting about all things mindset, alignment, empowerment, and more in this action-packed episode that I know you are going to love whether you are a business owner with kids or not.

 

Nicole has so many amazing tips and resources for growing your business, tapping into your energy and personal strength, and showing up as the best version of yourself, so make sure you don’t miss this episode.



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/112

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://nicoleculver.co/busy-moms

www.Nicoleculver.co

https://nicoleculver.co/podcast

Instagram.com/nicoleculver



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> How do you tap into your energy? Do you realize how important it is not only in your business but in your life to protect your energy? This is how we are able to show up as the best versions of ourselves! 

 

In this episode, I am joined by Nicole Culver who is an expert in helping entrepreneurs (especially mom entrepreneurs) with this!

 

Nicole Culver helps online coaches take quantum leaps in their business with digital products. She is a certified Master NLP coach, hypnotist, and mindset expert who helps coaches amplify their results by combining the right mindset with the perfect-for-them business strategy. Nicole loves to coach her clients and students so they can see beyond their limitations and open up to what's truly possible for them.

 

We are chatting about all things mindset, alignment, empowerment, and more in this action-packed episode that I know you are going to love whether you are a business owner with kids or not.

 

Nicole has so many amazing tips and resources for growing your business, tapping into your energy and personal strength, and showing up as the best version of yourself, so make sure you don’t miss this episode.



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/112

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://nicoleculver.co/busy-moms

www.Nicoleculver.co

https://nicoleculver.co/podcast

Instagram.com/nicoleculver



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 83cc80da-80a5-4c1b-93a4-332aaaeb4df2 Tue, 19 Oct 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2572 112 false 111: Can You Be Successful Without a Morning Routine? 111: Can You Be Successful Without a Morning Routine? The only way to be successful is to wake up at 5:00 a.m. and have a super strict morning routine, right?

 

Wrong! How many times have you heard that? 

 

Even before I started my business, I heard over and over again that if I wanted to be successful, I needed to have a morning routine. I have to be honest and tell you that never worked for me.

 

In this episode, I am sharing my experience with this and what I do now that works for me! Spoiler alert: I have a “Start of Day” routine instead, and I know that this will work for you no matter when you start your workday.

 

If you are a morning routine person, stay with me, but if you're not, tune in to hear how I believe that you can be successful without a morning routine!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/111

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.headspace.com

https://www.calm.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> The only way to be successful is to wake up at 5:00 a.m. and have a super strict morning routine, right?

 

Wrong! How many times have you heard that? 

 

Even before I started my business, I heard over and over again that if I wanted to be successful, I needed to have a morning routine. I have to be honest and tell you that never worked for me.

 

In this episode, I am sharing my experience with this and what I do now that works for me! Spoiler alert: I have a “Start of Day” routine instead, and I know that this will work for you no matter when you start your workday.

 

If you are a morning routine person, stay with me, but if you're not, tune in to hear how I believe that you can be successful without a morning routine!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/111

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://www.headspace.com

https://www.calm.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 27474bbc-5b63-442d-a7b6-16cb9ebfcac5 Tue, 12 Oct 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1165 111 false 110: How to Apply the Skills You Already Have to Your Business with Meredith Kallaher 110: How to Apply the Skills You Already Have to Your Business with Meredith Kallaher Have you ever wondered exactly how you can take your knowledge from offline to online?

 

My guest in this episode, Meredith Kallaher, did just that, so she is joining me to talk all about her journey.

 

Meredith Kallaher is a wife and mom to 3 teenagers and a new puppy who lives in Miami, Florida. Similar to many others, 2020 brought big changes to Meredith’s business including a mutual decision to part ways with her partner in the Fall. 

 

Meredith took inventory of her skill sets, recalled her experience and passion for helping others grow their businesses, invested in both of Brandi Mowles’ courses (Serve Scale Soar and Conversions for Clients) to learn both the technical skills for managing Facebook ad campaigns AND best practices for the management of a service-based business, and opened the doors to Meredith Kallaher Marketing, LLC in November.

 

At her new company, Meredith helps business owners expand their reach and explode their sales! She offers Facebook and Instagram ads strategy and management, conversion copywriting, and the build-out of a website, product, or sales page in her favorite online platform Kajabi.

 

Meredith is breaking down her journey into the online space as a Facebook and Instagram ad manager, and she's even leaving us with an amazing script on how to get discovery calls with people you already know.

 

Tune in now so you don’t miss all this goodness!



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/110

 

Resources Mentioned:

confidentadmanager.com

servescalesoar.com/free

www.meredithkallaher.com

https://www.instagram.com/meredithkallaher/

https://www.meredithkallaher.com/discovery-call-emails



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever wondered exactly how you can take your knowledge from offline to online?

 

My guest in this episode, Meredith Kallaher, did just that, so she is joining me to talk all about her journey.

 

Meredith Kallaher is a wife and mom to 3 teenagers and a new puppy who lives in Miami, Florida. Similar to many others, 2020 brought big changes to Meredith’s business including a mutual decision to part ways with her partner in the Fall. 

 

Meredith took inventory of her skill sets, recalled her experience and passion for helping others grow their businesses, invested in both of Brandi Mowles’ courses (Serve Scale Soar and Conversions for Clients) to learn both the technical skills for managing Facebook ad campaigns AND best practices for the management of a service-based business, and opened the doors to Meredith Kallaher Marketing, LLC in November.

 

At her new company, Meredith helps business owners expand their reach and explode their sales! She offers Facebook and Instagram ads strategy and management, conversion copywriting, and the build-out of a website, product, or sales page in her favorite online platform Kajabi.

 

Meredith is breaking down her journey into the online space as a Facebook and Instagram ad manager, and she's even leaving us with an amazing script on how to get discovery calls with people you already know.

 

Tune in now so you don’t miss all this goodness!



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/110

 

Resources Mentioned:

confidentadmanager.com

servescalesoar.com/free

www.meredithkallaher.com

https://www.instagram.com/meredithkallaher/

https://www.meredithkallaher.com/discovery-call-emails



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 78c3cfe6-1e76-4fc8-af67-6f797f11eb5c Tue, 05 Oct 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1604 110 false 109: Tips for Becoming an Ad Manager & Upleveling Your Services 109: Tips for Becoming an Ad Manager & Upleveling Your Services Have you been thinking about becoming an ad manager? Are you already one but you want to update your services?

 

In this episode, I am joined by 11 Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing an ad management business!

 

You are going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold. 

 

If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free three-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high-quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. Register at www.confidentadmanager.com.

 

Tune in, hear these amazing tips, and join us inside the Facebook group! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/109

 

Resources Mentioned:

www.confidentadmanager.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you been thinking about becoming an ad manager? Are you already one but you want to update your services?

 

In this episode, I am joined by 11 Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing an ad management business!

 

You are going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold. 

 

If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free three-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high-quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. Register at www.confidentadmanager.com.

 

Tune in, hear these amazing tips, and join us inside the Facebook group! 

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/109

 

Resources Mentioned:

www.confidentadmanager.com

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 1744aa65-79cc-47bf-877a-d0798c8c77e1 Tue, 28 Sep 2021 05:00:00 -0400 952 109 false 108: How She Went From $4k Months to $10k Months in Just 30 Days with Megan Cockrell 108: How She Went From $4k Months to $10k Months in Just 30 Days with Megan Cockrell Are you ready to hear another inspiring story from a Serve Scale Soar member?

 

Megan Cockrell is joining me to talk about how she went from making $4,000/month to her first $10,000 month while balancing a crazy season of life.

 

As a Facebook Strategist and Consultant, Megan’s passion is to nurture and grow her client’s audience and sales through organic means and paid ads. Megan owns 2m Social and strives to bring her upbeat personality into her business and serve her clients well. 

 

Megan is a wife and mom to 3 little kids, so she knows how important work/life balance is. She started her own business so she could still be home and present for her kids but also get to help others grow and succeed in their business. 

 

We talk about getting over money mindset barriers, tips for starting VIP days without taking a course, the pros and cons of overdelivering, and so much more.

 

I love Megan’s story, and I know you will too. Press play to get inspired!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/108

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://findyourpeople.2msocial.com

www.2msocial.com

www.facebook.com/2msocial

www.instagram.com/2m_social

www.linkedin.com/in/megancockrell



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you ready to hear another inspiring story from a Serve Scale Soar member?

 

Megan Cockrell is joining me to talk about how she went from making $4,000/month to her first $10,000 month while balancing a crazy season of life.

 

As a Facebook Strategist and Consultant, Megan’s passion is to nurture and grow her client’s audience and sales through organic means and paid ads. Megan owns 2m Social and strives to bring her upbeat personality into her business and serve her clients well. 

 

Megan is a wife and mom to 3 little kids, so she knows how important work/life balance is. She started her own business so she could still be home and present for her kids but also get to help others grow and succeed in their business. 

 

We talk about getting over money mindset barriers, tips for starting VIP days without taking a course, the pros and cons of overdelivering, and so much more.

 

I love Megan’s story, and I know you will too. Press play to get inspired!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/108

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://findyourpeople.2msocial.com

www.2msocial.com

www.facebook.com/2msocial

www.instagram.com/2m_social

www.linkedin.com/in/megancockrell



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles a3f54734-4820-47f1-b507-778cc783ea45 Tue, 21 Sep 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2280 108 false 107: How to Streamline Your Client Experience So You Can Quickly Simplify Your Workload with Karima Neghmouche 107: How to Streamline Your Client Experience So You Can Quickly Simplify Your Workload with Karima Neghmouche Did you notice that we rebranded?!

 

I am so in love with everything, so I wanted to bring on the beautiful mastermind behind all of the new branding, Karima Neghmouche!

 

Karima is a web and graphic designer based out of North Carolina who left her 9-5 as a Director of Marketing only months after starting her first business to live out her dream. Now, she works with kick-ass entrepreneurs to create or elevate their brands so they can live their dreams, too.

 

It was such an amazing experience to work with Karima, so I am excited to be chatting with her all about my experience with her as well as how she runs her business.

 

We get into how she charges a higher rate, how she's able to bring people's ideas into a beautiful reality, how she keeps her client experience simple and so much more.

 

I know you’re going to love this honest and casual conversation with Karima, so tune in to soak up all this goodness!



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/107

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://karimacreative.com/

instagram.com/karima.creative

https://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Episode 30: Steal My 3 Phase Onboarding Process to Wow Your Clients and Get a Flood of Referrals

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Did you notice that we rebranded?!

 

I am so in love with everything, so I wanted to bring on the beautiful mastermind behind all of the new branding, Karima Neghmouche!

 

Karima is a web and graphic designer based out of North Carolina who left her 9-5 as a Director of Marketing only months after starting her first business to live out her dream. Now, she works with kick-ass entrepreneurs to create or elevate their brands so they can live their dreams, too.

 

It was such an amazing experience to work with Karima, so I am excited to be chatting with her all about my experience with her as well as how she runs her business.

 

We get into how she charges a higher rate, how she's able to bring people's ideas into a beautiful reality, how she keeps her client experience simple and so much more.

 

I know you’re going to love this honest and casual conversation with Karima, so tune in to soak up all this goodness!



Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/107

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://karimacreative.com/

instagram.com/karima.creative

https://brandimowles.com/honeybook

Episode 30: Steal My 3 Phase Onboarding Process to Wow Your Clients and Get a Flood of Referrals

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 19d0cbfa-f078-42aa-940c-e529cad57434 Tue, 14 Sep 2021 07:08:06 -0400 1884 107 false 106: Attract High-Paying Clients On LinkedIn 106: Attract High-Paying Clients On LinkedIn Is your ideal client hanging out on LinkedIn? Do you think that you’re even using LinkedIn to the fullest?

 

In this episode, we’re chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it. 

 

I am covering the 3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin, how to make sure your profile is optimized, why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile, how to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients and so much more.

 

LinkedIn is one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less. 

 

If you want to know the trick to that, tune in to this episode because I am teaching you how you can do the same.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/106

 

Resources Mentioned:

Temi Transcription

Get my FREE video tutorial: How to Brand Your LinkedIn to Attract High Ticket Clients



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Is your ideal client hanging out on LinkedIn? Do you think that you’re even using LinkedIn to the fullest?

 

In this episode, we’re chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it. 

 

I am covering the 3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin, how to make sure your profile is optimized, why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile, how to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients and so much more.

 

LinkedIn is one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less. 

 

If you want to know the trick to that, tune in to this episode because I am teaching you how you can do the same.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/106

 

Resources Mentioned:

Temi Transcription

Get my FREE video tutorial: How to Brand Your LinkedIn to Attract High Ticket Clients



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles ab3be7c1-13e2-4d7e-b5b1-0562545d4ab6 Tue, 07 Sep 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1263 106 false 105: How to Leverage Your Passion Into Purpose with Amy McLaren 105: How to Leverage Your Passion Into Purpose with Amy McLaren I love when little positive actions add up to something big. Don’t you?

 

That’s why I am talking all about how we can make a big impact with passion, purpose, and little daily actions in this interview with Amy McLaren. 

 

This busy mom of two splits her time between leading LadyStrength, a growing online community of driven, entrepreneurial women, growing an Airbnb business, and being a hands-on CEO of Village Impact, the charity she and her husband founded more than a decade ago.

 

Village Impact partners with communities in rural Kenya to provide community-led access to quality education and entrepreneurship opportunities. To date, Village Impact has built 14 schools that deliver education to nearly 5,000 students daily.

 

Amy is sharing so many great actionable steps that we can put into our daily practice in this episode, and she is even telling us how we can make a greater impact together starting right now.

 

Don’t miss this episode where we discuss things like how to put your passion and purpose first, how to make a small impact daily in your community, and what we can all do to make a bigger impact abroad, and more.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/105

 

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/villageimpact

https://amymclaren.com

https://ladystrength.com/

https://www.instagram.com/amydowmclaren/

https://www.instagram.com/lady_strength/

https://www.instagram.com/villageimpact/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> I love when little positive actions add up to something big. Don’t you?

 

That’s why I am talking all about how we can make a big impact with passion, purpose, and little daily actions in this interview with Amy McLaren. 

 

This busy mom of two splits her time between leading LadyStrength, a growing online community of driven, entrepreneurial women, growing an Airbnb business, and being a hands-on CEO of Village Impact, the charity she and her husband founded more than a decade ago.

 

Village Impact partners with communities in rural Kenya to provide community-led access to quality education and entrepreneurship opportunities. To date, Village Impact has built 14 schools that deliver education to nearly 5,000 students daily.

 

Amy is sharing so many great actionable steps that we can put into our daily practice in this episode, and she is even telling us how we can make a greater impact together starting right now.

 

Don’t miss this episode where we discuss things like how to put your passion and purpose first, how to make a small impact daily in your community, and what we can all do to make a bigger impact abroad, and more.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/105

 

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/villageimpact

https://amymclaren.com

https://ladystrength.com/

https://www.instagram.com/amydowmclaren/

https://www.instagram.com/lady_strength/

https://www.instagram.com/villageimpact/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 67894a24-212e-4ab6-a453-0613fe184fd1 Tue, 31 Aug 2021 05:00:00 -0400 3001 105 false 104: 10 Pricing Strategies from Serve Scale Soar Members to Help You Gain Confidence, Increase Sales and Maximize Your Profit 104: 10 Pricing Strategies from Serve Scale Soar Members to Help You Gain Confidence, Increase Sales and Maximize Your Profit Have you ever questioned how much you should charge or when the heck you should raise your prices? Do you know what you would do if someone tried to negotiate their prices? 

 

All of this and more is answered by 10 Serve Scale Soar members in this special podcast episode where you hear from them instead of me.

 

Why? Because they are the ones in the trenches and navigating pricing just like you!

 

They are each sharing their pricing strategies that will help you gain confidence, increase your sales AND maximize your profit.

 

I know that you’re going to be blown away by these strategies, so listen closely, take notes and pick a few to take action on if you’re ready to grow and scale your business.

 

After that, head over to brandimowles.com/confident to sign up for my FREE Confident Pricing Series that runs through the month of August!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/104

 

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/confident

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever questioned how much you should charge or when the heck you should raise your prices? Do you know what you would do if someone tried to negotiate their prices? 

 

All of this and more is answered by 10 Serve Scale Soar members in this special podcast episode where you hear from them instead of me.

 

Why? Because they are the ones in the trenches and navigating pricing just like you!

 

They are each sharing their pricing strategies that will help you gain confidence, increase your sales AND maximize your profit.

 

I know that you’re going to be blown away by these strategies, so listen closely, take notes and pick a few to take action on if you’re ready to grow and scale your business.

 

After that, head over to brandimowles.com/confident to sign up for my FREE Confident Pricing Series that runs through the month of August!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/104

 

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/confident

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 305e446d-9880-4985-b0fc-93ff410cc73d Tue, 17 Aug 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1415 104 false 103: From Full Time Teacher to $8K+/Month as a Pinterest Manager in 7 Months with Chelsea Hall 103: From Full Time Teacher to $8K+/Month as a Pinterest Manager in 7 Months with Chelsea Hall Have you fully stepped into your potential?

 

My guest in this episode is one of the newest members of Serve Scale Soar, and she has recently fully stepped into her potential!

 

Chelsea Hall is joining me to share her journey from full-time teacher to Pinterest manager, and how she created $8k+ months in less than 7 months.

 

Chelsea Hall is a Pinterest strategist. She specializes in helping female entrepreneurs strategically grow their email list, generate quality leads, and increase website traffic with the power of Pinterest! She offers monthly Pinterest management, strategy calls, and coaching. Chelsea is a wife, mom, and lover of peanut butter and bananas. When she’s not busy helping business owners with their Pinterest accounts, you can find her on walks with her family or binging a ridiculous reality TV show.

 

Chelsea and I chat all about the pivots that she made in her business, not giving up, the power of consistency, and her new definition of success.

 

If you are inspired by stories of service providers stepping into their potential, this is the episode for you.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/103

 

Resources Mentioned:

www.chelseahallsocial.com

Chelsea's FREE Beginners Guide to Pinterest

www.instagram.com/chelseahallsocial

servescalesoar.com/free

brandimowles.com/confident

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you fully stepped into your potential?

 

My guest in this episode is one of the newest members of Serve Scale Soar, and she has recently fully stepped into her potential!

 

Chelsea Hall is joining me to share her journey from full-time teacher to Pinterest manager, and how she created $8k+ months in less than 7 months.

 

Chelsea Hall is a Pinterest strategist. She specializes in helping female entrepreneurs strategically grow their email list, generate quality leads, and increase website traffic with the power of Pinterest! She offers monthly Pinterest management, strategy calls, and coaching. Chelsea is a wife, mom, and lover of peanut butter and bananas. When she’s not busy helping business owners with their Pinterest accounts, you can find her on walks with her family or binging a ridiculous reality TV show.

 

Chelsea and I chat all about the pivots that she made in her business, not giving up, the power of consistency, and her new definition of success.

 

If you are inspired by stories of service providers stepping into their potential, this is the episode for you.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/103

 

Resources Mentioned:

www.chelseahallsocial.com

Chelsea's FREE Beginners Guide to Pinterest

www.instagram.com/chelseahallsocial

servescalesoar.com/free

brandimowles.com/confident

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 1248db6b-760c-4838-9558-feac18bb98da Tue, 10 Aug 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2051 103 false 102: Best of Replay: Raising Your Prices for Massive Growth 102: Best of Replay: Raising Your Prices for Massive Growth Have you ever thought to yourself “if I raise my prices, then no one will hire me!”?

 

Are you ready to make more money and stop working so much?  

 

If you’re answering yes to both questions, you probably need to make some money mindset shifts!

This episode is a replay of one of the most popular and important episodes of the podcast! We are talking about raising prices which is something that I don't think enough people are talking about it. 

 

We are also covering the money mindset shifts that you need to make in your business if you are ready to see massive growth!

 

If you have listened to this episode before, you might need to hear it again for it to really resonate with you! If you haven’t heard it, you don’t want to miss it.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/102

 

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/confident

 

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever thought to yourself “if I raise my prices, then no one will hire me!”?

 

Are you ready to make more money and stop working so much?  

 

If you’re answering yes to both questions, you probably need to make some money mindset shifts!

This episode is a replay of one of the most popular and important episodes of the podcast! We are talking about raising prices which is something that I don't think enough people are talking about it. 

 

We are also covering the money mindset shifts that you need to make in your business if you are ready to see massive growth!

 

If you have listened to this episode before, you might need to hear it again for it to really resonate with you! If you haven’t heard it, you don’t want to miss it.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/102

 

Resources Mentioned:

brandimowles.com/confident

 

Additional Resources:

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 89fc07e9-13d1-4f96-8593-74eec5092779 Tue, 03 Aug 2021 05:00:00 -0400 876 102 false 101: Defining Success on Your Own Terms: How Jacqueline Howard Went From an Etsy Seller to Successful EA & Community Manager 101: Defining Success on Your Own Terms: How Jacqueline Howard Went From an Etsy Seller to Successful EA & Community Manager Do you want to create your own journey, show up exactly as you are, and create a thriving online business?

 

It’s totally possible, and my guest in this episode, Jacqueline Howard, is going to share how she did it.

 

Jacqueline Howard is a lover of wisdom and solitude. She is a mother of four and provides Executive Assistant and Community manager services. Jacqueline's passion lies in seeking fulfillment in both her personal and professional life. As an entrepreneur, recovering online course junkie, and homeschooling mother of four, she has learned to prioritize what matters most in order to achieve her goals.

 

Jacqueline has been a member of Serve Scale Soar for two years now, so she is joining me to share her journey from selling on Etsy and homeschooling her kiddos to having a crazy successful service-based business!

 

Press play on this episode to hear the roadblocks, lessons, and wins that Jacqueline has had in her online business so far that has led to her own version of success.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/101

 

Resources Mentioned:

www.thejacquelinehoward.com

www.Instagram.com/thejacquelinehoward

servescalesoar.com/free

brandimowles.com/confident

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you want to create your own journey, show up exactly as you are, and create a thriving online business?

 

It’s totally possible, and my guest in this episode, Jacqueline Howard, is going to share how she did it.

 

Jacqueline Howard is a lover of wisdom and solitude. She is a mother of four and provides Executive Assistant and Community manager services. Jacqueline's passion lies in seeking fulfillment in both her personal and professional life. As an entrepreneur, recovering online course junkie, and homeschooling mother of four, she has learned to prioritize what matters most in order to achieve her goals.

 

Jacqueline has been a member of Serve Scale Soar for two years now, so she is joining me to share her journey from selling on Etsy and homeschooling her kiddos to having a crazy successful service-based business!

 

Press play on this episode to hear the roadblocks, lessons, and wins that Jacqueline has had in her online business so far that has led to her own version of success.

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/101

 

Resources Mentioned:

www.thejacquelinehoward.com

www.Instagram.com/thejacquelinehoward

servescalesoar.com/free

brandimowles.com/confident

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles fd7f7613-8524-46ff-b71d-95fa8d2d0267 Tue, 27 Jul 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2848 101 false 100: Celebrating the 100th Episode of the Podcast with 100 Questions! 100: Celebrating the 100th Episode of the Podcast with 100 Questions! Can you believe this is the 100th episode?!

 

To celebrate, we're coming at you with a very special episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast!

 

We thought it would be fun to turn the tables, so Stephanie Judice, the podcast producer of Serve Scale Soar since the very beginning, is asking me 100 questions for the 100th episode!

 

We are chatting about all things marriage and family, what running a business really looks like, and of course, what's to come for the rest of 2021.

 

This is such a fun episode, so I hope you enjoy celebrating alongside us!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/100



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Can you believe this is the 100th episode?!

 

To celebrate, we're coming at you with a very special episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast!

 

We thought it would be fun to turn the tables, so Stephanie Judice, the podcast producer of Serve Scale Soar since the very beginning, is asking me 100 questions for the 100th episode!

 

We are chatting about all things marriage and family, what running a business really looks like, and of course, what's to come for the rest of 2021.

 

This is such a fun episode, so I hope you enjoy celebrating alongside us!

 

Find the full show notes at www.brandimowles.com/100



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 832dd0fc-6866-427d-9c70-d83b5b7368bf Tue, 20 Jul 2021 05:00:00 -0400 3528 100 false 99: How ClickUp Can Help You Simplify Systems in Your Service-Based Business with Courtney Lazar 99: How ClickUp Can Help You Simplify Systems in Your Service-Based Business with Courtney Lazar Are you confident in the systems that you have in place?

 

When I needed help with mine, I purchased a ClickUp course from Courtney Lazar. It was beyond helpful, and I have loved following along with her ever since. 

 

Courtney is joining me in this episode to share her expertise and advice when it comes to all things ClickUp and systems.

 

Courtney is the CEO and Systems Expert behind The Elevate Effect. She partners with service-based business owners to help them get out from under a pile of work and on top of their systems.

 

I absolutely love to talk about systems, and I can’t think of a better person to have this conversation with! Tune in to hear us talk about why you should use ClickUp as a service-based business owner, how to use ClickUp dashboards, why you should be focusing on simplicity when building out your systems, and more!

 

Resources Mentioned:

servescalesoar.com/free

servescalesoar.com/honeybook

servescalesoar.com/clickup

www.theelevateeffect.com

https://theelevateeffect.thrivecart.com/the-elevated-system/?affiliate=brandiandcompany

instagram.com/theelevateeffect

https://www.facebook.com/groups/theelevateeffectcommunity

https://brandimowles.com/2020/02/11/where-to-market-your-services/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

Find the full show notes at brandimowles.com/99

]]> Are you confident in the systems that you have in place?

 

When I needed help with mine, I purchased a ClickUp course from Courtney Lazar. It was beyond helpful, and I have loved following along with her ever since. 

 

Courtney is joining me in this episode to share her expertise and advice when it comes to all things ClickUp and systems.

 

Courtney is the CEO and Systems Expert behind The Elevate Effect. She partners with service-based business owners to help them get out from under a pile of work and on top of their systems.

 

I absolutely love to talk about systems, and I can’t think of a better person to have this conversation with! Tune in to hear us talk about why you should use ClickUp as a service-based business owner, how to use ClickUp dashboards, why you should be focusing on simplicity when building out your systems, and more!

 

Resources Mentioned:

servescalesoar.com/free

servescalesoar.com/honeybook

servescalesoar.com/clickup

www.theelevateeffect.com

https://theelevateeffect.thrivecart.com/the-elevated-system/?affiliate=brandiandcompany

instagram.com/theelevateeffect

https://www.facebook.com/groups/theelevateeffectcommunity

https://brandimowles.com/2020/02/11/where-to-market-your-services/

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Follow the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

Find the full show notes at brandimowles.com/99

]]> Brandi Mowles 842886ea-8d34-44e8-8de1-adabf6ad01a2 Tue, 13 Jul 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2574 99 false 98: May Income Report: One of the Most Challenging Months In My Business! 98: May Income Report: One of the Most Challenging Months In My Business! I can’t believe everything that happened in May...

 

Between trademark infringements, account shutdowns, and my mastermind trip, I was one tired mama by the end of it!

 

I'm excited to be breaking down some really important lessons that I learned in the month of May for you and of course, our income, in this episode.

 

I’ve never had a month like this in my business before, and I really think that the saying “new level, new devil’ rings true for May - even though I have never loved that expression!

 

It was such an interesting month because it was full of some true challenges that really taught me a lot. I think you can learn from my experiences too which is why I love to share these reports with you.

 

Tune in to hear all of the craziness and details!

 

PS: I would love it if you could leave a review if you haven’t already! This is one of the best ways that you can support the show, and it means the world to me!

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://brandimowles.com/2020/07/21/burnout/



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> I can’t believe everything that happened in May...

 

Between trademark infringements, account shutdowns, and my mastermind trip, I was one tired mama by the end of it!

 

I'm excited to be breaking down some really important lessons that I learned in the month of May for you and of course, our income, in this episode.

 

I’ve never had a month like this in my business before, and I really think that the saying “new level, new devil’ rings true for May - even though I have never loved that expression!

 

It was such an interesting month because it was full of some true challenges that really taught me a lot. I think you can learn from my experiences too which is why I love to share these reports with you.

 

Tune in to hear all of the craziness and details!

 

PS: I would love it if you could leave a review if you haven’t already! This is one of the best ways that you can support the show, and it means the world to me!

 

Resources Mentioned:

https://brandimowles.com/2020/07/21/burnout/



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles d96ff16a-2330-44aa-ad72-9ab943b3b915 Tue, 06 Jul 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1691 98 false 97: 3 Types of Course Topics That Light You Up and Sell Like Hotcakes 97: 3 Types of Course Topics That Light You Up and Sell Like Hotcakes How do you come up with a profitable course topic that someone will actually buy? 

 

This is a question that I get all the time, so I am answering it in this episode!

 

I'm breaking down the three types of course topics that you can create that not only sell like hotcakes but that light you up!

 

So many people fear that their course topic isn’t good enough or that no one will buy their course because their topic has been done before. Similarly, many service providers think that they need to teach their service in order to have a successful course. I am here to tell you that none of those things are true.

 

To further explain this as well as the three types of course topics that you can create, I am walking you through what I did and what some of the students in Beta to Biggie have done to find success.

 

If you're ready to learn the course topic that's right for you, listen in and take notes!



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> How do you come up with a profitable course topic that someone will actually buy? 

 

This is a question that I get all the time, so I am answering it in this episode!

 

I'm breaking down the three types of course topics that you can create that not only sell like hotcakes but that light you up!

 

So many people fear that their course topic isn’t good enough or that no one will buy their course because their topic has been done before. Similarly, many service providers think that they need to teach their service in order to have a successful course. I am here to tell you that none of those things are true.

 

To further explain this as well as the three types of course topics that you can create, I am walking you through what I did and what some of the students in Beta to Biggie have done to find success.

 

If you're ready to learn the course topic that's right for you, listen in and take notes!



Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 8c022487-8daa-4ece-8d88-5c21711a824d Tue, 29 Jun 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1467 97 false 96: How to Successfully Navigate Starting a New Business While Working a Full-Time Job with Jade Pruett 96: How to Successfully Navigate Starting a New Business While Working a Full-Time Job with Jade Pruett Are you under the impression that you can’t scale your business and work a full-time job at the same time?

 

My guest in this episode is going to prove you wrong!

 

I am joined by a brand new Serve Scale Soar Member, Jade Pruett, and she's talking to us all about how she went from making $300 to almost $10k in less than 30 days all while working her full-time job.

 

Jade Pruett is a Search Engine Optimization Specialist based out of Atlanta, Georgia. Her agency, Mind Over Marketing, helps small service-based businesses show up where the most intentional and ready-to-buy customers are searching for them: Google. Jade has a proven track record of using only organic SEO strategies to take small businesses from the 85th position in Google to the top five, which can mean huge increases in organic traffic and revenue for their businesses. When Jade is out of the office, she can be found riding her bike and spending time with her husband and her Corgi, Loaf.

 

Jade worked with some big-name companies before she realized that she could offer her own services and make a lot more money, so she is telling us all about that journey as well as how Serve Scale Soar helped her scale her business while she was still working her other job.

 

You are not going to want to miss this episode with Jade, so tune in!

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you under the impression that you can’t scale your business and work a full-time job at the same time?

 

My guest in this episode is going to prove you wrong!

 

I am joined by a brand new Serve Scale Soar Member, Jade Pruett, and she's talking to us all about how she went from making $300 to almost $10k in less than 30 days all while working her full-time job.

 

Jade Pruett is a Search Engine Optimization Specialist based out of Atlanta, Georgia. Her agency, Mind Over Marketing, helps small service-based businesses show up where the most intentional and ready-to-buy customers are searching for them: Google. Jade has a proven track record of using only organic SEO strategies to take small businesses from the 85th position in Google to the top five, which can mean huge increases in organic traffic and revenue for their businesses. When Jade is out of the office, she can be found riding her bike and spending time with her husband and her Corgi, Loaf.

 

Jade worked with some big-name companies before she realized that she could offer her own services and make a lot more money, so she is telling us all about that journey as well as how Serve Scale Soar helped her scale her business while she was still working her other job.

 

You are not going to want to miss this episode with Jade, so tune in!

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 34087ff8-99d6-469e-ad58-92243a00c452 Tue, 22 Jun 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2024 96 false 95: From $5 Per Project to $6k Months in Less Than 8 Months with Rhodaline Escala-Phelps 95: From $5 Per Project to $6k Months in Less Than 8 Months with Rhodaline Escala-Phelps Are you ready to take action? This episode is going to inspire you to do just that!

 

I am joined by one of our Serve Scale Soar Members, Rhodaline Escala-Phelps, and she has such an inspiring story because she went from charging $5 per project (not per hour) to making over $6,000 per month in less than eight months of starting her business!

 

Rhodaline Escala-Phelps is a web design and SEO expert based in Minneapolis. She helps business owners increase impact, influence, and income by creating stunning and strategic websites. She creates websites that not only reflect the brand of the business owner but are optimized for conversions, ranking, and seamless user experience across platforms.

 

In this episode, Rhodaline walks us through her story and reminds us of the possibilities that we can all do with our business if we just get started.

 

Tune in to hear more from Rhodaline and how Serve Scale Soar opened the door for her to create the successful online business that she has today!

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you ready to take action? This episode is going to inspire you to do just that!

 

I am joined by one of our Serve Scale Soar Members, Rhodaline Escala-Phelps, and she has such an inspiring story because she went from charging $5 per project (not per hour) to making over $6,000 per month in less than eight months of starting her business!

 

Rhodaline Escala-Phelps is a web design and SEO expert based in Minneapolis. She helps business owners increase impact, influence, and income by creating stunning and strategic websites. She creates websites that not only reflect the brand of the business owner but are optimized for conversions, ranking, and seamless user experience across platforms.

 

In this episode, Rhodaline walks us through her story and reminds us of the possibilities that we can all do with our business if we just get started.

 

Tune in to hear more from Rhodaline and how Serve Scale Soar opened the door for her to create the successful online business that she has today!

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles a78b56a9-f77c-4f1d-bd74-e0c7c2d62666 Tue, 15 Jun 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1218 95 false 94: How Kate Ahl Grew Her Agency and Became the Go-To Pinterest Expert 94: How Kate Ahl Grew Her Agency and Became the Go-To Pinterest Expert Are you ready to hear the story of how service provider Kate Ahl became the go-to Pinterest expert?

 

We all know that building a successful service-based business comes with many mindset shifts and important pivots, so it is important to note that this is not an overnight success story!

 

Kate talks to us about creating a course and then deciding it wasn’t for her, building a team, and what mindset work she had to do to get to where she is today. We also get into how to use Pinterest as a service provider because I definitely wanted to hear all of her thoughts on this! 

 

Kate Ahl is the owner and founder of Simple Pin Media, a Pinterest management company. They help their clients focus back on their business by taking over all aspects of Pinterest marketing. After working with over 600 Pinterest accounts, they have learned how to pin for all types of companies and niches. 

 

Kate has taught tens of thousands about Pinterest marketing through various speaking engagements and her podcast, the Simple Pin Podcast. She aims to teach simple, actionable tips to help you create forward movement in your business instead of feeling overwhelmed.

 

This episode is jam-packed with knowledge bombs because we cover so many topics in such a small amount of time, so don’t miss this one!



Full show notes available at https://brandimowles.com/2021/06/08/how-kate-ahl-grew-her-agency-and-became-the-go-to-pinterest-expert/

]]> Are you ready to hear the story of how service provider Kate Ahl became the go-to Pinterest expert?

 

We all know that building a successful service-based business comes with many mindset shifts and important pivots, so it is important to note that this is not an overnight success story!

 

Kate talks to us about creating a course and then deciding it wasn’t for her, building a team, and what mindset work she had to do to get to where she is today. We also get into how to use Pinterest as a service provider because I definitely wanted to hear all of her thoughts on this! 

 

Kate Ahl is the owner and founder of Simple Pin Media, a Pinterest management company. They help their clients focus back on their business by taking over all aspects of Pinterest marketing. After working with over 600 Pinterest accounts, they have learned how to pin for all types of companies and niches. 

 

Kate has taught tens of thousands about Pinterest marketing through various speaking engagements and her podcast, the Simple Pin Podcast. She aims to teach simple, actionable tips to help you create forward movement in your business instead of feeling overwhelmed.

 

This episode is jam-packed with knowledge bombs because we cover so many topics in such a small amount of time, so don’t miss this one!



Full show notes available at https://brandimowles.com/2021/06/08/how-kate-ahl-grew-her-agency-and-became-the-go-to-pinterest-expert/

]]> Brandi Mowles 64ae70f6-a3ee-4e81-aaaf-4bc08f114f4f Tue, 08 Jun 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1952 94 false 93: April Income Report: Investing to Know My Numbers, Paying Quarterly Taxes, and Taking Action to See Big Results 93: April Income Report: Investing to Know My Numbers, Paying Quarterly Taxes, and Taking Action to See Big Results April was full of excitement, fun, and surprises, so I am so excited to tell you all about it in this episode!

 

I am going over my recent trips to Florida, a super-secret Serve Scale Soar launch, quarterly taxes, launching a new program, the iOS update, and more!

 

I am also talking a little bit about restructuring the income report! Don’t worry, I'm still going to give you all the juicy behind-the-scenes details of what's happening, but I'm going to only be sharing some significant numbers with you going forward!

 

We have to be a little bit more protective about the growth of our business which I am sure so many of you can totally understand and relate to!

 

I personally think that what goes on behind the scenes in my business isn’t as important as the numbers, so I am sharing with you everything I can about both plus some life updates as usual!

 

Tune in to hear all the details because I am a total open book during this income report!

 

PS: I would love it if you could leave a review if you haven’t already! We are so close to 100 reviews, and I think it would be so cool if we could get that many before our 100th episode coming up!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/93

 

Resources Mentioned: 

Betatobiggie.com

servescalesoar.com/free

servescalesoar.com/honeybook

 

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> April was full of excitement, fun, and surprises, so I am so excited to tell you all about it in this episode!

 

I am going over my recent trips to Florida, a super-secret Serve Scale Soar launch, quarterly taxes, launching a new program, the iOS update, and more!

 

I am also talking a little bit about restructuring the income report! Don’t worry, I'm still going to give you all the juicy behind-the-scenes details of what's happening, but I'm going to only be sharing some significant numbers with you going forward!

 

We have to be a little bit more protective about the growth of our business which I am sure so many of you can totally understand and relate to!

 

I personally think that what goes on behind the scenes in my business isn’t as important as the numbers, so I am sharing with you everything I can about both plus some life updates as usual!

 

Tune in to hear all the details because I am a total open book during this income report!

 

PS: I would love it if you could leave a review if you haven’t already! We are so close to 100 reviews, and I think it would be so cool if we could get that many before our 100th episode coming up!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/93

 

Resources Mentioned: 

Betatobiggie.com

servescalesoar.com/free

servescalesoar.com/honeybook

 

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles d291894c-bcde-4c56-a59e-7372c7c51bbe Tue, 01 Jun 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1926 93 false 92: The Power Kristen Lux Found In Mastering Her Mindset, Being Intentional and Following Her Gut 92: The Power Kristen Lux Found In Mastering Her Mindset, Being Intentional and Following Her Gut How do you make sure you are intentional in your business? Do you do self-work to make sure that you are in the right niche or offering the right services?

 

One of our Serve Scale Soar members, Kristen Lux, is joining me in this episode, and we are deep diving into how we can improve our mindset, how we can improve how we show up in our business, how Serve Scale Soar has benefited her and much more.

 

Kristen is an Online Business Manager and Systems Coach for client-centered small businesses. She sifts through the chaos of small business operations creating streamlined systems for managing tasks, communications, and the client experience.

 

After jumping head-first into business ownership without any processes or systems--and then burning out--it became Kristen's mission to help other business owners avoid this common mistake. Now, the systems Kristen creates with her clients bring positive, profitable transformation to their businesses AND their lives.

 

When Kristen isn’t busy nerding out over systems, you can find her outdoors hiking, biking, walking, doing yoga, and spending time with her husband Greg and corgi-mix Bullet.

 

I know how inspiring the stories of Serve Scale Soar members can be, so don’t miss this value-packed episode with Kristen!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/92

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> How do you make sure you are intentional in your business? Do you do self-work to make sure that you are in the right niche or offering the right services?

 

One of our Serve Scale Soar members, Kristen Lux, is joining me in this episode, and we are deep diving into how we can improve our mindset, how we can improve how we show up in our business, how Serve Scale Soar has benefited her and much more.

 

Kristen is an Online Business Manager and Systems Coach for client-centered small businesses. She sifts through the chaos of small business operations creating streamlined systems for managing tasks, communications, and the client experience.

 

After jumping head-first into business ownership without any processes or systems--and then burning out--it became Kristen's mission to help other business owners avoid this common mistake. Now, the systems Kristen creates with her clients bring positive, profitable transformation to their businesses AND their lives.

 

When Kristen isn’t busy nerding out over systems, you can find her outdoors hiking, biking, walking, doing yoga, and spending time with her husband Greg and corgi-mix Bullet.

 

I know how inspiring the stories of Serve Scale Soar members can be, so don’t miss this value-packed episode with Kristen!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/92

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles d55352b5-22a3-496f-a82c-19f6c334db44 Tue, 25 May 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2475 92 false 91: What No One Tells Entrepreneurs About Accountability 91: What No One Tells Entrepreneurs About Accountability Why isn’t anyone talking about this...?

 

No one tells you that you kiss accountability goodbye when you get into entrepreneurship!

 

When you are in school, you know what time your class is, and you have deadlines. When you are at a 9 to 5 job, you have people around you, and you know when you have to be there. 

 

That is all considered accountability, but we don’t have that in entrepreneurship. We make our own hours, set our own deadlines and so on, so how do we make sure we do everything we are supposed to?

 

We are going to be talking all about this in today’s episode. I am covering what I think about all of this, how I keep myself accountable, how you should find the accountability that you need and more.

 

Tune in to this short but important episode!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/91

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Why isn’t anyone talking about this...?

 

No one tells you that you kiss accountability goodbye when you get into entrepreneurship!

 

When you are in school, you know what time your class is, and you have deadlines. When you are at a 9 to 5 job, you have people around you, and you know when you have to be there. 

 

That is all considered accountability, but we don’t have that in entrepreneurship. We make our own hours, set our own deadlines and so on, so how do we make sure we do everything we are supposed to?

 

We are going to be talking all about this in today’s episode. I am covering what I think about all of this, how I keep myself accountable, how you should find the accountability that you need and more.

 

Tune in to this short but important episode!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/91

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 37a4785f-4bbe-43e4-ab5c-51f606c7b0eb Tue, 18 May 2021 05:00:00 -0400 859 91 false 90: How to Land Clients on Clubhouse as a Service Provider with Akilah A Thompkins-Robinson 90: How to Land Clients on Clubhouse as a Service Provider with Akilah A Thompkins-Robinson Have you figured out how to use Clubhouse to land clients yet? 

 

You all know that I am not a social media guru, so Akilah A Thompkins-Robinson is joining me in this episode to talk all about how to use Clubhouse effectively to land clients.

 

Akilah A Thompkins-Robinson is an SEO strategist, author, speaker, and Tech founder who has worked in IT for 15 years. For the last 5 years, Akilah has been helping online businesses stand out and get found online using SEO and search marketing strategies. 

 

Founder of GirlGetVisible.com and the Girl Get Visible Podcast, Akilah works to help female entrepreneurs learn SEO and utilize visibility to grow their business. Akilah is the author of My SEO Workbook and the creator of My SEO Writer Saas software. 

 

I actually met Akilah on Clubhouse, so trust me when I say that she knows what she is doing on the app!

 

Listen in because we are covering how to make an impact and add value without being spammy, how to read the room, implementing a call to action statement to land discovery calls, how to be strategic in your bio and so much more!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/90

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you figured out how to use Clubhouse to land clients yet? 

 

You all know that I am not a social media guru, so Akilah A Thompkins-Robinson is joining me in this episode to talk all about how to use Clubhouse effectively to land clients.

 

Akilah A Thompkins-Robinson is an SEO strategist, author, speaker, and Tech founder who has worked in IT for 15 years. For the last 5 years, Akilah has been helping online businesses stand out and get found online using SEO and search marketing strategies. 

 

Founder of GirlGetVisible.com and the Girl Get Visible Podcast, Akilah works to help female entrepreneurs learn SEO and utilize visibility to grow their business. Akilah is the author of My SEO Workbook and the creator of My SEO Writer Saas software. 

 

I actually met Akilah on Clubhouse, so trust me when I say that she knows what she is doing on the app!

 

Listen in because we are covering how to make an impact and add value without being spammy, how to read the room, implementing a call to action statement to land discovery calls, how to be strategic in your bio and so much more!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/90

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 20be4ab3-4c17-4f5e-85ca-f8f566edb68a Tue, 11 May 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2695 90 false 89: March Income Report: Behind the Scenes of a Six-Figure Launch, Following Intuition, and an Exciting Life Announcement 89: March Income Report: Behind the Scenes of a Six-Figure Launch, Following Intuition, and an Exciting Life Announcement Are you ready to go behind the scenes?

 

In this income report, I am going over my six-figure month, some exciting personal things that are happening, hiring employees, my Conversions for Clients launch, my LLC, and more. 

 

This is a jam-packed episode that will empower you, inspire you, and give you action items that you can apply to your personal life and your business.

 

As always, my goal is to show you a behind-the-scenes look at what it takes to grow a seven-figure business.

 

Just a reminder: I am talking about actual revenue, not revenue generated.

 

Tune in to hear how my team and I rounded out Q1!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/89

 

Additional Resources:

www.betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you ready to go behind the scenes?

 

In this income report, I am going over my six-figure month, some exciting personal things that are happening, hiring employees, my Conversions for Clients launch, my LLC, and more. 

 

This is a jam-packed episode that will empower you, inspire you, and give you action items that you can apply to your personal life and your business.

 

As always, my goal is to show you a behind-the-scenes look at what it takes to grow a seven-figure business.

 

Just a reminder: I am talking about actual revenue, not revenue generated.

 

Tune in to hear how my team and I rounded out Q1!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/89

 

Additional Resources:

www.betatobiggie.com

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 5ef22484-f0cf-4868-aca7-fc6c82b97760 Tue, 04 May 2021 04:00:00 -0400 2242 89 false 88: Pivoting Your Business to Find Flexibility, Success and Happiness with Caleigh Bell 88: Pivoting Your Business to Find Flexibility, Success and Happiness with Caleigh Bell Do you provide a service that you don’t totally love?

 

Caleigh Bell is joining me today to talk about how she pivoted from a successful Facebook Ads business to running a boutique podcast agency.

 

We are chatting all about what it looked like to pivot in her business, how she did it, what her mindset was around it and what she learned along the way!

 

Caleigh loves helping 6 and 7 figure female coaches and course creators increase their impact and audience through podcasting. Her business, All Things Podcasting, was created so that business owners could have a 1-stop-shop for all of their podcasting needs. Her small team handles all aspects of podcasting including launches, management, promotion, guest management, pitching, etc. so that her clients can focus on creating amazing content for their audience!

 

Her family consists of her, her husband, their 2 daughters, and 2 dogs. They love getting outside and going on adventures as a family. Most weekends you can find them having game nights with friends, hiking, camping, or traveling to see extended family.  One of their biggest goals is to take their kids to as many national parks as they can.

 

Tune in to hear more from Caleigh about how she tracked her happiness level and how she was able to land where she is now with freedom and flexibility.

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/88

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you provide a service that you don’t totally love?

 

Caleigh Bell is joining me today to talk about how she pivoted from a successful Facebook Ads business to running a boutique podcast agency.

 

We are chatting all about what it looked like to pivot in her business, how she did it, what her mindset was around it and what she learned along the way!

 

Caleigh loves helping 6 and 7 figure female coaches and course creators increase their impact and audience through podcasting. Her business, All Things Podcasting, was created so that business owners could have a 1-stop-shop for all of their podcasting needs. Her small team handles all aspects of podcasting including launches, management, promotion, guest management, pitching, etc. so that her clients can focus on creating amazing content for their audience!

 

Her family consists of her, her husband, their 2 daughters, and 2 dogs. They love getting outside and going on adventures as a family. Most weekends you can find them having game nights with friends, hiking, camping, or traveling to see extended family.  One of their biggest goals is to take their kids to as many national parks as they can.

 

Tune in to hear more from Caleigh about how she tracked her happiness level and how she was able to land where she is now with freedom and flexibility.

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/88

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles a8af96ac-e60d-4db4-a1b6-e971757e3a8a Tue, 27 Apr 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1074 88 false 87: 5 Ways to Spring Clean Your Business For Maximum Impact 87: 5 Ways to Spring Clean Your Business For Maximum Impact Are you ready to do some spring cleaning?

 

I am not talking about spring cleaning your home. I am actually going over five different ways that you can do this with your business in this episode!

 

I think it is SO important to pause to compare where you are this year versus last year, and now is a great time to do that.

 

From automating systems to updating pricing and more, I am giving you some steps and tools that you can use to spring clean your business this year.

 

I am doing these things in my business right now, and I encourage you to do this right alongside me!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/87

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you ready to do some spring cleaning?

 

I am not talking about spring cleaning your home. I am actually going over five different ways that you can do this with your business in this episode!

 

I think it is SO important to pause to compare where you are this year versus last year, and now is a great time to do that.

 

From automating systems to updating pricing and more, I am giving you some steps and tools that you can use to spring clean your business this year.

 

I am doing these things in my business right now, and I encourage you to do this right alongside me!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/87

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 47dc7c42-8e79-4b28-bad4-fbc344bf6db2 Tue, 20 Apr 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1021 87 false 86: How to Provide Social Selling as a High-End Service with Lattice Hudson 86: How to Provide Social Selling as a High-End Service with Lattice Hudson What the heck is social selling? Can you use it as a service? Is it even right for service providers? 

 

I am joined by Lattice Hudson, and we are jumping into the world of social selling to answer all of these questions.

 

Lattice is a business coach, leadership mentor and social sales expert.  She is on a mission to help women make more money and increase their impact all while living a life that they love. “A woman with wealth is a woman with power”.  

 

Lattice specializes in helping online coaches scale past that coveted 6-figure mark by leveraging high-ticket evergreen group coaching offers. In her free time, she enjoys relaxing on the beach, dancing to the latest TikTok trend and investing in digital real estate online!

 

We focus a lot in this episode on the importance of relationship-building in social selling, and I love that because so many of us think of social selling as something that isn’t authentic. That really isn’t true.

 

Tune in to hear more from Lattice about this and how you could potentially use social selling as a service!

 

Social selling is actually one of the first things we teach in Beta to Biggie. If you want to see that in action and learn more, apply for our training. Visit betatobiggie.com to apply!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/86

 

Additional Resources:

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> What the heck is social selling? Can you use it as a service? Is it even right for service providers? 

 

I am joined by Lattice Hudson, and we are jumping into the world of social selling to answer all of these questions.

 

Lattice is a business coach, leadership mentor and social sales expert.  She is on a mission to help women make more money and increase their impact all while living a life that they love. “A woman with wealth is a woman with power”.  

 

Lattice specializes in helping online coaches scale past that coveted 6-figure mark by leveraging high-ticket evergreen group coaching offers. In her free time, she enjoys relaxing on the beach, dancing to the latest TikTok trend and investing in digital real estate online!

 

We focus a lot in this episode on the importance of relationship-building in social selling, and I love that because so many of us think of social selling as something that isn’t authentic. That really isn’t true.

 

Tune in to hear more from Lattice about this and how you could potentially use social selling as a service!

 

Social selling is actually one of the first things we teach in Beta to Biggie. If you want to see that in action and learn more, apply for our training. Visit betatobiggie.com to apply!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/86

 

Additional Resources:

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 4ee7d09e-ba68-4414-9733-bccb8a9e7734 Tue, 13 Apr 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1714 86 false 85: February Income Report: Transparent Stories About Contracts, Customer Service, Self-Care and Self-Sabotage 85: February Income Report: Transparent Stories About Contracts, Customer Service, Self-Care and Self-Sabotage I am SO excited to share February’s income report with you!

 

February was lower than other months, but I am okay with that because it is all about the journey and lessons learned.

 

In this income report, I am giving an update on the dispute I worked through beginning in January, how I managed self-care and self-sabotage, the feelings I had about Conversions for Clients and of course, all of the numbers!

 

I really hope that you take the time to think about some of the lessons I learned in February and start to think about how you can apply them to your life and your business.

 

Even though February was a lower month from a numbers perspective, it was crucial to my journey.



Full show notes available at http://servescalesoar.com/february-income-report-2021/

 

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

]]> I am SO excited to share February’s income report with you!

 

February was lower than other months, but I am okay with that because it is all about the journey and lessons learned.

 

In this income report, I am giving an update on the dispute I worked through beginning in January, how I managed self-care and self-sabotage, the feelings I had about Conversions for Clients and of course, all of the numbers!

 

I really hope that you take the time to think about some of the lessons I learned in February and start to think about how you can apply them to your life and your business.

 

Even though February was a lower month from a numbers perspective, it was crucial to my journey.



Full show notes available at http://servescalesoar.com/february-income-report-2021/

 

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

]]> Brandi Mowles 8d8745eb-50f1-4c82-b397-4ff1e711068b Tue, 06 Apr 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1924 85 false 84: 4 Must Haves for Your Services Page and What You Need to Remove Today 84: 4 Must Haves for Your Services Page and What You Need to Remove Today What does your service page have on it? Is it working for you?

 

Here’s what I know: If it’s working for you, don’t recreate it, but if your service page isn’t doing what you hoped it would, it’s time to change it!

 

In this episode, I am covering the elements that you should have on your service page and the one element you shouldn’t have!

 

I explain each element and tell you how you should implement them to best serve you, your clients and your business.

 

If you do this right, you will stand out and land more clients!

 

Tune in to learn what you need and what you definitely don’t need on your service page!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/84

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> What does your service page have on it? Is it working for you?

 

Here’s what I know: If it’s working for you, don’t recreate it, but if your service page isn’t doing what you hoped it would, it’s time to change it!

 

In this episode, I am covering the elements that you should have on your service page and the one element you shouldn’t have!

 

I explain each element and tell you how you should implement them to best serve you, your clients and your business.

 

If you do this right, you will stand out and land more clients!

 

Tune in to learn what you need and what you definitely don’t need on your service page!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/84

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles a4720663-4fe4-4ac2-8d33-5bd4c9df691c Tue, 30 Mar 2021 05:00:00 -0400 1088 84 false 83: How Jenn Martin Niched Down and Found Her Calling as a Successful Facebook Ads Manager 83: How Jenn Martin Niched Down and Found Her Calling as a Successful Facebook Ads Manager How often do you choose to drive your business with what serves you in your personal life? 

 

I am joined by Jenn Martin, and we are talking all about being able to make a bigger impact at home and in business when we lean into our individual values.

 

Jenn is a wife, mom of 3 boys and the CEO at Delightful in the Details. She helps Christian entrepreneurs launch their online programs with Facebook Ad Management + Launch Strategy services.

 

This episode is such a good reminder of the importance of staying true to who you are and what you believe so you can serve your clients with excellence and integrity.

 

Jenn is a student of mine in my Facebook ads course, Conversions for Clients, which helped Jenn niche down and take her business to the next level so I am excited for you to hear her journey! 

 

Tune in to hear why it's okay to want more for yourself as a mother, how to lead with your values, why you don’t have to explain yourself to anyone and more!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/83

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> 3 Steps To Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook And Instagram Ad Clients

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> How often do you choose to drive your business with what serves you in your personal life? 

 

I am joined by Jenn Martin, and we are talking all about being able to make a bigger impact at home and in business when we lean into our individual values.

 

Jenn is a wife, mom of 3 boys and the CEO at Delightful in the Details. She helps Christian entrepreneurs launch their online programs with Facebook Ad Management + Launch Strategy services.

 

This episode is such a good reminder of the importance of staying true to who you are and what you believe so you can serve your clients with excellence and integrity.

 

Jenn is a student of mine in my Facebook ads course, Conversions for Clients, which helped Jenn niche down and take her business to the next level so I am excited for you to hear her journey! 

 

Tune in to hear why it's okay to want more for yourself as a mother, how to lead with your values, why you don’t have to explain yourself to anyone and more!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/83

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> 3 Steps To Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook And Instagram Ad Clients

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles cec6ae0c-02a3-45eb-84fb-427cec12feb5 Tue, 23 Mar 2021 05:00:00 -0400 2152 83 false 82: How to Use The Clients You Have to Elevate Your Services 82: How to Use The Clients You Have to Elevate Your Services Are you ready to make more money, more impact and elevate your services?

 

In today’s episode, I'm going to show you how to use the clients that you already have to elevate your services, still get paid and get amazing testimonials even when you don’t have any experience.

 

From how to offer your new services to why you shouldn’t be afraid of putting yourself out there, this episode will give you the next steps that you need to take your business to the next level!

 

If you are ready to elevate your services, tune in!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/82

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> 3 Steps To Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook And Instagram Ad Clients

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you ready to make more money, more impact and elevate your services?

 

In today’s episode, I'm going to show you how to use the clients that you already have to elevate your services, still get paid and get amazing testimonials even when you don’t have any experience.

 

From how to offer your new services to why you shouldn’t be afraid of putting yourself out there, this episode will give you the next steps that you need to take your business to the next level!

 

If you are ready to elevate your services, tune in!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/82

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> 3 Steps To Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook And Instagram Ad Clients

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 55bfb85a-c8fd-4386-ba4f-c4f3a724d639 Tue, 16 Mar 2021 05:00:00 -0400 850 82 false 81: How to Use Live Video to Grow Your Service Based Business with Tiffany Lee Bymaster AKA Coach Glitter 81: How to Use Live Video to Grow Your Service Based Business with Tiffany Lee Bymaster AKA Coach Glitter Do you show up on live video? I hope that you do!

 

I am joined by Tiffany Lee Bymaster AKA Coach Glitter, and we are talking all about the power of live video as well as how you can use it in your service based business to land clients.

 

Tiffany Lee Bymaster aka Coach Glitter has worked in the production world as a makeup artist, wardrobe stylist and set designer for nearly two decades in Film, TV, Commercial and Fashion as well as behind the scenes with Top Online Marketers, Authors and Speakers like Chalene Johnson, Amy Porterfield, Natalie Jill and Kajabi, just to name a few. 

 

Tiffany's work has been featured in Oxygen Magazine, Shape, Fitness, Beverly Hills Lifestyle, Riviera, Teen Prom Magazines and 7 seasons at LA Fashion Week - many of which she was the Key Artist. Her extensive TV work includes Beverly Hills Nannies, The Real Housewives of Orange County, America’s Next Top Model, The Bachelor, The Bachelorette and various shows and specials on The Travel Channel, Bravo, VH1, MTV, ABC, CNN, and Fox News.

 

Over the last six years, Tiffany reinvented and established herself as her own Personal Brand Business in the online space as a highly sought after live launch strategist, business coach, consultant to major media companies & top affiliate marketer with a now 7-Figure business. Her program, Lights Camera Branding, which she has coached over 2,600 phenomenal students, combines her vast knowledge and experience working behind the camera with how to create successful digital live launches!

 

Tiffany is obsessed with coaching her students to gain clarity in their brand messaging, skyrocket their confidence on camera and increase their visibility through the power of live video in the online marketing space!

 

Building relationships is so important, and you can start to do more of that so easily through live video. 

 

Tune in to hear how to create connections, engage with your audience and grow your business through live video!

 

Don’t forget that you can join me for my free training, 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients. During this FREE 3-part online LIVE training, you’ll learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business (no experience required!). 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/81

 

Additional Resources:

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you show up on live video? I hope that you do!

 

I am joined by Tiffany Lee Bymaster AKA Coach Glitter, and we are talking all about the power of live video as well as how you can use it in your service based business to land clients.

 

Tiffany Lee Bymaster aka Coach Glitter has worked in the production world as a makeup artist, wardrobe stylist and set designer for nearly two decades in Film, TV, Commercial and Fashion as well as behind the scenes with Top Online Marketers, Authors and Speakers like Chalene Johnson, Amy Porterfield, Natalie Jill and Kajabi, just to name a few. 

 

Tiffany's work has been featured in Oxygen Magazine, Shape, Fitness, Beverly Hills Lifestyle, Riviera, Teen Prom Magazines and 7 seasons at LA Fashion Week - many of which she was the Key Artist. Her extensive TV work includes Beverly Hills Nannies, The Real Housewives of Orange County, America’s Next Top Model, The Bachelor, The Bachelorette and various shows and specials on The Travel Channel, Bravo, VH1, MTV, ABC, CNN, and Fox News.

 

Over the last six years, Tiffany reinvented and established herself as her own Personal Brand Business in the online space as a highly sought after live launch strategist, business coach, consultant to major media companies & top affiliate marketer with a now 7-Figure business. Her program, Lights Camera Branding, which she has coached over 2,600 phenomenal students, combines her vast knowledge and experience working behind the camera with how to create successful digital live launches!

 

Tiffany is obsessed with coaching her students to gain clarity in their brand messaging, skyrocket their confidence on camera and increase their visibility through the power of live video in the online marketing space!

 

Building relationships is so important, and you can start to do more of that so easily through live video. 

 

Tune in to hear how to create connections, engage with your audience and grow your business through live video!

 

Don’t forget that you can join me for my free training, 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients. During this FREE 3-part online LIVE training, you’ll learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business (no experience required!). 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/81

 

Additional Resources:

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 016ddfcf-4888-40c5-bb91-4307f7ffe952 Tue, 09 Mar 2021 05:00:00 -0500 2837 81 false 80: January Income Report: Breaking Down 7 Income Streams, A Business Lesson and Plans for 2021 80: January Income Report: Breaking Down 7 Income Streams, A Business Lesson and Plans for 2021 It’s time for the first income report of 2021! I can’t wait for you to hear all about what happened in January.

 

In this income report, I am digging into the details of the virtual conference, giving a quick lesson on integrity, reviewing my plan for this year's launch schedule and much more.

 

I hope you learn a few things from this episode. I always like to review what I would have done differently and what worked with the hope that it helps you move forward in your business too!

 

Don’t forget that you can join me for my free training, 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients. During this FREE 3-part online LIVE training, you'll learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business (no experience required!). 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/80

 

Additional Resources:

Conversions for Clients Waitlist 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> It’s time for the first income report of 2021! I can’t wait for you to hear all about what happened in January.

 

In this income report, I am digging into the details of the virtual conference, giving a quick lesson on integrity, reviewing my plan for this year's launch schedule and much more.

 

I hope you learn a few things from this episode. I always like to review what I would have done differently and what worked with the hope that it helps you move forward in your business too!

 

Don’t forget that you can join me for my free training, 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients. During this FREE 3-part online LIVE training, you'll learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business (no experience required!). 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/80

 

Additional Resources:

Conversions for Clients Waitlist 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles cd951623-eb27-401f-9d11-cf9007dcf280 Tue, 02 Mar 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1905 80 false 79: Do Service Providers Need an Email List? 79: Do Service Providers Need an Email List? What the heck do you do with an email list as a service provider? Do you even need one?

 

In today’s episode, I am answering these questions and giving a not-so-popular opinion.

 

From the mistakes I made when I started my own email list to how to determine an opt-in based on the future of your business, this episode will give you some perspective on what to do for your email marketing efforts - if anything!

 

Tune in if you are unsure if you need an email list or what you should do with your existing list!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/79

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> What the heck do you do with an email list as a service provider? Do you even need one?

 

In today’s episode, I am answering these questions and giving a not-so-popular opinion.

 

From the mistakes I made when I started my own email list to how to determine an opt-in based on the future of your business, this episode will give you some perspective on what to do for your email marketing efforts - if anything!

 

Tune in if you are unsure if you need an email list or what you should do with your existing list!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/79

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 0f3b899c-16df-4659-9d25-6e74b50b23bb Tue, 23 Feb 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1016 79 false 78: Transform Your Money Mindset with Amber Dugger 78: Transform Your Money Mindset with Amber Dugger Do you want to have a better money mindset?

 

Today’s episode is actually a replay of the number one training that we did for Biggie Size Your Biz Virtual Conference. Amber Dugger totally blew our minds about money mindset, and I knew that I had to share this on the podcast.

 

Amber Dugger is the founder of Profit For Keeps, a system developed for online entrepreneurs to end the stress and anxiety around numbers.  It is a holistic system combining personal finance and business cash flow strategies using Profit First and YNAB (You Need a Budget).  She has helped hundreds of coaches implement this system and has helped thousands more calculate revenue goals that actually make sense! 

 

This training and Q&A is going to help you totally transform the way that you think about money, debt and expenses in your life and your business. 

 

I believe that we need to normalize talking about money, especially as women.  The more we can talk about it, the more comfortable we become making it and the more impact we can have.

 

Tune in if you are ready to shift your mindset and feel empowered!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/78

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you want to have a better money mindset?

 

Today’s episode is actually a replay of the number one training that we did for Biggie Size Your Biz Virtual Conference. Amber Dugger totally blew our minds about money mindset, and I knew that I had to share this on the podcast.

 

Amber Dugger is the founder of Profit For Keeps, a system developed for online entrepreneurs to end the stress and anxiety around numbers.  It is a holistic system combining personal finance and business cash flow strategies using Profit First and YNAB (You Need a Budget).  She has helped hundreds of coaches implement this system and has helped thousands more calculate revenue goals that actually make sense! 

 

This training and Q&A is going to help you totally transform the way that you think about money, debt and expenses in your life and your business. 

 

I believe that we need to normalize talking about money, especially as women.  The more we can talk about it, the more comfortable we become making it and the more impact we can have.

 

Tune in if you are ready to shift your mindset and feel empowered!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/78

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles a303cdd4-4235-484f-9db5-8b97623a177d Tue, 16 Feb 2021 05:00:00 -0500 3369 78 false 77: Ethical Marketing > Bro Marketing with Michelle Mazur 77: Ethical Marketing > Bro Marketing with Michelle Mazur Do you spend time making sure that your marketing meets your values and beliefs?

 

In today's episode, I am speaking with Michelle Mazur. She is the founder of Communication Rebel where she helps service-based business owners, coaches and consultants nail down their messaging and ethical marketing strategy.

 

We are talking about bro marketing today and what that really means for business owners in 2021.

 

We’re getting into what bro marketing is, why ethics play an important part in your strategy, how to refine your messaging and so much more. 

 

This is such an important conversation, so you’re not going to want to miss out!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/77

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you spend time making sure that your marketing meets your values and beliefs?

 

In today's episode, I am speaking with Michelle Mazur. She is the founder of Communication Rebel where she helps service-based business owners, coaches and consultants nail down their messaging and ethical marketing strategy.

 

We are talking about bro marketing today and what that really means for business owners in 2021.

 

We’re getting into what bro marketing is, why ethics play an important part in your strategy, how to refine your messaging and so much more. 

 

This is such an important conversation, so you’re not going to want to miss out!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/77

 

Additional Resources:

Sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Beta to Biggie Application

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 8dd89fbd-8219-4557-b619-43d3ce826455 Tue, 09 Feb 2021 05:00:00 -0500 2779 77 false 76: December Income Report: Wrapping up a Million Dollar Year, Launching, and a Week of Rest 76: December Income Report: Wrapping up a Million Dollar Year, Launching, and a Week of Rest December was full of reflection, relaxation and celebration! 

 

We are covering a lot in this income report!  From how our Beta to Biggie launch went, to how I celebrated my million dollar year. I will be talking about what my big goals are going forward and more, so get ready for a jam-packed episode.

 

I hope this episode will inspire you to step into the new year with big goals for your business and your life. 2020 was not an easy year for many people, but I hope you find that you were able to learn and grow from it just like I did.

 

If you are interested in creating a second stream of revenue in your business, visit www.betatobiggie.com to apply to watch our training!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/76

 

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> December was full of reflection, relaxation and celebration! 

 

We are covering a lot in this income report!  From how our Beta to Biggie launch went, to how I celebrated my million dollar year. I will be talking about what my big goals are going forward and more, so get ready for a jam-packed episode.

 

I hope this episode will inspire you to step into the new year with big goals for your business and your life. 2020 was not an easy year for many people, but I hope you find that you were able to learn and grow from it just like I did.

 

If you are interested in creating a second stream of revenue in your business, visit www.betatobiggie.com to apply to watch our training!

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/76

 

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram @brandimowles

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 8b890bf0-1876-425c-af7f-2c1d2663589b Tue, 02 Feb 2021 05:00:00 -0500 2110 76 false 75: How to 3x Your Results By Building Relationships in a Super Niche Market with Dina Pruitt 75: How to 3x Your Results By Building Relationships in a Super Niche Market with Dina Pruitt Are you using relationships to grow your business?

 

In today's episode, I am speaking with Dina Pruitt. She is one of our members inside of Serve Scale Soar and she's an eCom Facebook ads manager. 

 

What we’re talking about today is so relevant to what's going on in 2021--  From how the online atmosphere is changing to the relationships that you can build.

 

We’re getting into finding a niche, putting yourself out there, overcoming mindset blocks, building relationships, and so much more. 

 

Dina shares how she was able to TRIPLE her business in a super-specific niche market.  You will find lots of golden nuggets in this one so be sure to tune in! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/75

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team (www.servescalesoar.com/10k)

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you using relationships to grow your business?

 

In today's episode, I am speaking with Dina Pruitt. She is one of our members inside of Serve Scale Soar and she's an eCom Facebook ads manager. 

 

What we’re talking about today is so relevant to what's going on in 2021--  From how the online atmosphere is changing to the relationships that you can build.

 

We’re getting into finding a niche, putting yourself out there, overcoming mindset blocks, building relationships, and so much more. 

 

Dina shares how she was able to TRIPLE her business in a super-specific niche market.  You will find lots of golden nuggets in this one so be sure to tune in! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/75

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team (www.servescalesoar.com/10k)

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 902ef605-494e-45d2-8f20-d1d61a8b697e Tue, 26 Jan 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1620 75 false 74: 10 Lessons I Learned Scaling to $1 Million 74: 10 Lessons I Learned Scaling to $1 Million Do you want to scale your business in 2021?  

 

Today I’m teaching you the 10 things I learned scaling to $1 million in 2020. This is going to be a super fun episode with lots of reflection happening for both you and me. 

 

Now, here's the deal. If you’re thinking, “Brandi, I’m not even to six figures yet, a million is not on my radar, this episode isn’t for me,” don’t tune out! 

 

You will be able to take a lot of the lessons in today’s episode and apply them to your business right now. This will help you avoid some of the same mistakes I made along the way. 

 

If you’re ready to make 2021 your best year yet, you’re going to love this episode! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/74

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you want to scale your business in 2021?  

 

Today I’m teaching you the 10 things I learned scaling to $1 million in 2020. This is going to be a super fun episode with lots of reflection happening for both you and me. 

 

Now, here's the deal. If you’re thinking, “Brandi, I’m not even to six figures yet, a million is not on my radar, this episode isn’t for me,” don’t tune out! 

 

You will be able to take a lot of the lessons in today’s episode and apply them to your business right now. This will help you avoid some of the same mistakes I made along the way. 

 

If you’re ready to make 2021 your best year yet, you’re going to love this episode! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/74

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 7806c368-51a1-46c9-a562-289890fe3b26 Tue, 19 Jan 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1934 74 false 73: How to Use Your Brand Personality to Get Clients Faster with Kira Hug 73: How to Use Your Brand Personality to Get Clients Faster with Kira Hug Do you know what your brand personality is? 

 

Today we are joined by Kira Hug, a personality-driven conversion copywriter, co-founder of The Copywriter Club and co-host of The Copywriter Club Podcast. She helps small business owners craft their personal brand by following her signature Brand Living Room Framework™.

 

In today’s episode, Kira and I are talking all about adding brand personality to your business: how to add it, where to add it and why it is important.

 

I was a little skeptical at the beginning, but I love how she explains exactly how to add our brand personality into our proposals, our discovery calls and our websites. 

 

She has a really interesting approach that I think you’re going to love! Trust me when I say this is not going to be an episode you will want to miss!

 

Full show notes are available at www.servescalesoar.com/73

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you know what your brand personality is? 

 

Today we are joined by Kira Hug, a personality-driven conversion copywriter, co-founder of The Copywriter Club and co-host of The Copywriter Club Podcast. She helps small business owners craft their personal brand by following her signature Brand Living Room Framework™.

 

In today’s episode, Kira and I are talking all about adding brand personality to your business: how to add it, where to add it and why it is important.

 

I was a little skeptical at the beginning, but I love how she explains exactly how to add our brand personality into our proposals, our discovery calls and our websites. 

 

She has a really interesting approach that I think you’re going to love! Trust me when I say this is not going to be an episode you will want to miss!

 

Full show notes are available at www.servescalesoar.com/73

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles f075ef22-6794-4e59-a136-9f060d294cd4 Tue, 12 Jan 2021 05:00:00 -0500 2332 73 false 72: November Income Report and My Exciting Announcement! 72: November Income Report and My Exciting Announcement! November has been a big month and a low key month at the same time. Join me for the November income report to find out what I’m talking about. 

 

We have a lot to cover today, from personal discoveries, to business changes, to breaking down the numbers. 

 

I want this episode to be a reminder that if you’ve had a good year, that’s okay! You don’t have to feel bad about it. And if you’ve not had such a great year, guess what? That’s okay too! Give yourself grace. 

 

I also have an exciting announcement to make, but I don’t want to spoil it, so you’ll have to join me for the episode. 

 

None of us know what 2021 will bring, but you can make it your best year yet no matter what! That’s why we’re hosting the Biggie Size Your Biz Virtual Conference. You can get your tickets at www.servescalesoar.com/biggie for only $19. We have an amazing lineup of guests, content, and panels that you’re not going to want to miss.  

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/72

 

Additional Resources:

www.servescalesoar.com/biggie

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> November has been a big month and a low key month at the same time. Join me for the November income report to find out what I’m talking about. 

 

We have a lot to cover today, from personal discoveries, to business changes, to breaking down the numbers. 

 

I want this episode to be a reminder that if you’ve had a good year, that’s okay! You don’t have to feel bad about it. And if you’ve not had such a great year, guess what? That’s okay too! Give yourself grace. 

 

I also have an exciting announcement to make, but I don’t want to spoil it, so you’ll have to join me for the episode. 

 

None of us know what 2021 will bring, but you can make it your best year yet no matter what! That’s why we’re hosting the Biggie Size Your Biz Virtual Conference. You can get your tickets at www.servescalesoar.com/biggie for only $19. We have an amazing lineup of guests, content, and panels that you’re not going to want to miss.  

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/72

 

Additional Resources:

www.servescalesoar.com/biggie

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 3b5f509c-711e-4f4b-9386-bd0a9381cc43 Tue, 05 Jan 2021 05:00:00 -0500 1976 72 false 71: Best of Replay: Steal My 3 Phase Onboarding Process to Wow Your Clients and Get a Flood of Referrals 71: Best of Replay: Steal My 3 Phase Onboarding Process to Wow Your Clients and Get a Flood of Referrals This episode is a replay of our #1 most downloaded episode of 2020! I’m so excited that this is the episode you all chose because it is action-packed! Tune in if you missed it the first time, or if you have already listened, listen again! 

 

Do you want to book more discovery calls, land more clients, and have referrals? Does your current onboarding process 'wow' your clients? Are you ready to let technology and systems work for you while you sleep?

 

In this episode, I will chat about how important your onboarding process is to you becoming a client magnet!  Sometimes we don't think about onboarding until we get the client, but the truth is, you can take simple, actionable steps before, during, and after a discovery call that will build your confidence, add to your credibility, and secure your business.  Your clients will find trust in you, will be singing your praises, and will become referral machines.

 

And, if you're ready to biggie size your business, then I want to invite you to join us for our virtual conference, Biggie Size Your Biz.

 

It’s only $19 for two days packed with guests like Jordan Gill, Amber Dugger, and Tasha Booth, and we are going to dig into how to biggie size your business for 2021. Head to servescalesoar.com/biggie to grab your tickets.

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/71

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> This episode is a replay of our #1 most downloaded episode of 2020! I’m so excited that this is the episode you all chose because it is action-packed! Tune in if you missed it the first time, or if you have already listened, listen again! 

 

Do you want to book more discovery calls, land more clients, and have referrals? Does your current onboarding process 'wow' your clients? Are you ready to let technology and systems work for you while you sleep?

 

In this episode, I will chat about how important your onboarding process is to you becoming a client magnet!  Sometimes we don't think about onboarding until we get the client, but the truth is, you can take simple, actionable steps before, during, and after a discovery call that will build your confidence, add to your credibility, and secure your business.  Your clients will find trust in you, will be singing your praises, and will become referral machines.

 

And, if you're ready to biggie size your business, then I want to invite you to join us for our virtual conference, Biggie Size Your Biz.

 

It’s only $19 for two days packed with guests like Jordan Gill, Amber Dugger, and Tasha Booth, and we are going to dig into how to biggie size your business for 2021. Head to servescalesoar.com/biggie to grab your tickets.

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/71

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 9e59188c-7fb8-4d71-a15a-57a89c0592a9 Tue, 29 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1095 71 false 70: 5 R’s For Planning Your 2021 70: 5 R’s For Planning Your 2021 Are you thinking about your new year’s resolutions for 2021?

 

Join me in this episode to find out why I’m actually not a big fan of the word “resolution” and what I do instead. 

 

Today we’re talking all about planning your 2021. 

 

I like to keep it simple, so we’re not talking about content calendars or social media posts, but I am sharing the 5 Rs that I use when planning any year. 

 

We’re getting into strategic thinking, things you don’t want to give up on come February, and making decisions that move the needle forward. 

 

If you’re ready to start making goals that you’ll actually stick to, tune in. 

 

If you're ready to biggie size your business, then I want to invite you to join us for our virtual conference January 12-13, 2021. 

 

This is a 2-day event packed with guests like Jordan Gill, Amber Dugger, and Tasha Booth.   We are going to dig into how to biggie size your business for 2021……It’s going to be amazing and the tickets are a steal at only $19!! 

 

You aren’t going to want to miss this so head to servescalesoar.com/biggie to grab your tickets today. 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/70

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you thinking about your new year’s resolutions for 2021?

 

Join me in this episode to find out why I’m actually not a big fan of the word “resolution” and what I do instead. 

 

Today we’re talking all about planning your 2021. 

 

I like to keep it simple, so we’re not talking about content calendars or social media posts, but I am sharing the 5 Rs that I use when planning any year. 

 

We’re getting into strategic thinking, things you don’t want to give up on come February, and making decisions that move the needle forward. 

 

If you’re ready to start making goals that you’ll actually stick to, tune in. 

 

If you're ready to biggie size your business, then I want to invite you to join us for our virtual conference January 12-13, 2021. 

 

This is a 2-day event packed with guests like Jordan Gill, Amber Dugger, and Tasha Booth.   We are going to dig into how to biggie size your business for 2021……It’s going to be amazing and the tickets are a steal at only $19!! 

 

You aren’t going to want to miss this so head to servescalesoar.com/biggie to grab your tickets today. 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/70

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 1644d2b7-a2c6-4953-9760-15083b2f6c9e Tue, 22 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1604 70 false 69: How Carolyn Heefner Left Her 9-5 and Used Her Existing Network to Scale to $10k+ Months 69: How Carolyn Heefner Left Her 9-5 and Used Her Existing Network to Scale to $10k+ Months Are you working towards leaving your 9 to 5 to run your business full-time? 

 

Today's guest, Carolyn Heefner, might just have some words of wisdom for you. 

 

Carolyn is a Facebook ad strategist who worked offline in the marketing space before deciding to freelance in the online world. 

 

We're going to talk about cold calling, being a mom, having mom guilt, and leaving her 9 to 5 to pursue this career full-time so she didn't have to leave her little one anymore. 

 

I know that so many of you can relate to this story, so even if you're not a Facebook ad strategist, you're going to want to stick around for this episode.

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/69

 

Resources Mentioned: 

10 Headlines for Your Social Posts that Will Skyrocket Your Engagement

100 Content Ideas for Your Social

www.bellasocialcreative.com

Follow Carolyn on Facebook

Follow @bellasocialcreative on Instagram   

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you working towards leaving your 9 to 5 to run your business full-time? 

 

Today's guest, Carolyn Heefner, might just have some words of wisdom for you. 

 

Carolyn is a Facebook ad strategist who worked offline in the marketing space before deciding to freelance in the online world. 

 

We're going to talk about cold calling, being a mom, having mom guilt, and leaving her 9 to 5 to pursue this career full-time so she didn't have to leave her little one anymore. 

 

I know that so many of you can relate to this story, so even if you're not a Facebook ad strategist, you're going to want to stick around for this episode.

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/69

 

Resources Mentioned: 

10 Headlines for Your Social Posts that Will Skyrocket Your Engagement

100 Content Ideas for Your Social

www.bellasocialcreative.com

Follow Carolyn on Facebook

Follow @bellasocialcreative on Instagram   

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles dcd97b65-e715-4584-9c42-f41efa8c9f5b Tue, 15 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1500 69 false 68: How to Raise a Family, Grow a Business, and Find the Joy in Life with Stacy Tuschl 68: How to Raise a Family, Grow a Business, and Find the Joy in Life with Stacy Tuschl Does 2020 have you wondering how on earth to balance it all? Kids home from school, working from home, trying to grow a business. It can be a lot. 

 

We’re going to get into all that and more with today’s special guest, Stacy Tuschl. 

 

Stacy has made a name for herself as an expert in growing small businesses. Stacy started her own business at the age of 18 in her parents' backyard and turned that company into a multi-million dollar business she still runs today.

 

In addition to being a Small Business Growth Coach, Stacy is a bestselling author, and founder of the Foot Traffic Formula - helping small businesses around the world get more customers in the door, more profit in their pocket, and more happiness in their homes.

 

Today Stacy is sharing some of her experiences as a business owner, mother, and wife, including bringing her husband home to work in her businesses, balancing work and family during COVID, and finding joy in life. 

 

Be sure to tune in to this week’s episode! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/68

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Does 2020 have you wondering how on earth to balance it all? Kids home from school, working from home, trying to grow a business. It can be a lot. 

 

We’re going to get into all that and more with today’s special guest, Stacy Tuschl. 

 

Stacy has made a name for herself as an expert in growing small businesses. Stacy started her own business at the age of 18 in her parents' backyard and turned that company into a multi-million dollar business she still runs today.

 

In addition to being a Small Business Growth Coach, Stacy is a bestselling author, and founder of the Foot Traffic Formula - helping small businesses around the world get more customers in the door, more profit in their pocket, and more happiness in their homes.

 

Today Stacy is sharing some of her experiences as a business owner, mother, and wife, including bringing her husband home to work in her businesses, balancing work and family during COVID, and finding joy in life. 

 

Be sure to tune in to this week’s episode! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/68

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles e68203a7-3b3f-4a38-a691-54d3e1d30e40 Tue, 08 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1611 68 false 67: October Income Report: $197K+ Month, Launching, Moving, and Breakthroughs 67: October Income Report: $197K+ Month, Launching, Moving, and Breakthroughs If you lost one stream of revenue, would you have another one to fall back on? 

 

We’re going to talk about diversifying your income and so much more in this month’s income report. 

 

We’re getting into what it was like to launch and move in the same month. Plus,  I'm excited to go behind the scenes of $197,000 month. October was a big month in a lot of ways! 

 

Do you have multiple income streams in your business?  If not, I have a free, private training coming up for service providers who are ready to create a second revenue stream without adding more time to their schedule, without having a big email list, and without posting on social media all the time. It's all about creating your very first course or membership and launching and relaunching it over and over again. 

 

It’s super exclusive, by invite only, and I'm inviting you to apply! The application window closes on December 8th so be sure to apply so you don’t miss out. 

 

If you've been holding onto a Google doc filled with ideas of things that you would love to create you are in the right place. Head to www.betatobiggie.com to apply. 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/67

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> If you lost one stream of revenue, would you have another one to fall back on? 

 

We’re going to talk about diversifying your income and so much more in this month’s income report. 

 

We’re getting into what it was like to launch and move in the same month. Plus,  I'm excited to go behind the scenes of $197,000 month. October was a big month in a lot of ways! 

 

Do you have multiple income streams in your business?  If not, I have a free, private training coming up for service providers who are ready to create a second revenue stream without adding more time to their schedule, without having a big email list, and without posting on social media all the time. It's all about creating your very first course or membership and launching and relaunching it over and over again. 

 

It’s super exclusive, by invite only, and I'm inviting you to apply! The application window closes on December 8th so be sure to apply so you don’t miss out. 

 

If you've been holding onto a Google doc filled with ideas of things that you would love to create you are in the right place. Head to www.betatobiggie.com to apply. 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/67

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 5af56ac4-6186-413e-a9e0-2296297a0245 Tue, 01 Dec 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1770 67 false 66: Thinking about Creating Your 2021 Plan? Listen to This Episode First! 66: Thinking about Creating Your 2021 Plan? Listen to This Episode First! What goals do you want to achieve in 2021? What is your plan to get there?

 

The year is almost over and it’s a perfect time to sit down and write out your master plan for 2021. But, before you get started, there are some important questions you should be asking yourself.

 

Before you sit down to make your 2021 plan, I want to go over the three pillars you need to consider, and the questions that go into each of them. 

 

We’re talking about the three pillars to consider when setting your plan, questions you have to ask yourself in order to see growth, a few things you may actually need to stop doing to help your business grow and how being honest with yourself will lend the best results.

 

If you’re ready to leave 2020 in the past and make an amazing plan for 2021, join me in this episode! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/66

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> What goals do you want to achieve in 2021? What is your plan to get there?

 

The year is almost over and it’s a perfect time to sit down and write out your master plan for 2021. But, before you get started, there are some important questions you should be asking yourself.

 

Before you sit down to make your 2021 plan, I want to go over the three pillars you need to consider, and the questions that go into each of them. 

 

We’re talking about the three pillars to consider when setting your plan, questions you have to ask yourself in order to see growth, a few things you may actually need to stop doing to help your business grow and how being honest with yourself will lend the best results.

 

If you’re ready to leave 2020 in the past and make an amazing plan for 2021, join me in this episode! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/66

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 959ff425-c053-43ee-9c71-58f0bb2652ca Tue, 24 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1263 66 false 65: How Priscilla Green Quadrupled Her Yearly Income and Defined Success on Her Own Terms 65: How Priscilla Green Quadrupled Her Yearly Income and Defined Success on Her Own Terms How do you define success? Are you holding yourself to your own definition, or are you trying to conform to someone else's? 

 

Today I’m joined by one of the members within the Serve Scale Soar membership, Priscilla Greene, who is sharing her journey to finding her own definition of success. 

 

Priscilla Greene is a wife, a mom of three, and owner of Freedom to Focus Business Support. She provides executive assistance services to six and seven-figure women business owners.

 

We’re talking all about confidence and how it plays into your business, why the relationships that we build matter, why being yourself is more important than anything, and the reasons defining success on your own terms and not someone else’s is the biggest gift you can give yourself.

 

I loved having Priscilla on the show so if you’re ready to start defining success on your own terms, join us for this value-packed discussion! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/65

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> How do you define success? Are you holding yourself to your own definition, or are you trying to conform to someone else's? 

 

Today I’m joined by one of the members within the Serve Scale Soar membership, Priscilla Greene, who is sharing her journey to finding her own definition of success. 

 

Priscilla Greene is a wife, a mom of three, and owner of Freedom to Focus Business Support. She provides executive assistance services to six and seven-figure women business owners.

 

We’re talking all about confidence and how it plays into your business, why the relationships that we build matter, why being yourself is more important than anything, and the reasons defining success on your own terms and not someone else’s is the biggest gift you can give yourself.

 

I loved having Priscilla on the show so if you’re ready to start defining success on your own terms, join us for this value-packed discussion! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/65

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles cbb21436-6dd1-4857-aec9-cb1f09c5f11a Tue, 17 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1602 65 false 64: Creating a High-Ticket Offer You Can Sell To Anyone with Confidence with Laura Wright 64: Creating a High-Ticket Offer You Can Sell To Anyone with Confidence with Laura Wright Do you want to create a high-ticket program? A high-ticket service that you can sell to anyone with confidence? 

 

Well, today my guest, Laura Wright is with us to talk all about selling your high-ticket program, even if you don’t have one yet! 

 

Laura supports high-achieving, ambitious women to move out of six figures and into seven figures through high-ticket sales. 

 

In this episode, Laura is spilling all the deets on what a high-ticket service is and everything you need to know to start offering one. High-ticket offers can give you more freedom by bringing in more income without a heavier workload. 

 

You might be thinking that you can’t price your services higher because no one will buy them. If that’s you, Laura is here to prove you wrong.

 

If you’re a service provider ready to make more money, this is an episode you won’t want to miss! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/64

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you want to create a high-ticket program? A high-ticket service that you can sell to anyone with confidence? 

 

Well, today my guest, Laura Wright is with us to talk all about selling your high-ticket program, even if you don’t have one yet! 

 

Laura supports high-achieving, ambitious women to move out of six figures and into seven figures through high-ticket sales. 

 

In this episode, Laura is spilling all the deets on what a high-ticket service is and everything you need to know to start offering one. High-ticket offers can give you more freedom by bringing in more income without a heavier workload. 

 

You might be thinking that you can’t price your services higher because no one will buy them. If that’s you, Laura is here to prove you wrong.

 

If you’re a service provider ready to make more money, this is an episode you won’t want to miss! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/64

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 089b21f5-674c-44e1-8a40-3e0432e83f5c Tue, 10 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0500 2673 64 false 63: September Income Report: Entering the Final Quarter of Our Million-Dollar Year 63: September Income Report: Entering the Final Quarter of Our Million-Dollar Year If you need a reminder that your voice matters and you’re on the right track, then I want you to listen up in this episode. 

 

It is the end of another quarter, and I am ready to update you all on where we are on tracking our million-dollar year.

 

Although, September was about way more than just tracking a million. I had to pay a ton of money to the federal government, I learned a lot, I grew a lot as a person, we launched Serve Scale Soar, and I had to fire my production team… 

 

See! I told you you wouldn’t want to miss this month’s income report.  Be sure to tune in! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/63

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> If you need a reminder that your voice matters and you’re on the right track, then I want you to listen up in this episode. 

 

It is the end of another quarter, and I am ready to update you all on where we are on tracking our million-dollar year.

 

Although, September was about way more than just tracking a million. I had to pay a ton of money to the federal government, I learned a lot, I grew a lot as a person, we launched Serve Scale Soar, and I had to fire my production team… 

 

See! I told you you wouldn’t want to miss this month’s income report.  Be sure to tune in! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/63

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 1ba5bd71-8c95-4812-848d-8c8a53b4f05e Tue, 03 Nov 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1850 63 false 62: How Hollie Lowes Went From Broke Backpacker to a High-Income World Traveler 62: How Hollie Lowes Went From Broke Backpacker to a High-Income World Traveler Have you always dreamed of traveling the world to beautiful destinations while simultaneously making five-figure months?

Join me today as I ask Hollie Lowes all about how she has been able to make this dream a reality. She is a Canadian entrepreneur, now based out of Europe, and is quite the traveler! Hollie is able to travel the world while making 6 figures per year by serving online experts as a Facebook and Instagram Strategist.

Hollie started as a virtual assistant and for years did odd-job random work, but she was really able to catapult her online career after joining Serve Scale Soar, niching down and is now a fully booked Facebook ads manager. After a short amount of time dedicating herself to learning ads management, she was able to scale her business while significantly cutting back her weekly and monthly hours worked.

Additionally, she now has two online memberships. The Virtual Bizwiz teaches travel lovers how to start a successful online business and the second membership is for people who want to DIY their ad services.

I am so excited to have Hollie on this week’s episode to share her journey from an overwhelmed and overworked virtual assistant to a successful, traveling ads manager. Be sure to tune in because this is a fun one! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/62

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you always dreamed of traveling the world to beautiful destinations while simultaneously making five-figure months?

Join me today as I ask Hollie Lowes all about how she has been able to make this dream a reality. She is a Canadian entrepreneur, now based out of Europe, and is quite the traveler! Hollie is able to travel the world while making 6 figures per year by serving online experts as a Facebook and Instagram Strategist.

Hollie started as a virtual assistant and for years did odd-job random work, but she was really able to catapult her online career after joining Serve Scale Soar, niching down and is now a fully booked Facebook ads manager. After a short amount of time dedicating herself to learning ads management, she was able to scale her business while significantly cutting back her weekly and monthly hours worked.

Additionally, she now has two online memberships. The Virtual Bizwiz teaches travel lovers how to start a successful online business and the second membership is for people who want to DIY their ad services.

I am so excited to have Hollie on this week’s episode to share her journey from an overwhelmed and overworked virtual assistant to a successful, traveling ads manager. Be sure to tune in because this is a fun one! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/62

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 666d379b-44b2-43e6-a839-d6100c0b16dd Tue, 27 Oct 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1523 62 false 61: How Jocelyn Panton Successfully Pivoted Her Business During a Pandemic 61: How Jocelyn Panton Successfully Pivoted Her Business During a Pandemic Are you thinking about pivoting your business but are maybe scared to make a change? 

 

Well, fear not! 

 

Jocelyn Panton is here to share her experience with pivoting her business during the pandemic. 

 

Jocelyn is an actress who started side hustling to support herself in between gigs. She started by offering pitching services to speakers and now offers services as a Facebook and Instagram ads strategist! And in case that wasn’t enough, she started her Facebook and Instagram ads business in the midst of COVID-19!

 

Jocelyn is sharing what her journey has been like as she’s found her way to her current business, what she wants you to know if you are starting or pivoting a business, and why she believes in putting yourself first. 

 

If you’re ready to change things up and build a business that you love, be sure to tune in to this week's episode. 

 

And remember, there are only a few days left to catch my free training for Facebook ad managers. I am covering how to land your dream client confidently, even if you don't have any experience running Facebook or Instagram ads, and how to elevate your services to become a Facebook and Instagram ad strategist. 

 

We are starting video two the day this podcast episode releases, so you still have a chance to catch up on video one, and catch videos two and three live. This is your last chance to catch this training live until May 2021. Go to www.confidentadmanager.com to get registered. 



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/61

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you thinking about pivoting your business but are maybe scared to make a change? 

 

Well, fear not! 

 

Jocelyn Panton is here to share her experience with pivoting her business during the pandemic. 

 

Jocelyn is an actress who started side hustling to support herself in between gigs. She started by offering pitching services to speakers and now offers services as a Facebook and Instagram ads strategist! And in case that wasn’t enough, she started her Facebook and Instagram ads business in the midst of COVID-19!

 

Jocelyn is sharing what her journey has been like as she’s found her way to her current business, what she wants you to know if you are starting or pivoting a business, and why she believes in putting yourself first. 

 

If you’re ready to change things up and build a business that you love, be sure to tune in to this week's episode. 

 

And remember, there are only a few days left to catch my free training for Facebook ad managers. I am covering how to land your dream client confidently, even if you don't have any experience running Facebook or Instagram ads, and how to elevate your services to become a Facebook and Instagram ad strategist. 

 

We are starting video two the day this podcast episode releases, so you still have a chance to catch up on video one, and catch videos two and three live. This is your last chance to catch this training live until May 2021. Go to www.confidentadmanager.com to get registered. 



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/61

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles a1a2442a-fc8a-4820-ae08-03f5ba0e5fc3 Tue, 20 Oct 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1394 61 false 60: 11 Facebook Ad Managers Share Tips for Starting and Growing Your Business 60: 11 Facebook Ad Managers Share Tips for Starting and Growing Your Business Today we are joined by eleven Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing their ad management businesses. 

 

We’re going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold. 

 

If you have been needing a push to get started as a Facebook Ad Manager, this episode might be the push you’ve been needing. 

 

If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free three-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. You can register at www.confidentadmanager.com.  I am excited to see you inside the Facebook group! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/60

 

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Today we are joined by eleven Facebook ad managers who are sharing their tips and strategies for starting and growing their ad management businesses. 

 

We’re going to hear from people in all different stages of business, so whether you’re thinking about becoming an ad manager or you already have your own online business, these tips are gold. 

 

If you have been needing a push to get started as a Facebook Ad Manager, this episode might be the push you’ve been needing. 

 

If this episode speaks to you, I want to invite you to my free three-part training that’s taking place right now. You will learn the three steps to consistently land high quality Facebook and Instagram ad clients. You can register at www.confidentadmanager.com.  I am excited to see you inside the Facebook group! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/60

 

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 58f5b987-e2b9-42e5-9414-2d374a49fff0 Tue, 13 Oct 2020 05:00:00 -0400 952 60 false 59: August Income Report: Turning 30, Paying Off $100,000 in Debt, and Big Plans for the Future 59: August Income Report: Turning 30, Paying Off $100,000 in Debt, and Big Plans for the Future There were a lot of big changes in August.  I had a “big” birthday… my 30th!   I have to admit that I was having a hard time with it so Austin and I planned a totally last-minute trip to the Keys to unplug.  We had such a fun time as a family and it made me realize how important rest and recharging is!  

 

In August I also attended Stu McClaren’s online Tribe Live event which is always an amazing experience.  And guess what…. Not only was I able to donate to Stu’s foundation, Village Impact, but I was also able to pay off $100,000 in student loans! 

 

My big lesson learned in August was that it’s essential to look at the future and think about what I want out of my business in the next year, two years, three years, and beyond. Once I have a vision for what I want, then I can put a plan in place for how I will achieve it. 

 

Of course, as always in our income report episodes, we’re going to get into the numbers. We will cover the money that came in and where it went. It’s always my hope that these reports can help you as you look at the numbers in your own business. 

 

My income reports are always a fan favorite, so if you want to take a behind the scenes look at what I learned in the month of August, make sure to tune in to today’s episode! 

 

If you haven’t heard yet, my free training How to Confidently Land Clients as a Facebook and Instagram Ad Manager Without Any Experience Necessary will be live soon! It's going to kick off on October 17th, but we have a ton of free resources and training leading up to it inside the Facebook group. Head to www.confidentadmanager.com to get registered today, and I'll see you inside the Facebook group!



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/59

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> There were a lot of big changes in August.  I had a “big” birthday… my 30th!   I have to admit that I was having a hard time with it so Austin and I planned a totally last-minute trip to the Keys to unplug.  We had such a fun time as a family and it made me realize how important rest and recharging is!  

 

In August I also attended Stu McClaren’s online Tribe Live event which is always an amazing experience.  And guess what…. Not only was I able to donate to Stu’s foundation, Village Impact, but I was also able to pay off $100,000 in student loans! 

 

My big lesson learned in August was that it’s essential to look at the future and think about what I want out of my business in the next year, two years, three years, and beyond. Once I have a vision for what I want, then I can put a plan in place for how I will achieve it. 

 

Of course, as always in our income report episodes, we’re going to get into the numbers. We will cover the money that came in and where it went. It’s always my hope that these reports can help you as you look at the numbers in your own business. 

 

My income reports are always a fan favorite, so if you want to take a behind the scenes look at what I learned in the month of August, make sure to tune in to today’s episode! 

 

If you haven’t heard yet, my free training How to Confidently Land Clients as a Facebook and Instagram Ad Manager Without Any Experience Necessary will be live soon! It's going to kick off on October 17th, but we have a ton of free resources and training leading up to it inside the Facebook group. Head to www.confidentadmanager.com to get registered today, and I'll see you inside the Facebook group!



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/59

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles d9db5233-8735-42c3-9cc2-ce7299507ae4 Tue, 06 Oct 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1573 59 false 58: Transitioning to a Premium Service: Why, How, and When 58: Transitioning to a Premium Service: Why, How, and When Have you ever thought that maybe it's time for you to transition to a premium service so you can start getting paid more? Are you wondering how to know if you’re even ready to do that?

 

That's exactly what we’re going to chat about today. 

 

If you know me, you’ll know that I’m passionate about everyone offering a premium service at some point in their business and in this episode we’re going to talk about exactly when you might be ready.   There are three different ways to know if it's time for you to add a premium service into your business, so if you’re ready to start making more money and working less hours, this episode is going to be one to tune-in to! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/58

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever thought that maybe it's time for you to transition to a premium service so you can start getting paid more? Are you wondering how to know if you’re even ready to do that?

 

That's exactly what we’re going to chat about today. 

 

If you know me, you’ll know that I’m passionate about everyone offering a premium service at some point in their business and in this episode we’re going to talk about exactly when you might be ready.   There are three different ways to know if it's time for you to add a premium service into your business, so if you’re ready to start making more money and working less hours, this episode is going to be one to tune-in to! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/58

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 74929d00-f576-45e9-a88a-c6e4fb7b7a1d Tue, 29 Sep 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1014 58 false 57: Income Plateaus: When to Embrace Them and When to Break Through with Tasha Booth 57: Income Plateaus: When to Embrace Them and When to Break Through with Tasha Booth Have you always thought of income plateaus being a bad thing?  Well, let’s talk about why that doesn’t have to be the case. 

 

In today's episode, I am talking to Tasha Booth, and we are talking all about income plateaus. Tasha is an agency owner, coach, and podcaster.  She is the Founder and CEO of the Launch Guild which provides course launch support and digital marketing implementation to established coaches and course creators. 

In this episode, we are covering the difference between a good and bad income plateau, how you can use plateaus to avoid burnout, and why you need to move to packages and stop charging hourly.

 

If you’ve been stuck at a certain amount of money and can't seem to break through, this episode is going to be one you don’t want to miss! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/57

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you always thought of income plateaus being a bad thing?  Well, let’s talk about why that doesn’t have to be the case. 

 

In today's episode, I am talking to Tasha Booth, and we are talking all about income plateaus. Tasha is an agency owner, coach, and podcaster.  She is the Founder and CEO of the Launch Guild which provides course launch support and digital marketing implementation to established coaches and course creators. 

In this episode, we are covering the difference between a good and bad income plateau, how you can use plateaus to avoid burnout, and why you need to move to packages and stop charging hourly.

 

If you’ve been stuck at a certain amount of money and can't seem to break through, this episode is going to be one you don’t want to miss! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/57

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 0c509082-a847-4b9f-82d5-7db28c0c4ed4 Tue, 22 Sep 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1885 57 false 56: Five Things I’ve Learned In My First Year of Podcasting 56: Five Things I’ve Learned In My First Year of Podcasting Have you ever wondered why I make this podcast? Or thought about starting your own? 

 

This month marks one year of the Serve Scale Soar podcast! That means that you've gotten one episode every week for the last year- I didn't skip a beat. 

 

I'm super excited to be celebrating with this episode and I'm sharing the five things I’ve learned over the last year of podcasting. I want to talk about all the things I love, why I’ve made certain decisions, and why I think you should start a podcast too! 

 

Join me to celebrate one year of podcasting and take a look at what we’ve learned along the way.  

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/56

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever wondered why I make this podcast? Or thought about starting your own? 

 

This month marks one year of the Serve Scale Soar podcast! That means that you've gotten one episode every week for the last year- I didn't skip a beat. 

 

I'm super excited to be celebrating with this episode and I'm sharing the five things I’ve learned over the last year of podcasting. I want to talk about all the things I love, why I’ve made certain decisions, and why I think you should start a podcast too! 

 

Join me to celebrate one year of podcasting and take a look at what we’ve learned along the way.  

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/56

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles b3697e9f-9b1e-4564-818f-61d4458c30f3 Tue, 15 Sep 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1027 56 false 55: 16 Service Provider Tips for Scaling Your Business 55: 16 Service Provider Tips for Scaling Your Business How would you like to hear sixteen service provider tips for scaling your business from actual service providers who are all at different levels in their business and in their lives?

 

In this week's episode, we are going to hear from social media managers, podcast managers, tech consultants, OBM's, Facebook ad managers, actresses, moms, professional RV-ers, chicken owners and so many more.

 

I’m so excited that these amazing women have taken the time to share their service provider tips with us. There are some real gems in today’s episode! From having a pulse on your happiness level to investing in yourself, there’s something in here for everyone, no matter where you are in your business. 

 

If you’re wondering how to scale your business, these service provider tips are a great place to start!

 

If your next step looks like investing in yourself, I’ve got good news for you because the doors to Serve Scale Soar are open for the next FIVE DAYS ONLY. 

 

Are you ready to stop questioning your prices or struggling to get clear on who you serve?  Maybe you’re ready to finally set up your systems, raise your prices, and elevate your services. If you are looking for a community to support you along the way, this is your chance.  Head over to www.servescalesoar.com/scale before Sunday night to get in on the action. 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/55

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> How would you like to hear sixteen service provider tips for scaling your business from actual service providers who are all at different levels in their business and in their lives?

 

In this week's episode, we are going to hear from social media managers, podcast managers, tech consultants, OBM's, Facebook ad managers, actresses, moms, professional RV-ers, chicken owners and so many more.

 

I’m so excited that these amazing women have taken the time to share their service provider tips with us. There are some real gems in today’s episode! From having a pulse on your happiness level to investing in yourself, there’s something in here for everyone, no matter where you are in your business. 

 

If you’re wondering how to scale your business, these service provider tips are a great place to start!

 

If your next step looks like investing in yourself, I’ve got good news for you because the doors to Serve Scale Soar are open for the next FIVE DAYS ONLY. 

 

Are you ready to stop questioning your prices or struggling to get clear on who you serve?  Maybe you’re ready to finally set up your systems, raise your prices, and elevate your services. If you are looking for a community to support you along the way, this is your chance.  Head over to www.servescalesoar.com/scale before Sunday night to get in on the action. 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/55

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles adb9c3cd-d4a4-4146-8c7f-904dbbf94a55 Tue, 08 Sep 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1132 55 false 54: July Income Report: Overcoming My Lowest Month On My Journey Towards a Million Dollar Year 54: July Income Report: Overcoming My Lowest Month On My Journey Towards a Million Dollar Year Have you ever felt bummed out about an off month in your business? Guess what? We all have them! 

 

Let’s talk about why lower-income months are nothing to stress about and what they might be gearing you up for. 

 

This week we’re here for another income report, and in this one, I'm going behind the scenes of what it looks like when I have an off month, what four major things happened in the month of July, and why I didn't freak out when I saw my revenue-generated number for the month of July. It’s going to be a good one!

 

Don’t forget that my free training is happening next week and this only goes live twice a year so you do not want to miss it. If you are a service provider looking to scale to consistent $10,000 months without hiring a team, go to www.servescalesoar.com/free to get signed up so you don’t miss it! 



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/54

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever felt bummed out about an off month in your business? Guess what? We all have them! 

 

Let’s talk about why lower-income months are nothing to stress about and what they might be gearing you up for. 

 

This week we’re here for another income report, and in this one, I'm going behind the scenes of what it looks like when I have an off month, what four major things happened in the month of July, and why I didn't freak out when I saw my revenue-generated number for the month of July. It’s going to be a good one!

 

Don’t forget that my free training is happening next week and this only goes live twice a year so you do not want to miss it. If you are a service provider looking to scale to consistent $10,000 months without hiring a team, go to www.servescalesoar.com/free to get signed up so you don’t miss it! 



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/54

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 15c16338-d2b3-483f-baba-a97fd695b612 Tue, 01 Sep 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1776 54 false 53: Less is More: Deciding What ONE Service to Offer 53: Less is More: Deciding What ONE Service to Offer Are you trying to offer more services than you can keep track of? Are you thinking that the more services you offer, the more clients you’ll attract? 

 

This is a simple mistake that I see so many new business owners making. Think about it. If you’re offering everything under the sun, what will people know you for? What will they refer you for? Probably nothing! They have to know what it is you do, and so do you. Trust me, when it comes to your business, less is more. 

 

The quicker you can be known for what you offer, the quicker you will scale your business. 

 

In this episode, I’m going to teach you three steps to decide what one service to offer. We're getting rid of that laundry list of services that you are currently offering and we're nailing down what you will become known for.



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/53

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you trying to offer more services than you can keep track of? Are you thinking that the more services you offer, the more clients you’ll attract? 

 

This is a simple mistake that I see so many new business owners making. Think about it. If you’re offering everything under the sun, what will people know you for? What will they refer you for? Probably nothing! They have to know what it is you do, and so do you. Trust me, when it comes to your business, less is more. 

 

The quicker you can be known for what you offer, the quicker you will scale your business. 

 

In this episode, I’m going to teach you three steps to decide what one service to offer. We're getting rid of that laundry list of services that you are currently offering and we're nailing down what you will become known for.



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/53

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles ba7cbb69-0342-4256-adaf-511a5e8149f7 Tue, 25 Aug 2020 05:00:00 -0400 993 53 false 52: Ditching the False Sense of Flexibility: Why Tia McCarthy Left a Career as a Top 2% Network Marketer to Start Her Service Based Business 52: Ditching the False Sense of Flexibility: Why Tia McCarthy Left a Career as a Top 2% Network Marketer to Start Her Service Based Business Do you dream of truly having time for everything you love, not just a false sense of flexibility? Are you tired of putting work before family? 

 

Tia McCarthy has some fantastic insights for us on this episode as she is sharing her journey from teacher, to direct sales network marketing, to starting her own business and finally having the freedom she longed for. She is living a life she loves, with the time and flexibility to prioritize family over work.

 

Tia is a former network marketing leader who was burnt out and not making the money she wanted. She started her VA business in November 2019 in what she thought would be Pinterest and Social Media Management. After a few months she realized she didn’t like bouncing around from client to client in multiple industries, but was ignoring the fact that her favorite clients were network marketing leaders. Because of Serve Scale Soar, she made connections that allowed her to scale and transform her business within just one month, moving from all different genres of clients and making 2,000/m to only working with network marketing leaders and making 6,000/m with a one stop shop offering business and social media strategy and VA services.

 

Join us as we sit down to talk all about how our friendship began, what our journeys have looked like, and what some of our biggest obstacles and wins have been. 



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/52

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Do you dream of truly having time for everything you love, not just a false sense of flexibility? Are you tired of putting work before family? 

 

Tia McCarthy has some fantastic insights for us on this episode as she is sharing her journey from teacher, to direct sales network marketing, to starting her own business and finally having the freedom she longed for. She is living a life she loves, with the time and flexibility to prioritize family over work.

 

Tia is a former network marketing leader who was burnt out and not making the money she wanted. She started her VA business in November 2019 in what she thought would be Pinterest and Social Media Management. After a few months she realized she didn’t like bouncing around from client to client in multiple industries, but was ignoring the fact that her favorite clients were network marketing leaders. Because of Serve Scale Soar, she made connections that allowed her to scale and transform her business within just one month, moving from all different genres of clients and making 2,000/m to only working with network marketing leaders and making 6,000/m with a one stop shop offering business and social media strategy and VA services.

 

Join us as we sit down to talk all about how our friendship began, what our journeys have looked like, and what some of our biggest obstacles and wins have been. 



Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/52

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 61a55875-1245-4bbb-beba-1d115a9c387d Tue, 18 Aug 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1720 52 false 51: Scale Your Business to Six Figures Without Retainers Using VIP Days with Jordan Gill 51: Scale Your Business to Six Figures Without Retainers Using VIP Days with Jordan Gill Are you ready to increase your revenue without adding more retainer clients? If that sounds like the dream but also completely impossible, then this episode is for you. 

 

Today’s special guest, Jordan Gill, is talking all about how to incorporate VIP days (or intensives) into your service based business so you can make more revenue without taking on more retainer clients. I'm so excited for you to meet Jordan and to learn what VIP days are and how they can be added into your business. 

 

Jordan is a texan, a dog mom,  a fiance, a bonus mom, and an avid jigsaw puzzler. She is also head honcho of System Saved Me, an operations consulting firm, where she conducts all the VIP days. Her passion is helping overworked, one-woman shows become streamlined solopreneurs. 

 

Today we are covering pretty much everything you could ever need to know about VIP days; you will not believe how much Jordan covers in our forty minutes with her! 

 

If you’re ready to increase your revenue and your white space without adding more retainer clients, be sure to tune into this week’s episo

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/51

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

]]> Are you ready to increase your revenue without adding more retainer clients? If that sounds like the dream but also completely impossible, then this episode is for you. 

 

Today’s special guest, Jordan Gill, is talking all about how to incorporate VIP days (or intensives) into your service based business so you can make more revenue without taking on more retainer clients. I'm so excited for you to meet Jordan and to learn what VIP days are and how they can be added into your business. 

 

Jordan is a texan, a dog mom,  a fiance, a bonus mom, and an avid jigsaw puzzler. She is also head honcho of System Saved Me, an operations consulting firm, where she conducts all the VIP days. Her passion is helping overworked, one-woman shows become streamlined solopreneurs. 

 

Today we are covering pretty much everything you could ever need to know about VIP days; you will not believe how much Jordan covers in our forty minutes with her! 

 

If you’re ready to increase your revenue and your white space without adding more retainer clients, be sure to tune into this week’s episo

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/51

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

]]> Brandi Mowles 11b92883-e038-4e86-b0eb-98b3c51e68f3 Tue, 11 Aug 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2502 51 false 50: June Income Report: Lessons Learned and Keeping the BLM Discussion Alive 50: June Income Report: Lessons Learned and Keeping the BLM Discussion Alive I’m back with another income report, and I have so many important things that I want to get into this month. 

 

I hope you’ll join me today as we reflect on the lessons learned over the last couple of months and talk about why the Black Lives Matter movement is so important. I really wanted to take the time to give Black Lives Matter its own moment on the podcast without overshadowing it with other topics. I am also sharing what we are doing at Brandi and Company to right our wrongs and make our community a more inclusive space for all. 

 

Of course, I’ll also get into the usual income report goods. What our revenue was, our expenses-- all the good stuff!   I'm breaking down what it looks like to have almost $80,000 cash flow through the bank and $47,000 in revenue generated, as well as where we are on our track to a million-dollar year. 

 

But much more important than that, as always, are the lessons learned in June. 

 

If you want to keep bettering yourself and bettering the future for your children, tune in and join the discussion.  

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/50

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> I’m back with another income report, and I have so many important things that I want to get into this month. 

 

I hope you’ll join me today as we reflect on the lessons learned over the last couple of months and talk about why the Black Lives Matter movement is so important. I really wanted to take the time to give Black Lives Matter its own moment on the podcast without overshadowing it with other topics. I am also sharing what we are doing at Brandi and Company to right our wrongs and make our community a more inclusive space for all. 

 

Of course, I’ll also get into the usual income report goods. What our revenue was, our expenses-- all the good stuff!   I'm breaking down what it looks like to have almost $80,000 cash flow through the bank and $47,000 in revenue generated, as well as where we are on our track to a million-dollar year. 

 

But much more important than that, as always, are the lessons learned in June. 

 

If you want to keep bettering yourself and bettering the future for your children, tune in and join the discussion.  

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/50

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 2c2cde1b-3559-41ef-a77d-d00de7636e27 Tue, 04 Aug 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1484 50 false 49: How To Manage Working Full Time While Running Your Business with Carrie Flynn 49: How To Manage Working Full Time While Running Your Business with Carrie Flynn Have you ever daydreamed about leaving your 9 to 5 to work online full-time? Doing both can be rewarding but also exhausting. 

 

Join me today as I ask Carrie Flynn how she balances being a mom, working full-time, and running an online business. 

 

Carrie is a mom of two, a full-time teacher, and she's having $6,000 months in her online business. She owns a company called Virtual Simplicity which offers Online Business Management and done for you system setups in Dubsado and Kajabi. 

 

Carrie reveals how she got into the online space, and what she does to keep on top of everything. Life doesn’t always go the way we expect, and running an online business poses unique challenges that we might not always be prepared for. 

 

Stay tuned as we dive into how she manages a family, a full-time job, and her growing online business.  We also dive into the big plans she has for her future! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/49

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever daydreamed about leaving your 9 to 5 to work online full-time? Doing both can be rewarding but also exhausting. 

 

Join me today as I ask Carrie Flynn how she balances being a mom, working full-time, and running an online business. 

 

Carrie is a mom of two, a full-time teacher, and she's having $6,000 months in her online business. She owns a company called Virtual Simplicity which offers Online Business Management and done for you system setups in Dubsado and Kajabi. 

 

Carrie reveals how she got into the online space, and what she does to keep on top of everything. Life doesn’t always go the way we expect, and running an online business poses unique challenges that we might not always be prepared for. 

 

Stay tuned as we dive into how she manages a family, a full-time job, and her growing online business.  We also dive into the big plans she has for her future! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/49

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles edd972b1-225e-4be6-b34a-39539f302748 Tue, 28 Jul 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1932 49 false 48: Burnout Is Like A Sinking Ship 48: Burnout Is Like A Sinking Ship Is your boat sinking? Do you feel the burnout creeping up and threatening to take over?

 

I wanna tell you a little secret. EVERYONE feels that way sometimes, entrepreneur or not. Burnout will happen, you’re only human, but how you prepare for it and deal with it is where the magic happens. 

 

In this episode, we’re talking about why burnout is like a sinking ship, and what we can learn from that analogy. I want you to be ready when the burnout comes, and prepared to overcome it, not give in to it. 

 

When you’re through with this episode, I want you to go out, take inventory of the holes in your business, and start fixing them. It won't happen overnight, but don’t let that stop you from stating. Take messy action. Start repairing that business!

 

If you’ve been feeling overwhelmed and aren’t sure how to take the next step, this one’s for you! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/48

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Is your boat sinking? Do you feel the burnout creeping up and threatening to take over?

 

I wanna tell you a little secret. EVERYONE feels that way sometimes, entrepreneur or not. Burnout will happen, you’re only human, but how you prepare for it and deal with it is where the magic happens. 

 

In this episode, we’re talking about why burnout is like a sinking ship, and what we can learn from that analogy. I want you to be ready when the burnout comes, and prepared to overcome it, not give in to it. 

 

When you’re through with this episode, I want you to go out, take inventory of the holes in your business, and start fixing them. It won't happen overnight, but don’t let that stop you from stating. Take messy action. Start repairing that business!

 

If you’ve been feeling overwhelmed and aren’t sure how to take the next step, this one’s for you! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/48

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles eef3c96e-f5eb-4e21-922e-50e8ab7ca4b9 Tue, 21 Jul 2020 05:00:00 -0400 564 48 false 47: How to Build A Six-Figure Business Using Upwork with Laura Briggs 47: How to Build A Six-Figure Business Using Upwork with Laura Briggs Have you been scared away from using Upwork by rumors of low pay, high fees,  and difficult clients? Me too! 

 

I’m so excited to hear what Laura Briggs has to teach us about how she created a six-figure business using Upwork. If you’ve shied away from Upwork, or tried it and had a bad experience, I encourage you to listen to this whole episode, because Laura has some amazing advice and insider knowledge about how to make Upwork really work for you. 

 

Laura has her own writing business, she helps other freelancers learn how to scale their businesses, and has one book out with another on the way. She is such a wealth of knowledge and it’s an honor to have her on the podcast today.

 

If you want to find out how Upwork could be serving you and your business, stay tuned! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/47

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

]]> Have you been scared away from using Upwork by rumors of low pay, high fees,  and difficult clients? Me too! 

 

I’m so excited to hear what Laura Briggs has to teach us about how she created a six-figure business using Upwork. If you’ve shied away from Upwork, or tried it and had a bad experience, I encourage you to listen to this whole episode, because Laura has some amazing advice and insider knowledge about how to make Upwork really work for you. 

 

Laura has her own writing business, she helps other freelancers learn how to scale their businesses, and has one book out with another on the way. She is such a wealth of knowledge and it’s an honor to have her on the podcast today.

 

If you want to find out how Upwork could be serving you and your business, stay tuned! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/47

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

]]> Brandi Mowles 201275ce-365a-4a61-9369-0858818b7401 Tue, 14 Jul 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2121 47 false 46: May Income Report: Behind the Scenes of My $251,000 Month 46: May Income Report: Behind the Scenes of My $251,000 Month Are you curious what a $251,000 month looks like? I’m breaking it down for you like no one else does.

 

I’m so excited about the results of this month, and the lessons that I’ve learned from it. I’m going to tell you all about the amazing experience of going behind the scenes of an $8,000,000 launch, and what being a part of a live launch has taught me.

 

We’re breaking down finances, talking about being a better mom, and figuring out how to obtain the one thing you really want.

 

If you’re ready to dive into the good, the bad, and the ugly. . . Stay tuned!

 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/46

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Are you curious what a $251,000 month looks like? I’m breaking it down for you like no one else does.

 

I’m so excited about the results of this month, and the lessons that I’ve learned from it. I’m going to tell you all about the amazing experience of going behind the scenes of an $8,000,000 launch, and what being a part of a live launch has taught me.

 

We’re breaking down finances, talking about being a better mom, and figuring out how to obtain the one thing you really want.

 

If you’re ready to dive into the good, the bad, and the ugly. . . Stay tuned!

 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/46

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles c76f1f5e-9658-4d21-8785-2b1f26d8be70 Tue, 07 Jul 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1574 46 false 45: From $2,300/ Month as a Subcontractor to a $9,000 Month in Her Business in 90 Days with Jennifer Feeney 45: From $2,300/ Month as a Subcontractor to a $9,000 Month in Her Business in 90 Days with Jennifer Feeney Are you trapped in doing subcontracting work? Do you feel that you have the skills and the tenacity to start having your own clients and making it a business? Where and how do you start?

 

If you dream of breaking free from subcontracting work, this episode is such a treat for you because I'm having an amazing conversation with Jennifer Feeney. She's been providing excellent support to CEOs since 2007 and now she's the founder of Elite Executive Solutions. Jennifer is also a wife, a mother, a grandma, a dog mom to 10 dogs, a runner, and a bodybuilder. Her list just goes on and on.

 

Listen in as we talk about gaining experience and exposure through subcontract work, the mindset shifts you need to make sound business decisions, and how to enjoy the freedom of having your own clients.


View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/45

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Follow Me on Instagram 

Follow Me on Facebook

 

]]> Are you trapped in doing subcontracting work? Do you feel that you have the skills and the tenacity to start having your own clients and making it a business? Where and how do you start?

 

If you dream of breaking free from subcontracting work, this episode is such a treat for you because I'm having an amazing conversation with Jennifer Feeney. She's been providing excellent support to CEOs since 2007 and now she's the founder of Elite Executive Solutions. Jennifer is also a wife, a mother, a grandma, a dog mom to 10 dogs, a runner, and a bodybuilder. Her list just goes on and on.

 

Listen in as we talk about gaining experience and exposure through subcontract work, the mindset shifts you need to make sound business decisions, and how to enjoy the freedom of having your own clients.


View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/45

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Follow Me on Instagram 

Follow Me on Facebook

 

]]> Brandi Mowles d6605360-a39e-49b9-9a68-ccaf5654bfcb Tue, 30 Jun 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1549 45 false 44: Using Local Workshops to Get More Clients with Shannon McKinstrie 44: Using Local Workshops to Get More Clients with Shannon McKinstrie Have you ever wondered how you could get involved with your local community? Are you looking for ways to grow your support system as you grow your business? Workshops could be the perfect solution for you.

Shannon McKinstrie is a wife and mom who works with online women entrepreneurs to help them step up their social media game. What I love about her is that she also works locally with her community in D.C. to help small business owners grow a community around their brand and get results from organic, proven social media strategies.

Today we are talking all about how to take your services from online to offline by running an event workshop. Shannon is walking us through how to set up workshops to get clients in your community, whether you’re from a small town like Salem, Virginia, like me, or a big city in D.C.

We are breaking down what that process looks like, some topics you could use, how to book them, and what to charge.

This episode is so empowering, even I want to get out there and start my own workshop. This is not one to miss!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/44

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever wondered how you could get involved with your local community? Are you looking for ways to grow your support system as you grow your business? Workshops could be the perfect solution for you.

Shannon McKinstrie is a wife and mom who works with online women entrepreneurs to help them step up their social media game. What I love about her is that she also works locally with her community in D.C. to help small business owners grow a community around their brand and get results from organic, proven social media strategies.

Today we are talking all about how to take your services from online to offline by running an event workshop. Shannon is walking us through how to set up workshops to get clients in your community, whether you’re from a small town like Salem, Virginia, like me, or a big city in D.C.

We are breaking down what that process looks like, some topics you could use, how to book them, and what to charge.

This episode is so empowering, even I want to get out there and start my own workshop. This is not one to miss!

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/44

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles e64c532c-9561-4f28-872e-c79bb6e7ec94 Tue, 23 Jun 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1885 44 false 43: Using 3 and 6 Month Contracts to Retain More Clients and Increase Your Revenue 43: Using 3 and 6 Month Contracts to Retain More Clients and Increase Your Revenue Have you ever wanted to know how to keep clients around longer? How to make sure that you have consistent income and you're not always chasing around after new clients?

In this episode, I am breaking down the 3 reasons to implement 3- and 6-month contracts in your business. I’m also giving you my ninja trick for getting clients to commit to those contracts, even when they're just meeting you!

 These are the things that people aren't talking about, but that you absolutely need to know. And guess what? I happen to LOVE talking about 3- and 6-month contacts. And by the end of this episode, you will too! Because you will have the tools you need to start retaining more clients, increasing your revenue, and securing your future.

 If you've ever wondered how to keep more clients or generate more income, then this is the episode for you.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/43


If you are interested in hearing more about my tips and tricks for scaling your service-based business, head on over to www.servescalesoar.com/10k and check out my free training: How to Scale to Consistent $10,000 Months Without Hiring a Team.

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever wanted to know how to keep clients around longer? How to make sure that you have consistent income and you're not always chasing around after new clients?

In this episode, I am breaking down the 3 reasons to implement 3- and 6-month contracts in your business. I’m also giving you my ninja trick for getting clients to commit to those contracts, even when they're just meeting you!

 These are the things that people aren't talking about, but that you absolutely need to know. And guess what? I happen to LOVE talking about 3- and 6-month contacts. And by the end of this episode, you will too! Because you will have the tools you need to start retaining more clients, increasing your revenue, and securing your future.

 If you've ever wondered how to keep more clients or generate more income, then this is the episode for you.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/43


If you are interested in hearing more about my tips and tricks for scaling your service-based business, head on over to www.servescalesoar.com/10k and check out my free training: How to Scale to Consistent $10,000 Months Without Hiring a Team.

Additional Resources:

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 057cf11d-528a-427b-b7f3-9a45ce9e3d9e Tue, 16 Jun 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1122 43 false 42: From Laid Off to 5-Figure Months as an OBM with Corinne Blagg 42: From Laid Off to 5-Figure Months as an OBM with Corinne Blagg Have you ever wondered how you're supposed to scale your business as an OBM, a project manager, an executive assistant, or a virtual assistant? Do you question if your service is even scalable?

I truly believe today’s guest, Corinne Blagg, is going to break a lot of belief barriers that you are holding on to.

Corinne lives in northern Vermont with her husband, and two kids. She is an OBM who helps online coaches focus on their zone of genius so they can spend their time on that, and she can spend time taking care of all the other things for them.

As a Certified Online Business Manager with 10 years of experience as an Account Manager for a HUGE online travel agency, she’s gotten a behind the scenes look at a lot of businesses. She has seen what systems and marketing strategies work and which ones don’t, and she’s here today to share her knowledge and expertise to help your business grow. 

She is sharing with us her journey to becoming an OBM and everything she’s learned along the way, including how she boosted her income to almost 10x more than when she started out.

Whether you’re a newbie or veteran of the online space, Corinne is sharing valuable insider info. Trust me, if you have been thinking about starting or scaling a business you do NOT want to miss this episode.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/42

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Have you ever wondered how you're supposed to scale your business as an OBM, a project manager, an executive assistant, or a virtual assistant? Do you question if your service is even scalable?

I truly believe today’s guest, Corinne Blagg, is going to break a lot of belief barriers that you are holding on to.

Corinne lives in northern Vermont with her husband, and two kids. She is an OBM who helps online coaches focus on their zone of genius so they can spend their time on that, and she can spend time taking care of all the other things for them.

As a Certified Online Business Manager with 10 years of experience as an Account Manager for a HUGE online travel agency, she’s gotten a behind the scenes look at a lot of businesses. She has seen what systems and marketing strategies work and which ones don’t, and she’s here today to share her knowledge and expertise to help your business grow. 

She is sharing with us her journey to becoming an OBM and everything she’s learned along the way, including how she boosted her income to almost 10x more than when she started out.

Whether you’re a newbie or veteran of the online space, Corinne is sharing valuable insider info. Trust me, if you have been thinking about starting or scaling a business you do NOT want to miss this episode.

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/42

 

Additional Resources:

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 5353381d-f3a1-4dc7-8f15-d0ac5cdb09d9 Tue, 09 Jun 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1716 42 false 41: April Income Report: Bucket List Moments, 20% Play and Relationships Over Revenue 41: April Income Report: Bucket List Moments, 20% Play and Relationships Over Revenue Today’s episode will be an interesting one!  If you have been tuning in to the show for a while, you have been hearing my monthly income reports and my big goal for a million-dollar year. We had a lot of amazing things happen this month and spent our time and energy gearing up for a big launch I was doing in May (which you will get to hear about in a few weeks on the podcast so stay tuned!). 

April was a fun month where I spent some time playing with some new offers and checked some things off my bucket list!  I ended up generating $63,837 in April.  This was a month filled with relationship building and playing around with some stuff in our business so I am excited to share a behind the scenes look! 

On today's episode:

- finding my bigger purpose 

- going live with Amy Porterfield! 

- my "play" project this month and the revenue it generated

- overbooking myself in April and what I learned from it

Make sure you subscribe to the podcast if you don’t already because you are NOT going to want to miss May’s income report! It was an insane month and I still haven’t fully recovered :) 

If you are interested in joining the Serve Scale Soar membership I encourage you to check out my free training How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team. 

Resources Mentioned: 

Delighted with Dubsado:  Automate Your Onboarding System So That You Can Reclaim Your Time and Scale Your Service-Based Business 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Today’s episode will be an interesting one!  If you have been tuning in to the show for a while, you have been hearing my monthly income reports and my big goal for a million-dollar year. We had a lot of amazing things happen this month and spent our time and energy gearing up for a big launch I was doing in May (which you will get to hear about in a few weeks on the podcast so stay tuned!). 

April was a fun month where I spent some time playing with some new offers and checked some things off my bucket list!  I ended up generating $63,837 in April.  This was a month filled with relationship building and playing around with some stuff in our business so I am excited to share a behind the scenes look! 

On today's episode:

- finding my bigger purpose 

- going live with Amy Porterfield! 

- my "play" project this month and the revenue it generated

- overbooking myself in April and what I learned from it

Make sure you subscribe to the podcast if you don’t already because you are NOT going to want to miss May’s income report! It was an insane month and I still haven’t fully recovered :) 

If you are interested in joining the Serve Scale Soar membership I encourage you to check out my free training How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team. 

Resources Mentioned: 

Delighted with Dubsado:  Automate Your Onboarding System So That You Can Reclaim Your Time and Scale Your Service-Based Business 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 23d15d60-7ad0-4cd1-b614-a46cf3d6fb25 Tue, 02 Jun 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1841 41 false 40: Struggling VA to Booked Out Podcast Manager: How You Can Be Multi-Passionate And Niche Down To Scale 40: Struggling VA to Booked Out Podcast Manager: How You Can Be Multi-Passionate And Niche Down To Scale Today I am so excited to have Stephanie Judice on the podcast.  Stephanie is one of the founding members of the Serve Scale Soar membership, a member of my Inner Circle Mastermind, and she is the Serve Scale Soar podcast manager! 

One of the things I love most about Stephanie is the exceptional service she gives her clients.  This makes it so easy to refer her to other people looking for podcast managers too!   

In this episode, we are talking about the mindset shifts that had to happen for her to scale her business and who she is surrounding herself with to reach her big goals.  

Stephanie is sharing the ins and outs of what niching down looks like, and how it’s benefitted her business.  A little more than two years ago, she started her journey in the online space as a virtual assistant. For over a year she struggled trying to figure out what services she really wanted to offer.  Even though she was multi-passionate and offered “all the things” for many different clients, she finally found podcast management and was able to bundle it up as a streamlined service that she could scale.  

We are talking mindset, niching down, pricing your services, service to your clients and building relationships that matter and make the biggest impact.

If you have struggled with any of these things, you are going to want to make sure to tune in to today’s episode! 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/40

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

]]> Today I am so excited to have Stephanie Judice on the podcast.  Stephanie is one of the founding members of the Serve Scale Soar membership, a member of my Inner Circle Mastermind, and she is the Serve Scale Soar podcast manager! 

One of the things I love most about Stephanie is the exceptional service she gives her clients.  This makes it so easy to refer her to other people looking for podcast managers too!   

In this episode, we are talking about the mindset shifts that had to happen for her to scale her business and who she is surrounding herself with to reach her big goals.  

Stephanie is sharing the ins and outs of what niching down looks like, and how it’s benefitted her business.  A little more than two years ago, she started her journey in the online space as a virtual assistant. For over a year she struggled trying to figure out what services she really wanted to offer.  Even though she was multi-passionate and offered “all the things” for many different clients, she finally found podcast management and was able to bundle it up as a streamlined service that she could scale.  

We are talking mindset, niching down, pricing your services, service to your clients and building relationships that matter and make the biggest impact.

If you have struggled with any of these things, you are going to want to make sure to tune in to today’s episode! 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/40

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

]]> Brandi Mowles 71806106-af9d-42fd-85a2-0c567b4f98d0 Tue, 26 May 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2946 40 false 39: Behind The Scenes Of Creating A Six-Figure Boutique Agency With Meg Witt 39: Behind The Scenes Of Creating A Six-Figure Boutique Agency With Meg Witt Are you a freelancer who aspires to have your own boutique agency? How do you manage a team and still run a profitable business? What are some of the roadblocks you might come up against along the way?

In this episode, we're going to hear a different perspective on scaling a service-based business.  Meg Witt is the owner of Six Figs, a boutique agency that provides coaching, branding, and business support services to female entrepreneurs.

Meg talks about her jump from corporate into the world of entrepreneurship.  She will show us how she built a 6-figure boutique agency in a year and a half-  all without debt!

We get into the nitty-gritty of the challenges she overcame along the way.  We chat about building a team, setting up systems, and serving multiple clients-- all without sacrificing your family life.   

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/39

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

 

]]> Are you a freelancer who aspires to have your own boutique agency? How do you manage a team and still run a profitable business? What are some of the roadblocks you might come up against along the way?

In this episode, we're going to hear a different perspective on scaling a service-based business.  Meg Witt is the owner of Six Figs, a boutique agency that provides coaching, branding, and business support services to female entrepreneurs.

Meg talks about her jump from corporate into the world of entrepreneurship.  She will show us how she built a 6-figure boutique agency in a year and a half-  all without debt!

We get into the nitty-gritty of the challenges she overcame along the way.  We chat about building a team, setting up systems, and serving multiple clients-- all without sacrificing your family life.   

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/39

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

 

]]> Brandi Mowles 45e4b3d8-23a0-4961-abae-63c3bee2f868 Tue, 19 May 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2699 39 false 38: How to Take Massive Action and Build a Thriving Facebook Ads Business with Ashley Monk 38: How to Take Massive Action and Build a Thriving Facebook Ads Business with Ashley Monk How can offering Facebook and Instagram ad services take your business to the next level?  Today I am chatting with Ashley Monk who is one of the Conversions for Clients founding members.  Ashley serves her local community with her boutique agency, IT Media, and recently expanded her services to include digital marketing.  

Today we will be talking about what it’s like to be a Facebook ad manager.  We are talking pros and cons and how to take massive action in your business.   

How do I niche down when I’m a multi-passionate entrepreneur? Am I brave enough to start my business before it's perfect? Do I really need to invest in courses to be successful?

If you have been asking yourself these questions, be sure to tune in to today’s episode! 

Value Bombs: 

  • How Ashley discovered her passion for marketing from an unlikely background
  • Being passionate about giving your clients results
  • How authentic content replaces over curated content
  • Building face-to-face relationships with clients
  • Getting on the right money mindset with your services
  • The challenge of niching down when you have too many options
  • The beauty of being in a supportive community of pros
  • The pros and cons of working for local businesses
  • Why not everybody can be a Facebook Ads manager

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/38

]]> How can offering Facebook and Instagram ad services take your business to the next level?  Today I am chatting with Ashley Monk who is one of the Conversions for Clients founding members.  Ashley serves her local community with her boutique agency, IT Media, and recently expanded her services to include digital marketing.  

Today we will be talking about what it’s like to be a Facebook ad manager.  We are talking pros and cons and how to take massive action in your business.   

How do I niche down when I’m a multi-passionate entrepreneur? Am I brave enough to start my business before it's perfect? Do I really need to invest in courses to be successful?

If you have been asking yourself these questions, be sure to tune in to today’s episode! 

Value Bombs: 

  • How Ashley discovered her passion for marketing from an unlikely background
  • Being passionate about giving your clients results
  • How authentic content replaces over curated content
  • Building face-to-face relationships with clients
  • Getting on the right money mindset with your services
  • The challenge of niching down when you have too many options
  • The beauty of being in a supportive community of pros
  • The pros and cons of working for local businesses
  • Why not everybody can be a Facebook Ads manager

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/38

]]> Brandi Mowles 50cf25b7-8fe7-410d-a22f-0dfca3618873 Tue, 12 May 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2203 38 false 37: March Income Report $67,000 Generated: Corona, Tiger King, and $39K in Expenses 37: March Income Report $67,000 Generated: Corona, Tiger King, and $39K in Expenses Wow! March 2020 will definitely be one for the history books!   In today’s episode, we are going behind the scenes of my business to find out how I generated $67,000 and why my expenses were over $39,000. 

March was a month full of pivots- in our lives and in our business.  I have been planning my first live event and mastermind retreat for months.  Venues, flights, and hotels were booked and all of the details were finalized.  Then the coronavirus hit and suddenly we had some BIG decisions to make-  continue with a live event or switch everything to virtual last minute. 

We are diving deep into the details of my income and expenses, new team members to Brandi and Co., and you will find out why I watched Tiger King, not once, but twice! 

March has been a month filled with madness, but we pivoted and made the best out of the situations we were presented with and ultimately had an amazing month! 

Value Bombs: 

  • The importance of pivoting in your business when you need to
  • The challenge of converting a live event to virtual 
  • My feelings behind a 98% virtual show-up rate 
  • The value of good laughter
  • Why you shouldn’t feel bad about charging your clients right now 
  • The incredible power of masterminds
  • The importance of saving for training and education expenses
  • Creating SOP’s to plan for unexpected events
  • Why I spent $12,000 on one program 
  • Working from a place of gratitude

By the way…... have you heard about my brand new FREE training?!  This training is for anyone who’s ever considered running Facebook ads for their clients. During this three-part online training, you will learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business and close high-quality clients.  Make sure to register >> 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/37 

Reach out on Instagram or Facebook and say hi! I love hearing from you!

]]> Wow! March 2020 will definitely be one for the history books!   In today’s episode, we are going behind the scenes of my business to find out how I generated $67,000 and why my expenses were over $39,000. 

March was a month full of pivots- in our lives and in our business.  I have been planning my first live event and mastermind retreat for months.  Venues, flights, and hotels were booked and all of the details were finalized.  Then the coronavirus hit and suddenly we had some BIG decisions to make-  continue with a live event or switch everything to virtual last minute. 

We are diving deep into the details of my income and expenses, new team members to Brandi and Co., and you will find out why I watched Tiger King, not once, but twice! 

March has been a month filled with madness, but we pivoted and made the best out of the situations we were presented with and ultimately had an amazing month! 

Value Bombs: 

  • The importance of pivoting in your business when you need to
  • The challenge of converting a live event to virtual 
  • My feelings behind a 98% virtual show-up rate 
  • The value of good laughter
  • Why you shouldn’t feel bad about charging your clients right now 
  • The incredible power of masterminds
  • The importance of saving for training and education expenses
  • Creating SOP’s to plan for unexpected events
  • Why I spent $12,000 on one program 
  • Working from a place of gratitude

By the way…... have you heard about my brand new FREE training?!  This training is for anyone who’s ever considered running Facebook ads for their clients. During this three-part online training, you will learn how you can confidently start and grow your ads business and close high-quality clients.  Make sure to register >> 3 Steps to Consistently Close High-Quality Facebook and Instagram Ad Clients 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/37 

Reach out on Instagram or Facebook and say hi! I love hearing from you!

]]> Brandi Mowles 0b49f69e-76bc-46f0-bb81-056dd1b2e80a Tue, 05 May 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2030 37 false 36: The Legal Stuff You Need To Know: Real Talk About AB-5 with Emily D. Baker 36: The Legal Stuff You Need To Know: Real Talk About AB-5 with Emily D. Baker Today we are talking all about the California law that is affecting service providers all over the country.  California Assembly Bill 5 (AB5), also known as the “gig worker bill,” is a piece of legislation signed into law in September 2019. It requires companies to reclassify contractors into employees. As a service provider, how can this law affect you? Is there a way around it? What effect does it have on your business if you have California based clients?

 

In this episode, we will dive into the details of AB5 with lawyer, Emily Baker as she makes a very unfun topic relatable.  Listen in as we uncomplicate this matter and zero-in on its implications to writers, VAs, and other contractors. We also discuss the importance of having a business that's solid and prepared for changes now.

 

Emily D. Baker left her 10-year career to help serve online business owners as they start and grow their business. She has helped hundreds of entrepreneurs get their business life right so they can focus on their zone of genius.

 

I am excited to have Emily as our special guest today! 


View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/36

]]> Today we are talking all about the California law that is affecting service providers all over the country.  California Assembly Bill 5 (AB5), also known as the “gig worker bill,” is a piece of legislation signed into law in September 2019. It requires companies to reclassify contractors into employees. As a service provider, how can this law affect you? Is there a way around it? What effect does it have on your business if you have California based clients?

 

In this episode, we will dive into the details of AB5 with lawyer, Emily Baker as she makes a very unfun topic relatable.  Listen in as we uncomplicate this matter and zero-in on its implications to writers, VAs, and other contractors. We also discuss the importance of having a business that's solid and prepared for changes now.

 

Emily D. Baker left her 10-year career to help serve online business owners as they start and grow their business. She has helped hundreds of entrepreneurs get their business life right so they can focus on their zone of genius.

 

I am excited to have Emily as our special guest today! 


View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/36

]]> Brandi Mowles ac56505b-576e-496f-8cf9-2ae1078baf2d Tue, 28 Apr 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2504 36 false 35: How Service Providers Can Create a Profitable Membership with Big Impact 35: How Service Providers Can Create a Profitable Membership with Big Impact Have you thought about creating a membership, but you’re worried that no one would even sign up?  Maybe you keep telling yourself that you don’t have a big enough audience or you don’t have enough knowledge to be teaching others. 

 

I get it…. I had all of the same thoughts when I was starting the Serve Scale Soar membership.  Looking back, I am SO glad that I didn’t allow overthinking and fear to hold me back. If you’ve ever thought about adding a second stream of income to your service-based business, you are going to want to make sure to tune in to today’s episode! 

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/35

 

Sign up for Stu’s free training at www.servescalesoar.com/tribe

 

Reach out to me on Instagram @brandimowles and let’s brainstorm membership ideas for YOU!

]]> Have you thought about creating a membership, but you’re worried that no one would even sign up?  Maybe you keep telling yourself that you don’t have a big enough audience or you don’t have enough knowledge to be teaching others. 

 

I get it…. I had all of the same thoughts when I was starting the Serve Scale Soar membership.  Looking back, I am SO glad that I didn’t allow overthinking and fear to hold me back. If you’ve ever thought about adding a second stream of income to your service-based business, you are going to want to make sure to tune in to today’s episode! 

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/35

 

Sign up for Stu’s free training at www.servescalesoar.com/tribe

 

Reach out to me on Instagram @brandimowles and let’s brainstorm membership ideas for YOU!

]]> Brandi Mowles e2571594-c86b-4e83-8769-b4b357b953db Tue, 21 Apr 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1013 35 false 34: Should You Create a Membership to Add Recurring Revenue to Your Service Based Business with Stu McLaren 34: Should You Create a Membership to Add Recurring Revenue to Your Service Based Business with Stu McLaren Have you ever thought about adding additional revenue into your business?  You may have thought about starting a membership, but have no idea what it would even look like or how to know WHEN you should start one! 

 

Today is a super special episode because I have the amazing Stu McLaren on the podcast.  Stu is what I like to call the membership guru! He is a personal mentor of mine and runs an amazing non-profit organization, Village Impact, that many of you know I am super passionate about. He is a master at telling stories and loves to teach others how they can create a membership that lights them up---while creating sustainable recurring income! Yes, please!  

 

Today we are breaking down what it looks like to add recurring profit to your already thriving service based business.  If you have ever thought about adding another stream of revenue to your business or maybe have even considered phasing out some of your clients or services, this will be an episode you don’t want to miss. 

 

My own membership, Serve Scale Soar, has not only allowed me to impact more people, but it also sets me up as an expert in my niche, which allows me to have higher end clients.  

 

Many service providers feel they're not an “expert” or that they don't have a huge following.  Many think it's way too complicated to start and run a membership. That’s exactly why I have Stu on the show today to answer your toughest questions about starting a membership. Stu has more than 10 years of experience in helping experts transform their knowledge and influence into recurring revenue by launching, growing and scaling 7 and 8-figure membership sites.

 

Value Bombs: 

  • Fulfilling a need started Stu’s journey to membership coaching
  • Why a service provider is in the best position to start a membership
  • How to keep your “saw” sharp
  • The beauty of being able to pick your ideal client
  • Why you don’t need a huge audience to start a membership
  • Smaller audiences and why they are actually an advantage
  • How to position your membership to your existing clients
  • Keeping your membership super simple when you’re not techy
  • The perfect time to set up a membership
  • How to measure the success of your membership

 

I want to answer your questions about starting a membership. Tell me about your services. Does it even make sense for you to add recurring profit into your business right now? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles and we can brainstorm ways you can add a membership into your service-based business. Because who wouldn’t love additional recurring income?! :)

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/34

]]> Have you ever thought about adding additional revenue into your business?  You may have thought about starting a membership, but have no idea what it would even look like or how to know WHEN you should start one! 

 

Today is a super special episode because I have the amazing Stu McLaren on the podcast.  Stu is what I like to call the membership guru! He is a personal mentor of mine and runs an amazing non-profit organization, Village Impact, that many of you know I am super passionate about. He is a master at telling stories and loves to teach others how they can create a membership that lights them up---while creating sustainable recurring income! Yes, please!  

 

Today we are breaking down what it looks like to add recurring profit to your already thriving service based business.  If you have ever thought about adding another stream of revenue to your business or maybe have even considered phasing out some of your clients or services, this will be an episode you don’t want to miss. 

 

My own membership, Serve Scale Soar, has not only allowed me to impact more people, but it also sets me up as an expert in my niche, which allows me to have higher end clients.  

 

Many service providers feel they're not an “expert” or that they don't have a huge following.  Many think it's way too complicated to start and run a membership. That’s exactly why I have Stu on the show today to answer your toughest questions about starting a membership. Stu has more than 10 years of experience in helping experts transform their knowledge and influence into recurring revenue by launching, growing and scaling 7 and 8-figure membership sites.

 

Value Bombs: 

  • Fulfilling a need started Stu’s journey to membership coaching
  • Why a service provider is in the best position to start a membership
  • How to keep your “saw” sharp
  • The beauty of being able to pick your ideal client
  • Why you don’t need a huge audience to start a membership
  • Smaller audiences and why they are actually an advantage
  • How to position your membership to your existing clients
  • Keeping your membership super simple when you’re not techy
  • The perfect time to set up a membership
  • How to measure the success of your membership

 

I want to answer your questions about starting a membership. Tell me about your services. Does it even make sense for you to add recurring profit into your business right now? DM me on Instagram @brandimowles and we can brainstorm ways you can add a membership into your service-based business. Because who wouldn’t love additional recurring income?! :)

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/34

]]> Brandi Mowles 013dfa89-9a4a-4ada-8d33-b088331fbbcf Tue, 14 Apr 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2150 34 false 33: Income Report: Trolls, Life, and Lessons Learned While Generating Over $59,000 in February 33: Income Report: Trolls, Life, and Lessons Learned While Generating Over $59,000 in February On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, I will be breaking down what it’s like to run a super profitable business even when things don’t go as planned.   February was a tough month in a lot of ways, but I will be diving into all of the numbers. I am happy to report I generated over $59,000!  

 

This month was filled with heartache, disappointment and moving homes.  I gained a lot of knowledge this month and learned many lessons, but I am thankful because now we have systems and processes in place in my business to avoid these issues in the future. 

 

This is me being transparent and real. I'm going to go behind the scenes and talk about what happened, what worked, what didn't work and what I learned. So join me in this journey towards my million dollar year!

 

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/33 

 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team


Reach out on Instagram or Facebook and say hi! I love hearing from you!

]]> On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, I will be breaking down what it’s like to run a super profitable business even when things don’t go as planned.   February was a tough month in a lot of ways, but I will be diving into all of the numbers. I am happy to report I generated over $59,000!  

 

This month was filled with heartache, disappointment and moving homes.  I gained a lot of knowledge this month and learned many lessons, but I am thankful because now we have systems and processes in place in my business to avoid these issues in the future. 

 

This is me being transparent and real. I'm going to go behind the scenes and talk about what happened, what worked, what didn't work and what I learned. So join me in this journey towards my million dollar year!

 

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/33 

 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team


Reach out on Instagram or Facebook and say hi! I love hearing from you!

]]> Brandi Mowles b1a231a1-57b6-433a-9a6c-d64a93127d27 Tue, 07 Apr 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1474 33 false 32: Flipping the Script: A Sit Down with My Coach, Rick Mulready to Look at My Past, What’s Working Now, and What My Big Business Plans Are 32: Flipping the Script: A Sit Down with My Coach, Rick Mulready to Look at My Past, What’s Working Now, and What My Big Business Plans Are Today we are turning things around!  I am usually the one in the driver’s seat, but today my own mentor and coach, Rick Mulready, will be interviewing ME! 

 

We are diving into my backstory, what my family life looks like now that I retired my husband and what my plans are for the future of my business-- they are BIG! 

 

The past two years of my life have been spent shifting my mindset, creating a healthy work-life balance,  and dealing with the frustrations and disappointments that can come with growing a business. 

 

I am excited to see what you guys think about us flipping the script on today’s episode! Make sure to tune in because I am doing a fun giveaway!  Be sure to reach out and let us know what you thought of the episode. Tag Rick and I on Instagram @rickmulready and @brandimowles and let us know you tuned in! 

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/32

]]> Today we are turning things around!  I am usually the one in the driver’s seat, but today my own mentor and coach, Rick Mulready, will be interviewing ME! 

 

We are diving into my backstory, what my family life looks like now that I retired my husband and what my plans are for the future of my business-- they are BIG! 

 

The past two years of my life have been spent shifting my mindset, creating a healthy work-life balance,  and dealing with the frustrations and disappointments that can come with growing a business. 

 

I am excited to see what you guys think about us flipping the script on today’s episode! Make sure to tune in because I am doing a fun giveaway!  Be sure to reach out and let us know what you thought of the episode. Tag Rick and I on Instagram @rickmulready and @brandimowles and let us know you tuned in! 

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/32

]]> Brandi Mowles 41d36fe9-f158-470f-89c8-dcffa145a1d7 Tue, 31 Mar 2020 05:00:00 -0400 3677 32 false 31: How Maggie, A Brand Strategist, Went From $3,000 to $7,300 a Month in Less Than 30 Days By Eliminating The Noise 31: How Maggie, A Brand Strategist, Went From $3,000 to $7,300 a Month in Less Than 30 Days By Eliminating The Noise Do you suffer from shiny object syndrome? Are you listening to wayyyy too many people online who all seem to all have different messages on how you can grow your business? Have you ever felt overwhelmed with what courses to take and which mentors to follow?

 

This is just a sample of what we will be covering on the show today. In this episode, I'm honored to talk to Maggie Isley about prioritizing family, making intentional mindset shifts, and following through on your action plans. When Maggie joined my membership she was bringing in $3,000 a month and within 30 days she more than doubled it and finished at $7,300! Amazing, right?! 

 

Maggie Isley is a holistic brand designer and strategist, wife and mom to two boys. She has only been in the Serve Scale Soar membership for a short time, but even in 30 days her results have been amazing!  Listen in and find out how you, too, can eliminate the noise and create processes to WOW your clients so you can hit your personal income goals! 


View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/31

]]> Do you suffer from shiny object syndrome? Are you listening to wayyyy too many people online who all seem to all have different messages on how you can grow your business? Have you ever felt overwhelmed with what courses to take and which mentors to follow?

 

This is just a sample of what we will be covering on the show today. In this episode, I'm honored to talk to Maggie Isley about prioritizing family, making intentional mindset shifts, and following through on your action plans. When Maggie joined my membership she was bringing in $3,000 a month and within 30 days she more than doubled it and finished at $7,300! Amazing, right?! 

 

Maggie Isley is a holistic brand designer and strategist, wife and mom to two boys. She has only been in the Serve Scale Soar membership for a short time, but even in 30 days her results have been amazing!  Listen in and find out how you, too, can eliminate the noise and create processes to WOW your clients so you can hit your personal income goals! 


View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/31

]]> Brandi Mowles fda9e87f-88d1-4132-abf0-3871dfc3945c Tue, 24 Mar 2020 05:00:00 -0400 2125 31 false 30: Steal My 3 Phase Onboarding Process to Wow Your Clients and Get a Flood of Referrals 30: Steal My 3 Phase Onboarding Process to Wow Your Clients and Get a Flood of Referrals Do you want to book more discovery calls, land more clients, and have referrals? Does your current onboarding process 'wow' your clients? Are you ready to let technology and systems work for you while you sleep?

 

In this episode, I will chat about how important your onboarding process is to you becoming a client magnet!  Sometimes we don't think about onboarding until we get the client, but the truth is, you can take simple, actionable steps before, during, and after a discovery call that will build your confidence, add to your credibility, and secure your business.  Your clients will find trust in you, will be singing your praises and will become referral machines.

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/30

 

]]> Do you want to book more discovery calls, land more clients, and have referrals? Does your current onboarding process 'wow' your clients? Are you ready to let technology and systems work for you while you sleep?

 

In this episode, I will chat about how important your onboarding process is to you becoming a client magnet!  Sometimes we don't think about onboarding until we get the client, but the truth is, you can take simple, actionable steps before, during, and after a discovery call that will build your confidence, add to your credibility, and secure your business.  Your clients will find trust in you, will be singing your praises and will become referral machines.

 

View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/30

 

]]> Brandi Mowles e5a4ceb3-1d8f-4ecb-889a-fb28320754e7 Tue, 17 Mar 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1048 30 false 29: How Haley Transitioned from Hourly Pricing to Packages to Scale Her Business to Consistent $8,500+ Months 29: How Haley Transitioned from Hourly Pricing to Packages to Scale Her Business to Consistent $8,500+ Months Is indecisiveness your weak point? How do you summon the courage to take action and scale your business? If you've been itching to start your game but lack the willpower to make the first step, this episode will definitely get you moving!

 

Today's guest is copywriter and funnel strategist Haley Greene. I am so excited to have Haley on the show today because I have known Haley for a while now!  Haley, like many of us, started out doing “all the things”. She worked around the clock and plateaued at $5,000 a month.  

 

Things in her business aligned and that's when she decided to go all in on copywriting.  She cleaned up her systems, let go of her hourly clients and switched her business over to retainer and package pricing.  That’s when things quickly grew. Now Haley brings in over $8.500 a month as a conversion copywriter. I am excited for you to hear her journey. 


View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/29

]]> Is indecisiveness your weak point? How do you summon the courage to take action and scale your business? If you've been itching to start your game but lack the willpower to make the first step, this episode will definitely get you moving!

 

Today's guest is copywriter and funnel strategist Haley Greene. I am so excited to have Haley on the show today because I have known Haley for a while now!  Haley, like many of us, started out doing “all the things”. She worked around the clock and plateaued at $5,000 a month.  

 

Things in her business aligned and that's when she decided to go all in on copywriting.  She cleaned up her systems, let go of her hourly clients and switched her business over to retainer and package pricing.  That’s when things quickly grew. Now Haley brings in over $8.500 a month as a conversion copywriter. I am excited for you to hear her journey. 


View full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/29

]]> Brandi Mowles 97cde06f-b646-46cd-973c-7fd3c3c2b457 Tue, 10 Mar 2020 05:00:00 -0400 1880 29 false 28: Income Report: Breaking Down How I Generated over $101,000 in January 28: Income Report: Breaking Down How I Generated over $101,000 in January So I did a thing….. I published my first income report.  Talk about scary!

I hesitated and wasn’t sure if I wanted to do them, but after polling my audience, you all said you wanted them, so here we are!   

 

This is a replay of a recent Facebook live I did breaking down my business and how I generated over $101,000 in January.  Listen in as I go over exactly what my expenses are, the revenue I generated, and what worked and what didn’t.

This is a behind the scenes look into my business.  I am dedicated to doing these reports each month as we track a million dollar year.  I am excited for each of you to be a part of my journey!


Read the full show notes where www.servescalesoar.com/28

]]> So I did a thing….. I published my first income report.  Talk about scary!

I hesitated and wasn’t sure if I wanted to do them, but after polling my audience, you all said you wanted them, so here we are!   

 

This is a replay of a recent Facebook live I did breaking down my business and how I generated over $101,000 in January.  Listen in as I go over exactly what my expenses are, the revenue I generated, and what worked and what didn’t.

This is a behind the scenes look into my business.  I am dedicated to doing these reports each month as we track a million dollar year.  I am excited for each of you to be a part of my journey!


Read the full show notes where www.servescalesoar.com/28

]]> Brandi Mowles b51f058e-a891-4b14-b32c-af96f2a5a8b8 Tue, 03 Mar 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1271 28 false 27: Raising Your Prices for Massive Growth 27: Raising Your Prices for Massive Growth Have you ever thought to yourself “if I raise my prices, then no one will hire me!”?

Are you ready to make more money and stop working so much? 

I love talking about raising your prices because I don't think enough people are talking about it. 

If you have been thinking about raising your prices or wondering how to do it, make sure to tune in! We are covering money mindset shifts you need to make in your business if you are ready to see massive growth!


Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/27

]]> Have you ever thought to yourself “if I raise my prices, then no one will hire me!”?

Are you ready to make more money and stop working so much? 

I love talking about raising your prices because I don't think enough people are talking about it. 

If you have been thinking about raising your prices or wondering how to do it, make sure to tune in! We are covering money mindset shifts you need to make in your business if you are ready to see massive growth!


Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/27

]]> Brandi Mowles bba8ac73-4ab0-4aff-a184-a140e83b29bd Tue, 25 Feb 2020 05:00:00 -0500 694 27 false 26: How This Mom of 4 Has Been Able to Scale Her Business While Connecting with Her Local Community 26: How This Mom of 4 Has Been Able to Scale Her Business While Connecting with Her Local Community Today on the show I have a dear friend joining me...meet Samatha Semans! Samantha is a mama to 4 kids under 7 and is a part of the Serve Scale Soar membership and Inner Circle mastermind.

Samantha has a heart of gold and loves to serve her community through her involvement in various nonprofit organizations and her church.  She does all of this WHILE running a successful social media and FB ads business! Amazing, right?!

I am excited for you to tune in to today’s episode.  You will get to get a behind the scenes tour of how she does it all!  Listen in to find out how you can connect and network in your own community….. While scaling your business! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/26

]]> Today on the show I have a dear friend joining me...meet Samatha Semans! Samantha is a mama to 4 kids under 7 and is a part of the Serve Scale Soar membership and Inner Circle mastermind.

Samantha has a heart of gold and loves to serve her community through her involvement in various nonprofit organizations and her church.  She does all of this WHILE running a successful social media and FB ads business! Amazing, right?!

I am excited for you to tune in to today’s episode.  You will get to get a behind the scenes tour of how she does it all!  Listen in to find out how you can connect and network in your own community….. While scaling your business! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/26

]]> Brandi Mowles 39afd4b1-eecf-4515-919f-f56019420100 Tue, 18 Feb 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1671 26 false 25: Passive vs. Active Marketing: How & Where to Market Your Services to Land a New Client in 30 Days 25: Passive vs. Active Marketing: How & Where to Market Your Services to Land a New Client in 30 Days Today’s episode is all about marketing your services online.  Are you spending your time actively marketing or passively posting about what you do?  

 

Do you know where your ideal clients are hanging out?  Are you spending your time on the right platform? You know that time is something you never seem to have enough of, so this episode is here to help you narrow down where you are spending your time so you can make the best use of the limited amount you have.

We all know that marketing is pretty much THE most important thing in your business, but it doesn’t have to take the most time.  Listen in for ways to simplify your marketing and find out where you should be hanging out so you can land a new client in less than 30 days! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/25

]]> Today’s episode is all about marketing your services online.  Are you spending your time actively marketing or passively posting about what you do?  

 

Do you know where your ideal clients are hanging out?  Are you spending your time on the right platform? You know that time is something you never seem to have enough of, so this episode is here to help you narrow down where you are spending your time so you can make the best use of the limited amount you have.

We all know that marketing is pretty much THE most important thing in your business, but it doesn’t have to take the most time.  Listen in for ways to simplify your marketing and find out where you should be hanging out so you can land a new client in less than 30 days! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/25

]]> Brandi Mowles dcc5041a-46a0-4697-811d-1c9c8a56e9c6 Tue, 11 Feb 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1028 25 false 24: How Brianna Doubled Her Business by Finding Her Community and Changing Her Mindset 24: How Brianna Doubled Her Business by Finding Her Community and Changing Her Mindset Do you need to work on your mindset?  Are you looking for the right community to join to walk with you while building your business?  Are you wondering if subcontracting might be something worth looking into? Do you need to work on streamlining your systems so you can scale?  What can you do differently in your business if you keep hitting a plateau?

We are going to cover all of these topics and more on today’s episode with my very good friend, Brianna Cortez!   Brianna and I met when we were in the beginning stages of our business and it’s been so fun to be able to see how much she has grown in her business!  She lays down some HUGE value bombs so make sure you don't miss it! 

 

Brianna is a Facebook ad strategist and through her business Pixel & Delight, she helps online entrepreneurs sell more of their digital products and programs through the power of Facebook and Instagram ads. She is a wife and dog mom based in San Antonio, Texas and loves helping women business owners expand their audience, spread their message, and supercharge their launches with creative and effective ad strategy.

 

Full show notes are available at www.servescalesoar.com/24

 

]]> Do you need to work on your mindset?  Are you looking for the right community to join to walk with you while building your business?  Are you wondering if subcontracting might be something worth looking into? Do you need to work on streamlining your systems so you can scale?  What can you do differently in your business if you keep hitting a plateau?

We are going to cover all of these topics and more on today’s episode with my very good friend, Brianna Cortez!   Brianna and I met when we were in the beginning stages of our business and it’s been so fun to be able to see how much she has grown in her business!  She lays down some HUGE value bombs so make sure you don't miss it! 

 

Brianna is a Facebook ad strategist and through her business Pixel & Delight, she helps online entrepreneurs sell more of their digital products and programs through the power of Facebook and Instagram ads. She is a wife and dog mom based in San Antonio, Texas and loves helping women business owners expand their audience, spread their message, and supercharge their launches with creative and effective ad strategy.

 

Full show notes are available at www.servescalesoar.com/24

 

]]> Brandi Mowles f819f2ae-df37-4ed8-ae29-e86dec14335b Tue, 04 Feb 2020 05:00:00 -0500 2149 24 false 23: Riches Are In The Niches: How and When to Niche Your Services So You Can Scale 23: Riches Are In The Niches: How and When to Niche Your Services So You Can Scale Today’s episode is all about niching down and getting crystal clear on who you serve and how you serve them.  This is one of the first things I address inside my membership because I think it is something that is very important.  

 

This episode will cover all of the ways you can niche down and actionable items you can take to help you determine your niche.  I know it’s scary to think about cutting your potential client pool down, but as the saying goes “when you serve everyone, you serve no one”.  

 

Knowing who you serve and what services you offer them will allow you to stand out from the rest. 

 

Remember, THE RICHES ARE IN THE NICHES!  I can’t wait to jump into today’s episode! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/23

]]> Today’s episode is all about niching down and getting crystal clear on who you serve and how you serve them.  This is one of the first things I address inside my membership because I think it is something that is very important.  

 

This episode will cover all of the ways you can niche down and actionable items you can take to help you determine your niche.  I know it’s scary to think about cutting your potential client pool down, but as the saying goes “when you serve everyone, you serve no one”.  

 

Knowing who you serve and what services you offer them will allow you to stand out from the rest. 

 

Remember, THE RICHES ARE IN THE NICHES!  I can’t wait to jump into today’s episode! 

 

Full show notes available at www.servescalesoar.com/23

]]> Brandi Mowles 54308769-8840-4096-8224-970a481f6e1d Tue, 28 Jan 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1082 23 false 22: Amber Dugger: Transforming Your Business Finances to Set Yourself Up for Massive Success In Your Business and Life 22: Amber Dugger: Transforming Your Business Finances to Set Yourself Up for Massive Success In Your Business and Life Today we are chatting about something that is usually not too fun to think about.  In today’s interview I am chatting with Amber Dugger all about money--- STOP! don’t run for the hills yet!   

 

Yes, we will be talking about money, but we are also going to be talking about creating a life you love and who doesn’t want that?!

I know you guys are going to find this episode immensely valuable in setting your business up for success so make sure to tune in! 

 

Value Bombs: 

  • How to simplify and organize your money so you can see everything in one place 
  • Reverse engineering your expenses to get to your revenue goal 
  • Creating a holistic system to see both personal and business income and expenses
  • Why you should be open to possibility and think about what it is you truly desire
  • How to create “step” goals so you can gradually create goals that you feel comfortable with 
  • Creating a vision and breaking down money goals to see it comes to life
  • How to evaluate your expenses and whether they are right for your business 
  • Understanding where your money is going from the very beginning can be very peaceful 
  • The difference between a bookkeeper and a tax accountant 
  • Poor cash flow management is one of the key reasons that businesses go out of business 
  • The importance of using a bookkeeping software

 

Manging money feels awkward and uncomfortable for many, but Amber encourages you to give yourself grace.  The more and more you learn about managing your money, the more it will feel like a flow and you will learn to love having control over your finances. 

 

I feel like this episode was the most “non-money” money talk ever.  I loved having Amber on the show because she really empowered us to take control of not only our finances but also our joy and happiness.   I know I have said it before, but when we track our happiness level, everything grows. 

 

Full show notes available at servescalesoar.com/22

]]> Today we are chatting about something that is usually not too fun to think about.  In today’s interview I am chatting with Amber Dugger all about money--- STOP! don’t run for the hills yet!   

 

Yes, we will be talking about money, but we are also going to be talking about creating a life you love and who doesn’t want that?!

I know you guys are going to find this episode immensely valuable in setting your business up for success so make sure to tune in! 

 

Value Bombs: 

  • How to simplify and organize your money so you can see everything in one place 
  • Reverse engineering your expenses to get to your revenue goal 
  • Creating a holistic system to see both personal and business income and expenses
  • Why you should be open to possibility and think about what it is you truly desire
  • How to create “step” goals so you can gradually create goals that you feel comfortable with 
  • Creating a vision and breaking down money goals to see it comes to life
  • How to evaluate your expenses and whether they are right for your business 
  • Understanding where your money is going from the very beginning can be very peaceful 
  • The difference between a bookkeeper and a tax accountant 
  • Poor cash flow management is one of the key reasons that businesses go out of business 
  • The importance of using a bookkeeping software

 

Manging money feels awkward and uncomfortable for many, but Amber encourages you to give yourself grace.  The more and more you learn about managing your money, the more it will feel like a flow and you will learn to love having control over your finances. 

 

I feel like this episode was the most “non-money” money talk ever.  I loved having Amber on the show because she really empowered us to take control of not only our finances but also our joy and happiness.   I know I have said it before, but when we track our happiness level, everything grows. 

 

Full show notes available at servescalesoar.com/22

]]> Brandi Mowles 37c16628-0274-4278-b364-5a321668678f Tue, 21 Jan 2020 05:00:00 -0500 2613 22 false 21: Leave Your Corporate Job, Systematize Your Business and Scale to $10k Months with Greg Tosi 21: Leave Your Corporate Job, Systematize Your Business and Scale to $10k Months with Greg Tosi Are you hoping to leave your 9-5 this year but aren’t sure how to make it happen? If you are someone who is thinking you want to bring home your spouse or maybe you just want to be home with your kids, then this is going to be an episode you won’t want to miss!  

 

Today I have my first guy on the podcast and he is a very special one.  I am excited for you to meet Greg who is one of the members of Serve Scale Soar as well as the Inner Circle Mastermind.  

 

At this time last year, Greg was working in his corporate job and now he is home with his wife and two kids (soon to be 3!!).  Greg was able to systematize his business and now he is bringing in over $10,000/month as a Facebook and Instagram ad strategist for coaches, course creators and membership site owners. 

 

If you are ready to join Greg and so many others inside the Serve Scale Soar membership make sure to go to www.servescalesoar.com/10k to check out my free training.  This training will give you the information you need to know about scaling to consistent $10,000 months without hiring a team.  

 

You can find the full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/21

]]> Are you hoping to leave your 9-5 this year but aren’t sure how to make it happen? If you are someone who is thinking you want to bring home your spouse or maybe you just want to be home with your kids, then this is going to be an episode you won’t want to miss!  

 

Today I have my first guy on the podcast and he is a very special one.  I am excited for you to meet Greg who is one of the members of Serve Scale Soar as well as the Inner Circle Mastermind.  

 

At this time last year, Greg was working in his corporate job and now he is home with his wife and two kids (soon to be 3!!).  Greg was able to systematize his business and now he is bringing in over $10,000/month as a Facebook and Instagram ad strategist for coaches, course creators and membership site owners. 

 

If you are ready to join Greg and so many others inside the Serve Scale Soar membership make sure to go to www.servescalesoar.com/10k to check out my free training.  This training will give you the information you need to know about scaling to consistent $10,000 months without hiring a team.  

 

You can find the full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/21

]]> Brandi Mowles b76f6e47-4201-4db8-b016-2c0628f849d3 Tue, 14 Jan 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1843 21 false 20: The Step by Step Plan to Set Yourself Up for Your Best Year Yet in 2020 20: The Step by Step Plan to Set Yourself Up for Your Best Year Yet in 2020 Do you need a step by step plan to set yourself up for your best year yet as we move into 2020?  If so, you are going to LOVE this week’s episode. I recently did a Facebook Live and I had such amazing feedback I decided to turn it into a podcast episode.  You asked, so I delivered! 

 

I firmly believe that you should create a business that is structured around your family and not the other way around.  Today’s episode will deep dive into how to create a plan for 2020 and have goals that have everything to do with putting your family first.

 

I truly believe that 2020 is going to be your year! If you want more support in 2020 I encourage you to go and register for my free training How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

 

Full show notes available at servescalesoar.com/20

]]> Do you need a step by step plan to set yourself up for your best year yet as we move into 2020?  If so, you are going to LOVE this week’s episode. I recently did a Facebook Live and I had such amazing feedback I decided to turn it into a podcast episode.  You asked, so I delivered! 

 

I firmly believe that you should create a business that is structured around your family and not the other way around.  Today’s episode will deep dive into how to create a plan for 2020 and have goals that have everything to do with putting your family first.

 

I truly believe that 2020 is going to be your year! If you want more support in 2020 I encourage you to go and register for my free training How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team

 

Full show notes available at servescalesoar.com/20

]]> Brandi Mowles 6c49fd46-008a-4338-a1fb-075048b856a0 Tue, 07 Jan 2020 05:00:00 -0500 1553 20 false 19: 3 Lessons I Learned in 2019 14x-ing My Business 19: 3 Lessons I Learned in 2019 14x-ing My Business Today on the show I am wrapping up 2019 in a big way by talking about the lessons I learned 14x-ing my business.  Make sure to tune in because I have a few surprises up my sleeve! 

 

It’s hard to believe that today is the last day of 2019.  Tomorrow we will be heading into a new year and a new decade!  I was thinking about my life over the last 10 years and it’s been a crazy journey.  I went to law school, worked in direct sales, had a baby, started a mom blog and finally ended up finding my true passion. 

 

Over the past 10 years, I have had many failures and many wins.  “Failing” at something allows you to learn from your mistakes. These so-called “failures” have made me into the person I am today.   Remember to stop and reflect on your past and celebrate your wins, even the ones that may seem small! 



Value Bombs: 

  • Things can happen fast.  I started doing Facebook ads for clients less than a year ago. 
  • Relationships over revenue: focus on building relationships and expect nothing in return. 
  • Show up, add value and participate in courses and FB groups. 
  • Ask yourself how you can show up and help others in a genuine way
  • Don’t get caught up on revenue: concentrate on your profit 
  • Keeping your expenses low allows you to have a higher profit, which allows you to make a bigger impact at home and in your community
  • The importance of your overall happiness in your business and life 
  • Make sure that what you say yes to, aligns with what lights you up 
  • Do not pick a service just because you think it is scalable.  
  • Realize there are things that are mandatory in your business: you won’t love everything you have to do all the time.  

 

Summary: The 3 Big Lessons I Learned in 2019: 

  1. Relationships Over Revenue 
  2. Profit Over Revenue 
  3. Your Happiness Should Help Dictate Your Decisions

 

2019 was a whirlwind year for Brandi and Company.  I niched down and started offering Facebook ad services, I started a podcast, and I started a membership for service providers that lights me up every single day.  In 2020 I am hosting my first live event and running a mastermind for a group of amazing entrepreneurs. 

 

Remember that so much can happen in 12 months.  I started my business in 2018 and made between $25,000-$30,000.  In 2019, we did over $350,000. I don’t say this to boast or brag, but I say it to show you that a lot can happen in a short amount of time if you get intentional about where you want your business to go.  You must focus on the things that matter th

]]> Today on the show I am wrapping up 2019 in a big way by talking about the lessons I learned 14x-ing my business.  Make sure to tune in because I have a few surprises up my sleeve! 

 

It’s hard to believe that today is the last day of 2019.  Tomorrow we will be heading into a new year and a new decade!  I was thinking about my life over the last 10 years and it’s been a crazy journey.  I went to law school, worked in direct sales, had a baby, started a mom blog and finally ended up finding my true passion. 

 

Over the past 10 years, I have had many failures and many wins.  “Failing” at something allows you to learn from your mistakes. These so-called “failures” have made me into the person I am today.   Remember to stop and reflect on your past and celebrate your wins, even the ones that may seem small! 



Value Bombs: 

  • Things can happen fast.  I started doing Facebook ads for clients less than a year ago. 
  • Relationships over revenue: focus on building relationships and expect nothing in return. 
  • Show up, add value and participate in courses and FB groups. 
  • Ask yourself how you can show up and help others in a genuine way
  • Don’t get caught up on revenue: concentrate on your profit 
  • Keeping your expenses low allows you to have a higher profit, which allows you to make a bigger impact at home and in your community
  • The importance of your overall happiness in your business and life 
  • Make sure that what you say yes to, aligns with what lights you up 
  • Do not pick a service just because you think it is scalable.  
  • Realize there are things that are mandatory in your business: you won’t love everything you have to do all the time.  

 

Summary: The 3 Big Lessons I Learned in 2019: 

  1. Relationships Over Revenue 
  2. Profit Over Revenue 
  3. Your Happiness Should Help Dictate Your Decisions

 

2019 was a whirlwind year for Brandi and Company.  I niched down and started offering Facebook ad services, I started a podcast, and I started a membership for service providers that lights me up every single day.  In 2020 I am hosting my first live event and running a mastermind for a group of amazing entrepreneurs. 

 

Remember that so much can happen in 12 months.  I started my business in 2018 and made between $25,000-$30,000.  In 2019, we did over $350,000. I don’t say this to boast or brag, but I say it to show you that a lot can happen in a short amount of time if you get intentional about where you want your business to go.  You must focus on the things that matter th

]]> Brandi Mowles c3e2b83c-6a61-4d0a-8f5b-171a74b8e556 Tue, 31 Dec 2019 05:00:00 -0500 1383 19 false 18: How Kristi Quit Her Job, Doubled Her Income and Set Herself Up for a 6 Figure Business 18: How Kristi Quit Her Job, Doubled Her Income and Set Herself Up for a 6 Figure Business Wouldn’t you love to be able to quit your 9-5 and double your income in 30 days? I have a feeling your answer is a big YES!  If so, you will love today’s episode because Kristi did just that!

 

Kristi is one of the members in the Serve Scale Soar membership and I had the pleasure of meeting her in person at a conference earlier this year.  She is killing it in her business and she was able to double her income in one month. 

 

Kristi lives in Kentucky with her two kids and husband.  Her passion is building websites and she also runs a membership that helps creative entrepreneurs navigate the tech in their online business.   



Value Bombs: 

 

  • Kristi tells us the story of how she started her online business and how she realized her love of building websites 
  • How Kristi was able to hone in and figure out her services in the last 90 days
  • How Kristi systematizes her business so she can set herself up to scale
  • Why you should focus on connections and networking at conferences 
  • The mindset blocks that came up as Kristi’s income grew 
  • The resources Kristi uses to overcome mindset blocks that come up as her business grows
  • How to find “friends” in the online space 
  • Kristi shares how she was able to finally quit her 9-5 
  • The impact that quitting her 9-5 has had on her family
  • The issues that come up when your spouse or friends don’t understand the online space
  • Creating a waitlist:  reasons you need to continually market your services even when you are full

 

I hope Kristi’s interview inspired you in some way.  I hope it opened up your mind to see small shifts that can take place in your business and how quickly things can change in a short amount of time.  Kristi has had an online business for over 4 years. Once she made up her mind and made some tweaks in her business structure, she was able to double her income WHILE working a full-time job.   This led her to be able to put in her notice and go full time as an online entrepreneur.

 

Kristi is on track for her first 6 figure year and I can’t wait to see what happens to her business in 2020. 

 

Until next time, I wish all of you a Merry Christmas and Happy Holidays! 

 

I will see you all here next week! 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

Episode 5: How Gretchen Doubled Her Income to Five Figure Months in Less Than 60 Days

]]> Wouldn’t you love to be able to quit your 9-5 and double your income in 30 days? I have a feeling your answer is a big YES!  If so, you will love today’s episode because Kristi did just that!

 

Kristi is one of the members in the Serve Scale Soar membership and I had the pleasure of meeting her in person at a conference earlier this year.  She is killing it in her business and she was able to double her income in one month. 

 

Kristi lives in Kentucky with her two kids and husband.  Her passion is building websites and she also runs a membership that helps creative entrepreneurs navigate the tech in their online business.   



Value Bombs: 

 

  • Kristi tells us the story of how she started her online business and how she realized her love of building websites 
  • How Kristi was able to hone in and figure out her services in the last 90 days
  • How Kristi systematizes her business so she can set herself up to scale
  • Why you should focus on connections and networking at conferences 
  • The mindset blocks that came up as Kristi’s income grew 
  • The resources Kristi uses to overcome mindset blocks that come up as her business grows
  • How to find “friends” in the online space 
  • Kristi shares how she was able to finally quit her 9-5 
  • The impact that quitting her 9-5 has had on her family
  • The issues that come up when your spouse or friends don’t understand the online space
  • Creating a waitlist:  reasons you need to continually market your services even when you are full

 

I hope Kristi’s interview inspired you in some way.  I hope it opened up your mind to see small shifts that can take place in your business and how quickly things can change in a short amount of time.  Kristi has had an online business for over 4 years. Once she made up her mind and made some tweaks in her business structure, she was able to double her income WHILE working a full-time job.   This led her to be able to put in her notice and go full time as an online entrepreneur.

 

Kristi is on track for her first 6 figure year and I can’t wait to see what happens to her business in 2020. 

 

Until next time, I wish all of you a Merry Christmas and Happy Holidays! 

 

I will see you all here next week! 

 

Resources Mentioned: 

Episode 5: How Gretchen Doubled Her Income to Five Figure Months in Less Than 60 Days

]]> Brandi Mowles 33ad353a-3a0a-418a-b2a4-e4463cfaf9fd Tue, 24 Dec 2019 05:00:00 -0500 1525 18 false 17: 8 Tips to Jump Start Your Biz in 2020 17: 8 Tips to Jump Start Your Biz in 2020 Today’s episode is super special because I have 8 of the Inner Circle Mastermind members on the show to share some amazing tips for how to jump-start your business in 2020.

 

These are members of my Serve Scale Soar community who are making over $5,000/month and some well over 5 figures a month.  Some of them started businesses this year, while others were struggling to get their business off the ground. They have all had amazing growth in their business this year so I am excited for you to get to hear from them! 

 

You can find the full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/17

 

Resources Mentioned in Today's Episode:

Leave me a question at www.servescalesoar.com/speak

Emily’s episode >> www.servescalesoar.com/7

Jen’s episode >> www.servescalesoar.com/14

Tools I Used To Scale My Business >> www.servescalesoar.com/3

To Join the Mastermind Submit Your Application >> www.brandimowles.com/mastermind

]]> Today’s episode is super special because I have 8 of the Inner Circle Mastermind members on the show to share some amazing tips for how to jump-start your business in 2020.

 

These are members of my Serve Scale Soar community who are making over $5,000/month and some well over 5 figures a month.  Some of them started businesses this year, while others were struggling to get their business off the ground. They have all had amazing growth in their business this year so I am excited for you to get to hear from them! 

 

You can find the full show notes at www.servescalesoar.com/17

 

Resources Mentioned in Today's Episode:

Leave me a question at www.servescalesoar.com/speak

Emily’s episode >> www.servescalesoar.com/7

Jen’s episode >> www.servescalesoar.com/14

Tools I Used To Scale My Business >> www.servescalesoar.com/3

To Join the Mastermind Submit Your Application >> www.brandimowles.com/mastermind

]]> Brandi Mowles 230bed48-4526-44fc-a4f8-23c5bb1779f6 Tue, 17 Dec 2019 05:00:00 -0500 1510 17 false 16: Create a Website That Sells Your Services 24/7 with Cami Farey 16: Create a Website That Sells Your Services 24/7 with Cami Farey Is your website selling your services 24/7, even while you sleep? Is it attracting your dream clients?  Are you having a hard time trying to figure out what to include on your website….and if you even need one? More importantly, how much time is creating and updating your website going to take and what is it going to cost you?  You might be surprised to find out how simple it can be. 

Today’s guest is Cami Farey. Cami and I met at the ConvertKit conference earlier this year and immediately hit it off.  She is a website design and strategy expert who also teachers other service-based entrepreneurs how to build their website to attract dream clients.  Sounds amazing, right? This is going to be an episode you won’t want to miss! 

Value Bombs: 

  • The best way to learn something is to take action- to actually DO IT! 
  • You do not have to be an expert, you just need to be a few steps ahead of your client 
  • Cami breaks down why she 100% believes you need a website for your service-based business 
  • The cold, hard truth that 89% of consumers will search the web before making a buying decision
  • When starting out you don’t need a complicated website.  You can start simple. 
  • The essentials to have on your website when you are starting out
  • Think about what information your clients need from you and then give it to them in the clearest, quickest way possible 
  • 3 big mistakes you might be making on your website 
  • How to avoid getting stuck in perfection paralysis 
  • The importance of making sure you have clear, direct calls to action on every page of your website 
  • Why branding images are a solid, long term investment in your business for years to come 
  • If location is important to your business, make sure this is included in your footer 

 

I hope you all loved this episode.  It was packed full of information for you to go out and create a simple, beautiful website that sells your services and attracts your dream clients.  

Make sure to go DM Cami on Instagram @camifarey and tell her which piece of advice you liked the most.  Don’t forget to reach out to me on Instagram as well, @brandiandcompany. I would love to answer any questions you have about your website or scaling your service-based business. 

 

Recourses Mentioned: 

www.squarespace.com

Serve Scale Soar Podcast: Episode 12- Why Services Providers Should Be Attending Live Events 

 

Find the full show notes at

]]> Is your website selling your services 24/7, even while you sleep? Is it attracting your dream clients?  Are you having a hard time trying to figure out what to include on your website….and if you even need one? More importantly, how much time is creating and updating your website going to take and what is it going to cost you?  You might be surprised to find out how simple it can be. 

Today’s guest is Cami Farey. Cami and I met at the ConvertKit conference earlier this year and immediately hit it off.  She is a website design and strategy expert who also teachers other service-based entrepreneurs how to build their website to attract dream clients.  Sounds amazing, right? This is going to be an episode you won’t want to miss! 

Value Bombs: 

  • The best way to learn something is to take action- to actually DO IT! 
  • You do not have to be an expert, you just need to be a few steps ahead of your client 
  • Cami breaks down why she 100% believes you need a website for your service-based business 
  • The cold, hard truth that 89% of consumers will search the web before making a buying decision
  • When starting out you don’t need a complicated website.  You can start simple. 
  • The essentials to have on your website when you are starting out
  • Think about what information your clients need from you and then give it to them in the clearest, quickest way possible 
  • 3 big mistakes you might be making on your website 
  • How to avoid getting stuck in perfection paralysis 
  • The importance of making sure you have clear, direct calls to action on every page of your website 
  • Why branding images are a solid, long term investment in your business for years to come 
  • If location is important to your business, make sure this is included in your footer 

 

I hope you all loved this episode.  It was packed full of information for you to go out and create a simple, beautiful website that sells your services and attracts your dream clients.  

Make sure to go DM Cami on Instagram @camifarey and tell her which piece of advice you liked the most.  Don’t forget to reach out to me on Instagram as well, @brandiandcompany. I would love to answer any questions you have about your website or scaling your service-based business. 

 

Recourses Mentioned: 

www.squarespace.com

Serve Scale Soar Podcast: Episode 12- Why Services Providers Should Be Attending Live Events 

 

Find the full show notes at

]]> Brandi Mowles a22205e1-2a95-4915-8c88-df16640222c8 Tue, 10 Dec 2019 05:00:00 -0500 1705 16 false 15: Bouncing Back After Bad Results 15: Bouncing Back After Bad Results Have you ever had bad results with a client?  Maybe you didn’t hit the goals that were set or get the results the client was hoping for.  Maybe you were ghosted by a client or they said no to your proposal. Or maybe you had to break ties when they weren’t ok with your price increase or even worse, maybe they wanted to terminate their contract.  

 

There are many things that can go wrong when working with clients, but it happens to everyone at some point in their business.  It has happened to me, which you will hear about in today’s episode. 

 

The most important thing is how you bounce back after bad results.  This is what will determine and help shape the success of your business. 

 

Make sure to tune in! 

 

Value Bombs: 

 

  • Mindset shifts around “bad” results 
  • Asking yourself what you can learn from your bad result or failure 
  • How to avoid using failures as an excuse to move forward 
  • Figuring out what could have been controlled and what couldn’t 
  • How to create a checklist to review what happened and what can be done differently next time 
  • Realizing that you can’t control other people’s actions 
  • Why you shouldn’t make any permanent decisions when you are in a negative mindset
  • Looking at what went wrong and what was the cause and why it’s not always YOUR fault
  • The importance of communicating expectations BEFORE you start working together
  • Realizing that a “failure” can actually be growth for yourself and your business 
  • The best way to navigate getting “fired” or breaking ties with a client 
  • The mindset issues that can pop up when something goes wrong
  • Remembering that this is a business-  there are lots of different reasons why things don’t work out.

 

I hope you enjoy today’s episode.  “Failures” and bad results will happen at some point in your business.  It’s important to remember how to analyze the mistakes and make any needed adjustments moving forward.  Your mindset plays a huge role in seeing your “failure” as a learning and growth opportunity. 

DM me on Instagram and share a time when things didn’t work out with a client.  Maybe you are in a rough spot right now because of something that happened. I would love to walk you through how to navigate it, so be sure to reach out!  I love hearing from you guys!

That’s all for this week.  See you next week- same place, same time! 

 

Additional Resources:

 

Don’t forget t

]]> Have you ever had bad results with a client?  Maybe you didn’t hit the goals that were set or get the results the client was hoping for.  Maybe you were ghosted by a client or they said no to your proposal. Or maybe you had to break ties when they weren’t ok with your price increase or even worse, maybe they wanted to terminate their contract.  

 

There are many things that can go wrong when working with clients, but it happens to everyone at some point in their business.  It has happened to me, which you will hear about in today’s episode. 

 

The most important thing is how you bounce back after bad results.  This is what will determine and help shape the success of your business. 

 

Make sure to tune in! 

 

Value Bombs: 

 

  • Mindset shifts around “bad” results 
  • Asking yourself what you can learn from your bad result or failure 
  • How to avoid using failures as an excuse to move forward 
  • Figuring out what could have been controlled and what couldn’t 
  • How to create a checklist to review what happened and what can be done differently next time 
  • Realizing that you can’t control other people’s actions 
  • Why you shouldn’t make any permanent decisions when you are in a negative mindset
  • Looking at what went wrong and what was the cause and why it’s not always YOUR fault
  • The importance of communicating expectations BEFORE you start working together
  • Realizing that a “failure” can actually be growth for yourself and your business 
  • The best way to navigate getting “fired” or breaking ties with a client 
  • The mindset issues that can pop up when something goes wrong
  • Remembering that this is a business-  there are lots of different reasons why things don’t work out.

 

I hope you enjoy today’s episode.  “Failures” and bad results will happen at some point in your business.  It’s important to remember how to analyze the mistakes and make any needed adjustments moving forward.  Your mindset plays a huge role in seeing your “failure” as a learning and growth opportunity. 

DM me on Instagram and share a time when things didn’t work out with a client.  Maybe you are in a rough spot right now because of something that happened. I would love to walk you through how to navigate it, so be sure to reach out!  I love hearing from you guys!

That’s all for this week.  See you next week- same place, same time! 

 

Additional Resources:

 

Don’t forget t

]]> Brandi Mowles 5ddc76b3-bc0a-4c57-a5a1-c9933c5f7451 Tue, 03 Dec 2019 05:00:00 -0500 1443 15 false 14: How This Stay-At-Home Mom Created a $12k/Month Business That Saved Her Marriage 14: How This Stay-At-Home Mom Created a $12k/Month Business That Saved Her Marriage Today’s episode may hit home to many of you.  My guest today is Jen Myers. Jen is a Facebook Ad Strategist for local businesses and online course creators.  She started her virtual assistant business at the beginning of 2019 and by September she crossed the five-figure per month mark when she brought in over $12,500!  

 

Her story is incredible, to say the least, but things were not always this great.  Jen was a stay-at-home mom with a failing marriage before she started her online journey.  You will hear how finding this online world and building her business has transformed her marriage and her life. 

 

We will also chat about building confidence in your life and business and how important community is!  This episode is action-packed so make sure to tune in! 



Value Bombs: 

 

  • Why you need to to keep good relationships with people even if you decide you aren’t a good fit for one another 
  • The importance of aligning yourself with the right people 
  • How streamlining your systems allows you to scale more quickly 
  • Running a simple service-based business allows you to keep things lean 
  • The strategy Jen used to land her first several clients from Linkedin
  • How Jen used her superpower to meet with clients in person
  • Why sharing wins was such a struggle for Jen 
  • The importance of surrounding yourself with others you can celebrate with
  • How to make sure you are putting yourself first 
  • Building genuine relationships with your clients will pave the way for solid referrals  for your business 

 

I loved having Jen on the show today.  She is one of the founding members of the Serve Scale Soar membership and a dear friend.  I loved hearing her story and how it was able to change her marriage and her life. I am so excited to see what 2020 holds for her.  I already know it’s going to be incredible. 

 

Make sure to head to Instagram or Facebook and give Jen a shout out.  If you found this episode inspiring, please make sure to share it on social media so you can inspire someone else too! Don’t forget to tag me @brandiandcompany on Instagram and let me know you tuned in.  What was your biggest takeaway? Do you plan to implement any of Jen’s ideas into your business as we close out the year and move into 2020? 

 

Thanks for tuning in and I will see you guys next week! 

 

Resources Mentioned in Today’s Episode: 

 

Episode 8: Attract High-Paying Clients on Linkedin 

]]> Today’s episode may hit home to many of you.  My guest today is Jen Myers. Jen is a Facebook Ad Strategist for local businesses and online course creators.  She started her virtual assistant business at the beginning of 2019 and by September she crossed the five-figure per month mark when she brought in over $12,500!  

 

Her story is incredible, to say the least, but things were not always this great.  Jen was a stay-at-home mom with a failing marriage before she started her online journey.  You will hear how finding this online world and building her business has transformed her marriage and her life. 

 

We will also chat about building confidence in your life and business and how important community is!  This episode is action-packed so make sure to tune in! 



Value Bombs: 

 

  • Why you need to to keep good relationships with people even if you decide you aren’t a good fit for one another 
  • The importance of aligning yourself with the right people 
  • How streamlining your systems allows you to scale more quickly 
  • Running a simple service-based business allows you to keep things lean 
  • The strategy Jen used to land her first several clients from Linkedin
  • How Jen used her superpower to meet with clients in person
  • Why sharing wins was such a struggle for Jen 
  • The importance of surrounding yourself with others you can celebrate with
  • How to make sure you are putting yourself first 
  • Building genuine relationships with your clients will pave the way for solid referrals  for your business 

 

I loved having Jen on the show today.  She is one of the founding members of the Serve Scale Soar membership and a dear friend.  I loved hearing her story and how it was able to change her marriage and her life. I am so excited to see what 2020 holds for her.  I already know it’s going to be incredible. 

 

Make sure to head to Instagram or Facebook and give Jen a shout out.  If you found this episode inspiring, please make sure to share it on social media so you can inspire someone else too! Don’t forget to tag me @brandiandcompany on Instagram and let me know you tuned in.  What was your biggest takeaway? Do you plan to implement any of Jen’s ideas into your business as we close out the year and move into 2020? 

 

Thanks for tuning in and I will see you guys next week! 

 

Resources Mentioned in Today’s Episode: 

 

Episode 8: Attract High-Paying Clients on Linkedin 

]]> Brandi Mowles 765d1286-0db9-4c27-9bfa-061df97c800c Tue, 26 Nov 2019 05:00:00 -0500 1522 14 false 13: Landing High-End Clients That Will Pay You High-End Prices with Chanti Zak 13: Landing High-End Clients That Will Pay You High-End Prices with Chanti Zak Are you wondering how in the heck you can land high-end clients that will pay high-end prices?  If so, you are in the right place. Today my special guest is Chanti Zak. You may have heard her name before because her list of clients is quite impressive!

 

Chanti is a quiz funnel strategist and consultant for change-makers. She’s a marketing unicorn that believes boring is the enemy, neutral is a death sentence and real talk is the way of the future. She’s created money-making quiz funnels for Jenna Kutcher, Amy Porterfield, Rick Mulready, and heaps of other mission-driven online businesses. In her spare time, you can find her at the farmer’s market, doing downward dog, or binge-watching GoT. 

 

Are you wondering how much she charges and what kind of a mindset you need to have to work with high-end clients like these? Maybe you are wondering if a quiz might be a good way to bring in leads for your service-based business?! Or maybe you are thinking you would love to offer quiz building as a service yourself!

 

We will be answering all of these questions and more on today’s episode.  Let’s jump in!

 

Show notes available at servescalesoar.com/13

 

Additional Resources: 

 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts

Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one!  Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review.  Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”.  So easy and so appreciated! 

]]> Are you wondering how in the heck you can land high-end clients that will pay high-end prices?  If so, you are in the right place. Today my special guest is Chanti Zak. You may have heard her name before because her list of clients is quite impressive!

 

Chanti is a quiz funnel strategist and consultant for change-makers. She’s a marketing unicorn that believes boring is the enemy, neutral is a death sentence and real talk is the way of the future. She’s created money-making quiz funnels for Jenna Kutcher, Amy Porterfield, Rick Mulready, and heaps of other mission-driven online businesses. In her spare time, you can find her at the farmer’s market, doing downward dog, or binge-watching GoT. 

 

Are you wondering how much she charges and what kind of a mindset you need to have to work with high-end clients like these? Maybe you are wondering if a quiz might be a good way to bring in leads for your service-based business?! Or maybe you are thinking you would love to offer quiz building as a service yourself!

 

We will be answering all of these questions and more on today’s episode.  Let’s jump in!

 

Show notes available at servescalesoar.com/13

 

Additional Resources: 

 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts

Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one!  Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on Apple Podcasts. I read each and every review.  Plus, you get to pay it forward because it will allow other service providers like you to find the podcast! Wondering how to leave a review? Click here to review, then select “Ratings and Reviews” and “Write a Review”.  So easy and so appreciated! 

]]> Brandi Mowles 67d911fb767d4a498535d0a57cc9de5e Tue, 19 Nov 2019 05:00:00 -0500 2310 13 false 12: Why Service Providers Should Be Attending Live Events 12: Why Service Providers Should Be Attending Live Events I have a challenge for you today!  I want you to meet some people in real life.  That’s right! Today’s episode is all about meeting people in the flesh.  Whether it’s a retreat, a conference, or a local networking event, I will be giving you tips and tricks on how to conquer them all.   

 

You might be thinking…. “There is no way that I am going to a conference with 3,000 people Brandi! That’s why I work from home!”   Hear me out! Even if you are an introvert. I used to say the same thing too!

 

Read the full show notes at servescalesoar.com/12

 

Additional Resources:

 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> I have a challenge for you today!  I want you to meet some people in real life.  That’s right! Today’s episode is all about meeting people in the flesh.  Whether it’s a retreat, a conference, or a local networking event, I will be giving you tips and tricks on how to conquer them all.   

 

You might be thinking…. “There is no way that I am going to a conference with 3,000 people Brandi! That’s why I work from home!”   Hear me out! Even if you are an introvert. I used to say the same thing too!

 

Read the full show notes at servescalesoar.com/12

 

Additional Resources:

 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

]]> Brandi Mowles 104d79fde89748d293e07d8a62b9f0ab Tue, 12 Nov 2019 05:00:00 -0500 1367 12 false 11: How Andrea Went From Getting Her Water Cut Off to Bringing in $12,000/Month 11: How Andrea Went From Getting Her Water Cut Off to Bringing in $12,000/Month Today I am chatting with Andrea Merrill who is a member of the Serve Scale Soar membership.  She is a mom of 5 kids (yes 5!) that went from having her water cut off to making over $12,000 a month in less than 60 days.  Andrea will be sharing her story of why she started in the online space and how she manages to run a successful business AND be home with her husband and kids. 

 

You are going to love this one! 

 

Value Bombs: 

 

  • How Andrea got her start after a near-death experience 
  • How Andrea found her first client and how things snowballed from there
  • How Andrea was able to charge $5,000 for her first client website and SEO package  
  • The importance of time management in running her household and business
  • Her plans to scale to $15,000, $20,000 and $30,000 months 
  • The biggest challenges she has had to overcome since starting her business 
  • Mindset struggles she had in the beginning and the ones she still has now
  • How she niched down from offering “all the things” to website design and SEO
  • How Andrea figured out how to value herself 
  • Realizing that you don’t have to focus on all the things to have a successful business 
  • How and why she cut out all the extra voices and people in her life that weren't lifting her up 
  • The day Andrea got her water turned off and how it was a turning point for her business
  • The biggest takeaway for Andrea since joining the Serve Scale Soar membership 
  • The importance of celebrating your wins and sharing them with your family 

 

Where You Can Find Andrea:

 

Follow Andrea on Facebook

www.virtuallyadventurous.com

 

Additional Resources:

 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

]]> Today I am chatting with Andrea Merrill who is a member of the Serve Scale Soar membership.  She is a mom of 5 kids (yes 5!) that went from having her water cut off to making over $12,000 a month in less than 60 days.  Andrea will be sharing her story of why she started in the online space and how she manages to run a successful business AND be home with her husband and kids. 

 

You are going to love this one! 

 

Value Bombs: 

 

  • How Andrea got her start after a near-death experience 
  • How Andrea found her first client and how things snowballed from there
  • How Andrea was able to charge $5,000 for her first client website and SEO package  
  • The importance of time management in running her household and business
  • Her plans to scale to $15,000, $20,000 and $30,000 months 
  • The biggest challenges she has had to overcome since starting her business 
  • Mindset struggles she had in the beginning and the ones she still has now
  • How she niched down from offering “all the things” to website design and SEO
  • How Andrea figured out how to value herself 
  • Realizing that you don’t have to focus on all the things to have a successful business 
  • How and why she cut out all the extra voices and people in her life that weren't lifting her up 
  • The day Andrea got her water turned off and how it was a turning point for her business
  • The biggest takeaway for Andrea since joining the Serve Scale Soar membership 
  • The importance of celebrating your wins and sharing them with your family 

 

Where You Can Find Andrea:

 

Follow Andrea on Facebook

www.virtuallyadventurous.com

 

Additional Resources:

 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >> How to Scale to Consistent 10K Months Without Hiring a Team 

Subscribe to the Podcast

Follow Brandi on Instagram 

Follow Brandi on Facebook

 

]]> Brandi Mowles 6a37ce47712a4b168d4d7b7fc4490edb Tue, 05 Nov 2019 05:00:00 -0500 1542 11 false 10: Get Paid on Time With These 3 Simple Tricks 10: Get Paid on Time With These 3 Simple Tricks Wondering how you can get paid on time?  Do you hate chasing around your clients for payments and waiting for them so you can pay your own bills?  If so, make sure to tune in because in today’s episode I will be breaking down and sharing three tips to make sure you get paid on time and don’t have to chase around your clients for payments.  You can set them up to pay you automatically! Sounds magical doesn’t it?! Let’s dive in! 


Value Bombs: 

 

  • When you aren’t getting paid on time, is it their fault or yours?
  • Make sure you have systems in place to get your client’s to pay on time
  • Do you have a contract in place and what does it say about your payment terms?
  • Make sure your contract includes the following: 
    • How much is your client paying? 
    • When should they be paying?
    • What happens when they don’t pay?
    • What’s your late fee policy?
  • The importance of doing a monthly contract audit to make necessary changes
  • The importance of kickoff/welcome calls with your clients so they know what to expect from the beginning
  • How you can set up your invoices in Dubsado so they go out automatically
  • How to schedule reminders in Clickup or your project management tool if you prefer to send your invoices manually.
  • Why you need to make sure you are always getting paid upfront before you start client work or hand over any deliverables 

 

I hope you take these three tips and start implementing them in your business today.  You will see such a difference! You can also make sure to avoid problem clients by noticing red flags that pop up on your discovery calls!  You can usually get a feeling from those clients that might not pay on time. 

 

I hope you enjoyed this episode and I hope you start seeing your client’s payments roll in, on time, month after month without having to chase them down! 

 

Make sure to tune in and I will see you guys next week for another episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast!  Go out this week and serve your clients, scale your business and soar into the six-figure year you deserve!  



Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts

Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one!  Click here to subsc

]]> Wondering how you can get paid on time?  Do you hate chasing around your clients for payments and waiting for them so you can pay your own bills?  If so, make sure to tune in because in today’s episode I will be breaking down and sharing three tips to make sure you get paid on time and don’t have to chase around your clients for payments.  You can set them up to pay you automatically! Sounds magical doesn’t it?! Let’s dive in! 


Value Bombs: 

 

  • When you aren’t getting paid on time, is it their fault or yours?
  • Make sure you have systems in place to get your client’s to pay on time
  • Do you have a contract in place and what does it say about your payment terms?
  • Make sure your contract includes the following: 
    • How much is your client paying? 
    • When should they be paying?
    • What happens when they don’t pay?
    • What’s your late fee policy?
  • The importance of doing a monthly contract audit to make necessary changes
  • The importance of kickoff/welcome calls with your clients so they know what to expect from the beginning
  • How you can set up your invoices in Dubsado so they go out automatically
  • How to schedule reminders in Clickup or your project management tool if you prefer to send your invoices manually.
  • Why you need to make sure you are always getting paid upfront before you start client work or hand over any deliverables 

 

I hope you take these three tips and start implementing them in your business today.  You will see such a difference! You can also make sure to avoid problem clients by noticing red flags that pop up on your discovery calls!  You can usually get a feeling from those clients that might not pay on time. 

 

I hope you enjoyed this episode and I hope you start seeing your client’s payments roll in, on time, month after month without having to chase them down! 

 

Make sure to tune in and I will see you guys next week for another episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast!  Go out this week and serve your clients, scale your business and soar into the six-figure year you deserve!  



Subscribe & Review on Apple Podcasts

Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one!  Click here to subsc

]]> Brandi Mowles 3d7ea07667ce462e92a3fa9ab55979ec Tue, 29 Oct 2019 05:00:00 -0400 1023 10 false 9: How to Pitch Yourself on Podcasts to Get More Clients with Angie Trueblood 9: How to Pitch Yourself on Podcasts to Get More Clients with Angie Trueblood Have you been wondering if you should be pitching yourself on podcasts?  Are you wondering how to even get started? Today on the show, I have my own visibility strategist, Angie Trueblood with us and she is going to be sharing tons of tips and tricks when it comes to getting super visible in your business using the power of podcasting.  

 

As a podcast visibility expert who fiercely believes in the power of women stepping more fully into their gifts, Angie knows that the only 'perfect pitch' is the one that leads with value and focuses on building a genuine connection. Whether she is teaching entrepreneurs how to pitch themselves or working behind the scenes to secure opportunities for others, Angie leverages her super-connector powers to grow businesses and build long-lasting relationships. When she's not working with her clients or being active in her local community, she loves exploring Richmond, Virginia's parks and playgrounds with her two kiddos, checking out new restaurants with her hubs, and laughing about motherhood with friends.

 

Make sure you tune in so you don’t miss this episode!  It’s a good one!  

 

Value Bombs on Today’s Episode: 

  • Why service providers should be pitching themselves to be on podcasts 
  • Many podcast hosts in the space need experts in specific, niched fields 
  • How you can showcase your expertise to someone else’s audience full of your ideal clients 
  • There is a huge need and demand for content and there are not a lot of people out there pitching themselves 
  • The perfect storm of opportunity as a service provider in the podcasting space 
  • The importance of niching down and being known for something specific
  • How being a guest on podcasts can end up bringing you referrals 
  • Podcasting is an evergreen content source that can benefit you for months or years to come. 
  • How you can use podcasting to speed up the know, like, trust factor with your clients 
  • The importance of getting clear on who your client is 
  • How to figure out which podcasts are complimentary to your services (not competition) 
  • How to figure out if a podcast is worth your time and effort 
  • How to come up with podcast talk topics as a guest 
  • Three “talk topics” to have in your back pocket when pitching 
  • Why you should have a variety of top topics available 
  • How to develop your interesting or unique story 
  • How you can use friends and family to help you craft yo
]]> Have you been wondering if you should be pitching yourself on podcasts?  Are you wondering how to even get started? Today on the show, I have my own visibility strategist, Angie Trueblood with us and she is going to be sharing tons of tips and tricks when it comes to getting super visible in your business using the power of podcasting.  

 

As a podcast visibility expert who fiercely believes in the power of women stepping more fully into their gifts, Angie knows that the only 'perfect pitch' is the one that leads with value and focuses on building a genuine connection. Whether she is teaching entrepreneurs how to pitch themselves or working behind the scenes to secure opportunities for others, Angie leverages her super-connector powers to grow businesses and build long-lasting relationships. When she's not working with her clients or being active in her local community, she loves exploring Richmond, Virginia's parks and playgrounds with her two kiddos, checking out new restaurants with her hubs, and laughing about motherhood with friends.

 

Make sure you tune in so you don’t miss this episode!  It’s a good one!  

 

Value Bombs on Today’s Episode: 

  • Why service providers should be pitching themselves to be on podcasts 
  • Many podcast hosts in the space need experts in specific, niched fields 
  • How you can showcase your expertise to someone else’s audience full of your ideal clients 
  • There is a huge need and demand for content and there are not a lot of people out there pitching themselves 
  • The perfect storm of opportunity as a service provider in the podcasting space 
  • The importance of niching down and being known for something specific
  • How being a guest on podcasts can end up bringing you referrals 
  • Podcasting is an evergreen content source that can benefit you for months or years to come. 
  • How you can use podcasting to speed up the know, like, trust factor with your clients 
  • The importance of getting clear on who your client is 
  • How to figure out which podcasts are complimentary to your services (not competition) 
  • How to figure out if a podcast is worth your time and effort 
  • How to come up with podcast talk topics as a guest 
  • Three “talk topics” to have in your back pocket when pitching 
  • Why you should have a variety of top topics available 
  • How to develop your interesting or unique story 
  • How you can use friends and family to help you craft yo
]]> Brandi Mowles 71395f40ac53431cb09874bb1ee18c56 Tue, 22 Oct 2019 05:00:00 -0400 2058 9 false 8: Attract High-Paying Clients On LinkedIn 8: Attract High-Paying Clients On LinkedIn LinkedIn, the place where your ideal client may be hanging out and the platform you're probably not using to its fullest. That's right! Today we're chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it. It's one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less. So what's the trick? That's what we're chatting about on the podcast today so make sure to tune in!


Value Bombs: 

 

  • Why you must recognize that you are the CEO of your business
  • Linkedin is a gold mind of decision-makers: Presidents, CEOs, Directors
  • Why you must respect the platform you are using and how Linkedin is different than the others 
  • When thinking business, remember, it’s not about the platform you like- it’s about where your clients are 
  • How to evaluate whether your clients are on Linkedin
  • 3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin
  • How to make sure your profile is optimized 
  • Why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile
  • Why you shouldn’t stress over recommendations and endorsements 
  • Why I think connecting on Linkedin is addicting
  • How to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients 
  • Why you should not be spending energy on platforms where your clients are not hanging out
  • The importance of focusing on getting 500+ connection and how to do it 
  • The types of content that perform the best on Linkedin
  • Why you should stop driving people away from Linkedin- keep them there!
  • Why now is the time to get on Linkedin (if you aren’t on the platform already!)

 

Alright guys, that wraps up today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast.  I would love for you to think about giving Linkedin a try. Remember to download my free training which will help you get started with step 1: optimizing your profile.  After you get your profile set up, it’s time to start connecting with your ideal clients using targeted keywords. The last step is to create content and show up consistently.  

 

Ok, so what did you guys think?  It’s not that hard, right?! Head over to Instagram and tag me @brandiandcompany and let me know if you are going to give Linkedin a shot! Not sure if your ideal clients are on Linkedin?  DM me and I would be happy to help! 

 

That’s all for today! I will see you back here next week for more actionable tips on scaling your service-based busine

]]> LinkedIn, the place where your ideal client may be hanging out and the platform you're probably not using to its fullest. That's right! Today we're chatting all about LinkedIn and the magical clients that you can find on it. It's one of the ways that I was able to take my business from $4,000/month to $8,000/month after adding three new clients and working less. So what's the trick? That's what we're chatting about on the podcast today so make sure to tune in!


Value Bombs: 

 

  • Why you must recognize that you are the CEO of your business
  • Linkedin is a gold mind of decision-makers: Presidents, CEOs, Directors
  • Why you must respect the platform you are using and how Linkedin is different than the others 
  • When thinking business, remember, it’s not about the platform you like- it’s about where your clients are 
  • How to evaluate whether your clients are on Linkedin
  • 3 steps you can take today to start attracting high-end clients on Linkedin
  • How to make sure your profile is optimized 
  • Why you should have your picture (not your logo!) on your profile
  • Why you shouldn’t stress over recommendations and endorsements 
  • Why I think connecting on Linkedin is addicting
  • How to use keywords to search on Linkedin to find your ideal clients 
  • Why you should not be spending energy on platforms where your clients are not hanging out
  • The importance of focusing on getting 500+ connection and how to do it 
  • The types of content that perform the best on Linkedin
  • Why you should stop driving people away from Linkedin- keep them there!
  • Why now is the time to get on Linkedin (if you aren’t on the platform already!)

 

Alright guys, that wraps up today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast.  I would love for you to think about giving Linkedin a try. Remember to download my free training which will help you get started with step 1: optimizing your profile.  After you get your profile set up, it’s time to start connecting with your ideal clients using targeted keywords. The last step is to create content and show up consistently.  

 

Ok, so what did you guys think?  It’s not that hard, right?! Head over to Instagram and tag me @brandiandcompany and let me know if you are going to give Linkedin a shot! Not sure if your ideal clients are on Linkedin?  DM me and I would be happy to help! 

 

That’s all for today! I will see you back here next week for more actionable tips on scaling your service-based busine

]]> Brandi Mowles da6cc8d0f6284454aa91fa0e7df1c9b6 Tue, 15 Oct 2019 05:00:00 -0400 1263 8 false 7: Struggling MLM Business To Thriving Virtual Assistant Business In 6 Months 7: Struggling MLM Business To Thriving Virtual Assistant Business In 6 Months #7: Today I have my best friend Emily on the podcast! She is a member of Serve Scale Soar and got her start as an entrepreneur seven and a half years ago working with an MLM.  In February of this year, she decided to try something different and started a business as a Pinterest manager. She quickly found out she loved building and designing funnels.  On today’s episode, we will be discussing what it’s been like transitioning to this new business and the freedom she has been given now that she has her own online business.  

 

Make sure you tune in to the episode because it’s a great one! 


Value Bombs: 

 

  • What Emily started out doing in her business and how she quickly found out what she loved. 
  • Her journey of trying many different things to figure out what she did and didn't like to offer 
  • How letting go of a client actually allows you to bless another VA with work doing what they love! 
  • The process she went through letting her client go
  • How and why she took on new clients before she let her old ones go.
  • How her health journey affected her mindset and direct sales business. 
  • How she used the skills she learned in her direct sales business and transitioned them to her online business. 
  • How a snow day in Seattle turned into “trying” something new. 
  • Why you should tread lightly when you suggest trying an online business to others 
  • Emily discusses the process of starting her new VA business.
  • The mindset issues Emily had to overcome when starting her business.
  • Why managing your money is important to be able to scale.
  • We chat about money and the differences between her direct sales and her new service-based business income
  • We discuss identity and how things have changed since leaving her MLM business.
  • We discuss the freedom Emily has found working on her service-based business 
  • Emily discusses the challenges she has had to overcome since transitioning online
  • Why celebrating has been so hard for Emily 
  • Why you don’t always have to put timelines on your goals 
  • We discuss the favorite part of Emily’s business 
  • Emily’s favorite business tool >> Clickup! (and why her client suggested she start using it!)

 

That wraps up today’s ep

]]> #7: Today I have my best friend Emily on the podcast! She is a member of Serve Scale Soar and got her start as an entrepreneur seven and a half years ago working with an MLM.  In February of this year, she decided to try something different and started a business as a Pinterest manager. She quickly found out she loved building and designing funnels.  On today’s episode, we will be discussing what it’s been like transitioning to this new business and the freedom she has been given now that she has her own online business.  

 

Make sure you tune in to the episode because it’s a great one! 


Value Bombs: 

 

  • What Emily started out doing in her business and how she quickly found out what she loved. 
  • Her journey of trying many different things to figure out what she did and didn't like to offer 
  • How letting go of a client actually allows you to bless another VA with work doing what they love! 
  • The process she went through letting her client go
  • How and why she took on new clients before she let her old ones go.
  • How her health journey affected her mindset and direct sales business. 
  • How she used the skills she learned in her direct sales business and transitioned them to her online business. 
  • How a snow day in Seattle turned into “trying” something new. 
  • Why you should tread lightly when you suggest trying an online business to others 
  • Emily discusses the process of starting her new VA business.
  • The mindset issues Emily had to overcome when starting her business.
  • Why managing your money is important to be able to scale.
  • We chat about money and the differences between her direct sales and her new service-based business income
  • We discuss identity and how things have changed since leaving her MLM business.
  • We discuss the freedom Emily has found working on her service-based business 
  • Emily discusses the challenges she has had to overcome since transitioning online
  • Why celebrating has been so hard for Emily 
  • Why you don’t always have to put timelines on your goals 
  • We discuss the favorite part of Emily’s business 
  • Emily’s favorite business tool >> Clickup! (and why her client suggested she start using it!)

 

That wraps up today’s ep

]]> Brandi Mowles 2f0abb59a8d441729ad9f26d932909a4 Tue, 08 Oct 2019 05:00:00 -0400 2302 7 false 6: How to Use Affiliate Marketing as a Service Provider 6: How to Use Affiliate Marketing as a Service Provider How can you use affiliate marketing in your service-based business? 

I know there is a hot topic that everyone loves to talk about….passive income.  In today’s episode, I will be discussing passive income. But not the membership and course creation type of passive income (which really isn’t passive by the way).  Today I will be talking all about affiliate income so let’s dive into today’s episode! 

 

Value Bombs: 

 

  • How you can have a successful affiliate income even if you have a small email list
  • Affiliate income doesn't have to be salesy! All you have to do is share your favorite systems and products with your audience or clients
  • How to use affiliate marketing in a genuine way 
  • How to use affiliate marketing to cover your business expenses 
  • Think about the systems and the software you currently use with your clients and apply for those affiliate programs
  • The power of affiliate marketing and how you can continue to make income from current and past clients for months and years to come 
  • The importance of suggesting software and programs you love and believe in
  • How to create your services around your affiliate offerings
  • How you can create a resource tab on your website and what to include
  • The importance of building trust with your clients
  • How to make sure you are following the rules about disclosing your affiliate links

 

Ok guys! That’s all for today.  Make sure to tune in on your favorite platform so you can find out more about affiliate marketing for your service-based business.  It is one of my favorite income streams! I don’t think enough people are talking about this, so I love sharing about how I have successfully weaved this into my business. 

 

Find me on Instagram @brandiandcompany and tell me what affiliate program you love to share and how you are using affiliate marketing in your service-based business. 

 

Thanks for tuning in! See you guys next week! Until then, make sure you go out and serve your clients and scale your business so you can soar into the six-figure years you deserve! 

 

Subscribe & Review in iTunes

Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one!  Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on

]]> How can you use affiliate marketing in your service-based business? 

I know there is a hot topic that everyone loves to talk about….passive income.  In today’s episode, I will be discussing passive income. But not the membership and course creation type of passive income (which really isn’t passive by the way).  Today I will be talking all about affiliate income so let’s dive into today’s episode! 

 

Value Bombs: 

 

  • How you can have a successful affiliate income even if you have a small email list
  • Affiliate income doesn't have to be salesy! All you have to do is share your favorite systems and products with your audience or clients
  • How to use affiliate marketing in a genuine way 
  • How to use affiliate marketing to cover your business expenses 
  • Think about the systems and the software you currently use with your clients and apply for those affiliate programs
  • The power of affiliate marketing and how you can continue to make income from current and past clients for months and years to come 
  • The importance of suggesting software and programs you love and believe in
  • How to create your services around your affiliate offerings
  • How you can create a resource tab on your website and what to include
  • The importance of building trust with your clients
  • How to make sure you are following the rules about disclosing your affiliate links

 

Ok guys! That’s all for today.  Make sure to tune in on your favorite platform so you can find out more about affiliate marketing for your service-based business.  It is one of my favorite income streams! I don’t think enough people are talking about this, so I love sharing about how I have successfully weaved this into my business. 

 

Find me on Instagram @brandiandcompany and tell me what affiliate program you love to share and how you are using affiliate marketing in your service-based business. 

 

Thanks for tuning in! See you guys next week! Until then, make sure you go out and serve your clients and scale your business so you can soar into the six-figure years you deserve! 

 

Subscribe & Review in iTunes

Are you subscribed to my podcast? If you’re not, I want to encourage you to do that today so you don’t miss any future episodes! I already have so many amazing guests and topics lined up, I would hate for you to miss a single one!  Click here to subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Could I ask a big favor? If you are loving the podcast, I would LOVE it if you would leave me a review on

]]> Brandi Mowles e8ceadd5105640ada68b1fbfc308f186 Tue, 01 Oct 2019 05:00:00 -0400 1096 6 false 5: How Gretchen Doubled Her Income to Five-Figure Months in Less than 60 Days 5: How Gretchen Doubled Her Income to Five-Figure Months in Less than 60 Days What does it take to double your income and create five-figure months in less than 60 days?  Tune in to today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast where we will be talking with Gretchen Wheeler.  Gretchen is one of the members from Serve Scale Soar and we really get to break down her business.  Gretchen transitioned from a brick and mortar to a very successful Facebook marketing and ads business. What I love most about Gretchen is that it’s not just about the money for her- It’s about her love of helping her clients.  This is going to be a great one so make sure to tune in! 

 

Value bombs: 

 

  • The importance of attending in person, live events and conferences
  • Gretchen discusses how she got started… her original plan was not to do FB ads, but to start her own painting membership. 
  • How helping her friends with their memberships, actually launched her FB ads and marketing business. 
  • How her experience in the brick and mortar space set her up for success as an online entrepreneur
  • Gretchen is NOT a tech person, yet now she does FB ads for clients 
  • How you can focus on things that aren't your strengths and work to make them better. 
  • Gretchen started and ran her business for many months before ever having a Facebook page or a website. 
  • Why it’s important to concentrate on helping others, not just about making money. 
  • No matter where you are in your business, you will still have imposter syndrome creep in 
  • We discuss the importance of relationships in your business
  • How and why Stu McLaren said Gretchen's name on stage at his Tribe Live event and how that changed everything for Gretchen 
  • The challenges Gretchen has come across working from home 
  • Why Gretchen’s favorite business tool is Dubsado and how it’s changed her business 
  • Gretchen discusses the Serve Scale Soar membership and how important community over competition is. 

Well, that wraps up today’s episode. I loved having Gretchen on the show so she could share her story and how much her life and business have changed in such a short period of time. Make sure to tune in next week for another great episode of the Serve Scale Soar Podcast. 

 

Would you be so kind as to head on over to Apple Podcasts and leave me a review?! I love hearing feedback and I want to be able to make these episodes for YOU…. so I need to hear what you love (or don’t!). 

 

I want to give back to YOU so I am doing a fun giveaway.  I will be giving away one $100 Amazon gift card as well as four $25 Amazon gift cards

]]> What does it take to double your income and create five-figure months in less than 60 days?  Tune in to today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast where we will be talking with Gretchen Wheeler.  Gretchen is one of the members from Serve Scale Soar and we really get to break down her business.  Gretchen transitioned from a brick and mortar to a very successful Facebook marketing and ads business. What I love most about Gretchen is that it’s not just about the money for her- It’s about her love of helping her clients.  This is going to be a great one so make sure to tune in! 

 

Value bombs: 

 

  • The importance of attending in person, live events and conferences
  • Gretchen discusses how she got started… her original plan was not to do FB ads, but to start her own painting membership. 
  • How helping her friends with their memberships, actually launched her FB ads and marketing business. 
  • How her experience in the brick and mortar space set her up for success as an online entrepreneur
  • Gretchen is NOT a tech person, yet now she does FB ads for clients 
  • How you can focus on things that aren't your strengths and work to make them better. 
  • Gretchen started and ran her business for many months before ever having a Facebook page or a website. 
  • Why it’s important to concentrate on helping others, not just about making money. 
  • No matter where you are in your business, you will still have imposter syndrome creep in 
  • We discuss the importance of relationships in your business
  • How and why Stu McLaren said Gretchen's name on stage at his Tribe Live event and how that changed everything for Gretchen 
  • The challenges Gretchen has come across working from home 
  • Why Gretchen’s favorite business tool is Dubsado and how it’s changed her business 
  • Gretchen discusses the Serve Scale Soar membership and how important community over competition is. 

Well, that wraps up today’s episode. I loved having Gretchen on the show so she could share her story and how much her life and business have changed in such a short period of time. Make sure to tune in next week for another great episode of the Serve Scale Soar Podcast. 

 

Would you be so kind as to head on over to Apple Podcasts and leave me a review?! I love hearing feedback and I want to be able to make these episodes for YOU…. so I need to hear what you love (or don’t!). 

 

I want to give back to YOU so I am doing a fun giveaway.  I will be giving away one $100 Amazon gift card as well as four $25 Amazon gift cards

]]> Brandi Mowles 91c93d4b18eb4acaa0055f47ad633d1b Tue, 24 Sep 2019 05:00:00 -0400 1842 5 false 4: 4 Lessons I Learned Scaling to Six Figures in 10 Months 4: 4 Lessons I Learned Scaling to Six Figures in 10 Months On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we will be talking about the 4 lessons I learned scaling to six figures in 10 months.  I hope this episode helps you avoid the pitfalls I made so you can scale your business even faster! 

 

Value bombs: 

  • Why your marketing, your systems, and your business should be SIMPLE!
  • Why you don’t need to have a fancy proposal or website to scale your business
  • The importance of building real relationships in the online space
  • The importance of having a small, deep circle of business friends and mentors
  • Why you should quit following 20 different mentors!  Talk about overwhelm and mixed messages! Find your core. 
  • Why you should not base your pricing off of one person’s comment. 
  • Why doing #allthethings will get you nowhere.
  • How you can simplify your services so you can do what you love, while being able to scale 
  • Evaluating what services you provide so you can cut what you don't love and what’s not making you money. 
  • Why offering all the things won't allow you to get known for anything. 

 

That wraps up today’s episode. Would you be so kind as to head on over to Apple Podcasts and leave me a review?! I love hearing feedback and I want to be able to make these episodes for YOU…. so I need to hear what you love (or don’t!). 

 

I want to give back to YOU so I am doing a fun giveaway.  I will be giving away one $100 Amazon gift card as well as four $25 Amazon gift cards.  5 lucky listeners will win, so head on over to Apple Podcasts now and leave a quick review.  I read each and every one and love hearing from all of you! Before you hit “submit” take a screenshot of your review and head over to servescalesoar.com/review or click here to be entered into the drawing for 1 of 5 Amazon gift cards! 

That’s all for today! Until next time! 





Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode: 


Listen to Episode 2-  4 Things Service Providers Should Track 

Listen to Episode 3- 4 Tools Servi

]]> On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we will be talking about the 4 lessons I learned scaling to six figures in 10 months.  I hope this episode helps you avoid the pitfalls I made so you can scale your business even faster! 

 

Value bombs: 

  • Why your marketing, your systems, and your business should be SIMPLE!
  • Why you don’t need to have a fancy proposal or website to scale your business
  • The importance of building real relationships in the online space
  • The importance of having a small, deep circle of business friends and mentors
  • Why you should quit following 20 different mentors!  Talk about overwhelm and mixed messages! Find your core. 
  • Why you should not base your pricing off of one person’s comment. 
  • Why doing #allthethings will get you nowhere.
  • How you can simplify your services so you can do what you love, while being able to scale 
  • Evaluating what services you provide so you can cut what you don't love and what’s not making you money. 
  • Why offering all the things won't allow you to get known for anything. 

 

That wraps up today’s episode. Would you be so kind as to head on over to Apple Podcasts and leave me a review?! I love hearing feedback and I want to be able to make these episodes for YOU…. so I need to hear what you love (or don’t!). 

 

I want to give back to YOU so I am doing a fun giveaway.  I will be giving away one $100 Amazon gift card as well as four $25 Amazon gift cards.  5 lucky listeners will win, so head on over to Apple Podcasts now and leave a quick review.  I read each and every one and love hearing from all of you! Before you hit “submit” take a screenshot of your review and head over to servescalesoar.com/review or click here to be entered into the drawing for 1 of 5 Amazon gift cards! 

That’s all for today! Until next time! 





Links Mentioned in Today’s Episode: 


Listen to Episode 2-  4 Things Service Providers Should Track 

Listen to Episode 3- 4 Tools Servi

]]> Brandi Mowles 0bbb187af8ef4d73b345ed617707883d Tue, 17 Sep 2019 05:05:00 -0400 1018 4 false 3: 4 Tools I Used While Scaling to Six Figures 3: 4 Tools I Used While Scaling to Six Figures On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we will be talking about the 4 tools I used scaling to six figures.  The even better news is that they cost less than $35 a month! Simple and inexpensive….make sure to tune in! 

 

Value Bombs:

  • The importance of simplifying your business so you can scale 
  • The one tool I use to manage my contracts, proposals, scheduler, and bookkeeping. 
  • Why I LOVE Dubsado and how it simplifies my business.  Go to servescalesoar.com/dubsado and use code “serve” to get 20% off using my affiliate link. 
  • The importance of finding a good CRM
  • How to eliminate using a bunch of free tools so you can improve your client’s experience 
  • Why Zoom is one of my favorite tools for discovery calls.  Plus, it’s FREE! Here’s my affiliate link so you can start using it today! servescalesoar.com/zoom 
  • How to use Google Drive to share assets quickly with clients 
  • How to improve your customer experience and journey. 
  • Why I switched from using Asana, Trello and Google Calendar to only using one platform-- ClickUp. 
  • How I plan my week on Sunday evenings using ClickUp.  Click here to check out the recent video I did that walks you through my planning process.
  • How I use ClickUp for personal use and client management. 
  • When you should switch tools and when you shouldn’t- FOMO is real, yall!
  • The importance of streamlining your tools so you can free up time for client work or more time with your family. 
  • How to get paid easily and have an amazing customer experience. 

 

That wraps up today’s episode. Don’t forget to screenshot this episode and tag me on Instagram @brandiandcompany and tell me what your favorite tools are!  Make sure to subscribe and tune in to episode 4 where we will be discussing the 4 things I learned scaling to six figures. 

 

So glad you are here! Until next time! 



Additional Resources:

Serve Scale Soar Podcast Website 

]]> On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast, we will be talking about the 4 tools I used scaling to six figures.  The even better news is that they cost less than $35 a month! Simple and inexpensive….make sure to tune in! 

 

Value Bombs:

  • The importance of simplifying your business so you can scale 
  • The one tool I use to manage my contracts, proposals, scheduler, and bookkeeping. 
  • Why I LOVE Dubsado and how it simplifies my business.  Go to servescalesoar.com/dubsado and use code “serve” to get 20% off using my affiliate link. 
  • The importance of finding a good CRM
  • How to eliminate using a bunch of free tools so you can improve your client’s experience 
  • Why Zoom is one of my favorite tools for discovery calls.  Plus, it’s FREE! Here’s my affiliate link so you can start using it today! servescalesoar.com/zoom 
  • How to use Google Drive to share assets quickly with clients 
  • How to improve your customer experience and journey. 
  • Why I switched from using Asana, Trello and Google Calendar to only using one platform-- ClickUp. 
  • How I plan my week on Sunday evenings using ClickUp.  Click here to check out the recent video I did that walks you through my planning process.
  • How I use ClickUp for personal use and client management. 
  • When you should switch tools and when you shouldn’t- FOMO is real, yall!
  • The importance of streamlining your tools so you can free up time for client work or more time with your family. 
  • How to get paid easily and have an amazing customer experience. 

 

That wraps up today’s episode. Don’t forget to screenshot this episode and tag me on Instagram @brandiandcompany and tell me what your favorite tools are!  Make sure to subscribe and tune in to episode 4 where we will be discussing the 4 things I learned scaling to six figures. 

 

So glad you are here! Until next time! 



Additional Resources:

Serve Scale Soar Podcast Website 

]]> Brandi Mowles 0272e144545e4c62836ece16be6db27c Tue, 17 Sep 2019 05:03:00 -0400 948 3 false 2: 4 Things I Tracked Scaling to Six Figures 2: 4 Things I Tracked Scaling to Six Figures On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast we are talking about the 4 things I tracked scaling my business to 6 figures in 10 months.  I love talking about this because not enough people are tracking the things that actually matter in their business. So many people are focused on tracking things like vanity numbers, email subscribers and Instagram followers.  STOP! As a service-based entrepreneur, we don’t have to worry about all those numbers. On the episode today we will talk about what you do need to track, so make sure to listen to the whole episode!

 

I promise if you start tracking the things that actually matter you will see massive business growth! I challenge you to track these things for 1 month and then report back to me and let me know how it went! On to today’s episode! 

 

Value Bombs:

  • Why you should be tracking your marketing minutes and what the heck marketing minutes even are! 
  • How much time you should be spending on your marketing minutes to bring in new clients for your business. 
  • How to figure out what Facebook groups you should be in and how you should show up when you are there. 
  • How often you should be showing up in Facebook groups-- plus, I invite you in on a fun little challenge! 
  • Why you might think you hate discovery calls and how to actually love them
  • How long your discovery calls should actually be
  • How to track your conversion rates on discovery calls so you can plan for months with income dips.
  • What software tools you can use to track your revenue and expenses to make sure you aren’t throwing away money every month.
  • Why you should keep your expenses down, even as your income goes up.
  • The fourth thing I tracked on my way to six figures-- and it’s probably something that will surprise you. 
  • How to avoid getting burned out and overwhelmed in your business because there is “so much to do!” 
  • How I ran my business in the beginning and how to avoid following in my footsteps
  • When it’s time to re-evaluate your business and when it might be time to pivot


Make sure to tune in to the podcast this week because I break down all of these in more detail.  I truly believe that if you track these too, it will help you scale your business. Take my challenge and remember to DM me on Instagram and let me know how you did.  I love hearing from my listeners! Until next time! 


Additional Resources:

Serve Scale Soar Website 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >>

]]> On today’s episode of the Serve Scale Soar podcast we are talking about the 4 things I tracked scaling my business to 6 figures in 10 months.  I love talking about this because not enough people are tracking the things that actually matter in their business. So many people are focused on tracking things like vanity numbers, email subscribers and Instagram followers.  STOP! As a service-based entrepreneur, we don’t have to worry about all those numbers. On the episode today we will talk about what you do need to track, so make sure to listen to the whole episode!

 

I promise if you start tracking the things that actually matter you will see massive business growth! I challenge you to track these things for 1 month and then report back to me and let me know how it went! On to today’s episode! 

 

Value Bombs:

  • Why you should be tracking your marketing minutes and what the heck marketing minutes even are! 
  • How much time you should be spending on your marketing minutes to bring in new clients for your business. 
  • How to figure out what Facebook groups you should be in and how you should show up when you are there. 
  • How often you should be showing up in Facebook groups-- plus, I invite you in on a fun little challenge! 
  • Why you might think you hate discovery calls and how to actually love them
  • How long your discovery calls should actually be
  • How to track your conversion rates on discovery calls so you can plan for months with income dips.
  • What software tools you can use to track your revenue and expenses to make sure you aren’t throwing away money every month.
  • Why you should keep your expenses down, even as your income goes up.
  • The fourth thing I tracked on my way to six figures-- and it’s probably something that will surprise you. 
  • How to avoid getting burned out and overwhelmed in your business because there is “so much to do!” 
  • How I ran my business in the beginning and how to avoid following in my footsteps
  • When it’s time to re-evaluate your business and when it might be time to pivot


Make sure to tune in to the podcast this week because I break down all of these in more detail.  I truly believe that if you track these too, it will help you scale your business. Take my challenge and remember to DM me on Instagram and let me know how you did.  I love hearing from my listeners! Until next time! 


Additional Resources:

Serve Scale Soar Website 

Don’t forget to sign up for my free training >>

]]> Brandi Mowles 2a085fe59bc04b9890450c9de9858f6c Tue, 17 Sep 2019 05:01:00 -0400 1143 2 false 1: Welcome to the Serve Scale Soar Podcast with Brandi Mowles 1: Welcome to the Serve Scale Soar Podcast with Brandi Mowles Welcome to the Serve Scale Soar podcast!  In case you don’t already know me, my name is Brandi and I help service-based entrepreneurs scale their business to consistent 5-figure months so they can scale into 6 figure years-- without the hustle, without the grind and without doing #allthethings. 

 

What you can expect in future episodes

  • Why I think the quickest way to six figures is through a service-based business
  • Interviews from some of the top experts in their field
  • Guest interviews with other entrepreneurs who are growing and scaling their business. 
  • Learn how to simply and streamline your business so you can scale it
  • How to show up and wow your clients so they keep coming back month after month and become a great source of referrals in your business
  • And SO, SO much more! 

 

Like many of you, I have a little one and a husband at home.  Family is super important to me and one of the reasons I started this business.  After my daughter was born we went from two incomes to one. I was at the point where I just needed to make a little bit of extra money and to fulfill the need I had inside of me.  

 

I started my business as a virtual assistant offering social media management, then Pinterest, and then I found Facebook and Instagram ads.  That's when I figured out what I loved and that’s when everything changed. 

 

I can’t wait to connect with you guys each week.  So get out there, serve your clients, scale your business, and soar into those six-figure years you deserve. 

 

Check out the Serve Scale Soar Podcast Website Here 

 

]]> Welcome to the Serve Scale Soar podcast!  In case you don’t already know me, my name is Brandi and I help service-based entrepreneurs scale their business to consistent 5-figure months so they can scale into 6 figure years-- without the hustle, without the grind and without doing #allthethings. 

 

What you can expect in future episodes

  • Why I think the quickest way to six figures is through a service-based business
  • Interviews from some of the top experts in their field
  • Guest interviews with other entrepreneurs who are growing and scaling their business. 
  • Learn how to simply and streamline your business so you can scale it
  • How to show up and wow your clients so they keep coming back month after month and become a great source of referrals in your business
  • And SO, SO much more! 

 

Like many of you, I have a little one and a husband at home.  Family is super important to me and one of the reasons I started this business.  After my daughter was born we went from two incomes to one. I was at the point where I just needed to make a little bit of extra money and to fulfill the need I had inside of me.  

 

I started my business as a virtual assistant offering social media management, then Pinterest, and then I found Facebook and Instagram ads.  That's when I figured out what I loved and that’s when everything changed. 

 

I can’t wait to connect with you guys each week.  So get out there, serve your clients, scale your business, and soar into those six-figure years you deserve. 

 

Check out the Serve Scale Soar Podcast Website Here 

 

]]> Brandi Mowles b2dee138498644b8925c6fee707c4884 Tue, 27 Aug 2019 11:40:39 -0400 616 1 false